YASKAWA CIMR-ZU Series Programming Manual
Advertisement
Advertisement
YASKAWA AC Drive Z1000
AC Drive for HVAC Fan and Pump
Programming Manual
Type: CIMR-ZU
Models: 600 V Class: 2 to 250 HP
To properly use the product, read this manual thoroughly and retain for easy reference, inspection, and maintenance. Ensure the end user receives this manual.
MANUAL NO. SIEP YAIZ1U 03B
Parameter Details
Periodic Inspection &
Maintenance
Parameter List
BACnet Communications
APOGEE FLN (P1)
Communications
Metasys N2
Communications
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
1
B
C
2
A
D
E
Copyright © 2014 YASKAWA AMERICA, INC. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, mechanical, electronic, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Yaskawa. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein. Moreover, because Yaskawa is constantly striving to improve its high-quality products, the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice.
Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual. Yaskawa assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions.
Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication.
Table of Contents
i. PREFACE & GENERAL SAFETY.................................................................. 11
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 3
Table of Contents
2. PERIODIC INSPECTION & MAINTENANCE....................................................... 159
4 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Table of Contents
Gasket Replacement for Flange Type Enclosure (NEMA 12 Backside, UL Type 12 Backside)
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 5
Table of Contents
6 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Table of Contents
C. APOGEE FLN (P1) COMMUNICATIONS ............................................................ 267
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 7
Table of Contents
E. MEMOBUS/MODBUS COMMUNICATIONS........................................................ 301
8 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Table of Contents
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 9
Table of Contents
This Page Intentionally Blank
10 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Preface & General Safety
This section provides safety messages pertinent to this product that, if not heeded, may result in fatality, personal injury, or equipment damage. Yaskawa is not responsible for the consequences of ignoring these instructions.
i
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 11
i.1 Preface i.1
Preface
Yaskawa manufactures products used as components in a wide variety of industrial systems and equipment. The selection and application of Yaskawa products remain the responsibility of the equipment manufacturer or end user. Yaskawa accepts no responsibility for the way its products are incorporated into the final system design. Without exception, all controls should be designed to detect faults dynamically and fail safely under all circumstances. All systems or equipment designed to incorporate a product manufactured by Yaskawa must be supplied to the end user with appropriate warnings and instructions as to the safe use and operation of that part. Any warnings provided by Yaskawa must be promptly provided to the end user. Yaskawa offers an express warranty only as to the quality of its products in conforming to standards and specifications published in the Yaskawa manual. NO OTHER WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, IS OFFERED. Yaskawa assumes no liability for any personal injury, property damage, losses, or claims arising from misapplication of its products.
u Applicable Documentation
The following manuals are available for Z1000-series drives (600 V models):
DIGITAL OPERATOR JVOP-183
ALM
F1
ESC
M M
RESET
AUTO
F2
HAND
ENTER
OFF
Z1000-Series AC Drive Quick Start Guide (600 V Models): TOEPYAIZ1U02
This manual is packaged together with the product and contains essential safety information and simplified information for the Z1000-series 600 V class AC drive. This document also provides basic instructions on mechanical installation, a connection diagram, main circuit and control circuit connections, switch and jumper configuration, basic troubleshooting, standards compliance and fusing, drive specifications and an abbreviated parameter list.
Z1000-Series AC Drive Programming Manual (600 V Models): SIEPYAIZ1U03
This manual provides detailed information on parameter settings, drive functions, maintenance, and MEMOBUS/Modbus specifications. Use this manual to expand drive functionality. This manual is available for download on our documentation website, www.yaskawa.com.
Z1000-Series AC Drive User Manual (600 V Models): TOEPYAIZ1U03
This manual contains basic information required to install and wire the drive. It also gives detailed information on fault diagnostics, parameter settings, and BACnet specifications. The purpose of this manual is to prepare the drive for a trial run with an application and for basic operation. This manual is available for download on our documentation website, www.yaskawa.com.
u Symbols
Note: Indicates a supplement or precaution that does not cause drive damage.
Indicates a term or definition used in this manual.
u Terms and Abbreviations
• Drive: Yaskawa Z1000-Series Drive
• Digital Operator: Hand Off Auto (HOA) Keypad JVOP-183
• H: Hexadecimal Number Format
• IGBT: Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
• kbps: Kilobits per Second
• MAC: Media Access Control
• r/min: Revolutions per Minute
• V/f: V/f Control
• OLV/PM: Open Loop Vector Control for PM
• PM motor: Permanent Magnet Synchronous motor (an abbreviation for IPM motor or SPM motor)
• IPM motor: Interior Permanent Magnet Motor (e.g., Yaskawa SSR1 Series and SST4 Series motors)
• SPM motor: Surface mounted Permanent Magnet Motor (e.g., Yaskawa SMRA Series motors)
12 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
i.1 Preface u Trademarks
• APOGEE® FLN is a registered trademark of Siemens Building Technologies, Inc.
• APOGEE® Anywhere™ is a trademark of Siemens Building Technologies, Inc.
• BACnet is a trademark of the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE).
• GPD is a trademark of Yaskawa, Inc.
• Metasys® N2 is a trademark of Johnson Controls, Inc.
• MODBUS® is a registered trademark of Schneider Automation, Inc.
• Other companies and product names mentioned in this manual are trademarks of those companies.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 13
i.2 General Safety i.2
General Safety u Supplemental Safety Information
General Precautions
• The diagrams in this manual may be indicated without covers or safety shields to show details. Replace the covers or shields before operating the drive and run the drive according to the instructions described in this manual.
• Any illustrations, photographs, or examples used in this manual are provided as examples only and may not apply to all products to which this manual is applicable.
• The products and specifications described in this manual or the content and presentation of the manual may be changed without notice to improve the product and/or the manual.
• When ordering a new copy of the manual due to damage or loss, contact your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office and provide the manual number shown on the front cover.
• If nameplate becomes worn or damaged, order a replacement from your Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office.
WARNING
Read and understand this manual before installing, operating or servicing this drive. The drive must be installed according to this manual and local codes.
The following conventions are used to indicate safety messages in this manual. Failure to heed these messages could result in serious or fatal injury or damage to the products or to related equipment and systems.
DANGER
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING! may also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
CAUTION
Indicates a hazardous situation, which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
CAUTION! may also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
NOTICE
Indicates a property damage message.
NOTICE: may also be indicated by a bold key word embedded in the text followed by an italicized safety message.
14 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
i.2 General Safety u Safety Messages
DANGER
Heed the safety messages in this manual.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
The operating company is responsible for any injuries or equipment damage resulting from failure to heed the warnings in this manual.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment.
The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait for at least the time specified on the warning label, once all indicators are OFF, measure for unsafe voltages to confirm the drive is safe prior to servicing.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
Sudden Movement Hazard
System may start unexpectedly upon application of power, resulting in death or serious injury.
Clear all personnel from the drive, motor and machine area before applying power. Secure covers, couplings, shaft keys and machine loads before applying power to the drive.
Unpredictable equipment operation may result in death or serious injury.
Take special note of custom I/O programming in the drive before attempting to operate equipment.
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not attempt to modify or alter the drive in any way not explained in this manual.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use equipment.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Make sure the protective earthing conductor complies with technical standards and local safety regulations.
Because the leakage current exceeds 3.5 mA, IEC/EN 61800-5-1 states that either the power supply must be automatically disconnected in case of discontinuity of the protective earthing conductor or a protective earthing conductor with a crosssection of at least 10 mm 2 (Cu) or 16 mm 2 (Al) must be used. Failure to comply may result in death or serious injury.
Always use appropriate equipment for Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCIs).
The drive can cause a residual current with a DC component in the protective earthing conductor. Where a residual current operated protective or monitoring device is used for protection in case of direct or indirect contact, always use a type B GFCI according to IEC/EN 60755.
Fire Hazard
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 15
i.2 General Safety
WARNING
Install adequate branch circuit protection according to applicable local codes and this Installation Manual. Failure to comply could result in fire and damage to the drive or injury to personnel.
The device is suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than 100,000 RMS symmetrical amperes, 600 Vac maximum (600 V class) when protected by branch circuit protection devices specified in this document.
Branch circuit protection shall be provided by any of the following: Non-time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 300% of the drive input rating, or Time delay Class J, T, or CC fuses sized at 175% of the drive input rating, or MCCB sized at
200% maximum of the drive input rating.
Crush Hazard
Do not use this drive in lifting applications without installing external safety circuitry to prevent accidental dropping of the load.
The drive does not possess built-in load drop protection for lifting applications.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from falling loads.
Install electrical and/or mechanical safety circuit mechanisms independent of drive circuitry.
CAUTION
Crush Hazard
Do not carry the drive by the front cover.
Failure to comply may result in minor or moderate injury from the main body of the drive falling.
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Do not perform a withstand voltage test or megger test on any part of the drive.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the sensitive devices within the drive.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment. Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.
If a fuse is blown or a Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) is tripped, check the wiring and the selection of the peripheral devices.
Check for short circuits or ground faults on the secondary side of fuses and GFCIs and check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices. Remove the cause of the problem and then turn the power supply off and on again. If the cause cannot be identified, do not turn on the power supply or attempt to operate the equipment.
Do not restart the drive immediately operate the peripheral devices if a fuse is blown or a GFCI is tripped.
Check the wiring and the selection of peripheral devices to identify the cause. Contact your supplier before restarting the drive or the peripheral devices if the cause cannot be identified.
Do not expose the drive to halogen group disinfectants.
Failure to comply may cause damage to the electrical components in the drive.
Do not pack the drive in wooden materials that have been fumigated or sterilized. Do not sterilize the entire package after the product is packed.
16 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1
Parameter Details
1.10 O: OPERATOR-RELATED SETTINGS................................................................128
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 17
1.1 A: Initialization
1.1 A: Initialization
The initialization group contains parameters associated with initial drive setup, including parameters involving the display language, access levels, initialization, and password.
u A1: Initialization n A1-00: Language Selection
Selects the display language for the HOA keypad.
Note: This parameter is not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
No.
A1-00
Parameter Name
Language Selection
Setting 0: English
Setting 1: Japanese
Setting 3: French
Setting 5: Spanish
Setting 6: Portuguese n A1-01: Access Level Selection
Allows or restricts access to drive parameters.
Setting Range
0, 1, 3, 5, 6
Default
0
No.
A1-01
Parameter Name
Access Level Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
2
Setting 0: Operation Only
A1-01, A1-04, and Drive Mode can be accessed and set. All U monitor parameters can be accessed. Parameters that are set in A2-01 to A2-32 can be accessed in Setup Mode. Verify Mode, Setup Mode, and Auto-Tuning Mode cannot be accessed.
Setting 1: User Parameters
A1-00, A1-01, A1-04, and Drive Mode can be accessed and set. All U monitor parameters can be accessed. Parameters that are set in A2-01 through A2-32 can be accessed in Setup Mode. Verify Mode and Auto-Tuning Mode cannot be accessed.
Setting 2: Advanced Access Level (A)
All parameters can be viewed and edited.
Notes on Parameter Access
• If the drive parameters are password protected by A1-04 and A1-05, parameters A1-01 through A1-03, A1-07, and A2-01 through A2-32 cannot be modified.
• If a digital input terminal programmed for “Program lockout” (H1oo = 1B) is enabled, parameter values cannot be modified, even if A1-01 is set to 1 or 2.
• If parameters are changed via serial communication, it will not be possible to edit or change parameter settings with the
HOA keypad until an Enter command is issued to the drive from the serial communication.
n A1-02: Control Method Selection
Selects the Control Method (also referred to as the control mode) that the drive uses to operate the motor. Parameter A1-02 determines the control mode for the motor.
Note: When changing control modes, all parameter settings depending upon the setting of A1-02 will be reset to the default.
No.
A1-02
Parameter Name
Control Method Selection
Setting Range
0, 5
Default
0
Setting 0: V/f Control for Induction Motors
Use this mode for simple speed control and for multiple motor applications with low demands to dynamic response or speed accuracy. The speed control range is 1:40.
18 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.1 A: Initialization
Setting 5: Open Loop Vector Control for PM
Use this mode when running a PM motor in variable torque applications that benefit from energy efficiency. The drive can control an SPM or IPM motor with a speed range of 1:20 in this control mode.
n A1-03: Initialize Parameters
Resets parameters to default values. After initialization, the setting for A1-03 automatically returns to 0.
No.
A1-03
Parameter Name
Initialize Parameters
Setting Range
0, 1110, 2220,
3330, 3410, 3420, 5550
Default
0
Setting 0: No Initialize
Setting 1110: User Initialize
Resets parameters to the values selected by the user as User Settings. User Settings are stored when parameter o2-03 is set to
“1: Set defaults”.
Note: User Initialization resets all parameters to a user-defined set of default values previously saved to the drive. Set parameter o2-03 to 2 to clear the user-defined default values.
Setting 2220: 2-Wire Initialization
Resets parameters to default settings with digital inputs S1 and S2 configured as Forward run and Reverse run, respectively.
Refer to Setting 40, 41: Forward Run, Reverse Run Command for 2-Wire Sequence on page 78
for more information on digital input functions.
Setting 3330: 3-Wire Initialization
Resets parameters to default settings with digital inputs S1, S2, and S5 configured as Run, Stop, and Forward/Reverse
Setting 3410: HVAC Initialization
Resets parameters to default settings. The following parameters are not reset:
H1-03: b1 (Customer Safeties)
H1-04: b2 (BAS Interlock)
H1-05: AF (Emergency Override Forward Run)
H2-03: b2 (BAS Interlock Relay Contact)
Note: After performing an HVAC Initialization, H1-03 to H1-05 and H2-03 will be displayed in the Modified Parameters list.
Setting 3420: OEM Bypass Initialization
Resets parameters to default settings. The following parameters are not reset:
H1-03: A7 (BP Customer Safeties)
H1-04: A6 (BP BAS Interlock)
H1-05: A4 (BP Emergency Override)
H1-06: AE (BP Bypass Run)
H2-01: A4 (BP Drive Relay)
H2-02: A5 (BP Bypass Relay)
H2-03: A6 (BP BAS Interlock) o1-16: 2 (Drive/Bypass)
Note: After performing an OEM Bypass Initialization, H1-03 to H1-05, H2-01 to H2-03, and o1-16 will be displayed in the Modified Parameters list.
Setting 5500: oPE04 Reset
An oPE04 error appears on the HOA keypad when a terminal block with settings saved to its built-in memory is installed in a drive that has edited parameters.
Set A1-03 to 5550 to use the parameter settings saved to the terminal block memory.
Notes on Parameter Initialization
The parameters shown in Table 1.1
will not be reset when the drive is initialized by setting A1-03 = 2220 or 3330. Although the control mode in A1-02 is not reset when A1-03 is set to 2220 or 3330, it may change when an application preset is selected.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 19
1.1 A: Initialization
No.
A1-00
A1-02
E1-03
F6-08
L8-35 o2-04
Table 1.1 Parameters Not Changed by Drive Initialization
Parameter Name
Language Selection
Control Method Selection
V/f Pattern Selection
Communication Parameter Reset
Installation Selection
Drive Model Selection n A1-04, A1-05: Password and Password Setting
Parameter A1-04 enters the password when the drive is locked; parameter A1-05 is a hidden parameter that sets the password.
No.
A1-04
A1-05
Parameter Name
Password
Password Setting
Setting Range
0000 to 9999
Default
0000
How to Use the Password
The user can set a password in parameter A1-05 to restrict access to the drive. The password must be entered to A1-04 to unlock parameter access (i.e., parameter setting A1-04 must match the value programmed into A1-05). The following parameters cannot be viewed or edited until the value entered to A1-04 correctly matches the value set to A1-05: A1-01, A1-02,
A1-03, A1-06, and A2-01 through A2-33.
The instructions below demonstrate how to set password “1234”. An explanation follows on how to enter that password to unlock the parameters.
Table 1.2 Setting the Password for Parameter Lock
Step
1.
Turn on the power to the drive. The initial display appears.
Display/Result
- MODE DRV
Freq Ref (AI)
U1-01= 0.00Hz
Rdy
U1-02= 0.00Hz
U1-03= 0.00 A
LSEQ
LREF
FWD
- MODE PRG
Programming
2.
Press or until the Parameter Setting Mode screen appears.
HELP FWD DATA
3.
Press
4.
Select the flashing digits by pressing F1 , F2 , or
5.
Select A1-04 by pressing
6.
Press
Note:
while holding down
OFF
at the same time. A1-05 will appear.
A1-05 is hidden and will not display by pressing only .
7.
Press .
to enter the parameter menu tree.
.
.
-PRMSETPRG
Initialization
A 1-00= 0
Select Language
←
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Select Language
A100 = 0 * 0 *
English
←
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Enter Password
A1- 04 = 0
(0~9999)
← “0”
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Select Password
A1- 05 = 0
(0~9999)
← “0”
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Select Password
←
(0~9999)
“0”
FWD
→
20 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Step
8.
Use F1 , F2 , , and to enter the password.
1.1 A: Initialization
Display/Result
-PRMSETPRG
Select Password
A1- 05 = 1234
(0~9999)
← “0”
FWD
4
→
9.
Press to save what was entered.
Entry Accepted
10 . The display automatically returns to the display shown in step 6.
-PRMSETPRG
Select Password
A1- 05 = 0
(0~9999)
← “0”
FWD
→
1.
Press
2.
Press
Table 1.3 Check if A1-02 is Locked (continuing from step 10 above)
Step
to display A1-02.
, making sure that the setting values cannot be changed.
Display/Result
-PRMSETPRG
Control Method
A102 = 0
0
V/f Control
←
FWD
→
- MODE PRG
Programming
3.
Press to return to the first display.
HELP FWD DATA
1.
2.
3.
Press
Press
Press
F1
Table 1.4 Enter the Password to Unlock Parameters (continuing from step 3 above)
Step Display/Result
to enter the parameter setup display.
-PRMSETPRG
Initialization
A 1-00= 0
Select Language
←
FWD
→
, F2 , to select the flashing digits as shown.
to scroll to A1-04 and .
-PRMSETPRG
Select Language
A100 = 0 * 0 *
English
←
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Enter Password
A1- 04 = 0
(0~9999)
← “0”
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Enter Password
4.
Enter the password “1234”.
←
V/f Control
FWD
→ 1
5.
Press to save the new password.
6.
Drive returns to the parameter display.
Entry Accepted
-PRMSETPRG
Enter Password
A1- 04 = 0
(0~9999)
← “0”
FWD
→
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 21
1.1 A: Initialization
7.
Press and scroll to A1-02.
Step
8.
Press to display the value set to A1-02. If the first “0” blinks, parameter settings are unlocked.
9.
Use and not typically done).
to change the value if desired (though changing the control mode at this point is
Display/Result
-PRMSETPRG
Control Method
A102 = 0 0
V/f Control
←
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Control Method
A1-02=
0
V/f Control
←
FWD
→
-PRMSETPRG
Control Method
5 0
PM OpenLoop Vect
←
FWD
→
10.
Press to save the setting, or press to return to the previous display without saving changes.
Entry Accepted
11.
The display automatically returns to the parameter display.
-PRMSETPRG
Initialization
A 1-00= 0
Select Language
←
FWD
→
Note: 1.
Parameter settings can be edited after entering the correct password.
2.
Performing a 2-Wire or 3-Wire initialization resets the password to “0000”.
n A1-06: Application Preset
Several Application Presets are available to facilitate drive setup for commonly used applications. Selecting one of these
Application Presets automatically assigns functions to the input and output terminals and sets a predefined group of parameters to values appropriate for the selected application.
In addition, the parameters most likely to be changed are assigned to the group of User Parameters, A2-01 through A2-16.
User Parameters are part of the Setup Group, which provides quicker access by eliminating the need to scroll through multiple menus.
u A2: User Parameters n A2-01 to A2-32: User Parameters 1 to 32
The user can select up to 32 parameters and assign them to parameters A2-01 through A2-32 to provide quicker access by eliminating the need to scroll through multiple menus. The User Parameter list can also save the most recently edited parameters.
No.
A2-01 to A2-32
Parameter Name
User Parameters 1 to 32
Setting Range
A1-00 to S6-07
<1> This setting is the default setting of the Setup Mode parameters. Refer to TOEPC71063610 User Manual Section 4 for details.
<2> A1-06 determines how the setting of user parameters A2-01 through A2-32 are changed.
Default
Determined by
A1-06 <1> <2>
Saving User Parameters
To save specific parameters to A2-01 through A2-32, set parameter A1-01 to 2 to allow access to all parameters, then enter the parameter number to one of the A2oo parameters to assign it to the list of User Parameters. Finally, set A1-01 to 1 to restrict access so users can only set and refer to the parameters saved as User Parameters.
22 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.1 A: Initialization n A2-33: User Parameter Automatic Selection
Determines whether recently edited parameters are saved to the second half of the User Parameters (A2-17 to A2-32) for quicker access.
No.
A2-33
Parameter Name
User Parameter Automatic Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
Determined by
A1-06
Setting 0: Do not save list of recently edited parameters
Set A2-33 to 0 to manually select the parameters listed in the User Parameter group.
Setting 1: Save list of recently edited parameters
Set A2-33 to 1 to automatically save recently edited parameters to A2-17 through A2-32. A total of 16 parameters are saved with the most recently edited parameter set to A2-17, the second most recently to A2-18, and so on. Access the User Parameters using the Setup Mode of the HOA keypad.
Note: User parameters are listed from A2-27 to A2-32. Parameters A2-01 to A2-26 are already listed as defined by default when in Setup Mode.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 23
1
1.2 b: Application
1.2 b: Application u b1: Operation Mode Selection n b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection for AUTO Mode
Selects the frequency reference source 1.
Note: If a Run command is input to the drive, but the frequency reference entered is 0 or below the minimum frequency, the AUTO or HAND indicator LED on the HOA keypad will light and the OFF indicator will flash.
No.
b1-01
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Selection for AUTO Mode
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
1
Setting 0: HOA Keypad
Using this setting, the frequency reference can be input by:
• switching between the multi-speed references from d1-01 to d1-04.
• entering the frequency reference on the operator keypad.
Setting 1: Terminals (Analog Input Terminals)
Using this setting, an analog frequency reference can be entered as a voltage or current signal from terminals A1 or A2.
Voltage Input
Voltage input can be used at any of the two analog input terminals. Make the settings as described in
used.
Table 1.5 Analog Input Settings for Frequency Reference Using Voltage Signals
Parameter Settings
Terminal Signal Level Signal Level
Selection
Function Selection Gain Bias
A1
A2
0 to 10 V with Zero Limit
0 to 10 V without Zero
Limit
0 to 10 V with Zero Limit
0 to 10 V without Zero
Limit
H3-01 = 0
H3-01 = 1
H3-09 = 0
H3-09 = 1
H3-02 = 0
(Frequency Reference Bias)
H3-10 = 0
(Frequency Reference Bias)
H3-03
H3-11
H3-04
H3-12
Notes
Set Jumper S1 on the terminal board to “V” for voltage input.
Jumper S1
Terminal A1/A2
Voltage/Current
Selection
A1 A2
V
I
2 k
Drive
A1 A2
V
I
+V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply
0 to 10 V
A1 Analog Input 1
A2 Analog Input 2
AC Analog input common
Figure 1.1 Setting the Frequency Reference as a Voltage Signal at Terminal A1
Use the wiring example shown in
for any other analog input terminals. When using input terminals A1 and A2, make sure Jumper S1 is set for voltage input.
24 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
Current Input
Input terminals A1 and A2 can accept a current input signal. Refer to Table 1.6
to set terminals A1 and A2 for current input.
Terminal
A1
A2
Signal
Level
4 to 20 mA
0 to 20 mA
4 to 20 mA
0 to 20 mA
Table 1.6 Analog Input Settings for Frequency Reference Using a Current Signal
Signal Level
Selection
H3-01 = 2
H3-01 = 3
H3-09 = 2
H3-09 = 3
Parameter Settings
Function
Selection
Gain
H3-02 = 0
(Frequency
Reference Bias)
H3-10 = 0
(Frequency Bias)
H3-03
H3-11
Bias
H3-04
H3-12
Notes
Make sure to set Jumper S1 on the terminal board to “I” for current input.
Jumper S1
Terminal A1/A2
Voltage/Current
Selection
A1 A2
V
I
V
I
A1 Analog Input 1
Drive
A1 A2
+V 10.5 V, 20 mA power supply
0 or 4 to 20 mA
A2 Analog Input 2
AC Analog input common
Figure 1.2 Setting the Frequency Reference as a Current Signal to Terminal A2
Switching between Main/Auxiliary Frequency References
Multi-Step Speed Selection on page 56 for details on using this function.
Setting 2: Serial Communication (APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, Metasys N2)
This setting requires entering the frequency reference via the RS-422/RS-485 serial communications port (control terminals
R+, R-, S+, and S-).
Refer to MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration on page 302
for instructions.
Setting 3: Option Card
This setting requires entering the frequency reference via an option board plugged into connector CN5 on the drive control board. Consult the option card manual for instructions on integrating the drive with the communication system.
Note: If the frequency reference source is set for Option PCB (b1-01 = 3), but an option board is not installed, an oPE05 Programming Error will be displayed on the HOA keypad and the drive will not run.
n b1-02: Run Command Selection for AUTO Mode
Determines the Run command selection for AUTO mode.
No.
b1-02
Parameter Name
Run Command Selection for AUTO Mode
Setting Range
1 to 3
Default
1
Setting 1: Control Circuit Terminal
This setting requires entering the Run command via the digital input terminals using one of following sequences:
• 2-Wire sequence 1:
Two inputs (FWD/Stop-REV/Stop). Set A1-03 to 2220 to initialize the drive and preset terminals S1 and S2 to these functions. This is the default setting of the drive.
Refer to Setting 40, 41: Forward Run, Reverse Run Command for 2-
.
• 2-Wire sequence 2:
Two inputs (Start/Stop-FWD/REV).
Refer to Setting 42, 43: Run and Direction Command for 2-Wire Sequence 2 on page 78
.
• 3-Wire sequence:
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 25
1.2 b: Application
Three inputs (Start-Stop-FWD/REV). Set A1-03 to 3330 to initialize the drive and preset terminals S1, S2, and S5 to these functions.
Refer to Setting 0: 3-Wire Sequence on page 73
.
Setting 2: Serial Communication (APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, Metasys N2)
This setting requires entering the Run command via serial communications by connecting the RS-422/RS-485 serial
for instructions.
Setting 3: Option Card
This setting requires entering the Run command via the communication option board by plugging a communication option board into the CN5 port on the control PCB. Refer to the option card manual for instructions on integrating the drive into the communication system.
Note: If b1-02 is set to 3, but an option card is not installed in CN5, an oPE05 operation error will be displayed on the HOA keypad and the drive will not run.
n b1-03: Stopping Method Selection
Selects how the drive stops the motor when the Run command is removed or when a Stop command is entered.
No.
Parameter Name Setting Range Default b1-03 Stopping Method Selection 0 to 3 1
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will decelerate the motor to stop. The deceleration rate is determined by the active deceleration time. The default deceleration time is set to parameter C1-02.
When the output frequency falls below the level set in parameter b2-01, the drive will start DC injection or Zero Speed Control depending on the selected control mode.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will shut off its output and the motor will coast (uncontrolled deceleration) to stop. The stopping time is determined by the inertia and the friction in the driven system.
Run
command
ON OFF
Output
frequency
Drive output is shut off
Motor speed
Figure 1.3 Coast to Stop
Note: After a stop is initiated, any subsequent Run command entered will be ignored until the minimum baseblock time (L2-03) has expired. Do
) or Speed Search (
Refer to b3: Speed Search on page 31 ) to restart the motor before it has completely stopped.
Setting 2: DC Injection Braking to Stop
When the Run command is removed, the drive will enter baseblock (turn off its output) for the minimum baseblock time
(L2-03). When the minimum baseblock time has expired, the drive will inject the amount DC current set in parameter b2-02 into the motor windings to brake the motor. The stopping time in DC Injection Braking to Stop is significantly faster compared to Coast to Stop.
Note: This function is not available in OLV/PM control mode (A1-02 = 5).
26 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
Run
command
Output
frequency
ON OFF
DC Injection Braking with the current set in b2-02
Motor speed
Motor coasts
Minimum Baseblock
Time (L2-03)
Figure 1.4 DC Injection Braking to Stop
DC Injection Braking time is determined by the value set to b2-04 and the output frequency at the time the Run command is removed. It can be calculated by:
DC Injection brake time =
(b2-04) x 10 x Output frequency
Maximum output frequency (E1-04)
DC Injection braking time b2-04 × 10 b2-04
10%
Output frequency when
Stop command was entered
100%
(Maximum output frequency)
Figure 1.5 DC Injection Braking Time Depending on Output Frequency
Note: If an overcurrent (oC) fault occurs during DC Injection Braking to Stop, increase the momentary power loss minimum baseblock time
(L2-03) until the fault no longer occurs.
Setting 3: Coast with Timer
When the Run command is removed, the drive will turn off its output and the motor will coast to stop. The drive will not start if a Run command is input before the time t (C1-02) has expired. Cycle the Run command that was activated during time t after t has expired to start the drive.
Run command ON OFF ON OFF ON
Output
frequency
Drive output shut off
1
Run wait time t
Figure 1.6 Coast with Timer
The wait time t is determined by the output frequency when the Run command is removed and by the active deceleration time.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 27
1.2 b: Application
Run wait time t
Active deceleration time
Momentary Power Loss
Minimum Baseblock
Time (L2-03)
Min output frequency
Output frequency when Stop command was entered
100%
(Max output frequency)
Figure 1.7 Run Wait Time Depending on Output Frequency n b1-04: Reverse Operation Selection
Enables and disables Reverse operation. For some applications, reverse motor rotation is not appropriate and may cause problems (e.g., air handling units, pumps, etc.).
No.
b1-04
Parameter Name
Reverse Operation Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Reverse Enabled
Possible to operate the motor in both forward and reverse directions.
Setting 1: Reverse Disabled
Drive disregards a Reverse run command or a negative frequency reference.
n b1-08: Run Command Selection in Programming Mode
As a safety precaution, the drive will not normally respond to a Run command input when the HOA keypad is being used to adjust parameters in Programming Mode (Verify Menu, Setup Mode, Parameter Settings Mode, and Auto-Tuning Mode). If required by the application, set b1-08 to allow the drive to run while in Programming Mode.
No.
b1-08
Parameter Name
Run Command Selection in Programming Mode
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 0: Run Command Is Not Accepted in Programming Mode
A Run command is not accepted while the HOA keypad is in Programming Mode.
Setting 1: Run Command Is Accepted in Programming Mode
A Run command is accepted in any HOA keypad mode.
Setting 2: Prohibit Entering Programming Mode during Run
It is not possible to enter the Programming Mode as long as the drive output is active. The Programming Mode cannot be displayed during Run.
n b1-11: Drive Delay Time Setting
If a time is set to b1-11, the drive will delay executing a Run command until the set time has expired. During Drive Delay
Time execution, the HOA keypad will display “WrUn”. Both Alarm and Run indicators will blink while the drive waits to execute the Run command.
No.
b1-11
Parameter Name
Drive Delay Time Setting
Setting Range
0 to 600 s
Default
0 n b1-14: Phase Order Selection
Sets the phase order for drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3.
Switching motor phases will reverse the direction of the motor.
No.
b1-14
Parameter Name
Phase Order Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
28 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
Setting 0: Standard
Setting 1: Switch Phase Order
The direction of the motor is reversed.
n b1-17: Run Command at Power Up
Determines whether an external Run command that is active during power up will start the drive.
No.
b1-17
Parameter Name
Run Command at Power Up
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disregarded
A new Run command must be issued after power up. Cycle the Run command to start the drive.
Note: For safety reasons, the drive is initially programmed not to accept a Run command at power up (b1-17 = 0). If a Run command is issued at power up, the AUTO LED will flash quickly.
Setting 1: Allowed
The motor will start immediately after a power up if a Run command is already enabled.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. If b1-17 is set to 1 and an external Run command is active during power up, the motor will begin rotating as soon as the power is switched on. Proper precautions must be taken to ensure that the area around the motor is safe prior to powering up the drive. Failure to comply may cause serious injury.
u b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking
These parameters determine operation of the DC Injection Braking, Zero Speed Control, and Short Circuit Braking features.
n b2-01: DC Injection Braking Start Frequency
Active when “Ramp to Stop” is selected as the stopping method (b1-03 = 0).
No.
b2-01
Name
DC Injection Braking Start Frequency
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 Hz
Default
Determined by
A1-02
The function triggered by parameter b2-01 depends on the control mode that has been selected.
V/f (A1-02 = 0)
For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for DC Injection Braking at Stop. When the output frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, DC Injection Braking is enabled for the time set in parameter b2-04.
DC Injection
Braking
E1-09 Min. Frequency b2-01 Zero Speed Level
Output
frequency
Time b2-04
Figure 1.8 DC Injection Braking at Stop for V/f
Note: If b2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E1-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as the frequency falls to the value set to E1-09.
OLV/PM (A1-02 = 5)
For these control modes, parameter b2-01 sets the starting frequency for Short-Circuit Braking at stop. When the output frequency falls below the setting of b2-01, Short-Circuit Braking is enabled for the time set in parameter b2-13. If DC Injection
Braking time is enabled at stop, then DC Injection Braking is performed for the time set in b2-04 after Short-Circuit Braking is complete.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 29
1.2 b: Application
Output
frequency
E1-09 Min. Frequency b2-01 Zero Speed Level
Short Circuit
Braking
DC Injection
Braking
Time b2-13 b2-04
Figure 1.9 Short-Circuit Braking at Stop in OLV/PM
Note: If b2-01 is set to a smaller value than parameter E1-09 (minimum frequency), then DC Injection Braking will begin as soon as the frequency falls to the value set to E1-09.
n b2-02: DC Injection Braking Current
Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current. The carrier frequency is automatically reduced to 1 kHz when this parameter is set to more than 50%.
No.
b2-02
Name
DC Injection Braking Current
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
50%
The level of DC Injection Braking current affects the strength of the magnetic field attempting to lock the motor shaft.
Increasing the current level will increase the amount of heat generated by the motor windings. Do not set this parameter higher than the level necessary to hold the motor shaft.
n b2-03: DC Injection Braking Time at Start
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking at start. Used to stop a coasting motor before restarting it or to apply braking torque at start. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No.
b2-03
Name
DC Injection Braking Time at Start
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
0.00 s
Note: Before starting an uncontrolled rotating motor (e.g., a fan motor driven by windmill effect), use DC Injection or Speed Search to stop the motor or detect motor speed before starting it. Otherwise, motor stalling and other faults can occur.
n b2-04: DC Injection Braking Time at Stop
Sets the time of DC Injection Braking at stop. Used to completely stop a motor with high inertia load after ramp down. Increase the value if the motor still coasts by inertia after it should have stopped. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No.
b2-04
Name
DC Injection Braking Time at Stop
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
0.00 s n b2-09: Motor Pre-Heat Current 2
Determines the percentage of motor rated output current that will be used for the motor pre-heat function. This function can be useful in applications where the motor sits for extended periods of time in humid conditions. Motor pre-heating can only be initiated by closing a digital input programmed as a Motor Pre-Heat 2 (H1oo = 50).
No.
b2-09
Name
Motor Pre-Heat Current 2
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
5% n b2-12: Short Circuit Brake Time at Start
Short Circuit Braking can be used in OLV/PM. Shorting all three motor phases produces a braking torque in the motor and can stop a coasting motor before starting it again. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No.
b2-12
Note:
Name
Short Circuit Brake Time at Start
Setting Range
0.00 to 25.50 s
Default
0.00 s
Short Circuit Braking cannot prevent a PM motor from being rotated by an external force. Use DC Injection to prevent the load from rotating the motor.
30 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application n b2-13: Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop
The Short Circuit Braking described for parameter b2-12 can also be applied at the end of deceleration to completely stop high inertia loads. Short Circuit Braking is initiated for the time set in b2-13 when the output frequency falls below the higher of the values b1-02 and E1-09. Disabled when set to 0.00 s.
No.
b2-13
Name
Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop
Setting Range
0.00 to 25.50 s
Default
0.50 s n b2-18: Short Circuit Braking Current
Sets the current level for Short Circuit Braking operation as a percentage of the motor rated current. The Short Circuit Braking current cannot be higher than 120%, although a higher current level can be set using b2-18.
No.
b2-18
Name
Short Circuit Braking Current
Setting Range
0.0 to 200.0%
Default
100.0% u b3: Speed Search
The Speed Search function allows the drive to detect the speed of a rotating motor shaft that is driven by external forces and start the motor operation directly from the detected speed without first stopping the machine.
Example: When a momentary loss of power occurs, the drive output shuts off and the motor coasts. When power returns, the drive can find the speed of the coasting motor and restart it directly.
Enabling Speed Search for PM motors only requires setting parameter b3-01 to 1.
The drive offers current detection and speed estimation Speed Search for induction motors. Parameter b3-24 selects the speed search method for induction motors. Both methods and relevant parameters are explained below.
n Current Detection Speed Search (b3-24 = 0)
Current Detection Speed Search detects the motor speed by looking at motor current in IM motors. When Speed Search is started it reduces the output frequency starting from either the maximum output frequency or the frequency reference while increasing the output voltage using the time set in parameter L2-04. As long as the current is higher than the level set to b3-02, the output frequency is lowered using the time constant set to b3-03. If the output current falls below b3-02, the drive assumes that the output frequency and motor speed are the same and accelerates or decelerates to the frequency reference.
Be aware that sudden acceleration may occur when using this method of Speed Search with relatively light loads.
Output frequency before momentary power loss
Decel time set to b3-03
Waits for twice as long as L2-04
AC power supply
ON OFF
Output frequency
Selected frequency reference
Speed Search operation current set to b3-02
Output current
1
Min. Baseblock Time (L2-03) b3-05
Figure 1.10 Current Detection Speed Search after Power Loss
Note: After power is restored, the drive waits until the time set to b3-05 has passed before performing Speed Search. Thereby the Speed Search may start not at the end of L2-03 but even later.
When Speed Search is applied automatically with the Run command, the drive waits for the minimum baseblock time set to
L2-03 before starting Speed Search. If L2-03 is lower than the time set to parameter b3-05, then b3-05 is used as the wait time.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 31
1.2 b: Application
Decel time set set to b3-03
Waits for twice as long as L2-04
OFF ON
Run command
Max. output frequency or the specified frequency reference
Output frequency
Selected frequency reference b3-02
(Speed search operation current)
Output current
Minimum Baseblock Time (L2-03)
Figure 1.11 Current Detection Speed Search at Start or Speed Search Command by Digital Input
Notes on Using Current Detection Type Speed Search
• Shorten the Speed Search deceleration time set to b3-03 if an oL1 fault occurs while performing Current Detection Speed
Search.
• Current Detection Speed Search is not available when using OLV Control for PM motors.
• Increase the minimum baseblock time set to L2-03 if an overcurrent or overvoltage fault occurs when performing Speed
Search after power is restored following a momentary power loss.
n Speed Estimation Type Speed Search (b3-24 = 1)
This method can be used for a single induction motor connected to a drive. Do not use this method if the motor is one or more frame size smaller than the drive, at motor speeds above 200 Hz, or when using a single drive to operate more than one motor.
Speed Estimation is executed in the two steps described below:
Step 1: Back EMF Voltage Estimation
This method is used by Speed Search after baseblock (e.g., a power loss where the drive CPU continued to run and the Run command was kept active). Here, the drive estimates the motor speed by analyzing the back EMF voltage and outputs the estimated frequency and increases the voltage using the time constant set in parameter L2-04. After that, the motor is accelerated or decelerated to the frequency reference starting from the detected speed. If there is not enough residual voltage in the motor windings to perform the calculations described above, the drive will automatically proceed to step 2.
AC power supply
Output frequency
ON OFF
Starts at the speed that was detected
Selected frequency reference
Output current
Several milliseconds
Min. Baseblock Time
(L2-03) b3 -05 <1>
Figure 1.12 Speed Search after Baseblock
<1> After AC power is restored, the drive will wait for at least the time set to b3-05. If the power interruption is longer than the minimum baseblock time set to L2-03, the drive will wait until the time set to b3-05 has passed after power is restored before starting Speed Search.
Step 2: Current Injection
Current Injection is performed when there is insufficient residual voltage in the motor after extended power losses, when Speed
Search is applied with the Run command (b3-01 = 1), or when an External search command is used.
This feature injects the amount of DC current set to b3-06 to the motor and detects the speed by measuring the current feedback.
The drive then outputs the detected frequency and increases the voltage using the time constant set to parameter L2-04 while looking at the motor current.
32 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
The output frequency is reduced if the current is higher than the level in b3-02. When the current falls below b3-02, the motor speed is assumed to be found and the drive starts to accelerate or decelerate to the frequency reference.
Decelerates at the Speed
Search decel time set to b3-03
Waits twice as long as L2-04
Run command
OFF
ON
Starts at the speed speed that was detected
Output frequency
Frequency reference set to the drive b3-02 (Speed search operation current)
Output current 1.0 s
Min. Baseblock Time (L2-03) <1>
Figure 1.13 Speed Search at Start
<1> The wait time for Speed Search (b3-05) determines the lower limit.
Notes on Using Speed Estimation Speed Search
• Perform Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control (T1-01 = 3) prior to using Speed Estimation in V/f Control and perform
Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance (T1-01 = 2) again if the there is a change in the cable length between the drive and motor.
• Use Current Detection to search for speeds beyond 200 Hz if the application is running multiple motors from the same drive or if the motor is considerably smaller than the capacity of the drive.
• Speed Estimation may have trouble finding the actual speed if the motor cable is very long. Use Current Detection in these instances.
• Use Current Detection instead of Speed Estimation when operating motors smaller than 1.5 kW because Speed Estimation might not be able to detect the speed or rotation of these smaller motors, in which case Speed Estimation would stop the motor.
• Use Short Circuit Braking instead of Speed Search when using OLV/PM with a long motor cable.
• Use Short Circuit Braking instead of Speed Search when attempting to find the speed of a motor coasting faster than 200
Hz in OLV/PM.
n Speed Search Activation
Speed Search can be activated using any of the methods 1 through 5 described below. The Speed Search type must be selected in parameter b3-24 independent of the activation method.
Method 1.
Automatically activate Speed Search with every Run command. External Speed Search commands are ignored.
Method 2.
Activate Speed Search using the digital input terminals.
Use the input functions for H1oo
Setting
61
62
Description
External Search
Command 1
External Search
Command 2
Table 1.7 Speed Search Activation by Digital Inputs b3-24 = 0
Closed: Activate Current Detection Speed Search from the maximum output frequency.
Closed: Activate Current Detection Speed Search from the frequency reference.
b3-24 = 1
Activate Speed Estimation
Speed Search
To activate Speed Search by a digital input, the input must be set together with the Run command or the Run command must be entered after giving the Speed Search command.
Method 3.
After automatic fault restart.
When the number of maximum fault restarts in parameter L5-01 is set higher than 0, the drive will automatically perform
Speed Search as specified by b3-24 following a fault.
Method 4.
After momentary power loss.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 33
1.2 b: Application
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection on page 102 .
Method 5.
After external baseblock is released.
The drive will resume the operation starting with Speed Search if the Run command is present and the output frequency is above the minimum frequency when the Baseblock command (H1oo = 8 or 9) is released.
n b3-01: Speed Search Selection at Start
Determines if Speed Search is automatically performed when a Run command is issued.
No.
b3-01
Parameter Name
Speed Search Selection at Start
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Setting 0: Disabled
This setting starts operating the drive at the minimum output frequency when the Run command is entered. If external Speed
Search 1 or 2 is already enabled by a digital input, the drive will start operating with Speed Search.
Setting 1: Enabled
This setting performs Speed Search when the Run command is entered. The drive begins running the motor after Speed Search is complete.
n b3-02: Speed Search Deactivation Current
Sets the operating current for Speed Search as a percentage of the drive rated current. Normally there is no need to change this setting. Lower this value if the drive has trouble restarting.
No.
b3-02
Name
Speed Search Deactivation Current
Setting Range
0 to 200%
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Note: When parameter A1-02 = 0 (V/f Control) the factory default setting is 120.
n b3-03: Speed Search Deceleration Time
Sets the output frequency reduction ramp used by the Current Injection Method of Speed Estimation (b3-24 = 1). The time entered into b3-03 will be the time to decelerate from maximum frequency (E1-04) to minimum frequency (E1-09).
No.
b3-03
Name
Speed Search Deceleration Time
Setting Range
0.1 to 10.0 s
Default
2.0 s n b3-04: V/f Gain during Speed Search (Speed Estimation Type)
During Speed Search, the output voltage calculated from the V/f pattern is multiplied with this value. Changing this value can help reduce the output current during Speed Search.
No.
b3-04
Name
V/f Gain during Speed Search
Setting Range
10 to 100%
Default
Determined by o2-04 n b3-05: Speed Search Delay Time
In cases where an output contactor is used between the drive and the motor, the contactor must be closed before Speed Search can be performed. This parameter can be used to delay the Speed Search operation, giving the contactor enough time to close completely.
No.
b3-05
Name
Speed Search Delay Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0 s
Default
0.2 s
34 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application n b3-06: Output Current 1 during Speed Search (Speed Estimation Type)
Sets the current injected to the motor at the beginning of Speed Estimation Speed Search as a factor of the motor rated current set in E2-01. If the motor speed is relatively slow when the drive starts to perform Speed Search after a long period of baseblock, it may be helpful to increase the setting value. The output current during Speed Search is automatically limited by the drive rated current.
No.
b3-06
Name
Output Current 1 during Speed Search
Setting Range
0.0 to 2.0
Default
Determined by o2-04
Note: Use Current Detection Speed Search if Speed Estimation is not working correctly even after adjusting b3-06.
n b3-08: Current Control Gain during Speed Search (Speed Estimation Type)
Sets the proportional gain for the current controller during Speed Search.
No.
b3-08
Name
Current Control Gain during Speed Search (Speed Estimation Type)
Setting Range
0.00 to 6.00
Default
Determined by
A1-02 and o2-04 n b3-10: Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain (Speed Estimation Type)
Sets the gain for the detected motor speed of the Speed Estimation Speed Search. Increase the setting only if an overvoltage fault occurs when the drive restarts the motor.
No.
b3-10
Name
Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain
Setting Range
1.00 to 1.20
Default
1.05
n b3-14: Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection (Speed Estimation Type)
Sets how the drive determines the motor rotation direction when performing Speed Estimation Speed Search.
No.
b3-14
Parameter Name
Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
The drive uses the frequency reference to determine the direction of motor rotation to restart the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled
The drive detects the motor rotation direction to restart the motor.
n b3-17: Speed Search Restart Current Level
Sets the current level at which Speed Estimation is restarted as a percentage of drive rated current to avoid overcurrent and overvoltage problems since a large current can flow into the drive if the difference between the estimated frequency and the actual motor speed is too big when performing Speed Estimation.
No.
b3-17
Name
Speed Search Restart Current Level
Setting Range
0 to 200%
Default
150% n b3-18: Speed Search Restart Detection Time (Speed Estimation Type)
Sets the time for which the current must be above the level set in b3-17 before restarting Speed Search.
No.
b3-18
Name
Speed Search Restart Detection Time
Setting Range
0.00 to 1.00 s
Default
0.10 s n b3-19: Number of Speed Search Restarts (Speed Estimation Type)
Sets the number of times the drive should attempt to find the speed and restart the motor. If the number of restart attempts exceeds the value set to b3-19, the SEr fault will occur and the drive will stop.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 35
1.2 b: Application
No.
b3-19
Name
Number of Speed Search Restarts
Setting Range
0 to 10
Default
3 n b3-24: Speed Search Method Selection
Sets the Speed Search method.
No.
b3-24
Parameter Name
Speed Search Method Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Current Detection
Setting 1: Speed Estimation
Note:
Refer to Current Detection Speed Search (b3-24 = 0) on page 31
and Refer to Speed Estimation Type Speed Search (b3-24 = 1) on page
32 for explanations of the Speed Search methods.
n b3-25: Speed Search Wait Time
Sets the wait time between Speed Search restarts. Increase the wait time if problems occur with overcurrent, overvoltage, or if the SEr fault occurs.
No.
b3-25
Name
Speed Search Wait Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 30.0 s
Default
0.5 s n b3-27: Start Speed Search Select
Selects a condition to activate Speed Search Selection at Start (b3-01) or External Speed Search Command 1 or 2 from the multi-function input.
No.
b3-27
Name
Start Speed Search Select
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Triggered when a Run Command Is Issued (Normal)
Setting 1: Triggered when an External Baseblock Is Released n b3-33: Speed Search Selection when Run Command is Given during Uv
Activates and deactivates Speed Search at start in accordance with whether a Run command was issued during an undervoltage
(Uv) condition. Function is active when a momentary power loss (L2-01 = 1 or 2), Speed Search at start (b3-01 = 1), and coasting to a stop (b1-03 = 1) are enabled.
No.
b3-33
Name
Speed Search Selection when Run Command is Given during Uv
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled u b4: Timer Function
The timer function is independent of drive operation and can delay the switching of a digital output triggered by a digital input signal and help eliminate chattering switch noise from sensors. An on-delay and off-delay can be set separately.
To enable the timer function, set a multi-function input to “Timer Function Input” (H1oo = 18) and set a multi-function output to “Timer output” (H2oo = 12). Only one timer can be used.
n b4-01, b4-02: Timer Function On-Delay, Off-Delay Time b4-01 sets the on-delay time for switching the timer output. b4-02 sets the off-delay time for switching the timer output.
No.
b4-01 b4-02
Name
Timer Function On-Delay Time
Timer Function Off-Delay Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 3000.0 s
0.0 to 3000.0 s
Default
0.0 s
0.0 s
36 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application n Timer Function Operation
The timer function switches on when the timer function input closes for longer than the value set to b4-01. The timer function switches off when the timer function input is open for longer than the value set to b4-02.
illustrates the timer function operation:
Multi-function Contact
Input: Timer Function （ H1-
□□
=18)
Multi-function Contact
Output: Timer Function （ H2-
□□
=12)
ON
ON
ON
ON
On (Closed)
Off (Open)
On (Closed)
Off (Open) b4-01 b4-02 b4-01 b4-02
Figure 1.14 Timer Operation u b5: PI Control
The drive has a built-in Proportional + Integral (PI) controller that uses the difference between the target value and the feedback value to adjust the drive output frequency to minimize deviation and provide accurate closed loop control of system variables such as pressure or temperature.
n P Control
The output of P control is the product of the deviation and the P gain so that it follows the deviation directly and linearly. With
P control, only an offset between the target and feedback remains.
n I Control
The output of I control is the integral of the deviation. It minimizes the offset between target and feedback value that typically remains when pure P control is used. The integral time (I time) constant determines how fast the offset is eliminated.
n PI Operation
To better demonstrate PI functionality, the diagram below illustrates how the PI output changes when the PI input (deviation) jumps from 0 to a constant level.
PI input
Time
PI output
I control
PI Output
P control
Time
Figure 1.15 PI Operation n Using PI Control
Applications for PI control are listed in the following table.
Application
Speed Control
Description
Machinery speed is fed back and adjusted to meet the target value. Synchronous control is performed using speed data from other machinery as the target value
Pressure Maintains constant pressure using pressure feedback.
Fluid Control Keeps flow at a constant level by feeding back flow data.
Temperature
Control
Maintains a constant temperature by controlling a fan with a thermostat.
Sensors Used
Tachometer
Pressure sensor
Flow rate sensor
Thermocoupler,
Thermistor n PI Setpoint Input Methods
The PI setpoint input depends on the PI function setting in parameter b5-01.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 37
1
1.2 b: Application
setpoint.
.
Table 1.8 PI Setpoint Sources
PI Setpoint Source
Analog Input A1 Set H3-02 = C
Settings
Analog Input A2 Set H3-10 = C
MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0006 H Set bit 1 in register 000F H to 1 and input the setpoint to register 0006 H
Parameter b5-19 Set parameter b5-18 = 1 and input the PI setpoint to b5-19
Note: A duplicate allocation of the PI setpoint input will cause an oPE alarm.
n PI Feedback Input Methods
Input one feedback signal for normal PI control or input two feedback signals for controlling a differential process value.
Normal PI Feedback
Input the PI feedback signal from one of the sources listed below:
Table 1.9 PI Feedback Sources
PI Feedback Source
Analog Input A1
Analog Input A2
Set H3-02 = B
Set H3-10 = B
A duplicate allocation of the PI feedback input will cause an oPE alarm.
Settings
Note:
Differential Feedback
The second PI feedback signal for differential feedback can come from the sources listed below. The differential feedback function is automatically enabled when a differential feedback input is assigned.
PI Differential Feedback Source
Analog Input A1
Analog Input A2
Note:
Table 1.10 PI Differential Feedback Sources
Set H3-02 = 16
Set H3-10 = 16
Settings
A duplicate allocation of the PI differential feedback input will cause an oPE alarm.
38 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
n PI Block Diagram
1.2 b: Application
Figure 1.16 PI Block Diagram
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 39
1
1.2 b: Application n b5-01: PI Function Setting
Enables or disables the PI operation and selects the PI operation mode.
No.
b5-01
Parameter Name
PI Function Setting
Setting 0: PI Disabled
Setting 1: Output Frequency = PI Output 1
The PI controller is enabled and the PI output builds the frequency reference.
Setting 3: Output Frequency = Frequency Reference + PI Output 1
The PI controller is enabled and the PI output is added to the frequency reference.
n b5-02: Proportional Gain Setting (P)
Setting Range
0, 1, 3
Default
0
Sets the P gain applied to the PI input. Larger values will tend to reduce the error but may cause oscillations if set too high, while lower values may allow too much offset between the setpoint and feedback.
No.
b5-02
Name
Proportional Gain Setting (P)
Setting Range
0.00 to 25.00
Default
2.00
n b5-03: Integral Time Setting (I)
Sets the time constant used to calculate the integral of the PI input. The shorter the integral time set to b5-03, the faster the offset will be eliminated. If the integral time is set too short, however, overshoot or oscillation may occur. To turn off the integral time, set b5-03 to 0.00.
No.
b5-03
Name
Integral Time Setting (I)
Setting Range
0.0 to 360.0 s
Default
0.5 s n b5-04: Integral Limit Setting
Sets the maximum output possible from the integral block as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).
No.
b5-04
Note:
Name
Integral Limit Setting
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0%
Default
100.0%
On some applications, especially those with rapidly varying loads, the output of the PI function may show a fair amount of oscillation.
Program b5-04 to apply a limit to the integral output and suppress this oscillation.
n b5-06: PI Output Limit
Sets the maximum output possible from the entire PI controller as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).
No.
b5-06
Name
PI Output Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0%
Default
100.0% n b5-07: PI Offset Adjustment
Sets the offset added to the PI controller output as a percentage of the maximum frequency (E1-04).
No.
b5-07
Name
PI Offset Adjustment
Setting Range
-100.0 to 100.0%
Default
0.0% n b5-08: PI Primary Delay Time Constant
Sets the time constant for the filter applied to the output of the PI controller. Normally, change is not required.
No.
b5-08
Note:
Name
PI Primary Delay Time Constant
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
0.00 s
Useful when there is a fair amount of oscillation or when rigidity is low. Set to a value larger than the cycle of the resonant frequency.
Increasing this time constant may reduce the responsiveness of the drive.
40 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application n b5-09: PI Output Level Selection
Reverses the sign of the PI controller output signal. Normally a positive PI input (feedback smaller than setpoint) leads to positive PI output.
No.
b5-09
Parameter Name
PI Output Level Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Normal Output
A positive PI input causes an increase in the PI output (direct acting).
Setting 1: Reverse Output
A positive PI input causes a decrease in the PI output (reverse acting).
n b5-10: PI Output Gain Setting
Applies a gain to the PI output and can be helpful when the PI function is used to trim the frequency reference (b5-01 = 3 or
4).
No.
b5-10
Name
PI Output Gain Setting
Setting Range
0.00 to 25.00
Default
1.00
n b5-11: PI Output Reverse Selection
Determines whether a negative PI output reverses the direction of drive operation. This parameter has no effect when the PI function trims the frequency reference (b5-01 = 3) and the PI output will not be limited (same as b5-11 = 1).
No.
b5-11
Parameter Name
PI Output Reverse Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Reverse Disabled
Negative PI output will be limited to 0 and the drive output will be stopped.
Setting 1: Reverse Enabled
Negative PI output will cause the drive to run in the opposite direction.
n PI Feedback Loss Detection
The PI feedback loss detection function detects broken sensors or broken sensor wiring. It should be used when PI control is enabled to prevent critical machine conditions (e.g., acceleration to max. frequency) caused by a feedback loss.
Feedback loss can be detected in two ways:
• Feedback Low Detection
Detected when the feedback falls below a certain level for longer than the specified time. This function is set up using parameters b5-12 to b5-14.
• Feedback High Detection
Detected when the feedback rises above a certain level for longer than the specified time. This function is set up using parameters b5-12, b5-36, and b5-37.
The following figure illustrates the working principle of feedback loss detection when the feedback signal is too low. Feedback high detection works in the same way.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 41
1.2 b: Application
PI feedback value
PI
Feedback
Detection
Loss Level
(b5-13)
PI Feedback
Loss Detection Time
(b5-14)
Time
No FbL detection
FbL detection
PI Feedback
Loss Detection Time
(b5-14)
Figure 1.17 PI Feedback Loss Detection n b5-12: PI Feedback Loss Detection Selection
Enables or disables the feedback loss detection and sets the operation when a feedback loss is detected.
No.
b5-12
Parameter Name
PI Feedback Loss Detection Selection
Setting Range
0 to 5
Default
0
Setting 0: Digital Output Only (Remains active when PI is disabled by digital input)
A digital output set for “PI feedback low” (H2oo = 3E) will be triggered if the PI feedback value is below the detection level set to b5-13 for the time set to b5-14 or longer. A digital output set for “PI feedback high” (H2oo = 3F) will be triggered if the PI feedback value is beyond the detection level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37. Neither a fault nor an alarm is displayed on the HOA keypad and the drive will continue operation. The output resets when the feedback value leaves the loss detection range. Detection remains active when PI is disabled by digital input (H1oo = 19).
Setting 1: Feedback Loss Alarm (Remains active when PI is disabled by digital input)
If the PI feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FBL - Feedback Low” alarm will be displayed and a digital output set for “PI feedback low” (H2oo = 3E) will be triggered. If the PI feedback value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FBH - Feedback High” alarm will be displayed and a digital output set for “PI feedback high” (H2oo = 3F) will be triggered. Both events trigger an alarm output (H1oo = 10).
The drive will continue operation. The alarm and outputs reset when the feedback value leaves the loss detection range.
Detection remains active when PI is disabled by digital input (H1oo = 19).
Setting 2: Feedback Loss Fault (Remains active when PI is disabled by digital input)
If the PI feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FbL - Feedback Low” fault will be displayed. If the PI feedback value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FbH - Feedback
High” fault will be displayed. Both events trigger a fault output (H1oo = E) and cause the drive to stop the motor. Detection remains active when PI is disabled by digital input (H1oo = 19).
Setting 3: Digital Output Only
A digital output set for “PI feedback low” (H2oo = 3E) will be triggered if the PI feedback value is below the detection level set to b5-13 for the time set to b5-14 or longer. A digital output set for “PI feedback high” (H2oo = 3F) will be triggered if the PI feedback value is beyond the detection level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37. Neither a fault nor an alarm is displayed on the HOA keypad and the drive will continue operation. The output resets when the feedback value leaves the loss detection range. Detection is disabled when PI is disabled by digital input (H1oo = 19).
Setting 4: Feedback Loss Alarm
If the PI feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FBL - Feedback Low” alarm will be displayed and a digital output set for “PI feedback low” (H2oo = 3E) will be triggered. If the PI feedback value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FBH - Feedback High” alarm will be displayed and a digital output set for “PI feedback high” (H2oo = 3F) will be triggered. Both events trigger an alarm output (H1oo = 10).
The drive will continue operation. The alarm and outputs reset when the feedback value leaves the loss detection range.
Detection is disabled when PI is disabled by digital input (H1oo = 19).
42 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
Setting 5: Feedback Loss Fault
If the PI feedback value falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14, a “FbL - Feedback Low” fault will be displayed. If the PI feedback value exceeds the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37, a “FbH - Feedback
High” fault will be displayed. Both events trigger a fault output (H1oo = E) and cause the drive to stop the motor. Detection is disabled when PI is disabled by digital input (H1oo = 19).
n b5-13: PI Feedback Low Detection Level
Sets the feedback level used for PI feedback low detection. The PI feedback must fall below this level for longer than the time set to b5-14 before feedback loss is detected.
No.
b5-13
Name
PI Feedback Low Detection Level
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
0% n b5-14: PI Feedback Low Detection Time
Sets the time that the PI feedback has to fall below b5-13 before feedback loss is detected.
No.
b5-14
Name
PI Feedback Low Detection Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Default
1.0 s n b5-36: PI Feedback High Detection Level
Sets the feedback level used for PI feedback high detection. The PI feedback must exceed this level for longer than the time set to b5-37 before feedback loss is detected.
No.
b5-36
Name
PI Feedback High Detection Level
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
100% n b5-37: PI Feedback High Detection Time
Sets the time that the PI feedback must exceed the value set to b5-36 before feedback loss is detected.
No.
b5-37
Name
PI Feedback High Detection Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Default
1.0 s n PI Sleep/Snooze
The PI Sleep/Snooze function stops the drive when the PI output or the frequency reference falls below the PID Sleep/Snooze operation level for a certain time. The drive will resume operating when the PI output or frequency reference rise above the
PI Sleep/Snooze operation level for the specified time. An example of PI Sleep/Snooze operation appears in the figure below.
PI Output
PI Sleep/Snooze
Level (b5-15)
Sleep Delay Time
Internal Run command
External Run command
During Run
Run b5-16 b5-16 Sleep Delay Time
Stop
Run command enabled
Continues to output “During Run”
1
Figure 1.18 PI Sleep/Snooze Operation
Notes on Using the PI Sleep/Snooze Function
• The PI Sleep/Snooze function is active even when PI control is disabled.
• The PI Sleep/Snooze function stops the motor according to the stopping method set to b1-03.
The PI Snooze Function is a variation on the Sleep Function. Set b5-21 to 2 to select the PI Snooze function. After selecting the Snooze Function, the drive monitors the output frequency. If the output frequency drops below the PI Snooze Level (b5-22), and stays below that level for at least the time set to b5-23, PI Snooze Delay Time, the drive output shuts off.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 43
1.2 b: Application
The Snooze Function differs from the Sleep Function in that the feedback must drop below the level set to b5-24, PI Snooze
Deactivation Level, before normal drive output will begin again. Immediately prior to Snooze Function activation, the PI
Setpoint can be temporarily increased to create an overshoot of the intended PI Setpoint. The temporary boost is determined by parameter b5-25, PI Boost Setting Level.
After reaching the temporary boost level (or exceeding the time set to b5-26, PI Maximum Boost Time), the drive output shuts off (snoozes) and the intended PI Setpoint returns. From this point on, the Snooze Function operates normally and the drive output returns when the feedback level drops below b5-24.
The parameters necessary to control the PI Sleep/Snooze Function are explained below.
n b5-15: PI Sleep Function Start Level
Sets the level that triggers PI Sleep/Snooze.
The drive goes into Sleep/Snooze mode if the PI output or frequency reference is smaller than b5-15 for longer than the time set to b5-16. The drive resumes operation when the PI output or frequency reference is above b5-15 for longer than the time set to b5-16.
No.
b5-15
Name
PI Sleep Function Start Level
Setting Range
0.0 to 240.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz n b5-16: PI Sleep Delay Time
Sets the delay time to activate or deactivate the PI Sleep/Snooze function.
No.
b5-16
Name
PI Sleep Delay Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Default
0.0 s n b5-17: PI Accel/Decel Time
The PI acceleration/deceleration time is applied on the PI setpoint value.
When the setpoint changes quickly, the normal C1oo acceleration times reduce the responsiveness of the system as they are applied after the PI output. The PI accel/decel time helps avoid the hunting and overshoot and undershoot that can result from the reduced responsiveness.
The PI acceleration/deceleration time can be canceled using a digital input programmed for “PI SFS cancel” (H1oo = 34).
No.
b5-17
Name
PI Accel/Decel Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 6000.0 s
Default
0.0 s n b5-18: PI Setpoint Selection
Enables or disables parameter b5-19 for PI setpoint.
No.
b5-18
Parameter Name
PI Setpoint Selection
Setting 0: Disabled
Parameter b5-19 is not used as the PI setpoint.
Setting 1: Enabled
Parameter b5-19 is used as PI setpoint.
n b5-19: PI Setpoint Value
Used as the PI setpoint if parameter b5-18 = 1.
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
No.
b5-19
Name
PI Setpoint Value
Setting Range
0.00 to 600.00%
Default
0.00%
Note: Unit and resolution for b5-19 is determined by b5-20 and b5-39.
Parameter b5-19 is internally limited to b5-38. Changing b5-20, b5-38 and b5-39 will not automatically update the value of b5-19.
44 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application n b5-20: PI Setpoint Scaling
Determines the units for the PI Setpoint Value (b5-19) and monitors U5-01 and U5-04.
No.
b5-20
Parameter Name
PI Setpoint Scaling
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
1
Setting 0: Hz
The setpoint and PI monitors are displayed in Hz with a resolution of 0.01 Hz.
Setting 1: %
The setpoint and PI monitors are displayed as a percentage with a resolution of 0.01%.
Setting 2: r/min
The setpoint and PI monitors are displayed in r/min with a resolution of 1 r/min.
Setting 3: User Defined
Parameters b5-38 and b5-39 determine the units and resolution used to display the values the setpoint in b5-19, and PI monitors
U5-01 and U5-04.
n b5-21: PI Sleep Input Source
Selects the Sleep Function characteristic action. When b5-21 is set to 1, the Sleep Function Start Level (b5-15) is compared to the output of the drive (Speed Command after PI Block). Use this setting for open loop control.
The Sleep Function Start Level (b5-15) can be compared to the drive input or setpoint by setting b5-21 to 0.
When b5-21 is set to 2, a variation of the Sleep Function called “Snooze” is enabled. See parameters b5-22 to b5-27 for details.
No.
b5-21
Parameter Name
PI Sleep Input Source
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
1
Setting 0: PI Setpoint
Setting 1: SFS Input
Setting 2: Snooze n b5-22: PI Snooze Level
Sets the PI Snooze function start level as a percentage of maximum frequency.
No.
b5-22
Parameter Name
PI Snooze Level
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
0% n b5-23: PI Snooze Delay Time
Sets the PI Snooze function delay time in seconds.
No.
b5-23
Parameter Name
PI Snooze Delay Time
Setting Range
0 to 2600 s
Default
0 s n b5-24: PI Snooze Deactivation Level
When the PI feedback drops below this level, normal operation starts again. Sets as a percentage of maximum frequency.
No.
b5-24
Parameter Name
PI Snooze Deactivation Level
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
0% n b5-25: PI Setpoint Boost Setting
Temporary increase of PI setpoint to create an overshoot of the intended PI setpoint.
No.
b5-25
Parameter Name
PI Setpoint Boost Setting
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
0%
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 45
1.2 b: Application n b5-26: PI Maximum Boost Time
Associated with the Snooze Function. In cases where the temporary PI Setpoint (intended PI setpoint + PI Setpoint Boost) cannot be reached within the PI Maximum Boost Time (b5-26), the Setpoint Boost is interrupted and the Drive output is turned off.
No.
b5-26
Parameter Name
PI Maximum Boost Time
Setting Range
0 to 2600 s
Default
0 s n b5-27: PI Snooze Feedback Level
The second method of initiating the Snooze Function. The drive output shuts off when the PI feedback level exceeds the PI
Snooze Feedback Level (b5-27).
Normal drive and PI operation return after the PI feedback drops below the PI Snooze Deactivation Level (b5-24). Snooze activates when both b5-22 and b5-27 conditions are met. There is no time delay for deactivation.
Sets as a percentage of maximum frequency.
No.
b5-27
Parameter Name
PI Snooze Feedback Level
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
60% n b5-28: PI Feedback Function Selection
When b5-28 is set to 1, the square root of the PI feedback is compared to the PI Setpoint to determine appropriate drive output to properly regulate the system.
This is helpful in cases where the measured feedback is pressure, but the PI loop needs to regulate flow.
No.
b5-28
Parameter Name
PI Feedback Function Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
0: Disabled
1: Square Root n b5-29: PI Square Root Gain
A multiplier applied to the square root of the feedback.
No.
b5-29
Parameter Name
PI Square Root Gain
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.00
Default
0.00
n b5-30: PI Feedback Offset
Sets PI feedback Offset as a percentage of maximum frequency.
No.
b5-30
Parameter Name
PI Feedback Offset
Setting Range
0.00 to 100.00%
Default
0.00% n b5-34: PI Output Lower Limit
Sets the minimum possible PI controller output as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). The lower limit is disabled when set to 0.00%
No.
b5-34
Name
PI Output Lower Limit
Setting Range
-100.0 to 100.0%
Default
0.0% n b5-35: PI Input Limit
Sets the maximum allowed PI input as a percentage of the maximum output frequency (E1-04). Parameter b5-35 acts as a bipolar limit.
No.
b5-35
Name
PI Input Limit
Setting Range
0 to 1000.0%
Default
1000.0%
46 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application n b5-38, b5-39: PI Setpoint User Display, PI Setpoint Display Digits
When parameter b5-20 is set to 3, parameters b5-38 and b5-39 set a user-defined display for the PI setpoint (b5-19) and PI feedback monitors (U5-01, U5-04).
Parameter b5-38 determines the display value when the maximum frequency is output and parameter b5-39 determines the number of digits. The setting value is equal to the number of decimal places.
No.
b5-38 b5-39
Name
PI Setpoint User Display
PI Setpoint Display Digits
Setting Range
1 to 60000
0 to 3
Default
Determined by b5-20
Determined by b5-20 n b5-40: Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PI
Sets the content of the frequency reference monitor display (U1-01) when PI control is active.
No.
b5-40
Name
Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PI
Setting Range
0, 1
Setting 0: Frequency Reference after PI
Monitor U1-01 displays the frequency reference increased or reduced for the PI output.
Setting 1: Frequency Reference
Monitor U1-01 displays the frequency reference value.
n b5-41: PI Unit Selection
Sets the display units in U5-14 and U5-15.
No.
b5-41
Name
PI Unit Selection
Setting 0: WC (Inch of Water)
Setting 1: PSI (Pounds per Square Inch)
Setting 2: GPM (Gallons per Minute)
Setting 3: F (Degrees Fahrenheit)
Setting 4: CFM (Cubic Feet per Minute)
Setting 5: CMH (Cubic Meters per Hour)
Setting 6: LPH (Liters per Hour)
Setting 7: LPS (Liters per Second)
Setting 8: Bar (Bar)
Setting 9: Pa (Pascal)
Setting 10: C (Degrees Celsius)
Setting 11: Mtr (Meters)
Setting 12: Ft (Feet)
Setting 13: LPM (Liters per Minute)
Setting 14: CMM (Cubic Meters per Minute) n b5-42: PI Output Monitor Calculation Method
Setting Range
0 to 14
Default
0
Default
0
No.
b5-42
Name
PI Output Monitor Calculation Method
Setting 0: Linear
The monitor displays PI output.
Setting 1: Square Root
The monitor displays square root PI output.
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 47
1.2 b: Application
Setting 2: Quadratic
The monitor displays 1/(PI output) 2
Setting 3: Cubic
The monitor displays 1/(PI output) 3 n b5-43/b5-44: PI Output 2 Monitor Max Upper/Lower 4 Digits
Set the maximum monitor value at maximum frequency. U5-14 and U5-15 show Custom PI output. U5-14 shows the upper
4 digits and U5-15 shows the lower 4 digits. It shows 999999.99 maximum.
No.
b5-43 b5-44
Name
PI Output 2 Monitor Max Upper 4 Digits
PI Output 2 Monitor Max Lower 4 Digits
Setting Range
0 to 9999
0.00 to 99.99
Default
0
0.00
n b5-45: PI Output 2 Monitor Minimum
U5-14 and U5-15 show Custom PI Output. b5-45 sets the minimum display value at zero speed. This function is effective when b5-42 is set to 0 (Linear).
Note: Used for U5-14 and U5-15 only.
No.
b5-45
Name
PI Output 2 Monitor Minimum
Setting Range
0.0 to 999.9
Default
0.0
n b5-46: PI Setpoint Monitor Unit Selection
Sets the HOA keypad display units in U5-01 and U5-04 when b5-20 is set to 3.
No.
b5-46
Name
PI Setpoint Monitor Unit Selection
Setting 0: “WC (Inch of Water)
Setting 1: PSI (Pounds per Square Inch)
Setting 2: GPM (Gallons per Minute)
Setting 3: F (Degrees Fahrenheit)
Setting 4: CFM (Cubic Feet per Minute)
Setting 5: CMH (Cubic Meters per Hour)
Setting 6: LPH (Liters per Hour)
Setting 7: LPS (Liters per Second)
Setting 8: Bar (Bar)
Setting 9: Pa (Pascal)
Setting 10: C (Degrees Celsius)
Setting 11: Mtr (Meters)
Setting 12: Ft (Feet)
Setting 13: LPM (Liters per Minute)
Setting 14: CMM (Cubic Meters per Minute) n b5-47: Reverse Operation Selection 2 by PI Output
Setting Range
0 to 14
Default
0
Determines whether a negative PI output reverses the direction of drive operation. When the PI function is used to trim the frequency reference (b5-01 = 3), this parameter has no effect and the PI output will not be limited
(same as b5-11 = 1).
No.
b5-47
Name
Reverse Operation Selection 2 by PI Output
Setting 0: Reverse Disabled
Negative PI output will be limited to zero and the drive output will be stopped.
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
48 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.2 b: Application
Setting 1: Reverse Enabled
Negative PI output will cause the drive to run in the opposite direction.
n Fine-Tuning PI
Follow the directions below to fine tune PI control parameters:
Goal
Table 1.11 PI Fine Tuning
Tuning Procedure
Response
Result
Before adjustment
Suppress overshoot Increase the integral time (b5-03)
After adjustment
Time
After adjustment
Response
Achieve stability quickly while allowing some overshoot
Decrease the integral time (b5-03)
Before adjustment
Time
Before adjustment
Response
Suppress long cycle oscillations
(longer than the integral time setting) Increase the integral time (b5-03)
After adjustment
Before adjustment
Time
Response
Suppress short cycle oscillations
If oscillations are a problem, reduce the proportional gain (b5-02) or increase the PI primary delay time (b5-08)
After adjustment
Time u b8: Energy Saving
The Energy Saving feature improves overall system operating efficiency by operating the motor at its most efficient level.
Note: 1.
Energy Saving is not designed for applications that experience instantaneous heavy loads or applications that rarely operate with light load conditions.
2.
Energy Saving is mainly designed for applications with variable torque, however Energy Saving is not appropriate for applications where the load may suddenly increase.
3.
The performance of the Energy Saving function depends on the accuracy of the motor data. Always perform Auto-Tuning and correctly enter the motor data before using this function.
n b8-01: Energy Saving Control Selection
Enables or disables the Energy Saving function.
Note: Enabling the Energy Saving function when using a PM motor may adversely affect motor efficiency depending on the type of PM motor.
Disable the Energy Saving function in such cases.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 49
1.2 b: Application
No.
b8-01
Parameter Name
Energy Saving Control Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled n b8-04: Energy Saving Coefficient Value (V/f)
Fine tunes Energy Saving control. Adjust this setting while viewing the output power monitor (U1-08) and running the drive with a light load.
A low setting results in less output voltage and less energy consumption. If the value is set too low the motor may stall. The default setting depends on the capacity of the drive.
No.
b8-04
Name
Energy Saving Coefficient Value
Setting Range
0.00 to 655.00
Default
Determined by
E2-11, and o2-04
Note: The default value changes if the motor rated capacity set to E2-11 is changed. The Energy Saving coefficient is set automatically when
Auto-Tuning for Energy Saving is performed.
n b8-05: Power Detection Filter Time (V/f)
Determines how often in milliseconds the output power is measured. The Energy Saving function continuously searches out the lowest output voltage to achieve minimum output power.
Reducing this setting increases the response time. If the filter time is too short, the motor may become unstable with a lighter load.
No.
b8-05
Name
Power Detection Filter Time
Setting Range
0 to 2000 ms
Default
20 ms n b8-06: Search Operation Voltage Limit (V/f)
Sets the voltage limit for the Speed Search optimal output voltage detection as a percentage of the maximum output voltage.
The drive will keep the output voltage above this level during the search operation to prevent motor stalling.
Note: If set too low, the motor may stall when the load is suddenly increased. Disabled when set to 0. Setting this value to 0 does not disable
Energy Saving.
No.
b8-06
Name
Search Operation Voltage Limit
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
0%
50 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.3 C: Tuning
1.3 C: Tuning
C parameters set the characteristics for acceleration, deceleration, and S-curves. Other parameters in the C group cover settings for slip compensation, torque compensation, and carrier frequency.
u C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times n C1-01 to C1-04: Accel, Decel Times 1 and 2
Four different sets of acceleration and deceleration times can be set in the drive by digital inputs, motor selection, or switched automatically.
Acceleration time parameters always set the time to accelerate from 0 Hz to the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
Deceleration time parameters always set the time to decelerate from maximum output frequency to 0 Hz. C1-01 and C1-02 are the default active accel/decel settings.
No.
C1-01
C1-02
C1-03
C1-04
Parameter Name
Acceleration Time 1
Deceleration Time 1
Acceleration Time 2
Deceleration Time 2
Setting Range
0.1 to 6000.0 s
Default
30.0 s
Switching Acceleration Times by Digital Input
Accel/decel time 1 is active by default if no input is set.
Accel/Decel Time Sel. 1
H1oo = 7
Table 1.12 Accel/Decel Time Selection by Digital Input
Active Times
0
1
Acceleration
C1-01
C1-03
Deceleration
C1-02
C1-04
be set for “Ramp to stop” (b1-03 = 0).
Output frequency
Accel Time 1
(C1-01)
Decel Time 1
(C1-02)
Accel Time 2
(C1-03)
Decel Time 2
(C1-04)
Decel Time 1
(C1-02)
ON OFF ON
FWD (REV)
Run command
ON
Accel/Decel Time Selection 1
(Terminals S1 to S7, H1oo = “7”)
Figure 1.19 Timing Diagram of Accel/Decel Time Change
Switching Accel/Decel Times by a Frequency Level
The drive can switch between different acceleration and deceleration times automatically. The drive will switch from accel/ decel time 2 in C1-03 and C1-04 to the default accel/decel time in C1-01 and C1-02 when the output frequency exceeds the frequency level set in parameter C1-11. When the frequency falls below this level, the accel/decel times are switched back.
shows an operation example.
Note: Acceleration and deceleration times selected by digital inputs have priority over the automatic switching by the frequency level set to C1-11.
For example, if accel/decel time 2 is selected, the drive will use only accel/decel time 2; it will not switch from accel/decel time 2 to the selected time.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 51
1.3 C: Tuning
Output Frequency
C1-03 =
(accel time from 0 Hz to C1-11)
C1-11
× (E1-04)
C1-01 =
(accel time between C1-11 and E1-04)
(E1-04 - C1-11)
× (E1-04)
C1-02 =
(decel time between E1-04 and C1-11)
(E1-04 - C1-11)
× (E1-04)
C1-04 =
(decel time from C1-11 to 0 Hz)
C1-11
× (E1-04)
C1-11
Accel/Decel Time
Switch Frequency
C1-03 setting
C1-01 setting
C1-02 setting
C1-04 setting
When the output frequency C1-11, drive uses Accel/Decel Time 1 (C1-01, -02)
When the output frequency < C1-11, drive uses Accel/Decel Time 2 (C1-03, -04)
Figure 1.20 Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency n C1-11: Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency
Sets the frequency at which the drive switches between accel/decel time settings.
Refer to Switching Accel/Decel Times by a Frequency Level on page 51
for details.
No.
C1-11
Parameter Name
Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency
Note: Setting C1-11 to 0.0 disables this function.
n C1-09: Fast Stop Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 240.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz
Sets a special deceleration used when a select group of faults occur or when closing a digital input configured as H1oo =
15 (N.O. input) or 17 (N.C. input). A momentary closure of the digital input will trigger the Fast Stop operation; it does not have to be closed continuously.
The drive cannot be restarted after initiating a Fast Stop operation until after completing deceleration, clearing the Fast Stop input, and cycling the Run command.
A digital output programmed for “During Fast Stop” (H2oo = 4C) will be closed as long as Fast Stop is active.
No.
C1-09
Parameter Name
Fast Stop Time
Setting Range
0.1 to 6000.0 s
Default
10.0 s
NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. The drive output shuts off when faulted and the motor coasts. Set an appropriate Fast Stop time to C1-09 to avoid this uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely.
u C2: S-Curve Characteristics
Use S-curve characteristics to smooth acceleration and deceleration and minimize abrupt shock to the load. Set S-curve characteristic time during acceleration/deceleration at start and acceleration/deceleration at stop. Increase the value set to
C2-01 if the STo fault (Step Out Detection) occurs when starting a PM motor.
n C2-01 and C2-02: S-Curve Characteristics
C2-01 and C2-02 set separate S-curves for each section of the acceleration or deceleration.
No.
Parameter Name Setting Range
C2-01 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel Start
C2-02 S-Curve Characteristic at Accel End
illustrates S-curve application.
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
Determined by
A1-02
0.20 s
52 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.3 C: Tuning
FWD run
REV run
C2-02
0.20 s
<1>
0.20 s <1>
Output frequency C2-01
C2-01
C2-02
<1> S-Curve characteristic at Decel Start/End is fixed to 0.20 s.
0.20 s <1>
0.20 s <1>
Figure 1.21 S-Curve Timing Diagram - FWD/REV Operation
Setting the S-curve will increase the acceleration and deceleration times.
Actual accel time = accel time setting + (C2-01 + C2-02) / 2 u C4: Torque Compensation
The torque compensation function compensates for insufficient torque production at start-up or when a load is applied.
Note: Set the motor parameters and V/f pattern properly before setting torque compensation parameters.
n C4-01: Torque Compensation Gain
Sets the gain for the torque compensation function.
No.
C4-01
Parameter Name
Torque Compensation Gain
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.50
Torque Compensation in V/f and OLV/PM:
The drive calculates the motor primary voltage loss using the output current and the termination resistor value (E2-05 for IM motors, E5-05 for PM motors) and adjusts the output voltage to compensate insufficient torque at start or when load is applied.
The effects of this voltage compensation can be increased or decreased using parameter C4-01.
Adjustment
Although this parameter rarely needs to be changed, it may be necessary to adjust the torque compensation gain in small steps of 0.05 in the following situations:
• Increase this setting when using a long motor cable.
• Decrease this setting when motor oscillation occurs.
Adjust C4-01 so the output current does not exceed the drive rated current.
Note: Refrain from adjusting this parameter in OLV/PM. Setting this value too high can cause overcompensation and motor oscillation.
n C4-02: Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
Sets the delay time used for applying torque compensation.
Default
Determined by
A1-02
No.
C4-02
Parameter Name
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
Setting Range
0 to 60000 ms
Default
Determined by
A1-02 and o2-04
Adjustment
Although C4-02 rarely needs to be changed, adjustments may be necessary in the following situations:
• Increase this setting if the motor vibrates.
• Decrease this setting if the motor responds too slowly to changes in the load.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 53
1.3 C: Tuning u C6: Carrier Frequency n C6-02: Carrier Frequency Selection
Sets the switching frequency of the drive output transistors. Changes to the switching frequency lower audible noise and reduce leakage current.
Note:
.
No.
C6-02
Parameter Name
Carrier Frequency Selection
Setting Range
1 to 5; 7 to 9; A to F
Default
Determined by A1-02 and o2-04
Settings:
C6-02
1
2
5
7
3
4
Carrier Frequency
2.0 kHz
5.0 kHz
8.0 kHz
10.0 kHz
12.5 kHz
Swing PWM 1
C6-02
8
9
A
B to E
F
Carrier Frequency
Swing PWM 2
Swing PWM 3
Swing PWM 4
No setting possible
User defined
Note: Swing PWM uses a carrier frequency of 2.0 kHz as a base, then applies a special PWM pattern to reduce the audible noise.
Guidelines for Carrier Frequency Parameter Setup
Symptom
Speed and torque are unstable at low speeds
Noise from the drive affects peripheral devices
Excessive leakage current from the drive
Wiring between the drive and motor is too long <1>
Audible motor noise is too loud
Lower the carrier frequency.
Remedy
Increase the carrier frequency or use Swing PWM.
<1> The carrier frequency may need to be lowered if the motor cable is too long. Refer to the following table.
Wiring Distance
Recommended setting value for C6-02
Up to 50 m
1 to F (up to 12.5 kHz)
Up to 100 m
1 to 2 (up to 5 kHz),
7 (Swing PWM)
Greater than 100 m
1 (up to 2 kHz), 7 (Swing PWM)
Note: The maximum cable length is 100 m when using OLV/PM (A1-02 = 5).
n C6-03, C6-04, C6-05: Carrier Frequency Upper Limit, Lower Limit, Proportional Gain
Note: C6-04 and C6-05 are available in V/f Control mode only.
These parameters set a user-defined or a variable carrier frequency. Set C6-02 to F to set the upper and lower limits and the carrier frequency proportional gain.
No.
C6-03
C6-04
C6-05
Parameter Name
Carrier Frequency Upper Limit
Carrier Frequency Lower Limit (V/f Control only)
Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain (V/f Control only)
Setting Range
1.0 to 12.5 kHz
1.0 to 12.5 kHz
0 to 99
Default
Determined by
C6-02
Setting a Fixed User-Defined Carrier Frequency
A carrier frequency between the fixed selectable values can be entered in parameter C6-03 when C6-02 is set to F.
In V/f Control, adjust parameter C6-04 to the same value as C6-03.
Setting a Variable Carrier Frequency (V/f Control)
In V/f Control, the carrier frequency can be set up to change linearly with the output frequency by setting the upper and lower
54 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.3 C: Tuning
Carrier Frequency
C6-03
C6-04
Output
Frequency x C6-05
Output Frequency
E1-04
Max Output Frequency
Note:
Figure 1.22 Carrier Frequency Changes Relative to Output Frequency
When C6-05 is set lower than 7, C6-04 is disabled and the carrier frequency will be fixed to the value set in C6-03.
u Rated Current Depending on Carrier Frequency
The tables below show the drive output current depending on the carrier frequency settings.
The 2 kHz values shown in Table 1.13
are equal to the drive rated current shown on the drive nameplate. Increasing the carrier frequency above 2 kHz will reduce the rated output current of the drive.
Drive Model
5A0003
5A0004
5A0006
5A0009
5A0011
5A0017
5A0022
5A0027
5A0032
Table 1.13 Three-Phase 600 V Class Carrier Frequency and Current Derating
2 kHz
Three-Phase 600 V Class
Rated Current [A]
8 kHz 10 kHz
11
17
22
27
2.7
3.9
6.1
9
32
2.2
3.4
4.9
7.5
9.3
13.3
17.0
22.0
27.3
2.0
3.1
4.3
6.6
8.2
11.8
15.1
19.5
24.4
15 kHz
1.3
2.1
2.9
4.5
5.6
–
–
–
–
Drive Model
5A0041
5A0052
5A0062
5A0077
5A0099
2 kHz
41.0
52.0
62.0
77.0
99.0
Three-Phase 600 V Class
Rated Current [A]
5 kHz
39.7
50.3
61.3
76.2
80.0
8 kHz
33.5
42.5
49.7
61.7
55.1
10 kHz
29.4
37.3
41.9
52.0
–
Drive Model
5A0125
5A0145
5A0192
5A0242
Three-Phase 600 V Class
Rated Current [A]
2 kHz
125.0
145.0
192.0
242.0
3 kHz
93.0
108.0
148.0
187.0
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 55
1.4 d: Reference Settings
1.4 d: Reference Settings
The figure below gives an overview of the reference input, selections, and priorities.
Option Card
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Comm.
Terminal A1/A2 d1-01
(Freq.Ref.1)
=3
=2
=1
=0 b1-01
(Freq.Reference Source1) b1-01
(Freq.Reference Source1)
Option Card
=3
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Comm.
=2
=1
Terminal A1/A2 d1-01
(Freq.Ref.1)
=0
S5-01
(HAND Fref Source)
Set by b1-01
=4 b1-01
(Freq.Reference Source1)
=0
Terminal A1/A2
=1 d1-16
=2
S5-05
=3
HOA Keypad (d1-01)
=0
HOA Keypad (d1-02)
=1
HOA Keypad (d1-03)
=2
HOA Keypad (d1-04)
=3
Terminal A1/A2
=4
MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm.
=5
Option Card
=6
OFF when using
Option Card d2-03
(Freq.Ref.Lower Limit)
AUTO,OFF
HAND
JOG d1-17 d2-03
(Freq.Ref.Lower Limit)
Multi-Step Speed
NetRef
1 1
0
0
ComRef
Sequence Timer Operation Enable
Frequency Reference
S5-01<4
& HAND d1-17
Multi-Step Speed
EmergencyOverride
: OFF
Figure 1.23 Frequency Reference Setting Hierarchy u d1: Frequency Reference n d1-01 to d1-04, d1-16, and d1-17: Frequency References 1 to 4, HAND Frequency Reference 1, and Jog Frequency Reference
The drive lets the user switch between up to 5 preset frequency references during run (including the Jog reference) through the digital input terminals. The drive uses the acceleration and deceleration times that have been selected when switching between each frequency reference.
The Jog frequency overrides all other frequency references and must be selected by a separate digital input.
The multi-speed references 1 and 2 can be provided by analog inputs.
No.
d1-01 to d1-04 d1-16 d1-17
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference 1 to 4
HAND Frequency Reference 1
Jog Frequency Reference
Setting Range
0.00 to 240.00 Hz <1> <2>
0.00 to 240.00 Hz <1> <2>
0.00 to 240.00 Hz <1> <2>
<1> The upper limit is determined by the maximum output frequency (E1-04) and upper limit for the frequency reference (d2-01).
<2> Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03. The default is “Hz” (o1-03 = 0).
Default
0.00 Hz <2>
0.00 Hz <2>
6.00 Hz <2>
Multi-Step Speed Selection
To use several speed references for a multi-step speed sequence, set the H1oo parameters to 3 and 4. To assign the Jog reference to a digital input, set H1oo to 6.
Notes on using analog inputs as Multi-Speed 1 and 2:
• The first frequency reference (Multi-Speed 1) comes from the source specified in b1-01. When using an analog input terminal to supply the frequency reference, assign the frequency reference source to the control terminals (b1-01 = 1).
• When an analog input is set to “Auxiliary frequency 1” (H3-02 or H2-06 = 2), the value set to this input will be used as the
Multi-Step Speed 2 instead of the value set to parameter d1-02. If no analog inputs are set for “Auxiliary frequency 1”, then d1-02 becomes the reference for Multi-Step Speed 2.
Select the different speed references as shown in
.
illustrates the multi-step speed selection.
56 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.4 d: Reference Settings
Table 1.14 Multi-Step Speed Reference and Terminal Switch Combinations
Reference
Frequency Reference 1 (set in b1-01)
Frequency Reference 2
(d1-02 or input terminal A1, A2)
Multi-Step Speed
H1oo = 3
OFF
ON
Multi-Step Speed 2
H1oo
OFF
OFF
= 4
Frequency Reference 3
(d1-03 or input terminal A1, A2)
Frequency Reference 4 (d1-04)
Jog Frequency Reference (d1-17) <1>
OFF
ON
−
ON
ON
−
<1> The Jog frequency overrides all other frequency references.
Jog Reference
H1oo = 6
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Frequency reference d1-01
(A1) d1-02
(A2) d1-03 d1-04 d1-17
Time
FWD (REV) Run/Stop
Multi-step Speed Ref. 1
Multi-step Speed Ref. 2
ON
ON
ON
ON
Jog Reference ON
Figure 1.24 Preset Reference Timing Diagram u d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits
Upper and lower frequency limits prevent motor speed from going above or below levels that may cause resonance or equipment damage.
n d2-01: Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Sets the maximum frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. This limit applies to all frequency references.
Even if the frequency reference is set to a higher value, the drive internal frequency reference will not exceed this value.
No.
d2-01
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 110.0%
Default
100.0% n d2-02: Frequency Reference Lower Limit
Sets the minimum frequency reference as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. This limit applies to all frequency references.
If a lower reference than this value is entered, the drive will run at the limit set to d2-02. If the drive is started with a lower reference than d2-02, it will accelerate up to d2-02.
No.
d2-02
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Lower Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 110.0%
Default
0.0%
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 57
1.4 d: Reference Settings
Internal frequency reference d2-01
Operating range
Frequency Reference Upper Limit
Frequency Reference Lower Limit d2-02
Set frequency reference
Figure 1.25 Frequency Reference: Upper and Lower Limits n d2-03: Master Speed Reference Lower Limit
Sets a lower limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency that will only affect a frequency reference entered from the analog input terminals (A1 or A2) as the master speed reference. This is unlike parameter d2-02, which affects all frequency references regardless of their source.
Note: When lower limits are set to both parameters d2-02 and d2-03, the drive uses the greater of those two values as the lower limit.
No.
d2-03
Parameter Name
Master Speed Reference Lower Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 110.0%
Default
0.0% u d3: Jump Frequency n d3-01 to d3-04: Jump Frequencies 1, 2, 3 and Jump Frequency Width
The Jump frequencies are frequency ranges at which the drive will not operate. The drive can be programmed with three separate Jump frequencies to avoid operating at speeds that cause resonance in driven machinery. If the speed reference falls within a Jump frequency dead band, the drive will clamp the frequency reference just below the dead band and only accelerate past it when the frequency reference rises above the upper end of the dead band.
Setting parameters d3-01 through d3-03 to 0.0 Hz disables the Jump frequency function.
No.
d3-01 d3-02 d3-03 d3-04
Parameter Name
Jump Frequency 1
Jump Frequency 2
Jump Frequency 3
Jump Frequency Width
Setting Range
0.0 to 240.0 Hz
0.0 to 240.0 Hz
0.0 to 240.0 Hz
0.0 to 20.0 Hz
shows the relationship between the Jump frequency and the output frequency.
Default
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
0.0 Hz
1.0 Hz
58 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.4 d: Reference Settings
Frequency
Reference
Frequency reference decreases Frequency reference increases
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)
Jump
Frequency
Width (d3-04)
Jump
Frequency 3 d3-03
Jump
Frequency 2 d3-02
Jump
Frequency 1 d3-01
Output
Frequency
Note:
Figure 1.26 Jump Frequency Operation
1.
The drive will use the active accel/decel time to pass through the specified dead band range, but will not allow continuous operation in that range.
2.
When setting more than one Jump frequency, make sure that d3-01≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
u d4: Frequency Reference Hold and Up/Down 2 Function n d4-01: Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection
This parameter is effective when either of the digital input functions listed below are used:
• Accel/decel ramp hold function (H1oo = A)
• Up/Down function (H1oo = 10 and 11)
No.
d4-01
Parameter Name
Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
The operation depends on the function used with parameter d4-01.
Setting 0: Disabled
• Acceleration hold
The hold value will be reset to 0 Hz when the Stop command is entered or the drive power is switched off. The active frequency reference will be the value the drive uses when it restarts.
• Up/Down
The frequency reference value will be reset to 0 Hz when the Stop command is entered or the drive power is switched off.
The drive will start from 0 Hz when it is restarted.
Setting 1: Enabled
• Acceleration hold
The last hold value will be saved when the Run command or the drive power is switched off and the drive will use the saved value as the frequency reference when it restarts. Make sure to continuously enable the multi-function input terminal set for
“Accel/decel ramp hold” (H1oo = A) or the hold value will be cleared when the power is switched on.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 59
1.4 d: Reference Settings
Power supply
Forward Run / Stop
Hold Accel/Decel
OFF ON
OFF ON
Frequency reference
ON
OFF ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
Output frequency d4-01 = 1 d4-01 = 0
Hold Hold
Figure 1.27 Frequency Reference Hold with Accel/Decel Hold Function
• Up/Down
The frequency reference value will be saved when the Run command or the drive power is switched off. The drive will use the frequency reference that was saved when it restarts.
Clearing the Saved Value
Depending on which function is used, it is possible to clear the saved frequency reference value by:
• Releasing the input programmed for Acceleration hold.
• Setting an Up or Down command while no Run command is active.
n d4-10: Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection
for details on the Up/Down function in combination with frequency reference limits.
No.
d4-10
Parameter Name
Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Lower Limit is Determined by d2-02 or Analog Input
The lower frequency reference limit is determined by the higher value of either parameter d2-02 or an analog input (A1, and
A2) that is programmed for “Frequency bias”.
Note: For example, if the command to switch the external reference (H1oo = 2) is used to switch between the Up/Down function and an analog input as the reference source, the analog value becomes the lower reference limit when the Up/Down command is active. Change d4-10 to
1 to make the Up/Down function independent of the analog input value.
Setting 1: Lower Limit is Determined by Parameter d2-02
Only parameter d2-02 sets the lower frequency reference limit.
u d6: Field Weakening n d6-01: Field Weakening Level
Sets the drive output voltage for the Field Weakening function as a percentage of the maximum output voltage. Enabled when a multi-function input is set for Field Weakening (H1oo = 63).
No.
d6-01
Parameter Name
Field Weakening Level
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
80% n d6-02: Field Weakening Frequency Limit
Sets the lower limit of the frequency range where Field Weakening control is valid. The Field Weakening command is valid only at frequencies above this setting and only when the output frequency matches the frequency reference (speed agree).
No.
d6-02
Parameter Name
Field Weakening Frequency Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 240.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz
60 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.4 d: Reference Settings u d7: Offset Frequency n d7-01 to d7-03: Offset Frequency 1 to 3
Three different offset values can be added to the frequency reference. They can be selected using digital inputs programmed for Offset frequency 1, 2, and 3 (H1oo = 44, 45, 46). The selected offset values are added together if multiple inputs are closed simultaneously.
No.
d7-01 d7-02 d7-03
Parameter Name
Offset Frequency 1
Offset Frequency 2
Offset Frequency 3
illustrates the Offset frequency function.
Setting Range
-100.0 to 100.0%
-100.0 to 100.0%
-100.0 to 100.0%
Default
0%
0%
0%
Frequency reference
Multi-function input (44) = on
SFS
Frequency reference after soft starter
Offset Frequency 1 [d7-01]
(Signed)
Multi-function input (45) = on
Offset Frequency 2 [d7-02]
(Signed)
Multi-function input (46) = on
Offset Frequency 3 [d7-03]
(Signed)
Figure 1.28 Offset Frequency Operation
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 61
1
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
E parameters cover V/f pattern and motor data settings.
u E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1 n E1-01: Input Voltage Setting
Adjusts the levels of some protective features of the drive (overvoltage, Stall Prevention, etc.). Set this parameter to the nominal voltage of the AC power supply.
NOTICE: Set parameter E1-01 to match the input voltage of the drive. Drive input voltage (not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the protective features to function properly. Failure to set the correct drive input voltage will result in improper drive operation.
No.
E1-01
Parameter Name
Input Voltage Setting
Setting Range
445.6 to 733.1 V
Default
661.3 V
E1-01 Related Values
The input voltage setting determines the overvoltage and undervoltage detection levels, the KEB function, and the overvoltage suppression function.
Voltage
600 V Class
Setting Value of E1-01
All settings
(Approximate Values)
Uv Detection Level (L2-05)
475 V n V/f Pattern Settings (E1-03)
The drive uses a V/f pattern to adjust the output voltage relative to the frequency reference. There are 15 different predefined
V/f patterns (setting 0 to E) from which to select, each with varying voltage profiles, saturation levels (frequency at which maximum voltage is reached), and maximum frequencies. Additionally, one custom V/f pattern is available (setting F) that requires the user to create the pattern using parameters E1-04 through E1-10.
n E1-03: V/f Pattern Selection
Selects the V/f pattern for the drive and motor from 15 predefined patterns or creates a custom V/f pattern.
No.
E1-03
Parameter Name
V/f Pattern Selection
<1> Settings 0 through E are not available in OLV/PM (A1-02 = 5).
<2> Parameter is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
Setting Range
0 to F <1>
Default
F <2>
Setting a Predefined V/f Pattern (Setting 0 to F)
Choose the V/f pattern that best meets the application demands from the table below. These settings are available only in
V/f Control modes. Set the correct value to E1-03. Parameters E1-04 to E1-13 can only be monitored, not changed.
Note: 1.
Setting an improper V/f pattern may result in low motor torque or increased current due to overexcitation.
2.
Drive initialization does not reset parameter E1-03.
Table 1.15 Predefined V/f Patterns
Characteristic Application Setting
2
3
0
1
6
7
4
5
Specification
50 Hz
60 Hz
60 Hz (with 50 Hz base)
72 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
50 Hz, Variable torque 1
50 Hz, Variable torque 2
50 Hz, Variable torque 3
50 Hz, Variable torque 4
Constant torque
Variable torque
For general purpose applications. Torque remains constant regardless of changes to speed.
For fans, pumps, and other applications where the required torque changes as a function of the speed.
62 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
Setting
8
9
A
D
E
B
C
F
<1>
Specification
50 Hz, Mid starting torque
50 Hz, High starting torque
60 Hz, Mid starting torque
60 Hz, High starting torque
90 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
120 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
180 Hz (with 60 Hz base)
Characteristic
High starting torque
Constant output
Application
Select high starting torque when:
• Wiring between the drive and motor exceeds 150 m.
• A large amount of starting torque is required.
• An AC reactor is installed.
Output voltage is constant when operating at greater than
60 Hz.
60 Hz Variable torque
Used for variable torque applications. The default setting is the same as V/f pattern Setting 7.
<1> Setting F enables a custom V/f pattern by changing parameters E1-04 to E1-13. When the drive is shipped, the default values for parameters E1-04 to E1-13 are equal to predefined V/f pattern 7.
The following tables show details on predefined V/f patterns.
Predefined V/f Patterns for Models 5A0003 to 5A0009
Table 1.16 Constant Torque Characteristics, Settings 0 to 3
Setting = 0
575
50 Hz Setting = 1
575
60 Hz Setting = 2
575
60 Hz Setting = 3
575
72 Hz
43.1
25.9
0 1.3 2.5
50
Frequency (Hz)
Setting = 4
575
50 Hz
100.6
23.0
0 1.3
25 50
Frequency (Hz)
Setting = 8
575
50 Hz
54.6
31.6
0 1.3 2.5
Frequency (Hz)
50
Setting = C
575
90 Hz
43.1
25.9
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
90
43.1
25.9
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60
43.1
25.9
0 1.5 3 50
Frequency (Hz)
60
Table 1.17 Derated Torque Characteristics, Settings 4 to 7
Setting = 5 50 Hz Setting = 6 60 Hz
575 575
43.1
25.9
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60 72
Setting = 7
575
60 Hz
143.8
25.9
0 1.5
30
Frequency (Hz)
60
143.8
25.9
0 1.3
25
Frequency (Hz)
50
100.6
23.0
0 1.5
30
Frequency (Hz)
60
Table 1.18 High Starting Torque, Settings 8 to B
Setting = 9 50 Hz Setting = A 60 Hz
575 575
69.0
37.4
0 1.3 2.5
Frequency (Hz)
50
54.6
31.6
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60
Table 1.19 Rated Output Operation, Settings C to F
Setting = D 120 Hz Setting = E 180 Hz
575 575
Setting = B
575
60 Hz
69.0
43.1
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60
43.1
25.9
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
120
43.1
25.9
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
180
Setting = F
575
60 Hz
143.8
25.9
0 1.5
30
Frequency (Hz)
60
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 63
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
Predefined V/f Patterns for Models 5A0011 to 5A0077
Table 1.20 Rated Torque Characteristics, Settings 0 to 3
Setting = 0
575
50 Hz Setting = 1
575
60 Hz Setting = 2
575
60 Hz Setting = 3
230
72 Hz
40.3
20.1
0 1.3 2.5
Frequency (Hz)
50
Setting = 4
575
50 Hz
100.6
17.3
0 1.3
25 50
Frequency (Hz)
Setting = 8
575
50 Hz
51.8
25.9
0 1.3 2.5
50
Frequency (Hz)
Setting = C
575
90 Hz
40.3
20.1
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
90
40.3
20.1
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60
40.3
20.1
0 1.5 3 50
Frequency (Hz)
60
Table 1.21 Derated Torque Characteristics, Settings 4 to 7
Setting = 5
575
50 Hz Setting = 6
575
60 Hz
40.3
20.1
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
72
Setting = 7
575
60 Hz
143.8
20.1
0 1.5
30
Frequency (Hz)
60
143.8
20.1
0 1.3
25 50
Frequency (Hz)
100.6
17.3
0 1.5
30
Frequency (Hz)
60
Table 1.22 High Starting Torque, Settings 8 to B
Setting = 9
575
50 Hz Setting = A
575
60 Hz
67.0
31.6
0 1.3 2.5
50
Frequency (Hz)
51.8
25.9
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60
575
Table 1.23 Constant Output, Settings C to F
Setting = D 120 Hz Setting = E
575
180 Hz
Setting = B
575
60 Hz
67.0
37.4
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60
40.3
20.1
0 1.5 3 60 120
Frequency (Hz)
40.3
20.1
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
180
Predefined V/f Patterns for Models 5A0099 to 5A0242
Table 1.24 Rated Torque Characteristics, Settings 0 to 3
Setting = 0
575
50 Hz Setting = 1
575
60 Hz Setting = 2
575
60 Hz
Setting = F
575
60 Hz
143.8
20.1
0 1.5
30
Frequency (Hz)
60
Setting = 3
575
72 Hz
34.5
17.3
0 1.3 2.5
Frequency (Hz)
50
34.5
17.3
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60
34.5
17.3
0 1.5 3 50
Frequency (Hz)
60
34.5
17.3
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
72
64 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Setting = 4
575
50 Hz
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
Table 1.25 Derated Torque Characteristics, Settings 4 to 7
Setting = 5
575
50 Hz Setting = 6
575
60 Hz Setting = 7
575
60 Hz
100.6
14.4
0 1.3
25
Frequency (Hz)
50
Setting = 8
575
Setting = C
575
50 Hz
43.1
20.1
0 1.3 2.5
Frequency (Hz)
50
90 Hz
143.8
17.3
0 1.3
25 50
Frequency (Hz)
100.6
14.4
0 1.5
30
Frequency (Hz)
60
Table 1.26 High Starting Torque, Settings 8 to B
Setting = 9
575
50 Hz Setting = A
575
60 Hz
57.5
25.9
0 1.3 2.5
Frequency (Hz)
50
43.1
20.1
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60
Table 1.27 Constant Output, Settings C to F
Setting = D 120 Hz Setting = E 180 Hz
575 575
143.8
17.3
0 1.5
30
Frequency (Hz)
60
Setting = B
575
60 Hz
57.5
31.6
0 1.5 3
Frequency (Hz)
60
Setting = F
575
60 Hz
34.5
17.3
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
90
34.5
17.3
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
120
34.5
17.3
0 1.5 3 60
Frequency (Hz)
180
143.8
17.3
0 1.5
30
Frequency (Hz)
60
Setting a Custom V/f Pattern (Setting F: Default)
Setting parameter E1-03 to F allows the user to set up a custom V/f pattern by changing parameters E1-04 to E1-13.
n V/f Pattern Settings E1-04 to E1-13
If E1-03 is set to a preset V/f pattern (i.e., a value other than F), the user can monitor the V/f pattern in parameters E1-04 through E1-13. To create a new V/f pattern, set E1-03 to F.
Refer to V/f Pattern on page 66
for an example custom V/f pattern.
Note: Certain E1oo
No.
E1-04
E1-05
E1-06
E1-07
E1-08
E1-09
E1-10
E1-11
E1-12
E1-13
Parameter Name
Maximum Output Frequency
Maximum Voltage
Base Frequency
Middle Output Frequency
Middle Output Frequency Voltage
Minimum Output Frequency
Minimum Output Frequency Voltage
Middle Output Frequency 2
Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2
Base Voltage
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Mode Selection.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<3> Parameter ignored when E1-11 and E1-12 are set to 0.0.
Setting Range
40.0 to 240.0 Hz
0.0 to 733.1 V
0.0 to 240.0 Hz
0.0 to 240.0 Hz
0.0 to 733.1 V
0.0 to 240.0 Hz
0.0 to 733.1 V
0.0 to 240.0 Hz
0.0 to 733.1 V
0.0 to 733.1 V
Default
<1>
<1>
<1>
30.0 Hz
143.8 V
<1>
<2>
0.0 Hz <3>
0.0 V <3>
0.0 V
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 65
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
Output Voltage (V)
E1-05
E1-12
E1-13
Note:
E1-08
E1-10
E1-09 E1-07 E1-06 E1-11 E1-04
Frequency (Hz)
Figure 1.29 V/f Pattern
1.
The following condition must be true when setting up the V/f pattern: E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04
2.
To make the V/f pattern a straight line below E1-06, set E1-09 equal to E1-07. In this case the E1-08 setting is disregarded.
3.
E1-03 is unaffected when the drive is initialized, but E1-04 through E1-13 return to their default values.
4.
Only use E1-11, E1-12, and E1-13 to fine-tune the V/f pattern in the constant output range. These parameters rarely need to be changed.
u E2: Motor 1 Parameters
These parameters contain the motor data needed for motor 1. Enter the motor data into these parameters when Auto-Tuning cannot be performed.
Note: The function for switching between two motors cannot be used with a PM motor. E2oo parameters are hidden when OLV/PM control mode is selected (A1-02 = 5).
n E2-01: Motor Rated Current
Provides motor control, protects the motor, and calculates torque limits. Set E2-01 to the full load amps (FLA) stamped on the motor nameplate.
No.
E2-01
Parameter Name
Motor Rated Current
Setting Range
10% to 200% of the drive rated current
Default
Determined by o2-04
Note: 1.
Display is in the following units: 5A0007 to 5A0017: 0.01 A units; 5A0022 to 5A0242: 0.1 A units.
2.
An oPE02 error will occur if the motor rated current in E2-01 is set lower than the motor no-load current in E2-03. Set E2-03 correctly to prevent this error.
n E2-02: Motor Rated Slip
Sets the motor rated slip in Hz to provide motor control, protect the motor, and calculate torque limits.
No.
E2-02
Parameter Name
Motor Rated Slip
Setting Range
0.00 to 20.00 Hz
Default
Determined by o2-04
If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, calculate the motor rated slip using the information written on the motor nameplate and the formula below:
E2-02 = f - (n × p)/120
(f: rated frequency (Hz), n: rated motor speed (r/min), p: number of motor poles) n E2-03: Motor No-Load Current
Set the no-load current for the motor in amperes when operating at the rated frequency and the no-load voltage. The drive sets
E2-03 during the Auto-Tuning process (Rotational Auto-Tuning and Stationary Auto-Tuning 1, 2). The motor no-load current listed in the motor test report can also be entered to E2-03 manually. Contact the motor manufacturer to receive a copy of the motor test report.
No.
E2-03
Parameter Name
Motor No-Load Current
Setting Range
0 to [E2-01]
Default
Determined by o2-04
Note: Display is in the following units: 5A0007 to 5A0017: 0.01 A units; 5A0022 to 5A0242: 0.1 A units.
66 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.5 E: Motor Parameters n E2-04: Number of Motor Poles
Set the number of motor poles to E2-04. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-06 will automatically be saved to E2-04.
No.
E2-04
Parameter Name
Number of Motor Poles
Setting Range
2 to 48
Default
4 n E2-05:Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
Sets the line-to-line resistance of the motor stator winding. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, this value is automatically calculated. Enter this value as line-to-line and not for each motor phase.
If Auto-Tuning is not possible, contact the motor manufacturer to find out the line-to-line resistance or measure it manually.
When using the manufacturer motor test report, calculate E2-05 by one of the formulas below:
• E-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75 °C (167 °F).
• B-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75 °C (167 °F).
• F-type insulation: Multiply 0.87 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 115 °C (239 °F).
No.
E2-05
Parameter Name
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
Setting Range
0.000 to 65.000 Ω
Default
Determined by o2-04 n E2-10: Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
Sets the motor iron loss in watts.
No.
Parameter Name
E2-10 Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
Setting Range
0 to 65535 W
Default
Determined by o2-04 n E2-11: Motor Rated Power
Sets the motor rated power in kW. If Auto-Tuning completes successfully, the value entered to T1-02 will automatically be saved to E2-11.
No.
E2-11
Parameter Name
Motor Rated Power
Setting Range
0.00 to 650.00 kW
Default
Determined by o2-04 n Setting Motor Parameters Manually
Follow the instructions below when setting motor-related parameters manually instead of Auto-Tuning. Refer to the motor test report included with the motor to ensure the correct data is entered into the drive.
Set the Motor Rated Current
Enter the motor rated current listed on the nameplate of the motor to E2-01.
Set the Motor Rated Slip
Calculate the motor rated slip using the base speed listed on the motor nameplate. Refer to the formula below, then enter that value to E2-02.
Motor rated slip = rated frequency [Hz] – base speed [r/min] × (no. of motor poles) / 120
Set the No-Load Current
Enter the no-load current at rated frequency and rated voltage to E2-03. This information is not usually listed on the nameplate.
Contact the motor manufacturer if the data cannot be found.
The default setting of the no-load current is for performance with a 4-pole Yaskawa motor.
Set the Line-to-Line Resistance
E2-05 is normally set during Auto-Tuning. If Auto-Tuning cannot be performed, contact the motor manufacturer to determine the correct resistance between motor lines. The motor test report can also be used to calculate this value using the formulas below:
• E-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75 °C (167 °F).
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 67
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
• B-type insulation: Multiply 0.92 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 75 °C (167 °F).
• F-type insulation: Multiply 0.87 times the resistance value (Ω) listed on the test report at 115 °C (239 °F).
Set the Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
Only required when using V/f Control. Enter this value in watts to E2-10. The drive uses this setting to improve the precision of torque compensation.
u E5: PM Motor Settings
These parameters set the motor data of a PM motor.
Perform Auto-Tuning for PM motors. The motor data can be entered manually, if known.
Note: 1.
E5oo parameters are visible only when a OLV/PM motor control mode is selected (A1-02 = 5).
2.
E5oo parameters are not reset when the drive is initialized using parameter A1-03.
n E5-02: Motor Rated Power
Sets the rated power of the motor. Determined by the value set to T2-04 during Stationary Auto-Tuning for PM motors.
No.
E5-02
Parameter Name
Motor Rated Power
Setting Range
0.10 to 370.00 kW
Default
Determined by o2-04 n E5-03: Motor Rated Current
Sets the motor rated current in amps. Automatically set when the value is entered to T2-06 during Auto-Tuning.
No.
E5-03
Note:
Parameter Name
Motor Rated Current
Setting Range
10 to 200% of drive rated current
Display is in the following units: 5A0007 to 5A0017: 0.01 A units; 5A0022 to 5A0242: 0.1 A units.
n E5-04: Number of Motor Poles
Default
Determined by o2-04
Sets the number of motor poles. Automatically set when the value is entered to T2-08 during Auto-Tuning.
No.
Parameter Name Setting Range
E5-04 Number of Motor Poles 2 to 48
Default
Determined by o2-04 n E5-05: Motor Stator Resistance (r1)
Set the resistance for one motor phase. Do not enter the line-to-line resistance into E5-05 when measuring the resistance manually.
No.
E5-05
Parameter Name
Motor Stator Resistance
Setting Range
0.000 to 65.000 Ω
Default
Determined by o2-04 n E5-06: Motor d-Axis Inductance (Ld)
Sets the d-Axis inductance in 0.01 mH units.
No.
E5-06
Parameter Name
Motor d-Axis Inductance
Setting Range
0.00 to 300.00 mH
Default
Determined by o2-04 n E5-07: Motor q-Axis Inductance (Lq)
Sets the q-Axis inductance in 0.01 mH units.
68 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.5 E: Motor Parameters
No.
E5-07
Parameter Name
Motor q-Axis Inductance
Setting Range
0.00 to 600.00 mH
Default
Determined by o2-04 n E5-09: Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 (Ke)
Sets the induced peak voltage per phase in units of 0.1 mV/(rad/s) [electrical angle]. Set this parameter when using an IPM motor with variable torque.
No.
E5-09
Note:
Parameter Name
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1
Setting Range
0.0 to 2000.0 mV/(rad/s)
Default
Determined by o2-04
Set E5-24 to 0 when setting E5-09. However, setting both E5-09 and E5-24 to 0 will trigger an alarm. An alarm will also be triggered if neither E5-09 nor E5-24 are set to 0.
n E5-24: Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 (Ke)
Set the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of 0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle]. Set this parameter when using an
SPM Motor.
No.
E5-24
Note:
Parameter Name
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2
Setting Range
0.0 to 6500.0 mV/(r/min)
Default
Determined by o2-04
Set E5-24 to 0.0 when setting E5-09. However, setting both E5-09 and E5-24 to 0.0 will trigger an alarm. An alarm will also be triggered if neither E5-09 nor E5-24 are set to 0.0.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 69
1
1.6 F: Option Settings
1.6 F: Option Settings u F6: Communication Option Card
Parameters F6-01 through F6-03 and F6-06 through F6-08 are used for EtherNet/IP and LONWORKS options.
n F6-01: Communications Error Operation Selection
Determines drive operation when a communication error occurs.
No.
F6-01
Parameter Name
Communications Error Operation Selection
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop (Use the Deceleration Time Set to C1-02)
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
1
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop (Use the Fast Stop Time Set to C1-09)
Setting 3: Alarm Only (Continue Operation) n F6-02: External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection
Determines the detection method of an external fault initiated by a communication option (EF0).
No.
F6-02
Setting 0: Always Detected
Parameter Name
External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Setting 1: Detection during Run Only n F6-03: External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection
Determines drive operation when an external fault is initiated by a communication option (EF0).
No.
F6-03
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
Parameter Name
External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop
Setting 3: Alarm Only (Continue Operation) n F6-06: Torque Reference/Torque Limit Selection from Comm. Option
Selects whether torque reference and torque limit values are assigned to the drive from the network.
No.
F6-06
Setting 0: Disabled
Parameter Name
Torque Reference/Torque Limit Selection from Comm. Option
Setting Range
0, 1
Setting 1: Enabled n F6-07: NetRef/ComRef Function Selection
Selects the treatment of multi-step speed inputs when the NetRef command is set.
No.
F6-07
Parameter Name
NetRef/ComRef Function Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Default
1
Default
0
Default
0
70 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.6 F: Option Settings
Setting 0: Multi-step Speed Operation Disabled
Multi-step speed input frequency references are disabled when the NetRef command is selected.
Setting 1: Multi-step Speed Operation Enabled
Multi-step speed inputs are still active and can override the frequency reference from the communications option even when the NetRef command is selected.
n F6-08: Reset Communication Parameters
Determines whether F6oo /F7oo communication-related parameters are reset after initialization.
No.
F6-08
Parameter Name
Reset Communication Parameters
Setting Range
Setting 0: Do Not Reset F6oo /F7oo Parameters after Initialization Using A1-03
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 1: Reset F6oo /F7oo Parameters after Initialization Using A1-03
Note: F6-08 is not reset when the drive is initialized.
u F7: Communication Option Card
Parameters F7-01 to F7-42 are used for the Modbus TCP/IP and EtherNet/IP options.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 71
1
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
H parameters assign functions to the external terminals.
u H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs n H1-01 to H1-07: Functions for Terminals S1 to S7
.
No.
H1-01
H1-02 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S2 Function Selection
H1-03 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S3 Function Selection
H1-04 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S4 Function Selection
H1-05 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S5 Function Selection
H1-06 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S6 Function Selection
H1-07
Parameter Name
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S1 Function Selection
Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal S7 Function Selection
Setting
Range
1 to B2
1 to B2
0 to B2
0 to B2
0 to B2
0 to B2
0 to B2
Default
40 (F) <1> : Forward Run Command (2-Wire sequence)
41 (F) <1> : Reverse Run Command (2-Wire sequence)
24: External Fault
14: Fault Reset
3 (0) <1> : Multi-Step Speed Reference 1
4 (3) <1> : Multi-Step Speed Reference 2
6 (4) <1> : Jog Reference Selection
<1> Number appearing in parenthesis is the default value after performing a 3-Wire initialization.
C
F
10
11
A
B
8
9
Setting
0
6
7
3
4
Table 1.28 Multi-Function Digital Input Terminal Settings
Function Page
Setting
42
Function
Run Command (2-Wire sequence 2) 3-Wire Sequence
Multi-Step Speed Reference 1
Multi-Step Speed Reference 2
Jog reference Selection
Accel/Decel Time Selection 1
43
44
45
46
FWD/REV Command (2-Wire sequence 2)
Offset Frequency 1
Offset Frequency 2
Offset Frequency 3
Node Setup Baseblock Command (N.O.)
Baseblock Command (N.C.)
Accel/Decel Ramp Hold
Drive Overheat Alarm (oH2)
Analog Terminal Input Selection
Through Mode
Up Command
Down Command
51
52
60
61
47
49
4A
50
GF1 Error (N.O., N.C.)
Motor Pre-Heat 2
Sequence Timer Disable
Sequence Timer Cancel
Motor Pre-Heat 1
External Speed Search Command 1
17
18
19
1B
12
13
14
15
Forward Jog
Reverse Jog
Fault Reset
Fast Stop (N.O.)
Fast Stop (N.C.)
Timer Function Input
PID Disable
Program Lockout
1E Reference Sample Hold
20 to 2F External Fault
30
31
PID Integral Reset
PID Integral Hold
34
35
40
41
PID Soft Starter Cancel
PID Input Level Selection
Forward Run Command (2-Wire sequence)
Reverse Run Command (2-Wire sequence)
62
63
65
66
67
68
69
6A
6D
6E
70
7A
7B
7C
7D
A4
A5
External Speed Search Command 2
Field Weakening
KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.)
KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.O.)
Communications Test Mode
High Slip Braking
Jog 2
Drive Enabled
AUTO Mode Select
HAND Mode Select
Drive Enable2
KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C.)
KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.O.)
Short Circuit Braking (N.O.)
Short Circuit Braking (N.C.)
Emergency Override
BP Drive/Bypass Selection
Page
72 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting
A6
A7
A8
A9
AA
AB
AC
Function
BP BAS Interlock
BP Customer Safeties
PI2 Disable (N.O.)
PI2 Disable (N.C.)
PI2 Inverse Operation
PI2 Integral Reset
PI2 Integral Hold
Setting 0: 3-Wire Sequence
Page
Setting
AD
AE
AF
B0
B1
B2
Function
Select PI2 Parameters
BP Bypass Run
Emergency Override Forward Run
Emergency Override Reverse Run
Customer Safeties
BAS Interlock
Page
The digital input programmed for 3-Wire control becomes the forward/reverse directional input, S1 becomes the Run command input, and S2 becomes the Stop command input.
The drive starts the motor when the input S1 set for the Run command closes for longer than 2 ms. The drive stops the operation when the Stop input S2 is released. When the digital input programmed for a forward/reverse operation is open, the drive is set for forward operation. When the digital input is closed, the drive is set for reverse operation.
Note: Input the Run and Stop commands via S1 and S2 when selecting a 3-Wire sequence.
Stop Switch
(N.C.)
Run Switch
(N.O.)
S1
DRIVE
Run Command (Runs when Closed)
S2
Stop Command (Stops when Open)
S5
SN
FWD/REV (Multi-Function Input)
(H1-05 = 0)
Standard Digital Input Common
Run command
Stop command
Forward/reverse command
Figure 1.30 3-Wire Sequence Wiring Diagram
2 ms min.
Can be either ON or OFF
2 ms min.
OFF (forward) ON (reverse)
Can be
ON or OFF
Motor speed
S t o p Forward R e v e r s e S t o p Forward
Figure 1.31 3-Wire Sequence
Note: 1.
The Run command must be closed for more than 2 ms.
2.
If the Run command is active at power up and b1-17 = 0 (Run command at power up not accepted), the AUTO LED will flash to indicate that protective functions are operating. If required by the application, set b1-17 to 1 to automatically issue the Run command upon drive power up.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Ensure start/stop and safety circuits are wired properly and in the correct state before applying power to the drive. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. The drive may start unexpectedly in reverse direction after power up if it is wired for 3-Wire sequence but set up for 2-Wire sequence (default). Make sure b1-17 is set to “0” (drive does not accept a Run command active at power up). When initializing the drive use 3-Wire initialization. Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury from moving equipment.
Settings 3 and 4: Multi-Step Speed Reference 1 and 2
Setting 6: Jog Reference Selection
The Jog frequency set in parameter d1-17 becomes the frequency reference when the input terminal closes.
Frequency Reference on page 56 for details.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 73
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 7: Accel/Decel Time Selection 1
Switches between accel/decel times 1 (C1-01 and C1-02) and 2 (C1-03 and C1-04).
Refer to C1-01 to C1-04: Accel, Decel
Times 1 and 2 on page 51 for details.
Settings 8 and 9: Baseblock Command (N.O., N.C.)
When the drive receives a baseblock command, the output transistors stop switching, the motor coasts to stop, and a bb alarm flashes on the HOA keypad to indicate baseblock. When baseblock ends while a Run command is active, the drive performs
Speed Search to restart the motor.
DIgital Input Function
Setting 8 (N.O.)
Setting 9 (N.C.)
Input Open
Normal operation
Baseblock (Interrupt output)
Drive Operation
Input Closed
Baseblock (Interrupt output)
Normal operation
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. When using a mechanical holding brake with the drive in a lifting application, close the brake when the drive output is cut off by a baseblock command triggered by one of the input terminals. Failure to comply will result in a slipping load from the motor suddenly coasting when the baseblock command is entered and may cause serious injury or death.
Run command
OFF ON
Baseblock input
ON
Baseblock release
Frequency reference
Begin Speed Search from the previous frequency reference
Output frequency
Output off, motor coasts
Figure 1.32 Baseblock Operation During Run
Setting A: Accel/Decel Ramp Hold
When the digital input programmed for the Accel/decel ramp hold function closes, the drive locks (holds) the output frequency.
Acceleration or deceleration resumes when the input is reopened.
If the Accel/decel ramp hold function is enabled (d4-01 = 1), the drive saves the output frequency to memory when the Ramp
Hold input is closed. When the drive is restarted after stop or after power supply interruption, the saved output frequency
Reference Hold Function Selection on page 59 for details.
Setting B: Drive Overheat Alarm (oH2)
Triggers an oH2 alarm when the contact closes. Drive operation is not affected because this is an alarm.
Setting C: Analog Terminal Input Selection (Terminals A1 and A2)
When closed, the terminals specified in H3-14 are enabled. When open, the drive disregards the input signal to the analog terminals.
Setting F: Through Mode
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. When set to F, an input does not trigger any function in the drive. Setting F, however, still allows the input status to be read out by a PLC via a communication option or APOGEE
FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, or Metasys N2 communications.
74 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Settings 10 and 11: Up/Down Function
The Up/Down function allows the frequency reference to be set by two push buttons when one digital input is programmed as the Up input (H1oo = 10) to increase the frequency reference and the other digital input is programmed as the Down input
(H1oo = 11) to decrease the frequency reference.
The Up/Down function takes priority over the frequency references from the HOA keypad, the analog inputs, and the pulse input (b1-01 = 0, 1, 4). When using the Up/Down function, references provided by these sources will be disregarded.
The inputs operate as shown in the table below:
Status
Drive Operation
Up (10)
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Down (11)
Open
Open
Closed
Closed
Hold current frequency reference
Increase frequency reference
Decrease frequency reference
Hold current frequency reference
Note: 1.
An oPE03 alarm occurs when only one of the Up/Down functions is programmed to a digital input.
2.
An oPE03 alarm occurs when the Up/Down function is assigned to the terminals and a different digital input is programmed for the
Accel/decel ramp hold function. Refer to the Troubleshooting chapter in the User Manual packaged with the drive for more information on alarms.
3.
The Up/Down function can only be used for External reference 1. Consider this when using Up/Down and the external reference switching command (H1oo = 2).
Using the Up/Down Function with Frequency Reference Hold (d4-01)
• If the frequency reference hold function is disabled (d4-01 = 0), the Up/Down frequency reference will be reset to 0 when the Run command is cleared or the power is cycled.
• When d4-01 = 1, the drive will save the frequency reference set by the Up/Down function. When the Run command or the power is cycled, the drive will restart with the saved reference value. Close the Up or Down input without an active Run
.
Using the Up/Down Function with Frequency Reference Limits
Parameter d2-01 determines the upper frequency reference limit.
The value for the lower frequency reference limit depends on the parameter d4-10 setting. This value can be set by an analog input or parameter d2-02. When a Run command is applied, the lower limits function as follows:
• If the lower limit is set by d2-02 only, the drive accelerates to this limit as soon as a Run command is entered.
• If the lower limit is determined by an analog input only, the drive accelerates to the limit when both the Run command and an Up or Down command are active. The drive will not start running if only the Run command is active.
• If the lower limit is set by both an analog input and d2-02, and the analog limit is higher than the d2-02 value, the drive accelerates to the d2-02 value when a Run command is input. When the d2-02 value is reached, the drive accelerates to the analog limit only if an Up or Down command is set.
shows an Up/Down function example with a lower frequency reference limit set by d2-02, and the frequency reference hold function both enabled and disabled.
Output frequency upper limit
Accelerates to lower limit
Same frequency d4-01 = 1 d4-01 = 0
Lower limit 1
FWD run/stop ON
Up command
ON
ON
Hold frequency reset
Down command
Power supply
ON ON
Figure 1.33 Up/Down Command Operation
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 75
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Settings 12 and 13: Forward Jog, Reverse Jog
Digital inputs programmed as Forward Jog (H1oo = 12) and Reverse Jog (H1oo = 13) will be Jog inputs that do not require a Run command. Closing the terminal set for Forward Jog input will cause the drive to ramp to the Jog frequency reference (d1-17) in the forward direction. The Reverse Jog will cause the same action in the reverse direction. The Forward
Jog and Reverse Jog command can be set independently.
Note: The Forward Jog and Reverse Jog commands override all other frequency references. However, if the drive is set to prohibit reverse rotation
(b1-04 = 1), activating Reverse Jog will have no effect. Inputting the Forward Jog and Reverse Jog simultaneously for 500 ms or longer will trigger an alarm will and the drive will stop according to the stopping method set in b1-03..
d1-17
Output
Frequency d1-17
ON
FJOG
ON
RJOG
Figure 1.34 FJOG/RJOG Operation
Setting 14: Fault Reset
When the drive detects a fault condition, the fault output contact closes, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts to stop (specific stopping methods can be selected for some faults such as L1-04 for motor overheat). After removing the Run command, clear the fault either by pressing the RESET key on the HOA keypad or closing a digital input configured as a Fault
Reset (H1oo = 14).
Note: Remove the Run command prior to resetting a fault. Fault Reset commands are ignored while the Run command is present.
Settings 15 and 17: Fast Stop (N.O., N.C.)
The Fast Stop function operates similar to an emergency stop input to the drive. If a Fast Stop command is input while the
). The drive can only be restarted after bringing the drive to a complete stop, turning off the Fast Stop input, and switching off the Run command.
• To trigger the Fast Stop function with an N.O. switch, set H1oo = 15.
• To trigger the Fast Stop function with an N.C. switch, set H1oo = 17.
shows an operation example of Fast Stop.
Run/Stop
ON ON
Fast-Stop
H1- = 17 ON ON
Decelerates at C1-09
Output Frequency
TIME
Figure 1.35 Fast Stop Sequence
NOTICE: Rapid deceleration can trigger an overvoltage fault. When faulted, the drive output shuts off, and the motor coasts. To avoid this uncontrolled motor state and to ensure that the motor stops quickly and safely, set an appropriate Fast Stop time to C1-09.
Setting 18: Timer Function Input
This setting configures a digital input terminal as the input for the timer function. Use this setting combination with the timer function output (H2oo
= 12). Refer to b4: Timer Function on page 36
for details.
76 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 19: PI Disable
.
Setting 1B: Program Lockout
Parameter values cannot be changed when an input is programmed for Program Lockout and the input is open. It is still possible, however, to view and monitor parameter settings.
Setting 1E: Reference Sample Hold
This function allows the user to sample an analog frequency reference signal being input to terminal A1 or A2 and hold the frequency reference at the sampled level. When the Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold function is held for at least
100 ms, the drive reads the analog input and changes the frequency reference to the newly sampled speed as illustrated in
.
When the power is shut off and the sampled analog frequency reference is cleared, the frequency reference is reset to 0.
Frequency
Reference
Analog Signal
Time
Reference
Sample Hold Input
100 ms
OFF ON
100 ms
Figure 1.36 Analog Frequency Reference Sample/Hold
An oPE03 error will occur when one of the following functions is used simultaneously with the Analog frequency reference sample/hold command:
• Hold accel/decel stop (Setting: A)
• Up command, Down command (Setting: 10, 11)
• Offset frequency (Setting: 44 to 46)
Setting 20 to 2F: External Fault
The External fault command stops the drive when problems occur with external devices.
To use the External fault command, set one of the multi-function digital inputs to a value between 20 and 2F. The HOA keypad will display EF o where o is the number of the terminal to which the external fault signal is assigned.
For example, if an external fault signal is input to terminal S3, “EF3” will be displayed.
Select the value to be set in H1oo from a combination of any of the following three conditions:
• Signal input level from peripheral devices (N.O., N.C.)
• External fault detection method
• Operation after external fault detection
The following table shows the relationship between the conditions and the value set to H1oo :
Terminal statuses, detection conditions, and stopping methods marked with an “O” are applicable to the corresponding settings.
Setting
20
21
22
23
Terminal Status <1>
N.O.
O
-
O
-
N.C.
-
O
-
O
Detection Conditions <2>
Always
Detected
O
Detected during Run only
-
O
-
-
-
O
O
Ramp to Stop
(fault)
O
O
O
O
Stopping Method
Coast to Stop
(fault)
-
-
-
-
Fast Stop
(fault)
-
-
-
-
Alarm Only
(continue running)
-
-
-
-
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 77
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting
2A
2B
2C
2D
2E
2F
24
25
26
27
28
29
Terminal Status
N.O.
O
-
O
-
O
-
O
-
O
-
O
-
-
O
-
O
-
O
-
O
-
O
-
O
<1>
N.C.
Detection Conditions <2>
Always
Detected
O
O
O
O
-
-
-
-
O
O
-
-
Detected during Run only
-
-
-
-
O
O
-
-
O
O
O
O
Ramp to Stop
(fault)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Stopping Method
Coast to Stop
(fault)
O
O
O
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
<1> Determine the terminal status for each fault, i.e., whether the terminal is normally open or normally closed.
<2> Determine whether detection for each fault should be enabled only during run or always detected.
Fast Stop
(fault)
-
-
O
O
-
-
O
O
-
-
-
-
Alarm Only
(continue running)
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
O
-
-
O
O
Setting 30: PI Integral Reset
Configuring one of the digital inputs for PI integral reset (H1oo = 30) resets the value of the integral component in PI control to 0 when the terminal is closed.
Refer to PI Block Diagram on page 39
for more details.
Setting 31: PI Integral Hold
Configuring a digital input for Integral Hold (H1oo = 31) locks the value of the integral component of the PI control as long as the input is active. The PI controller resumes integral operation from the hold value as soon as the integral hold input is released.
Refer to PI Block Diagram on page 39 for more information on this function.
Setting 34: PI Soft Starter Cancel
A digital input configured as a PI soft starter cancel input (H1oo = 34) enables or disables the PI soft starter and cancels
the PI accel/decel time (b5-17). Refer to PI Block Diagram on page 39 .
Setting 35: PI Input Level Selection
Allows an input terminal to switch the sign of the PI input. Refer to PI Block Diagram on page 39
for details.
Setting 40, 41: Forward Run, Reverse Run Command for 2-Wire Sequence
Configures the drive for a 2-Wire sequence.
When an input terminal set to 40 closes, the drive operates in the forward direction. When an input set for 41 closes, the drive operates in reverse. Closing both inputs simultaneously will result in an external fault.
Note: 1.
This function cannot be used simultaneously with settings 42 and 43.
2.
The same functions are assigned to terminals S1 and S2 when the drive is initialized for 2-Wire sequence.
Drive
Forward Run
S1
Reverse Run
S2
SN
Standard Digital
Input Common
Figure 1.37 Example Wiring Diagram for 2-Wire Sequence
Setting 42, 43: Run and Direction Command for 2-Wire Sequence 2
Sets the drive for 2-Wire sequence 2.
78 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
When an input terminal programmed for 42 closes, the drive will operate in the selected direction. The drive will stop when the input opens.
The input programmed for 43 selects the direction. If the input is open, forward direction is selected. If the input is closed, reverse direction is selected.
Note: This function cannot be used simultaneously with settings 40 and 41.
Settings 44, 45, and 46: Offset Frequency 1, 2, 3
Frequency 1 to 3 on page 61 for details.
Setting 47: Node Setup
If the SI-S3 option card is connected, closing this terminal sets a node address for operation on a CANopen network.
Settings 49 and 4A: GF1 Error (N.O., N.C.)
These input functions will stop the drive when a GF1 error is detected when set together with F6-86 (GF1 Error Detection
Selection) and F6-87 (GF1 Error Operation Selection).
Setting 50: Motor Pre-Heat 2
Sets the DC preheat current as a percentage of motor rated current (E2-01).
Refer to Setting 60: Motor Pre-Heat 1 on page
Setting 51: Sequence Timer Disable
Drive ignores sequence timers and runs normally (based on b1-02/b1-16 source).
Setting 52: Sequence Timer Cancel
The sequence timers are canceled.
Setting 60: Motor Pre-Heat 1
A DC current can be circulated through the motor windings to create heat and prevent moisture from condensing on the wire.
Motor Pre-Heating can only be initiated by closing a digital input programmed as a Motor Pre-Heat input (H1oo = 60). The level of the DC current used by the Motor Pre-Heat function is determined by b2-09.
A Run input will be given priority over a Motor Pre-Heat input and when the Run command is removed, the motor pre-heating will resume if the Motor Pre-Heat input is still closed.
Motor Pre-Heat 1 command
OFF ON OFF
FWD Run command
OFF
ON
OFF
Motor Pre-Heat 1 braking
Motor Pre-Heat 1
Output frequency
Motor Pre-Heat 1
Start Frequency
(b2-01)
Figure 1.38 Motor Pre-Heat 1 Input Timing Diagram
Setting 61, 62: External Speed Search Command 1, 2
These input functions enable Speed Search even if parameter b3-01 = 0 (no Speed Search at start).
Search.
Note: Simultaneously assigning Speed Search 1 and Speed Search 2 to the input terminals will trigger an oPE03 error.
Setting 63: Field Weakening
Enabled in V/f Control. When this input is closed, Field Weakening is performed.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 79
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 65, 66: KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.), 2 (N.O.)
Enables the KEB Ride-Thru function selected in parameter L2-29.
Drive Operation
Digital Input Function
Setting 65 (N.C.)
Setting 66 (N.O.)
Input Open
KEB Ride-Thru Deceleration
Normal operation
Input Closed
Normal operation
KEB Ride-Thru Deceleration
Note: Simultaneously assigning KEB Ride-Thru 1 and KEB Ride-Thru 2 to the input terminals will trigger an oPE03 error.
Setting 67: Communication Test Mode
The drive has a built-in function to self-diagnose serial communications operation. The test involves wiring the send and receive terminals of the RS-422/RS-485 port together. The drive transmits data and then confirms that the communications are received normally.
Refer to Self-Diagnostics on page 263 for details on how to use this function.
Setting 68: High Slip Braking
Closing an input programmed for this function triggers High Slip Braking (available only in V/f control mode). After starting
HSB, bring the drive to a complete stop and remove the HSB command before restarting.
Refer to n3: High Slip Braking
(HSB) and Overexcitation Braking on page 124
.
Setting 69: Jog 2
The Jog 2 function applies to 3-Wire control only. If a digital input is configured as Jog 2 (H1oo = 69) when the drive is not in 3-Wire Control, an oPE03 fault will occur.
The Jog 2 input causes the drive to ramp to the Jog Frequency Reference (d1-17) in the direction dictated by the Fwd/Rev input of the 3-Wire Control mode. Acceleration to and from the Jog Frequency Reference is determined by the active Accel/
Decel parameters.
Setting 6A: Drive Enable
A digital input configured as a “Drive enable” (H1oo = 6A) will prevent the drive from executing a Run command until the input is closed. When the input is open, the HOA keypad will display “dnE” to indicate that the drive is disabled.
If a Run command is enabled before the terminal set for “Drive enable” closes, then the drive will not run until the Run command is cycled (i.e., a new Run command is required). If the input is opened while the drive is running, the drive will stop according to the stop method set to b1-03 (
Refer to b1-03: Stopping Method Selection on page 26
).
Setting 6D: AUTO Mode Select
Sets the behavior when AUTO Mode is selected.
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Legacy Operation Mode (S5-04 = 0)
Drive is in OFF or HAND mode
Drive is in AUTO mode (when HAND Mode Select input is open)
Normal Operation Mode (S5-04 = 1)
HAND reference is selected (based on S5-01)
AUTO reference is selected (based on b1-01)
Setting 6E: HAND Mode Select
Sets the behavior when HAND Mode is selected.
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Legacy Operation Mode (S5-04 = 0)
Drive is in OFF or AUTO mode
Drive is in HAND mode (when AUTO Mode Select input is open)
Normal Operation Mode (S5-04 = 1)
HAND reference is selected (based on S5-01)
AUTO reference is selected (based on b1-01)
80 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 70: Drive Enable2
A digital input configured as a Drive Enable2 input (H1oo = 70) prevents the drive from executing a Run command until the Drive Enable2 input is closed. When the Drive Enable2 input is open and a Run command is closed, the digital operator will display “dnE”.
The Run command does not need to be cycled after the Drive Enable2 input is closed. The drive will run when both the Run and Drive Enable2 inputs are closed. If the Drive Enable2 input is opened while the drive is running, the drive will stop using the method set by parameter b1-03.
Setting 7A, 7B: KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C., N.O.)
An input terminal set to 7A or 7B can trigger Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru during deceleration. L2-29 is disregarded if this is enabled.
Digital Input Function
Setting 7A (N.C.)
Setting 7B (N.O.)
Input Open
Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2
Normal operation
Drive Operation
Input Closed
Normal operation
Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2
Note: Simultaneously assigning KEB Ride-Thru 1 and KEB Ride-Thru 2 to the input terminals will trigger an oPE03 error.
Setting 7C, 7D: Short Circuit Braking (N.O., N.C.) (OLV/PM)
Activates Short Circuit Braking in OLV/PM control mode. By linking all three phases of a PM motor, Short Circuit Braking creates a braking torque to stop a rotating motor or prevent a motor from coasting due to external forces (such as the windmill effect in fan applications). Parameter b2-18 limits the current during Short Circuit Braking.
Drive Operation
Digital Input Function
Setting 7C (N.O.)
Setting 7D (N.C.)
Input Open
Normal operation
Short-Circuit Braking
Input Closed
Short Circuit Braking
Normal operation
Setting A4: Emergency Override
When this input is closed the drive will switch into override. If the drive is running the drive will stop running and the motor will be switched to line voltage. If the drive is not running and dampers are present, they will be actuated. Upon completion of damper actuation the motor will be run on line voltage.
Setting A5: BP Drive/Bypass Select
Note: An oPE27 (BP Program Error) will occur if one of the digital inputs is set to A5 and parameters o1-16 or o1-17 are set to 2 (Drive/Bypass).
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Bypass mode
Drive mode
Setting A6: BP BAS Interlock
Indicates that the dampers are open.
Setting A7: BP Customer Safeties
Indicates that customer safeties are in place.
Setting A8: PI2 Disable (N.O.)
Disables the secondary PI controller. Output behavior depends on the setting of S3-12
Setting A9: PI2 Disable (N.C.)
Enables the secondary PI controller (when open, output behavior depends on the setting of S3-12).
Setting AA: PI2 Inverse Operation
Changes the sign of the secondary PI controller input (reverse acting PI control).
Setting AB: PI2 Integral Reset
Resets the secondary PI controller integral value.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 81
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting AC: PI2 Integral Hold
Locks the value of the secondary PI controller integral value.
Setting AD: Select PI2 Parameters
Uses the secondary PI controller Proportional and Integral adjustments (S3-06 and S3-07) instead of the primary PI controller
Proportional and Integral adjustments (b5-02 and b5-03). Only valid when S3-01 = 0 (secondary PI controller disabled).
Note: This multi-function input has no effect on the secondary PI controller. It is only used for the primary PI controller (b5oo ).
Setting AE: BP Bypass Run
Commands a Run in Bypass mode via closing the BP Bypass Relay multi-function output.
Setting AF: Emergency Override Forward Run
Enables Emergency Override Forward Run.
Refer to S6-01: Emergency Override Speed on page 153 and Refer to S6-02:
Emergency Override Reference Selection on page 153
for details.
Setting B0: Emergency Override Reverse Run
Enables Emergency Override Reverse Run.
Refer to S6-01: Emergency Override Speed on page 153 and Refer to S6-02:
Emergency Override Reference Selection on page 153
for details.
Setting B1: Customer Safeties
The Customer Safeties multi-function input functionality is identical to Bypass Drive Enable (Setting 70: Drive Enable 2), except for the following:
• When the input is open, the stopping method is forced to Coast to Stop
• If the input is open when the Run command is present, a “SAFE” alarm is displayed instead of the “dnE” alarm.
Setting B2: BAS Interlock
The BAS Interlock multi-function input is used in a damper interlock circuit to keep the drive from running until the damper control relay is closed.
• When the input is open, the drive output is shut off (baseblocked).
• The drive will display an “inTLK” message if the input is open and a Run command is present. It will not display “dnE”.
• The state of the BAS Interlock multi-function input has no effect on the Emergency Override multi-function inputs
(H1oo = AF, B0). The Emergency Override command will be accepted if the BAS Interlock digital input is open or closed.
u H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs n H2-01 to H2-03: Terminal M1-M2, M3-M4, and M5-M6 Function Selection
The drive has three multi-function output terminals. Table 1.29
lists the functions available for theses terminals using H2-01,
H2-02, and H2-03.
No.
H2-01
H2-02
H2-03
Setting
0
1
2
5
6
3
4
7
8
Parameter Name
Terminal M1-M2 Function Selection (relay)
Terminal M3-M4 Function Selection (relay)
Terminal M5-M6 Function Selection (relay)
Setting Range
0 to 1B2
0 to 1B2
0 to 1B2
Table 1.29 Multi-Function Digital Output Terminal Settings
Function
During Run
Zero Speed
Speed Agree 1
User-Set Speed Agree 1
Frequency Detection 1
Frequency Detection 2
Drive Ready
DC Bus Undervoltage
During Baseblock (N.O.)
Page
Setting
9
A
B
C
E
F
10
11
12 Timer Output
Function
Frequency Reference Source
Run Command Source
Torque Detection 1 (N.O.)
Frequency Reference Loss
Fault
Through Mode
Minor Fault
Fault Reset Command Active
Default
0: During Run
1: Zero Speed
2: Speed Agree 1
Page
82 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
38
39
3A
3D
1F
20
2F
37
Setting
13
14
15
16
17
1B
1E
3E
3F
4A
Setting 0: During Run
Function
Speed Agree 2
User-Set Speed Agree 2
Frequency Detection 3
Frequency Detection 4
Torque Detection 1 (N.C.)
During Baseblock (N.C.)
Restart Enabled
Motor Overload Alarm (oL1)
Drive Overheat Pre-Alarm (oH)
Maintenance Period
During Frequency Output
Drive Enabled
Watt Hour Pulse Output
Drive Overheat Alarm (oH2)
During Speed Search
PID Feedback Low
PID Feedback High
During KEB Operation
Output closes when the drive is outputting a voltage.
Page
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Drive is stopped.
A Run command is input or the drive is in deceleration or DC injection.
72
A4
A5
A6
54
58
60
71
Setting
4B
4C
4D
50
51
52
53
During Fast Stop
Waiting for Run
Function
During Short Circuit Braking oH Pre-Alarm Time Limit
Sequence Timer 1 Active
Sequence Timer 2 Active
Sequence Timer 3 Active
Sequence Timer 41 Active
Underload Detection
Internal Cooling Fan Alarm
Secondary PI Feedback Low
Secondary PI Feedback High
BP Drive Relay
BP Bypass Relay
BP BAS Interlock Relay
A9
B2
Relay Operator Control
BAS Interlock Relay Contact
100 to 1B2 Functions 0 to b2 with Inverse Output
Run command
OFF
Baseblock
command
OFF
ON
ON
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Page
Output frequency
During Run
OFF ON
Figure 1.39 During Run Time Chart
Setting 1: Zero Speed
Terminal closes when the output frequency or motor speed falls below the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Output frequency is above the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01
Output frequency is less than the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 or b2-01
Output frequency
E1-09 (Min. Output Frequency) or b2-01 (Zero Speed Level)
1
Zero Speed
OFF ON
Figure 1.40 Zero-Speed Time Chart
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 83
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 2: Speed Agree 1 (f ref
/f out
Agree 1)
Closes when the actual output frequency or motor speed is within the Speed Agree Width (L4-02) of the current frequency reference regardless of the direction.
Status
Open
Closed
Note: Detection works in forward and reverse.
Description
Output frequency or motor speed does not match the frequency reference while the drive is running.
Output frequency or motor speed is within the range of frequency reference ±L4-02.
Frequency reference
Output Frequency L4-02
L4-02
Speed agree 1 OFF ON
Figure 1.41 Speed Agree 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 110
for more details.
Setting 3: User-Set Speed Agree 1 (f ref
/f set
Agree 1)
Closes when the actual output frequency or motor speed and the frequency reference are within the speed agree width (L4-02) of the programmed speed agree level (L4-01).
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Output frequency or motor speed and frequency reference are not both within the range of L4-01 ±L4-02.
Output frequency or motor speed and the frequency reference are both within the range of L4-01 ±L4-02.
Note: Frequency detection works in forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Frequency reference + L4-02
Frequency reference
L4-01 + L4-02
Frequency reference – L4-02
L4-01
L4-01 – L4-02
Output frequency
During
Forward
0 Hz
During Reverse
Output frequency
–L4-01 + L4-02
–L4-01
Frequency reference + L4-02
–L4-01 – L4-02
Frequency reference
Frequency reference – L4-02
User Set
Speed Agree 1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON ON
OFF
ON
Figure 1.42 User Set Speed Agree 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 110
for more instructions.
Setting 4: Frequency Detection 1
The output opens when the output frequency or motor speed rises above the detection level set in L4-01 plus the detection width set in L4-02. The terminal remains open until the output frequency or motor speed fall below the level set in L4-01.
84 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.
Description
Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-01 or has not exceeded L4-01 + L4-02.
Frequency detection works in forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Output Frequency
L4-02
L4-01
L4-02
L4-01
Frequency detection 1
ON OFF
Figure 1.43 Frequency Detection 1 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 110
for more details.
Setting 5: Frequency Detection 2
The output closes when the output frequency or motor speed is above the detection level set in L4-01. The terminal remains closed until the output frequency or motor speed fall below L4-01 minus the setting of L4-02.
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-01 minus L4-02 or has not exceeded L4-01.
Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-01.
Description
Frequency detection works in forward and reverse. The value of L4-01 is used as the detection level for both directions.
Output Frequency
L4-02
L4-01
L4-02
L4-01
Frequency
Detection 2
OFF ON
Figure 1.44 Frequency Detection 2 Time Chart
Refer to L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width on page 110
for more details.
Setting 6: Drive Ready
The output closes when the drive is ready to operate the motor. The terminal will not close under the conditions listed below, and any Run commands will be disregarded.
• When the power is shut off
• During a fault
• When the internal power supply of the drive has malfunctioned
• When a parameter setting error makes it impossible to run
• Although stopped, an overvoltage or undervoltage situation occurs
• While editing a parameter in the Programming Mode (when b1-08 = 0)
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 85
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 7: DC Bus Undervoltage
The output closes when the DC bus voltage or control circuit power supply drops below the trip level set in L2-05. A fault in the DC bus circuit will also cause the terminal set for “DC bus undervoltage” to close.
Status
Open
Closed
DC bus voltage is above the level set to L2-05.
DC bus voltage has fallen below the trip level set to L2-05.
Description
Setting 8: During Baseblock (N.O.)
The output closes to indicate that the drive is in a baseblock state. While in baseblock, output transistors do not switch and no main circuit voltage is output.
Status
Open
Closed
Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Baseblock is being executed.
Description
Setting 9: Frequency Reference Source
Displays the currently selected frequency reference source.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Frequency reference is provided from External reference 1 (b1-01) or External reference 2 (b1-15).
Frequency reference is being sourced from the HOA keypad.
Setting A: Run Command Source
Displays the currently selected Run command source.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Run command is provided from External reference 1 (b1-02) or 2 (b1-16).
Run command is being sourced from the HOA keypad.
Setting B and 17: Torque Detection 1 (N.O., N.C.)
These digital output functions signal an overtorque or undertorque situation to an external device.
for details.
Setting
B
17
Status
Closed
Open
Description
Torque detection 1 (N.O.):
Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-02 for longer than the time specified in parameter L6-03.
Torque detection 1 (N.C.):
Output current/torque exceeds (overtorque detection) or is below (undertorque detection) the torque value set in parameter L6-02 for longer than the time specified in parameter L6-03.
Setting C: Frequency Reference Loss
Detection Selection on page 111 for details.
Setting E: Fault
The output closes when the drive faults (excluding CPF00 and CPF01 faults).
Setting F: Through Mode
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. When set to F, an output does not trigger any function in the drive. Setting F, however, still allows the output status to be read by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/
Modbus communications.
Setting 10: Minor Fault
The output closes when a minor fault condition is present.
86 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 11: Fault Reset Command Active
The output closes when there is an attempt to reset a fault situation from the control circuit terminals, via serial communications, or using a communications option card.
Setting 12: Timer Output
Setting 13: Speed Agree 2 (f ref
/f out
Agree 2)
The output closes when the actual output frequency or motor speed is within the speed agree width (L4-04) of the current frequency reference, regardless of the direction.
Status
Open
Closed
Note: Detection works in forward and reverse.
Description
Output frequency or motor speed does not match the frequency reference while the drive is running.
Output frequency or motor speed is within the range of frequency reference ±L4-04.
Frequency reference
Output Frequency or Motor Speed
L4-04
L4-04
Speed Agree 2 OFF ON
Figure 1.45 Speed Agree 2 Time Chart
Setting 14: User-Set Speed Agree 2 (f ref
/f set
Agree 2)
The output closes when the actual output frequency or motor speed and the frequency reference are within the speed agree width (L4-04) of the programmed speed agree level (L4-03).
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
Output frequency or motor speed and frequency reference are both outside the range of L4-03 ±L4-04.
Output frequency or motor speed and the frequency reference are both within the range of L4-03 ±L4-04.
The detection level L4-03 is a signed value; detection works in the specified direction only.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 87
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Frequency reference
L4-03
0 Hz
Output frequency
During
Forward
Frequency reference + L4-04
L4-03 + L4-04
Frequency reference – L4-04
L4-03 – L4-04 Output frequency
Frequency reference
User Set
Speed Agree 2
OFF ON OFF ON
Figure 1.46 User-Set Speed Agree 2 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value
Setting 15: Frequency Detection 3
The output opens when the output frequency or motor speed rises above the detection level set in L4-03 plus the detection with set in L4-04. The terminal remains open until the output frequency or motor speed falls below the level set in L4-03. The detection level L4-03 is a signed value; detection works in the specified direction only.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04.
Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-03 or has not exceeded L4-03 plus L4-04.
Output Frequency
L4-04
L4-03
Frequency detection 3
ON OFF
Figure 1.47 Frequency Detection 3 Example with a Positive L3-04 Value
Setting 16: Frequency Detection 4
The output closes when the output frequency or motor speed is above the detection level set in L4-03. The terminal remains closed until the output frequency or motor speed falls below L4-03 minus the setting of L4-04.
Status
Open
Closed
Note:
Description
Output frequency or motor speed is below L4-03 minus L4-04 or has not exceeded L4-03.
Output frequency or motor speed exceeded L4-03.
The detection level L4-03 is a signed value; detection works in the specified direction only.
88 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Output Frequency
L4-04
L4-03
Frequency
Detection 4
OFF ON
Figure 1.48 Frequency Detection 4 Example with Positive L3-04 Value
Setting 1B: During Baseblock (N.C.)
The output opens to indicate that the drive is in a baseblock state. While Baseblock is executed, output transistors do not switch and no main circuit voltage is output.
Status
Open
Closed
Baseblock is being executed.
Drive is not in a baseblock state.
Description
Setting 1E: Restart Enabled
An output set for “Restart enabled” closes when the drive attempts to restart after a fault has occurred.
The fault restart function allows the drive to automatically clear a fault. The terminal set to 1E will close after the fault is cleared and the drive has attempted to restart. If the drive cannot successfully restart within the number of attempts permitted
for details on automatic restart.
Setting 1F: Motor Overload Alarm (oL1)
The output closes when the motor overload level estimated by the oL1 fault detection exceeds 90% of the oL1 detection level.
Refer to L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection on page 99
.
Setting 20: Drive Overheat Pre-Alarm (oH)
The output closes when the drive heatsink temperature reaches the level specified by parameter L8-02 or an external device has triggered an oH2 alarm via mult-function digital input H1oo
= B. Refer to L8-01: Internal Dynamic Braking Resistor
Protection Selection (ERF type) on page 116 for details on drive overheat detection.
Setting 2F: Maintenance Period
The output closes when the cooling fan, DC bus capacitors, or DC bus pre-charge relay may require maintenance as determined by the estimated performance life span of those components. Components performance life is displayed as a percentage on the HOA keypad screen.
Setting 37: During Frequency Output
The output closes when the drive is outputting a frequency.
Status
Open
Closed
Description
Drive is stopped or one of the following functions is being performed: baseblock, DC Injection Braking, Short Circuit Braking.
Drive is outputting frequency.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 89
1.7 H: Terminal Functions run command baseblock
command
OFF ON
OFF output frequency
ON during run
OFF during frequency
output
OFF
ON
ON
Figure 1.49 During Frequency Output Time Chart
Setting 38: Drive Enable
Reflects the status of a digital input configured as a “Drive enable” input (H1oo = 6A). If that digital input closes, then the digital output set for “Drive enable” will also close.
Setting 39: Watt Hour Pulse Output
Outputs a pulse to indicate the watt hours.
Setting 3A: Drive Overheat Alarm (oH2)
Output closes when the heatsink temperature exceeds the L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level.
Setting 3D: During Speed Search
Setting 3E: PID Feedback Low
The output terminal closes when a PID feedback loss is detected. The feedback is considered to be lost if it falls below the level set to b5-13 for longer than the time set to b5-14.
Refer to PI Feedback Loss Detection on page 41 for details.
Setting 3F: PID Feedback High
The output terminal closes when a PID feedback loss is detected. The feedback is considered to be lost if it rises beyond the level set to b5-36 for longer than the time set to b5-37.
Refer to PI Feedback Loss Detection on page 41 for details.
Setting 4A: During KEB Operation
The output terminal closes while KEB is being performed.
Setting 4B: During Short Circuit Braking
The output terminal closes while Short Circuit Braking is being executed.
Setting 4C: During Fast Stop
.
Setting 4D: oH Pre-Alarm Time Limit
The output terminal closes when the drive is reducing the speed due to a drive overheat alarm (L8-03 = 4) and the overheat alarm has not disappeared after 10 frequency reduction operation cycles.
Refer to L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation
for a more detailed description.
Setting 50: Waiting to Run (WrUn)
The drive will delay executing a Run command until the time set to b1-11 has expired.
Setting 51: Sequence Timer 1 Active
Sequence Timer 1 is active.
90 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 52: Sequence Timer 2 Active
Sequence Timer 2 is active.
Setting 53: Sequence Timer 3 Active
Sequence Timer 3 is active.
Setting 54: Sequence Timer 4 Active
Sequence Timer 4 is active.
Setting 58: Underload Detection
Underload is detected when the output current falls below the underload detection level defined by L6-14 and L6-02.
Setting 60: Internal Cooling Fan Alarm
The output closes when the drive internal cooling fan has failed.
Setting 71: Secondary PI Feedback Low
The PI2 feedback level is too low.
Setting 72: Secondary PI Feedback High
The PI2 feedback level is too high.
Setting A4: BP Drive Relay
Line voltage is being supplied to the drive, and the motor is being run via the drive.
Note: Available in V/f control mode.
Setting A5: BP Bypass Relay
Line voltage is being supplied directly to the motor.
Note: Available in V/f control mode.
Setting A6: BP BAS Interlock Relay
Actuation signal for options dampers.
Note: Available in V/f control mode.
Setting A9: Relay Operator Control
F1 (F2) key toggle relay is output.
Setting B2: BAS Interlock Relay Contact
A Run command is active or voltage is output. Actuation signal for damper.
Setting 100 to 1B2: Functions 0 to B2 with Inverse Output
These settings have the same function as settings 0 to B2, but with inverse output. Set as 1 oo , where the “1” indicates inverse output and the last two digits specify the setting number of the function.
Examples:
• Set 108 for inverse output of “8: During Baseblock (N.O.)”.
• Set 14A for inverse output of “4A: During KEB Operation”.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 91
1.7 H: Terminal Functions u H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs
Settings on page 94 for a listing of the functions that can be set to these terminals.
n H3-01: Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A1. Set jumper S1 on the terminal board accordingly for voltage input or current input.
No.
H3-01
Name
Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
Setting 0: 0 to 10 V with Zero Limit
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc with zero limit. The minimum input level is limited to 0%, so that a negative input signal due to gain and bias settings will be read as 0%.
Setting 1: 0 to 10 V without Zero Limit
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc without zero limit. If the resulting voltage is negative after being adjusted by gain and bias settings, then the motor will rotate in reverse.
Setting 2: 4 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 4 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings are limited to 0%.
Setting 3: 0 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 0 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings are limited to 0%.
n H3-02: Terminal A1 Function Selection
instructions on adjusting the signal level.
No.
H3-02
Name
Terminal A1 Function Selection
Setting Range
0 to 41
Default
0 n H3-03, H3-04: Terminal A1 Gain and Bias Settings
Parameter H3-03 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 10 Vdc (20 mA) input at terminal A1 (gain).
Parameter H3-04 sets the level of the selected input value that is equal to 0 V (4 mA, 0 mA) input at terminal A1 (bias).
Use both parameters to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A1.
No.
H3-03
H3-04
Name
Terminal A1 Gain Setting
Terminal A1 Bias Setting
Setting Range
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
Default
100.0%
0.0%
Setting Examples
• Gain H3-03 = 200%, bias H3-04 = 0, terminal A1 as frequency reference input (H3-02 = 0):
A 10 Vdc input is equivalent to a 200% frequency reference and 5 Vdc is equivalent to a 100% frequency reference. Since the drive output is limited by the maximum frequency parameter (E1-04), the frequency reference will be equal to E1-04 above 5 Vdc.
92 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
H3-01 = 0
Gain = 200 %
Frequency reference
100 %
E1-04
Bias = 0 %
0 V 5 V 10 V
Figure 1.50 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Increased Gain
• Gain H3-03 = 100%, bias H3-04 = -25%, terminal A1 as frequency reference input:
An input of 0 Vdc will be equivalent to a -25% frequency reference.
When parameter H3-01 = 0, the frequency reference is 0% between 0 and 2 Vdc input.
H3-01 = 0
100 %
Frequency reference
H3-01 = 0
0
-25%
2.0 V
H3-01 = 1
10 V
Analog Input
Voltage
Figure 1.51 Frequency Reference Setting by Analog Input with Negative Bias n H3-09: Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection
Selects the input signal level for analog input A2. Set Jumper S1 on the terminal board accordingly for a voltage input or current input.
No.
H3-09
Name
Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
2
Setting 0: 0 to 10 V with Zero Limit
Setting 1: 0 to 10 V without Zero Limit
The input level is 0 to 10 Vdc. Negative input values will be accepted.
Refer to Setting 1: 0 to 10 V without Zero Limit on page 92 .
Setting 2: 4 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 4 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0%.
Setting 3: 0 to 20 mA Current Input
The input level is 0 to 20 mA. Negative input values by negative bias or gain settings will be limited to 0%.
n H3-10: Terminal A2 Function Selection
No.
H3-10
Name
Terminal A2 Function Selection
Setting Range
0 to 26
Default
0
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 93
1.7 H: Terminal Functions n H3-11, H3-12: Terminal A2 Gain and Bias Setting
Parameter H3-11 sets the level of the input value selected that is equal to 10 Vdc input or 20 mA input to terminal A2.
Parameter H3-12 sets the level of the input value selected that is equal to 0 V, 4 mA or 0 mA input at terminal A2.
Use both parameters to adjust the characteristics of the analog input signal to terminal A2. The setting works in the same way as parameters H3-03 and H3-04 for analog input A1.
No.
H3-11
H3-12
Name
Terminal A2 Gain Setting
Terminal A2 Bias Setting
Setting Range
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
Default
100.0%
0.0% n H3-13: Analog Input Filter Time Constant
Parameter H3-13 sets the time constant for a first order filter that will be applied to the analog inputs.
An analog input filter prevents erratic drive control when using a “noisy” analog reference. Drive operation becomes more stable as the programmed time becomes longer, but it also becomes less responsive to rapidly changing analog signals.
No.
H3-13
Name
Analog Input Filter Time Constant
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.00 s
Default
0.03 s n H3-14: Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection
When one of the multi-function digital input parameters is set for “Analog input enable” (H1oo = C), the value set to H3-14 determines which analog input terminals are enabled and which terminals are disabled when the input is closed. All analog input terminals will be enabled all of the time if H1oo is not set to C.
No.
H3-14
Name
Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection
Setting Range
1 to 3
Default
2
Setting 1: A1 Only Enabled
Setting 2: A2 Only Enabled
Setting 3: Terminals A1 and A2 n H3-16 and H3-17: Terminal A1/A2 Offset
Set the offset level of the selected input value to terminals A1 or A2 that is equal to 0 Vdc input. These parameters rarely require adjustment.
No.
H3-16
H3-17
Name
Terminal A1 Offset
Terminal A2 Offset
Setting Range
-500 to 500
-500 to 500
Default
0
0
Setting
0
1
2
5
6
3
4
7
8 n Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
for information on how H3-02 and H3-10 determine functions for terminals A1 and A2.
Note: The scaling of all input functions depends on the gain and bias settings for the analog inputs. Set these to appropriate values when selecting and adjusting analog input functions.
Table 1.30 Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings
Function Page Setting Function
Frequency Bias
Frequency Gain
Auxiliary Frequency Reference 1
Auxiliary Frequency Reference 2
Output Voltage Bias
Accel/Decel Time Gain
DC Injection Braking Current
Overtorque/Undertorque Detection Level
Stall Prevention Level During Run
9
B
C
D
E
F
16
25
26
Output Frequency Lower Limit Level
PI Feedback
PI Setpoint
Frequency Bias
Motor Temperature (PTC Input)
Through Mode
Differential PI Feedback
Secondary PI Setpoint
Secondary PI Feedback
Page
–
–
94 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 0: Frequency Bias
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be added to the analog frequency reference value. When the frequency reference is supplied by a different source other than the analog inputs, this function will have no effect. Use this setting also when only one of the analog inputs is used to supply the frequency reference.
By default, analog inputs A1 and A2 are set for this function. Simultaneously using A1 and A2 increases the frequency reference by the total of all inputs.
Example: If the analog frequency reference from analog input terminal A1 is 50% and a bias of 20% is applied by analog input terminal A2, the resulting frequency reference will be 70% of the maximum output frequency.
Setting 1: Frequency Gain
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be multiplied with the analog frequency reference value.
Example: If the analog frequency reference from analog input terminal A1 is 80% and a gain of 50% is applied from analog input terminal A2, the resulting frequency reference will be 40% of the maximum output frequency.
Setting 2: Auxiliary Reference 1
Setting 3: Auxiliary Reference 2
Setting 4: Output Voltage Bias
Voltage bias boosts the output voltage of the V/f curve as a percentage of the maximum output voltage (E1-05). Available only when using V/f Control.
Setting 5: Accel/Decel Time Gain
Adjusts the gain level for the acceleration and deceleration times set to parameters C1-01 through C1-08.
The drive acceleration time is calculated by multiplying the gain level to C1oo as follows:
C1oo × Accel/decel time gain = Drive accel/decel time
100%
Acceleration/deceleration gain from 1 to 10 V
50%
=
(10 V)
Input Voltage (V)
× 10 (%)
20%
10%
0
1V 2V
5 V 10 V
Figure 1.52 Accel/Decel Time Gain with Analog Input Terminal
Setting 6: DC Injection Braking Current
The current level used for DC Injection Braking is set as a percentage of the drive rated current.
DC Injection Braking Current Level
100%
Drive Rated
Current
1
0
(4)
10 V
(20 mA)
Figure 1.53 DC Injection Braking Current Using an Analog Input Terminal
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 95
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
Setting 7: Torque Detection Level
Using this setting, the overtorque/undertorque detection level for torque detection 1 (L6-01) can be set by an analog input.
The analog input replaces the level set to L6-02. An analog input of 100% (10 V or 20 mA) sets a torque detection level equal to 100% drive rated current/motor rated torque. Adjust the analog input gain if higher detection level settings are required.
Refer to L6: Torque Detection on page 114
for details on torque detection.
Setting 8: Stall Prevention Level
Allows an analog input signal to adjust the Stall Prevention level. Figure 1.54
shows the setting characteristics. The drive will
use the lower value of the Stall Prevention level set to L3-06 or the level coming from the selected analog input terminal.
Stall Prevention Level during Run
100%
30%
0 30% 100%
Analog Input Level
Figure 1.54 Stall Prevention During Run Using an Analog Input Terminal
Setting 9: Output Frequency Lower Limit Level
The user can adjust the lower limit of the output frequency using an analog input signal.
Setting B: PI Feedback
Setting C: PI Setpoint
Supplies the PI setpoint value and makes the frequency reference selected in parameter b1-01 no longer the PI setpoint. PI operation to be enabled in b5-01 to use this setting.
Refer to PI Setpoint Input Methods on page 37
.
Setting D: Frequency Bias
The input value of an analog input set to this function will be added to the frequency reference. This function can be used with any frequency reference source.
Setting E: Motor Temperature
In addition to motor overload fault detection oL1, it is possible to use a PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) thermistor for motor insulation protection.
Setting F: Through Mode
When set to F, an input does not affect any drive function, but the input level can still be read out by a PLC via APOGEE
FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, or Metasys N2 communications.
Setting 16: Differential PI Feedback
If an analog value is set for this function, the PI controller is set for differential feedback. The difference of the PI feedback
Feedback Input Methods on page 38
.
u H4: Multi-Function Analog Outputs
These parameters assign functions to analog output terminals FM and AM for monitoring a specific aspect of drive performance.
n H4-01, H4-04: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Monitor Selection
Sets the desired drive monitor parameter U o oo
to output as an analog value via terminal FM and AM. Refer to U: Monitor
for a list of all monitors. The “Analog Output Level” column indicates whether a monitor can be used for analog output.
Example: Enter “103” for U1-03.
96 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
No.
H4-01
H4-04
Name
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Monitor Selection
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Monitor Selection
Setting Range
000 to 655
000 to 655
Default
102
103
A setting of 031 or 000 applies no drive monitor to the analog output. With this setting, terminal functions as well as FM and
AM output levels can be set by a PLC via a communication option or MEMOBUS/Modbus (through mode).
n H4-02, H4-03: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain and Bias
H4-05, H4-06: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain and Bias
Parameters H4-02 and H4-05 set the terminal FM and AM output signal level when the value of the selected monitor is at
100%. Parameters H4-03 and H4-06 set the terminal FM and AM output signal level when the value of the selected monitor is at 0%. Both are set as a percentage, where 100% equals 10 Vdc or 20 mA analog output and 0% equals 0 V or 4 mA. The output voltage of both terminals is limited to +/-10 Vdc.
The output signal range can be selected between 0 to +10 Vdc or -10 to +10 Vdc, or 4 to 20 mA using parameter H4-07 and
H4-08.
illustrates how gain and bias settings work.
No.
H4-02
H4-03
H4-05
H4-06
Name
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias
Setting Range
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
-999.9 to 999.9%
Default
100.0%
0.0%
50.0%
0.0%
Using Gain and Bias to Adjust Output Signal Level
When viewing a gain setting parameter (H4-02 or H4-05) on the HOA keypad, the analog output will supply a voltage signal equal to 100% of the monitor value (including changes made from bias and gain settings). When viewing a bias setting parameter (H4-03 or H4-06), the analog output voltage will supply a signal equal to 0% monitor value.
Example 1: Set H4-02 to 50% for an output signal of 5 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 100%.
Example 2: Set H4-02 to 150% for an output signal of 10 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 76.7%.
H4-07, 08 = 0 H4-07, 08 = 1
10 V
Output Voltage
5 V
Gain 150%
Bias 0%
Gain 100%
Bias 0%
15 V
Output Voltage
10 V
-100%
5 V
-5 V
Gain = 150%
Bias = 0%
Gain = 100%
Bias = 0%
Gain = 50%
Bias = 0%
100%
Monitor Value
Gain 50%
Bias 0%
0 V
0% 100%
-10 V
Monitor Value
-15 V
Figure 1.55 Analog Output Gain and Bias Setting Example 1 and 2
Example 3: Set H4-03 to 30% for an output signal of 3 V at terminal FM when the monitored value is at 0%.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 97
1.7 H: Terminal Functions
10 V
Output Voltage
3 V
0 V
0%
H4-07, 08 = 0
Bias 30%
Gain 100%
Bias 0%
Gain 100%
H4-07, 08 = 1
10V
Output Voltage
3 V
-100%
-4 V
100%
Monitor Value
Gain = 100%
Bias = 30%
Gain = 100%
Bias = 0%
-10 V
Monitor Value
100%
Figure 1.56 Analog Output Gain and Bias Setting Example 3 n H4-07, H4-08: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Signal Level Selection
Sets the voltage output level of U parameter (monitor parameter) data to terminal FM and terminal AM using parameters
H4-07 and H4-08.
Set jumper S5 on the terminal board accordingly when changing these parameters.
No.
H4-07
H4-08
Name
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM
Signal Level Selection
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM
Signal Level Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
0 to 2
Default
0
0
Setting 0: 0 to 10 V
Setting 1: -10 V to 10 V
Setting 2: 4 to 20 mA u H5: Serial Communication (APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, and Metasys N2)
Serial communication is possible in the drive using the built-in RS-422/RS-485 port (terminals R+, R-, S+, S-) and programmable logic controllers (PLCs) or similar devices running the APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, and
Metasys N2 protocols.
The H5oo parameters set the drive for APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, and Metasys N2 communications.
Refer to the different communication protocol chapters for detailed descriptions of the H5oo parameters.
98 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
1.8 L: Protection Functions u L1: Motor Protection n L1-01: Motor Overload Protection Selection
The drive has an electronic overload protection function that estimates the motor overload level based on output current, output frequency, thermal motor characteristics, and time. When the drive detects a motor overload an oL1 fault is triggered and the drive output shuts off.
L1-01 sets the overload protection function characteristics according to the motor being used.
No.
L1-01
Name
Motor Overload Protection Selection
Setting Range
0, 1, 4
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Note: 1.
When the motor protection function is enabled (L1-01≠ 0), an oL1 alarm can be output through one of the multi-function outputs by setting H2-01 to 1F. The output closes when the motor overload level reaches 90% of the oL1 detection level.
2.
Set L1-01 to a value between 1 and 5 when running a single motor from the drive to select a method to protect the motor from overheat.
An external thermal relay is not necessary.
Setting 0: Disabled (Motor Overload Protection Is not Provided)
Use this setting if no motor overheat protection is desired or if multiple motors are connected to a single drive. If multiple
.
Power supply
Drive oL1 motor
M1 oL1 oL2
S3 (external fault)
N.O. input oL2
Thermal relay
M2
SC
Figure 1.57 Example of Protection Circuit Design for Multiple Motors
NOTICE: Thermal protection cannot be provided when running multi-motors simultaneously with the same drive, or when using motors with a relatively high current rating compared to other standard motors (such as a submersible motor). Failure to comply could result in motor damage. Disable the electronic overload protection of the drive (L1-01 = “0: Disabled”) and protect each motor with individual motor thermal overloads.
Setting 1: General-Purpose Motor (Standard Self-Cooled)
Because the motor is self-cooled, the maximum load current drops when the motor speed is lowered. The drive appropriately adjusts the electrothermal trigger point according to the motor overload characteristics, protecting the motor from overheat throughout the entire speed range.
Cooling Ability Overload Characteristics
150
100
90
Maximum Load Current
60 s
Rated Speed=100% Speed
A: Max. speed for 200LJ and above
B: Max. speed for 160MJ to 180 LJ
C: Max. speed for 132MJ and below
60
50
Continuous
A
B
C
05 33 100 120 167 200
Speed (%)
Motor designed to operate from line power.
Motor cooling is most effective when running at rated base frequency (check the motor nameplate or specifications).
Continuous operation at less than line power frequency with 100% load can trigger motor overload protection
(oL1). A fault is output and the motor will coast to stop.
Setting 4: PM Derated Torque Motor
Use this setting when operating a PM motor. PM motors for derated torque have a self-cooling design and the maximum load current drops as the motor slows. Electronic thermal overload is triggered in accordance with the motor overload characteristics, providing overheat protection across the entire speed range.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 99
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Maximum Load Current
150
120
100
80
50
60 s
Continuous
Cooling Ability
Motor is designed to produce 100% torque at base speed. Built with effective cooling capabilities.
Overload Characteristics
Reaching 100% when operating at below the base frequency causes a motor overload fault (oL1). The drive fault output closes and the motor coasts to stop.
0.0
10 33
Motor Speed (%)
100 n L1-02: Motor Overload Protection Time
Sets the detection time of motor overheat due to overload. This setting rarely requires adjustment, but should correlate with the motor maximum load current protection time for performing a hot start.
No.
L1-02
Name
Motor Overload Protection Time
Setting Range
0.1 to 50.0 minutes
Default
1.0 minute
Defaulted to operate with an allowance of 150% overload operation for one minute in a hot start.
the value of E1-06, Motor Base Speed, with L1-02 set to one minute.
During normal operation, motor overload protection operates in the area between a cold start and a hot start.
• Cold start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that was suddenly reached when starting a stationary motor.
• Hot start: Motor protection operation time in response to an overload situation that occurred during sustained operation at rated current.
Operation time (minutes)
10
7
3
1
Cold start
0.4
Hot start
0.1
0 100 150 200
Motor current (%)
E2-01 = 100% motor current
Figure 1.58 Motor Protection Operation Time n Motor Protection Using a Positive Temperature Coefficient (PTC) Thermistor
Connect a motor PTC to an analog input of the drive for motor overheat protection.
When the PTC input signal reaches the motor overheat alarm level, an oH3 alarm will be triggered and the drive will continue operation as selected in L1-03. When the PTC input signal reaches the overheat fault level, an oH4 fault will be triggered, a fault signal will be output, and the drive will stop the motor using the stopping method determined in L1-04.
the control board for voltage input when using this function.
100 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Branch resistor
12 k
PTC thermistor
Drive
+V
(+10.5V, 20 mA)
A2 (0-10 V)
Jumper S1
Terminal A1/A2
Voltage/Current
Selection
AC
V
I
A1 A2
Figure 1.59 Connection of a Motor PTC
The PTC must exhibit the characteristics shown in
for one motor phase. The motor overload protection of the drive expects 3 of these PTCs to be connected in a series.
Resistance ( )
Class F
150 ºC
Class H
180 ºC
Tr: threshold value
Tr - 5K (oH3 Alarm Level) Tr
Temperature
Tr’
Tr + 5K (oH4 Fault Level)
Figure 1.60 Motor PTC Characteristics
Set up overheat detection using a PTC using parameters L1-03, L1-04, and L1-05 as explained in the following sections.
n L1-03: Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection (PTC input)
Sets the drive operation when the PTC input signal reaches the motor overheat alarm level (oH3).
No.
L1-03
Name
Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection (PTC input)
Setting Range
0 to 3
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time 1 set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast Stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm Only
The operation is continued and an oH3 alarm is displayed on the HOA keypad.
n L1-04: Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection (PTC input)
Sets the drive operation when the PTC input signal reaches the motor overheat fault level (oH4).
Default
3
No.
L1-04
Name
Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection (PTC input)
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
1
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 101
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time 1 set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast Stop time set in parameter C1-09.
n L1-05: Motor Temperature Input Filter Time (PTC input)
Sets a filter on the PTC input signal to prevent erroneous detection of a motor overheat fault.
No.
L1-05
Name
Motor Temperature Input Filter Time (PTC input)
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00 s
Default
0.20 s n L1-08: oL1 Current Level
Sets the reference current for motor thermal overload detection for the motor in amperes. When L1-08 is set to 0.0 A (default), parameter E2-01 (E5-03 in PM control) is used as the reference for motor overload protection. When L1-08 ≠ 0.0 A, the set value is used as the reference for motor overload protection.
No.
L1-08
Name oL1 Current Level
Setting Range
10 to 150% of drive rated current <1>
<1> Cannot be set to a value smaller than 10% of drive rated current when the current level is set to a value greater than 0.0 A.
Note: Display is in the following units: 5A0007 to 5A0017: 0.01 A units; 5A0022 to 5A0242: 0.1 A units
Default
Determined by o2-04 n L1-13: Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection
Determines whether to hold the current value of the electrothermal motor protection (L1-01) when the power supply is interrupted.
No.
L1-13
Setting 0: Disabled
Name
Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
1
Setting 1: Enabled
Setting 2: Enable Using Real Time Clock (HOA Keypad)
Stores value and integrates (resets) down the oL value based on real time.
u L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru n L2-01: Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
When a momentary power loss occurs (DC bus voltage falls below the level set in L2-05), the drive can automatically return to the operation it was performing prior to the power loss based on certain conditions.
No.
L2-01
Name
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
2
Setting 0: Disabled
If power is not restored within 15 ms, a Uv1 fault will result and the motor coasts to stop.
Setting 1: Recover within L2-02
When a momentary power loss occurs, the drive output will be shut off. If the power returns within the time set to parameter
L2-02, the drive will perform Speed Search and attempt to resume operation. If the power does not return within this time, it will trigger a Uv1 fault.
Setting 2: Recover as long as CPU Has Power
When a momentary power loss occurs, the drive output will be shut off. If the power returns and the drive control circuit has power, the drive will attempt to perform Speed Search and resume the operation. This will not trigger a Uv1 fault.
102 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Notes on Settings 1 and 2
• “Uv” will flash on the operator while the drive is attempting to recover from a momentary power loss. A fault signal is not output at this time.
• When using a magnetic contactor between the motor and the drive, keep the magnetic contactor closed as long as the drive attempts to restart with Speed Search.
n L2-02: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
Sets the maximum time allowed to ride through a power loss. If power loss operation exceeds this time, the drive will attempt to accelerate back to the frequency reference. This parameter is valid if L2-01 = 1.
Note: The amount of time the drive is capable of recovering after a power loss is determined by the capacity of the drive. Drive capacity determines the upper limit for L2-02.
No.
L2-02
Name
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Default
Determined by o2-04 n L2-03: Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
Sets the minimum baseblock time when power is restored following a momentary power loss. This determines the time the drive waits for the residual voltage in the motor to dissipate. Increase this setting if overcurrent or overvoltage occurs at the beginning of Speed Search, after a power loss, or during DC Injection Braking.
No.
L2-03
Name
Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
Setting Range
0.1 to 5.0 s
Default
Determined by o2-04 n L2-04: Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time
Sets the time for the drive to restore the output voltage to the level specified by the V/f pattern after Speed Search. The setting value determines the time for the voltage to go from 0 V to the maximum voltage.
No.
L2-04
Name
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 5.0 s
Default
Determined by o2-04 n L2-05: Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv)
Determines the voltage at which a Uv1 fault is triggered or at which the KEB function is activated. This setting rarely needs to be changed.
No.
L2-05
Name
Undervoltage Detection Level
Setting Range
431.3 to 603.8 Vdc
Default
Determined by E1-01
Note: 1.
Install an AC reactor option on the input side of the power supply when setting L2-05 below the default value to prevent damage to drive circuitry.
2.
If using KEB Ride-Thru and L2-05 is set too low, then undervoltage in the DC bus (Uv1) will be triggered before KEB Ride-Thru can be executed. Take caution not to set this value too low.
n L2-06: KEB Deceleration Time
Sets the time to decelerate from the frequency reference at the time KEB Ride-Thru was initiated to zero speed.
No.
L2-06
Name
KEB Deceleration Time
Setting Range
0.00 to 6000.0 s
Default
0.00 s n L2-07: KEB Acceleration Time
Sets the time to reaccelerate from the speed when KEB was deactivated to the frequency reference.
When set to 0.0 s, the drive will accelerate to speed according to the active deceleration time set by C1-01 or C1-03.
No.
L2-07
Name
KEB Acceleration Time
Setting Range
0.00 to 6000.0 s
Default
0.00 s n L2-08: Frequency Gain at KEB Start
When the KEB Ride-Thru command is input, the output frequency is reduced in a single step to quickly get the motor into a regenerative state. Calculate the amount of this frequency reduction using the formula below. L2-08 can only be used with induction motors.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 103
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Amount of reduction = Slip frequency prior to KEB × (L2-08/100) × 2
No.
L2-08
Name
Frequency Gain at KEB Start
Setting Range
0 to 300%
Default
100% n L2-10: KEB Detection Time (Minimum KEB Time)
Determines the duration of KEB Ride-Thru operation after it is triggered.
No.
L2-10
Name
KEB Detection Time
Setting Range
0 to 2000 ms
Default
50 ms n L2-11: DC Bus Voltage Setpoint during KEB
Determines the setpoint (target value) for the DC bus voltage during Single KEB Ride-Thru 2. For Single KEB Ride-Thru 1 and System KEB Ride-Thru, parameter L2-11 defines the voltage level to end KEB Ride-Thru.
No.
L2-11
Name
DC Bus Voltage Setpoint during KEB
Setting Range
431.3 to 1150 Vdc
Default
Determined by
E1-01 n L2-29: KEB Method Selection
Selects the way the Kinetic Energy Buffering function operates.
Note: If a multi function input is set for Single KEB Ride-Thru 2 (H1oo = 7A, 7B), the setting of L2-29 is disregarded and the KEB mode equal to L2-29 = 1 is automatically selected.
No.
L2-29
Name
KEB Method Selection
Setting 0: Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1
Setting 1: Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0 u L3: Stall Prevention
The motor may experience excessive slip because it cannot keep up with the frequency reference when the load is too high or acceleration and deceleration times are too short. If the motor slips during acceleration, it usually causes an overcurrent fault
(oC), drive overload (oL2), or motor overload (oL1). If the motor slips during deceleration, it can cause excessive regenerative power to flow back into the DC bus capacitors, and eventually cause the drive to fault out from overvoltage (ov). The Stall
Prevention Function prevents the motor from stalling and while allowing the motor to reach the desired speed without requiring the user to change the acceleration or deceleration time settings. The Stall Prevention function can be set separately for acceleration, operating at constant speeds, and deceleration.
n L3-01: Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
Stall Prevention during acceleration prevents tripping with overcurrent (oC), motor overload (oL1), or drive overload (oL2) faults common when accelerating with heavy loads or short acceleration times.
L3-01 determines the type of Stall prevention the drive should use during acceleration.
No.
L3-01
<1> Setting 2 is not available for OLV/PM.
Name
Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration
Setting Range
0 to 2 <1>
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
No Stall Prevention is provided. If the acceleration time is too short, the drive may not be able to get the motor up to speed fast enough, causing an overload fault.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables Stall Prevention during acceleration. Operation varies depending on the control mode.
• V/f Control:
Acceleration is reduced when the output current value exceeds 85% of the level set to parameter L3-02 for a longer than the time set to L3-27. The acceleration stops when the current exceeds L3-02. Acceleration continues when the current falls below L3-02 for longer than the time set to L3-27.
104 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced in the constant power range.
Refer to L3-03: Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration on page 106 .
Output current
L3-02
L3-02
-15%
Stall Prevention Level
During Acceleration
Time
Output frequency
Controls the output frequency to prevent the motor from stalling
Time
Figure 1.61 Stall Prevention During Acceleration for Induction Motors
• Open Loop Vector Control for PM:
Acceleration stops when the output current reaches the level set to parameter L3-02. When the time set to parameter L3-27
). Deceleration stops when the current falls below 85% of L3-02,. The drive will attempt to reaccelerate after the time set to L3-27.
Output current
L3-02
15 % of L3-02
Time
Output frequency
L3-27
L3-27
Time
Deceleration using L3-22
Figure 1.62 Stall Prevention During Acceleration for Permanent Magnet Motors
Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention
The drive disregards the selected acceleration time and attempts to accelerate in the minimum time. The acceleration rate is adjusted so the current does not exceed the value set to parameter L3-02.
n L3-02: Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
Sets the output current level at which the Stall Prevention during acceleration is activated.
No.
L3-02
Name
Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
Setting Range
0 to 150% <1>
<1> The upper limit and default values are determined by parameter L8-38, Carrier Frequency Derating Selection.
• Lower L3-02 if stalling occurs when using a motor that is relatively small compared to the drive.
Default
<1>
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 105
1.8 L: Protection Functions
• Also set parameter L3-03 when operating the motor in the constant power range.
n L3-03: Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
The Stall Prevention level is automatically reduced when the motor is operated in the constant power range. L3-03 sets the lower limit for this reduction as a percentage of the drive rated current.
No.
L3-03
Name
Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
Setting Range
0 to 100%
Default
50%
Stall Prevention level during Acceleration
L3-02
L3-03
Output frequency
E1-06
Base frequency
Figure 1.63 Stall Prevention Level and Limit During Acceleration n L3-22: Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention during Acceleration
Sets the brief deceleration time used when stalling occurs while accelerating a PM motor. When set to 0, this function is disabled and the drive decelerates at the selected deceleration time when stalling occurs.
The function is effective only in OLV/ PM control and when parameter L3-01 is set to 1.
No.
L3-22
Name
Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention During Acceleration
Setting Range
0.0 to 6000.0 s
Default
0.0 s n L3-04: Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration
Stall Prevention during deceleration controls the deceleration based on the DC bus voltage and prevents an overvoltage fault caused by high inertia or rapid deceleration.
No.
L3-04
<1> Settings 4 and 5 are not available in OLV/PM.
Name
Stall Prevention Selection During Deceleration
Setting Range
0, 1, 2, 4, 5 <1>
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
The drive decelerates according to the set deceleration time. With high inertia loads or rapid deceleration, an overvoltage fault may occur. If an overvoltage fault occurs, use dynamic braking options or switch to another L3-04 selection.
Setting 1: General-Purpose Stall Prevention
The drive tries to decelerate within the set deceleration time. The drive pauses deceleration when the DC bus voltage exceeds the Stall Prevention level and then continues deceleration when the DC bus voltage drops below that level. Stall Prevention may be triggered repeatedly to avoid an overvoltage fault. The DC bus voltage level for Stall Prevention depends on the input voltage setting E1-01.
Drive Input Voltage
600 V Class
Stall Prevention Level during Deceleration
1084 Vdc
Note: This method may lengthen the total deceleration time compared to the set value. If this is not appropriate for the application consider using a dynamic braking option.
illustrates the function of Stall Prevention during deceleration.
106 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Output Frequency
Deceleration characteristics when Stall Prevention was triggered during deceleration specified deceleration time
Figure 1.64 Stall Prevention During Deceleration
Time
Setting 2: Intelligent Stall Prevention
The drive adjusts the deceleration rate so the DC bus voltage is kept at the level set to parameter L3-17. This produces the shortest possible deceleration time while protecting the motor from stalling. The selected deceleration time is disregarded and the achievable deceleration time cannot be smaller than 1/10 of the set deceleration time.
This function uses the following parameters for adjusting the deceleration rate:
• DC bus voltage gain (L3-20)
• Deceleration rate calculations gain (L3-21)
• Inertia calculations for motor acceleration time (L3-24)
• Load inertia ratio (L3-25)
Note: The deceleration time is not constant. Do not use Intelligent Stall Prevention in applications where stopping accuracy is a concern.
Setting 4: Overexcitation Deceleration 1
Overexcitation Deceleration 1 (increasing the motor flux) is faster than deceleration with no Stall Prevention (L3-04 = 0).
Deceleration (Induction Motors) on page 124 for details.
Setting 5: Overexcitation Deceleration 2
Overexcitation Deceleration 2 slows down the motor while trying to maintain the DC bus voltage at the level set to parameter
L3-17. This function shortens the achievable deceleration time more than by using Overexcitation Deceleration 1. Setting 5 will shorten/lengthen the decel time to maintain the L3-17 bus level.
Refer to Overexcitation Deceleration (Induction
Motors) on page 124 for details.
n L3-05: Stall Prevention Selection during Run
Determines how Stall Prevention works during Run. Stall Prevention during run prevents the motor from stalling by automatically reducing the speed when a transient overload occurs while the motor is running at constant speed.
No.
L3-05
Name
Stall Prevention Selection During Run
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
1
Note: Stall Prevention during run is disabled when the output frequency is 6 Hz or lower regardless of the L3-05 and L3-06 settings.
Setting 0: Disabled
Drive runs at the set frequency reference. A heavy load may cause the motor to stall and trip the drive with an oC or oL fault.
Setting 1: Decelerate Using C1-02
If the current exceeds the Stall Prevention level set in parameter L3-06, the drive will decelerate at decel time 1 (C1-02). When the current level drops below the value of L3-06 minus 2% for 100 ms, the drive accelerates back to the frequency reference at the active acceleration time.
Setting 2: Decelerate Using C1-04
Same as setting 1 except the drive decelerates at decel time 2 (C1-04).
n L3-06: Stall Prevention Level during Run
Sets the current level to trigger Stall Prevention during run. Depending on the setting of parameter L3-23, the level is automatically reduced in the constant power range (speed beyond base speed).
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 107
1.8 L: Protection Functions
No.
L3-06
Name
Stall Prevention Level During Run
Setting Range
30 to 150
<1> The upper limit and default values are determined by parameter L8-38, Carrier Frequency Derating Selection.
<1>
Default
<1> n L3-23: Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention during Run
Reduces the Stall Prevention during run level in the constant power range.
No.
L3-23
Name
Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention During Run
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
The level set in L3-06 is used throughout the entire speed range.
Setting 1: Enabled
The Stall Prevention level during run is reduced in the constant power range. The lower limit will be 40% of L3-06.
n Overvoltage Suppression Function
Suppresses overvoltage faults by decreasing the regenerative torque limit and slightly increasing the output frequency when the DC bus voltage rises.
The regenerative torque limit and the output frequency are adjusted during ov suppression so that the DC bus voltage does not exceed the level set to parameter L3-17. In addition to the parameters explained below, ov suppression also uses these settings for frequency adjustment:
• DC bus voltage gain (L3-20)
• Deceleration rate calculations gain (L3-21)
• Inertia calculations for motor acceleration time (L3-24)
• Load inertia ratio (L3-25)
Note: 1.
The motor speed will exceed the frequency reference when overvoltage suppression is triggered. Consequently, overvoltage suppression is not appropriate in applications that require a perfect match between the frequency reference and the motor speed.
2.
Overvoltage may still occur if there is a sudden increase to a regenerative load.
3.
This function is enabled only when operating just below the maximum frequency. Overvoltage suppression does not increase the output frequency beyond the maximum frequency. If the application requires this, increase the maximum frequency and change the base frequency setting.
n L3-11: Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection
Enables or disables the overvoltage suppression function.
No.
L3-11
Name
Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
The regenerative torque limit and the output frequency are not adjusted. A regenerative load may trip the drive with an overvoltage fault. Use this setting if dynamic braking options are installed.
Setting 1: Enabled
When the DC bus voltage rises due to regenerative load, an overvoltage fault is prevented by decreasing the regenerative torque limit and increasing the output frequency.
n L3-17: Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Prevention
Sets the target DC bus voltage level used by the overvoltage suppression function (L3-11 = 1), Intelligent Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2).
No.
L3-17
Name
Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage Suppression and Stall Prevention
<1> This value is initialized when E1-01 is changed.
Setting Range
431.3 to 1150 Vdc
Default
1063.8 Vdc <1>
108 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L3-20: DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain
Determines the proportional gain used by overvoltage suppression (L3-11 = 1), Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1), KEB Ride-
Thru 2 (H1oo = 7A or 7B) ,and Intelligent Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2) to control the DC bus voltage.
Note: This function is available in OLV/PM control mode.
No.
L3-20
Name
DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain
Setting Range
0.00 to 5.00
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Adjustment for Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1) and Intelligent Stall Prevention During Deceleration
• Increase this setting slowly in steps of 0.1 if overvoltage or undervoltage occurs at the beginning of deceleration.
• Decrease this setting if there is a fair amount of speed or torque ripple.
Adjustment for Overvoltage Suppression
• Increase this setting slowly in steps of 0.1 if overvoltage suppression is enabled (L3-11 = 1) and a sudden increase in a regenerative load causes an overvoltage fault.
• Decrease this setting if there is a fair amount of speed or torque ripple.
n L3-21: Accel/Decel Rate Calculation Gain
Determines the proportional gain used by overvoltage suppression (L3-11 = 1), Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1), and Intelligent
Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2) to calculate acceleration and deceleration rates.
No.
L3-21
Name
Accel/Decel Rate Calculation Gain
No.
L3-24
Name
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations
Make the calculations in the formula below:
Setting Range
0.00 to 200.00
Default
1.00
Adjustment for Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1) and Intelligent Stall Prevention During Deceleration
• Reduce L3-21 in steps of 0.05 if there is a fairly large speed or current ripple.
• Small reductions of L3-21 can help solve problems with overvoltage and overcurrent.
• Decreasing this setting too much can cause slow DC bus voltage control response and may also lengthen deceleration times beyond optimal levels.
Adjustment for Overvoltage Suppression
• Increase this setting in steps of 0.1 if overvoltage occurs as a result of a regenerative load when overvoltage suppression is enabled (L3-11 = 1).
• Decrease L3-21 in steps of 0.05 if there is a fairly large speed ripple when overvoltage suppression is enabled.
n L3-24: Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations
Sets the time to accelerate the motor from stop to the maximum speed at motor rated torque. Set this parameter when using
Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1), Intelligent Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2), or the overvoltage suppression function (L3-11 = 1).
Note: This function is available in OLV/PM control mode.
Setting Range
0.001 to 10.000 s
Default
Determined by o2-04
L3-24 =
2 J [kgm 2 ] n rated
[r/min]
60 T rated
[Nm]
Calculate the rated torque in the formula below:
T rated
[Nm] =
60 P
Motor
[kW] 10 3
2 n rated
[r/min]
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 109
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L3-25: Load Inertia Ratio
Determines the ratio between the rotor inertia and the load. Set this parameter when using Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1),
Intelligent Stall Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2), or the overvoltage suppression function (L3-11 = 1).
Note: This function is available in OLV/PM control mode.
No.
L3-25
Name
Load Inertia Ratio
Setting Range
0.0 to 1000.0
Default
1.0
When set incorrectly, a fairly large current ripple can result during Single Drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1). This may cause overvoltage suppression (L3-11 = 1) or other faults such as ov, Uv1, and oC.
Calculate parameter L3-25 in the formula below:
L3-25 =
Machine Inertia
Motor Inertia n L3-26: Additional DC Bus Capacitors
Sets the capacity of any additionally installed DC bus capacitors. This data is used in calculations for Single Drive KEB Ride-
Thru 2. Adjust this setting only if external capacity is connected to the DC bus and Single Drive KEB 2 is used.
No.
L3-26
Name
Additional DC Bus Capacitors
Setting Range
0 to 65000 μF
Default
0 μF n L3-27: Stall Prevention Detection Time
Sets a delay time from when the Stall Prevention level is reached and the actual Stall Prevention function is activated.
No.
L3-27
Name
Stall Prevention Detection Time
Setting Range
0 to 5000 ms
Default
50 ms u L4: Speed Detection
These parameters set up the speed agree and speed detection functions that can be assigned to the multi-function output terminals.
The speed is detected using the motor speed when A1-02 = 3 or 7.
n L4-01, L4-02: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width
Parameter L4-01 sets the detection level for the digital output functions Speed agree 1, User-set speed agree 1, Frequency detection 1, and Frequency detection 2.
Parameter L4-02 sets the hysteresis level for these functions.
No.
L4-01
L4-02
Name
Speed Agreement Detection Level
Speed Agreement Detection Width
Setting Range
0.0 to 240.0 Hz
0.0 to 20.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz
2.0 Hz
n L4-03, L4-04: Speed Agreement Detection Level and Detection Width (+/-)
Parameter L4-03 sets the detection level for the digital output functions Speed agree 2, User-set speed agree 2, Frequency detection 3, and Frequency detection 4.
Parameter L4-04 sets the hysteresis level for these functions.
No.
L4-03
L4-04
Name
Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-)
Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-)
Setting Range
-240.0 to 240.0 Hz
0.0 to 20.0 Hz
Default
0.0 Hz
2.0 Hz
16.
110 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L4-05: Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection
The drive can detect a loss of an analog frequency reference from input A1 or A2. Frequency reference loss is detected when the frequency reference drops below 10% of the reference or below 5% of the maximum output frequency within 400 ms.
100%
Analog frequency reference 10%
400 ms
Loss of
Reference output
OFF ON time
Figure 1.65 Loss of Reference Function
Reference Loss on page 86 for details on setting the output function.
Parameter L4-05 selects the operation when a frequency reference loss is detected.
No.
L4-05
Name
Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Stop
Drive follows the frequency reference (which is no longer present) and stops the motor.
Setting 1: Continue Operation with Reduced Frequency Reference
The drive will continue operation at the percent of the previous frequency value set to parameter L4-06. When the external frequency reference value is restored, the operation is continued with the frequency reference.
n L4-06: Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
Sets the frequency reference level at which the drive runs when L4-05 = 1 and when detecting a reference loss. The value is set as a percentage of the frequency reference before the loss was detected.
No.
L4-06
Name
Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0%
Default
80.0% n L4-07: Speed Agree Detection Selection
Determines when frequency detection is active using parameters L4-01 through L4-04.
No.
L4-07
Setting 0: No Detection during baseblock
Name
Speed Agree Detection Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 1: Detection always enabled u L5: Fault Restart
After a fault has occurred, Fault Restart attempts to automatically restart the motor and continue operation instead of stopping.
The drive can perform a self-diagnostic check and resume the operation after a fault has occurred. If the self-check is successful
Note: 1.
The wiring sequence should remove the Forward/Reverse command when a fault is triggered and output is shut off.
2.
When the Forward/Reverse command is removed, the drive can perform a self-diagnostic check and attempt to restart the fault automatically.
WARNING! Sudden Movement Hazard. Do not use the fault restart function in lifting applications. Fault restart may cause the machine to drop the load, which could result in death or serious injury.
The drive can attempt to restart itself following the faults listed below.
Fault
GF
Name
Ground Fault
Fault
LF
Name
Output Open Phase
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 111
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Fault oC oH1 oL1 oL2 oL3 oL4
Name
Overcurrent
Drive Overheat
Motor Overload
Drive Overload
Overtorque 1
Overtorque 2
Fault ov
PF
Uv1
STo
<1> When L2-01 is set to 0 through 2 (continue operation during momentary power loss).
Use parameters L5-01 to L5-05 to set up automatic fault restart.
Set H2-01, H2-02, or H2-03 to 1E. to output a signal during fault restart.
Name
DC Bus Overvoltage
Input Phase Loss
DC Bus Undervoltage <1>
Pull-Out Detection n L5-01: Number of Auto Restart Attempts
Sets the number of times that the drive may attempt to restart itself.
Parameter L5-05 determines the method of incrementing the restart counter. When the counter reaches the number set to L5-01, the operation stops and the fault must be manually cleared and reset.
The restart counter is incremented at each restart attempt, regardless of whether the attempt was successful. When the counter reaches the number set to L5-01, the operation stops and the fault must be manually cleared and reset.
The number of fault restarts is reset to zero when:
• The drive operates normally for 10 minutes following a fault restart.
• A fault is cleared manually after protective functions are triggered.
• The power supply is cycled.
No.
L5-01
Name
Number of Auto Restart Attempts
Setting Range
0 to 10 Times
Default
0 Times n L5-02: Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection
Determines if a fault output is triggered (H2oo = E) when the drive attempts to restart.
No.
L5-02
Setting 0: No Fault Output
Name
Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection
Auto-Restart - Cancel Early
Fault output disabled (L5-02 = 0)
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Run command
Fault condition
Fault display
L5-04
Fault digital output
Output Frequency
(U1-02)
Figure 1.66 Auto Restart Cancel Early
112 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Setting 1: Fault Output Is Set n L5-03: Time to Continue Making Fault Restarts (enabled only when L5-05 = 0)
Although the drive will continue to execute fault restarts, this parameter will cause a fault if a fault restart cannot occur after the time set to L5-03 passes.
All major faults will cause the drive to stop. For some faults it is possible to configure the drive to attempt a restart automatically.
After the fault occurs, the drive baseblocks for L2-03 seconds. After the baseblock is removed, the drive checks if a fault condition still exists. If no fault condition exists, the drive will attempt to restart the motor. If the restart is successful, the drive performs a Speed Search (Regardless of the status of b3-01 "Speed Search Selection") from the set speed command and the
Auto Restart Attempts count is increased by one. Even if the restart fails, the restart count is increased by one as long as the drive attempted to rotate the motor. The restart count will not be incremented if the restart is not attempted due to a continuing fault condition, (i.e., an ov fault). The drive waits L5-03 seconds before attempting another restart.
No.
L5-03
Name
Time to Continue Making Fault Restarts
Setting Range
0.00 to 600.0 s
Default
180.0 s
Run
Fault
Attempts ov oC oC trying each
L5-03 seconds successful
L2-03 L2-03 try, but failed successful
L2-03
L5-01
Count
Voltage remains high for a long time, then reset (1)
1 2 3
Drive trips on oC, resets (2) and tries again but motor still shorted, trips again.
Time oC condition gone, resets (3) and runs.
Figure 1.67 Automatic Restart Timing Diagram
The auto restart count is reset back to 0 if any of the following occur:
• No further faults for 10 minutes after the last retry.
• The drive power is turned off (the drive must be without power long enough to let control power dissipate).
• The RESET key is pushed after the last reset attempt.
The setting of parameter L5-02 determines whether the fault output (MA-MB) will be closed during an auto restart attempt.
The setting of L5-02 can be important when using the drive with other equipment.
The following faults will allow the Auto Restart function to initiate:
• oC (Overcurrent)
• LF (Output Phase Loss)
• PF (Input Phase Loss)
• oL1 (Motor Overload)
• oL3 (Overtorque Detection 1)
• oL2 (Drive Overload)
• ov (Overvoltage)
• GF (Ground Fault)
• Uv1 (Undervoltage)
• oH1 (Heatsink Overheat)
In order for auto restart after a Uv1 fault, Momentary Power Loss Ride-thru must be enabled (L2-01= 1: “Power Loss Ridethru
Time”). Setting H2-01, H2-02 or H2-03 to 1E configures a digital output as “Restart Enabled” to signal if an impending auto restart is possible.
n L5-04: Fault Reset Interval Time
Determines the amount of time to wait between restart attempts when parameter L5-05 is set to 1.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 113
1
1.8 L: Protection Functions
No.
L5-04
Name
Fault Reset Interval Time
Setting Range
0.5 to 600.0 s
Default
10.0 s n L5-05: Fault Reset Operation Selection
No.
L5-05
Name
Fault Reset Operation Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Count Successful Restarts
The drive will continuously attempt to restart. If it restarts successfully, the restart counter is increased. This operation is repeated each time a fault occurs until the counter reaches the value set to L5-01.
Setting 1: Count Restart Attempts
The drive will attempt to restart using the time interval set to parameter L5-04. A record is kept of the number of attempts to restart to the drive, regardless of whether those attempts were successful. When the number of attempted restarts exceeds the value set to L5-01, the drive stops attempting to restart.
u L6: Torque Detection
The drive provides two independent torque detection functions that trigger an alarm or fault signal when the load is too heavy
(oL), or suddenly drops (UL). These functions are set up using the L6oo parameters. Program the digital outputs as shown below to indicate the underload or overload condition to an external device:
Note: When overtorque occurs in the application, the drive may stop due to overcurrent (oC) or overload (oL1). To prevent the drive from stopping, use torque detection to indicate an overload situation to the controller before oC or oL1 occur. Use undertorque detection to discover application problems like a torn belt, a pump shutting off, or other similar trouble.
H2-01, H2-02, H2-03
Setting
B
17
18
19
Description
Torque detection 1, N.O. (output closes when overload or underload is detected)
Torque detection 1, N.C. (output opens when overload or underload is detected)
Torque detection 2, N.O. (output closes when overload or underload is detected)
Torque detection 2, N.C. (output opens when overload or underload is detected)
illustrate the functions of overtorque and undertorque detection.
Motor current / torque
10 % hysteresis 10 % hysteresis
L6-02
L6-03 L6-03
Torque detection 1 (NO) or
Torque detection 2 (NO)
ON
Figure 1.68 Overtorque Detection Operation
ON
Motor current / torque
10 % hysteresis
L6-02
L6-03 L6-03
Note:
Torque detection 1 (NO) or
Torque detection 2 (NO)
ON ON
Figure 1.69 Undertorque Detection Operation
1.
The torque detection function uses a hysteresis of 10% of the drive rated output current and motor rated torque.
2.
The level is set as a percentage of the drive rated output current.
114 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L6-01: Torque Detection Selection 1
The torque detection function is triggered when the current or torque exceed the levels set to L6-02 for longer than the time set to L6-03. L6-01 selects the conditions for detection and the operation that follows.
No.
L6-01
Setting 0: Disabled
Name
Torque Detection Selection 1
Setting Range
0 to 12
Default
0
Setting 1: oL3 at Speed Agree (Alarm)
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference (i.e., no detection during acceleration and deceleration). The operation continues after detecting overtorque and triggering an oL3 alarm.
Setting 2: oL3 at Run (Alarm)
Overtorque detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detecting overtorque and triggering an oL3 alarm.
Setting 3: oL3 at Speed Agree (Fault)
Overtorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference (i.e., no detection during acceleration and deceleration). The operation stops and triggers an oL3 fault.
Setting 4: oL3 at Run (Fault)
Overtorque detection works as long as a Run command is active. The operation stops and triggers an oL3 fault.
Setting 5: UL3 at Speed Agree (Alarm)
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference (i.e., no detection during acceleration and deceleration). The operation continues after detecting overtorque and triggering a UL3 alarm.
Setting 6: UL3 at Run (Alarm)
Undertorque detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detecting overtorque and triggering a UL3 alarm.
Setting 7: UL3 at Speed Agree (Fault)
Undertorque detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference (i.e., no detection during acceleration and deceleration). The operation stops and triggers a UL3 fault.
Setting 8: UL3 at Run (Fault)
Undertorque detection works as long as a Run command is active. The operation stops and triggers a UL3 fault.
Setting 9: UL6 at Speed Agree (Alarm)
Motor Underload detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference (i.e., no detection during acceleration and deceleration). The operation continues after detection and triggers a UL6 alarm.
Setting 10: UL6 at Run (Alarm)
Motor Underload detection works as long as the Run command is active. The operation continues after detection and triggers a UL6 alarm.
Setting 11: UL6 at Speed Agree (Fault)
Motor Underload detection is active only when the output speed is equal to the frequency reference (i.e., no detection during acceleration and deceleration). The operation stops and triggers a UL6 fault.
Setting 12: UL6 at Run (Fault)
Motor Underload detection works as long as a Run command is active. The operation stops and triggers a UL6 fault.
n L6-02: Torque Detection Level 1
Sets the detection levels for torque detection function 1 as a percentage of the drive rated output current.
No.
L6-02
Note:
Name
Torque Detection Level 1
Setting Range
0 to 300%
Default
15%
The torque detection level 1 (L6-02) can also be supplied by an analog input terminal set to H3oo = 7. Here, the analog value has priority and the setting in L6-02 is disregarded.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 115
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L6-03: Torque Detection Time 1
Determines the time required to trigger an alarm or fault after exceeding the level in L6-02.
No.
L6-03
Name
Torque Detection Time 1
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
10.0 s n L6-13: Motor Underload Protection Selection
Sets Motor Underload Protection (UL6) based on motor load and determines whether the level of L6-02 refers to fbase or fmax.
Selects the operation of underload detection UL6. Underload is detected when the output current falls below the underload detection level defined by L6-14 and L2-02.
No.
L6-13
Name
Motor Underload Protection Selection
Setting 0: Enabled (Base Frequency)
Setting 1: Enabled (Max Frequency)
UL Detection Level
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
L6-02
(0 to 300%)
1/f
L6-14
Motor Underload
Protection at Fmin
0 Fmin Fbase Fmax
Output
Frequency
No.
L6-14
Figure 1.70 Motor Underload Protection n L6-14: Motor Underload Protection Level at Minimum Frequency
Sets the UL6 detection level at minimum frequency by percentage of drive rated current
Name
Motor Underload Protection Level at Minimum Frequency
Setting Range
0 to 300%
Default
15% u L8: Drive Protection n L8-01: Internal Dynamic Braking Resistor Protection Selection (ERF type)
Selects the dynamic braking resistor protection when using an optional heatsink mounted braking resistor (ERF type, 3% ED).
No.
L8-01
Name
Internal Dynamic Braking Resistor Protection Selection (ERF type)
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
Determined by o2-04
Setting 0: Disabled
Disables braking resistor protection. Use this setting for any dynamic braking option other than the Yaskawa ERF-type resistor.
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables protection for Yaskawa ERF-type resistors.
116 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L8-02: Overheat Alarm Level
Sets the overheat alarm (oH) detection level.
The drive outputs an alarm when the heatsink temperature exceeds the overheat alarm level. If the drive is set to continue operation after this alarm occurs (L8-03 = 4) and the temperature reaches the overheat fault level, the drive will trigger an oH1 fault and stop operation.
When an output terminal is set for the oH pre-alarm (H2oo = 20), the switch will close when the heatsink temperature rises above L8-02.
No.
L8-02
Name
Overheat Alarm Level
Setting Range
50 to 130 °C
Default
Determined by o2-04 n L8-03: Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
Sets the operation when an overheat pre-alarm is detected.
Note: Change L8-03 setting only when necessary.
No.
L8-03
Name
Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
4
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the currently selected deceleration time. If a digital output is programmed for “fault” (H2oo = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive switches off the output and the motor coasts to stop. If a digital output is programmed for “fault” (H2oo = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 2: Fast Stop
If an overheat alarm occurs, the drive decelerates to stop using the Fast Stop time (C1-09). If a digital output is programmed for “fault” (H2oo = E), this output will be triggered.
Setting 3: Alarm Only
If an overheat alarm occurs, an alarm is output and the drive continues operation.
Setting 4: Operation with Reduced Speed
If an overheat alarm occurs, the operation continues with the speed reduced to the level set to parameter L8-19. If the oH alarm is still present after 10 s, the speed is reduced again. The amount of speed reduction depends on how often the alarm repeats.
If the oH alarm disappears while the drive is operating at a reduced speed, the drive will switch to the previous speed in 10 s
increments until reaching base frequency. Figure 1.71
explains the operation with reduced speed during an oH alarm. A digital
output programmed for 4D is switched when the oH alarm is still active after ten reduction cycles.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 117
1.8 L: Protection Functions
Output frequency
10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s 10 s f ref f ref
× (L8-19) f ref
× (L8-19) 2 f ref
× (L8-19) 3 f ref
× (L8-19) 4 oH
Alarm
Reset oH
Alarm oH
Alarm oH
Alarm
Reset oH
Alarm etc.
oH
Alarm time oH alarm number
Digital output (4D)
Figure 1.71 Output Frequency Reduction During Overheat Alarm n L8-19: Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat Pre-Alarm
Specifies the output frequency reduction when L8-03 is set to 4 and an oH alarm is present. Set as a factor of the maximum output frequency.
No.
L8-19
Name
Frequency Reduction Rate During Overheat Pre-Alarm
Setting Range
10.0 to 100.0%
Default
20.0% n L8-05: Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
Enables or disables the input phase loss detection.
No.
L8-05
Name
Input Phase Loss Protection Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Enables input phase loss detection. Since measuring the DC bus ripple detects input phase loss, a power supply voltage imbalance or main circuit capacitor deterioration may also trigger a phase loss fault (PF).
Detection is disabled if:
• The drive is decelerating.
• No Run command is active.
• Output current is less than or equal to 30% of the drive rated current.
n L8-06: Input Phase Loss Detection Level
Sets the Input Phase Loss Detection (PF) Level.
Triggers PF fault when there is an imbalance larger than the value set to L8-06 in the drive input power voltage.
Detection Level = 100% = Voltage Class ×
No.
L8-06
Name
Input Phase Loss Detection Level
Setting Range
0.0 to 50.0%
Default
Determined by o2-04
118 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L8-07: Output Phase Loss Protection Selection
Enables or disables the output phase loss detection.
Note: 1.
Output phase loss detection can mistakenly be triggered if the motor rated current is very small compared to the drive rating. Disable this parameter in such cases.
2.
Output phase loss detection is not possible when the drive is running a PM motor with light load.
No.
L8-07
Name
Output Phase Loss Protection Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Fault when One Phase Is Lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when the output current for any phase U, V, or W drops to 5% or less of the drive rated current.
When using a PM motor, this is applicable when the output current is 30% or higher of the drive rated current.
When using an IM motor, this is applicable when the output current is 5% or higher of the drive rated current.
Setting 2: Fault when Two Phases Are Lost
An output phase loss fault (LF) is triggered when the output current for phases U, V, and W all drop to 5% or less of the drive rated current.
The output shuts off and the motor coasts to stop.
n L8-09: Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the output ground fault detection.
No.
L8-09
Name
Output Ground Fault Detection Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
Determined by o2-04
Setting 0: Disabled
Ground faults are not detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
A ground fault (GF) is triggered when high leakage current or a ground short circuit occurs in one or two output phases.
n L8-10: Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
Selects the heatsink cooling fan operation.
No.
L8-10
Name
Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Run with Timer
The fan is switched on when a Run command is active and switched off with the delay set to parameter L8-11 after releasing the Run command. This setting extends the fan lifetime.
Setting 1: Run Always
The fan runs when power is supplied to the drive.
n L8-11: Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time
Sets the cooling fan switch off-delay time if parameter L8-10 is set to 0.
No.
L8-11
Name
Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time
Setting Range
0 to 300 s
Default
300 s n L8-12: Ambient Temperature Setting
Automatically adapts the drive rated current to safe values when used with parameter L8-35. This eliminates the need to reduce the drive rated current when the temperature where the drive is mounted is above the specified values.
No.
L8-12
Name
Ambient Temperature Setting
Setting Range
-10 to +50 °C
Default
40 °C
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 119
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L8-15: oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds
Selects whether the drive overload capability (oL fault detection level) is reduced at low speeds to prevent premature output transistor failures. Set this parameter to 0 (Protection disabled at low speed) when protection is activated for an oL2 fault for a light load at low speed.
Note: 1.
Contact Yaskawa before using the drive for applications for which the setting is 0 (disabled).
2.
Do not set this parameter to 0 (disabled) in V/f or OLV control.
3.
Do not set this parameter to 0 (disabled) in models 4 o 0302 to 4 o 0930.
No.
L8-15
No.
L8-18
Name oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speed
Name
Software Current Limit Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: oL2 (Drive Overload) Characteristics Disabled at Low Speed
The overload protection level is not reduced. Frequently operating the drive with high output current at low speed can lead to premature drive faults.
Setting 1: oL2 (Drive Overload) Characteristics Enabled at Low Speed
The overload protection level (oL2 fault detection level) is automatically reduced at speeds below 6 Hz. At zero speed, the overload is derated by 50%.
n L8-18: Software Current Limit Selection
Enables and disables the Software Current Limit (CLA) protection function to prevent main circuit transistor failures caused by high current.
Note: Do not change this setting unless absolutely necessary.
Default
Determined by
A1-02
Setting 0: Software CLA Disabled
The drive may trip on an oC fault if the load is too heavy or the acceleration is too short.
Setting 1: Software CLA Enabled
When the Software CLA current level is reached, the drive reduces the output voltage to reduce the current. Normal operation continues when the current level drops below the Software CLA level.
n L8-27: Overcurrent Detection Gain
Adjusts the overcurrent detection level in OLV/PM control mode. A setting of 100% is equal to the motor rated current. When the drive rated current is considerably higher than the motor rated current, use this parameter to decrease the overcurrent level and prevent motor demagnetization from high current.
Overcurrent detection uses the lower value between the overcurrent level for the drive and the motor rated current multiplied by L8-27.
No.
L8-27
Name
Overcurrent Detection Gain
Setting Range
0.0 to 400.0%
Default
300.0% n L8-29: Current Unbalance Detection (LF2)
Enables or disables output current unbalance detection in OLV/PM control mode. Current unbalance can heat a PM motor and demagnetize the magnets. The current unbalance detection function monitors output current and triggers the LF2 fault to prevent such motor damage.
No.
L8-29
Name
Current Unbalance Detection (LF2)
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
No current unbalance protection is provided to the motor.
Setting 1: Enabled
The LF2 fault is triggered if an output current unbalance is detected. Drive output shuts off and the motor coasts to stop.
120 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.8 L: Protection Functions n L8-32: Main Contactor and Cooling Fan Power Supply Failure Selection
Determines drive operation when a FAn fault occurs.
No.
L8-32
Name
Main Contactor and Cooling Fan Power Supply Failure Selection
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
1
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
The drive stops the motor using the deceleration time set in parameter C1-02.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
The drive output is switched off and the motor coasts to a stop.
Setting 2: Fast stop
The drive stops the motor using the Fast stop time set in parameter C1-09.
Setting 3: Alarm only
The operation is continued and a FAn alarm is displayed on the HOA keypad.
Setting 4: Operation with Reduced Speed
The operation is continued, but the speed is reduced to the level set in parameter L8-19.
Note: “FAn” is detected as an error when Settings 0 or 2 are selected; it is detected as an alarm when Settings 3 or 4 are selected.
n L8-35: Installation Method Selection
Selects the type of installation for the drive and changes the drive overload (oL2) limits accordingly.
Note: 1.
Initialization does not reset this parameter.
2.
The value is preset to the appropriate value when the drive is shipped. Change the value only when using Side-by-Side installation or when mounting a standard drive with the heatsink outside the cabinet.
No.
L8-35
Name
Installation Method Selection
Setting Range
0, 2, 3
Default
2
Setting 0: IP00/Open-Chassis Enclosure
For an Open Type enclosure drive installed with at a minimum of 30 mm space to the next drive or a cabinet wall.
Setting 2: IP20/NEMA 1, UL Type 1 Enclosure
For drives compliant with IP20/NEMA 1, UL Type 1 enclosure specifications.
Setting 3: External Heatsink Installation
For standard drives mounted with the heatsink outside the cabinet or enclosure panel.
n L8-38: Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Selects the operation of the carrier frequency reduction function. Reduces the carrier frequency when the output current exceeds a certain level. This temporarily increases the overload capability (oL2 detection), allowing the drive to run through transient load peaks without tripping.
No.
L8-38
Name
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
Determined by
A1-02 and o2-04
Setting 0: Disabled
No carrier frequency reduction at high current.
Setting 1: Enabled for Output Frequencies below 6 Hz
The carrier frequency is reduced at speeds below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current. The drive returns to the normal carrier frequency when the current falls below 88% or the output frequency exceeds 7 Hz.
Setting 2: Enabled for Entire Frequency Range
The carrier frequency is reduced at the following speeds:
• Below 6 Hz when the current exceeds 100% of the drive rated current.
• Above 7 Hz when the current exceeds 112% of the drive rated current.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 121
1.8 L: Protection Functions
The drive uses the delay time set in parameter L8-40 and a hysteresis of 12% when switching the carrier frequency back to the set value.
n L8-40: Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time
Sets a hold time before returning to the original carrier frequency setting after the carrier frequency has been temporarily derated as determined by L8-38. The carrier frequency reduction function is disabled when this value is 0.00 s.
No.
L8-40
Name
Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.00 s
Default
0.50 s n L8-41: High Current Alarm Selection
Triggers a high current alarm (HCA) when the output current exceeds 150% of the drive rated current.
No.
L8-41
Name
High Current Alarm Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
No alarm is detected.
Setting 1: Enabled
An alarm is triggered when the output current exceeds 150% of the drive rated current. A digital output set for an alarm
(H2oo = 10) will close.
n L8-55: Internal Braking Transistor Protection
Enables and disables protection for the internal braking transistor.
No.
L8-55
Name
Internal Braking Transistor Protection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
Disable braking transistor protection when not using the internal braking transistor, including the following instances:
• When using a regen converter such as DC5.
• When using a regen unit such as RC5.
• When using external braking transistor options like CDBR units.
• When using the drive in common DC bus applications and the internal braking unit is not installed.
Enabling L8-55 under such conditions can incorrectly trigger a braking transistor fault (rr).
Setting 1: Enabled
Enable L8-55 when connecting a braking resistor or a braking resistor unit to the drive built-in braking transistor.
Models 5A0003 to 5A0052 come with a built-in braking transistor.
n L8-97: Carrier Frequency Reduction Rate during oH Pre-Alarm
Derates the carrier frequency to the level set to L8-39 during oH pre-alarm.
No.
L8-97
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Name
Carrier Frequency Reduction Rate during oH Pre-Alarm
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
122 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.9 n: Special Adjustments
1.9 n: Special Adjustments
These parameters control a variety of specialized adjustments and functions, including Hunting Prevention, High Slip Braking, resistance between motor lines, and PM motor control functions.
u n1: Hunting Prevention
Hunting Prevention prevents the drive from hunting as a result of low inertia and operating with light load. Hunting often occurs with a high carrier frequency and an output frequency below 30 Hz.
n n1-01: Hunting Prevention Selection
Enables or disables the Hunting Prevention function.
Note: This function is available only when using V/f Control. Disable Hunting Prevention when drive response is more important than suppressing motor oscillation. This function may be disabled without problems in applications with high inertia loads or relatively heavy loads.
No.
n1-01
Setting 0: Disabled
Name
Hunting Prevention Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 1: Enabled n n1-02: Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
Sets the gain for the Hunting Prevention Function.
No.
n1-02
Name
Hunting Prevention Gain Setting
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.50
Although this parameter rarely needs to be changed, it may require adjustment in the following situations:
• If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded and n1-01 = 1, increase the gain by 0.1 until vibration ceases.
• If the motor stalls while n1-01 = 1, decrease the gain by 0.1 until the stalling ceases.
Default
1.00
n n1-03: Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Determines the responsiveness of the Hunting Prevention function (affects the primary delay time for Hunting Prevention).
No.
n1-03
Name
Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Setting Range
0 to 500 ms
Default
Determined by o2-04
Although this parameter rarely needs to be changed, it may require adjustment in the following situations:
• Increase this value for applications with a large load inertia. A higher setting leads to slower response, which can result in oscillation at lower frequencies.
• Lower this setting if oscillation occurs at low speed.
n n1-05: Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse
This parameter functions the same as n1-02, except it is used when rotating in reverse. See the explanation for n1-02.
Note: n1-02 is enabled for forward and reverse operation when n1-05 = 0.0 ms.
No.
n1-05
Name
Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse
Setting Range
0.00 to 2.50
Default
0.00
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 123
1.9 n: Special Adjustments u n3: High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation Braking n High Slip Braking (V/f)
HSB works in V/f Control only and decreases the stopping time compared to normal deceleration without using dynamic braking options. HSB reduces the output frequency in large steps to stop the motor and produce a high slip, which dissipates the regenerative energy created from decelerating the load in the motor windings. Due to the increased temperature of the motor windings, do not use HSB to frequently stop the motor. The duty cycle should be around 5% or lower.
Notes on Using High Slip Braking
• The set deceleration time is ignored during HSB. Use Overexcitation Deceleration 1 (L3-04 = 4) to stop the motor within a specified time.
• Braking time varies based on the load inertia and motor characteristics.
• Enabling HSB and KEB Ride-Thru simultaneously will trigger an oPE03 error.
• HSB must be triggered by a digital input set to H1oo = 68. After the HSB command is given, the drive will not restart until the motor is completely stopped and the Run command is cycled.
• Use parameters n3-01 through n3-04 to adjust HSB.
n n3-01: High Slip Braking Deceleration Frequency Width
Sets the step width for frequency reduction during HSB. Increase n3-01 if DC bus overvoltage (ov) occurs during HSB.
No.
n3-01
Name
High Slip Braking Deceleration Frequency Width
Setting Range
1 to 20%
Default
5% n n3-02: High Slip Braking Current Limit
Sets the maximum current to be output during an HSB stop as a percentage of motor rated current (E2-01). Reducing the current limit increases the deceleration time. This value must not exceed the current rating of the drive.
• Lower this setting if overvoltage occurs during HSB.
• Lower this setting if motor current is too high during HSB. High current can damage the motor due to overheat.
• The default setting is 120%.
No.
n3-02
Name
High Slip Braking Current Limit
Setting Range
0 to 200%
Default
Determined by
L8-38 n n3-03: High Slip Braking Dwell Time at Stop
When the motor reaches a relatively low speed at the end of HSB, the output frequency is kept at the minimum output frequency set to E1-09 for the time set to n3-03. Increase this time if the inertia is very high and the motor coasts after HSB is complete.
No.
n3-03
Name
High Slip Braking Dwell Time at Stop
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 s
Default
1.0 s n n3-04: High Slip Braking Overload Time
Sets the time required for an HSB overload fault (oL7) to occur when the drive output frequency does not change during an
HSB stop due to excessive load inertia or the load rotating the motor. To protect the motor from overheat, the drive trips with an oL7 fault if these conditions last longer than the time set in n3-04.
No.
n3-04
Name
High Slip Braking Overload Time
Setting Range
30 to 1200 s
Default
40 s n Overexcitation Deceleration (Induction Motors)
.
Notes on Overexcitation Deceleration
• Frequently applying Overexcitation Deceleration raises the motor temperature because regenerative energy is mainly dissipated as heat in the motor. In cases where frequent application is required, make sure the motor temperature does not exceed the maximum allowable value of Overexcitation Deceleration.
• During Overexcitation Deceleration 2, Hunting Prevention in V/f Control is disabled.
124 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.9 n: Special Adjustments
• Overexcitation Deceleration can be most efficiently used in a V/f Control.
• Overexcitation Deceleration cannot be used with PM motors.
Parameter Adjustments
• Use parameters n3-13 through n3-23 to adjust Overexcitation Deceleration.
• When repetitive or long Overexcitation Deceleration causes motor overheat, lower the overexcitation gain (n3-13) and reduce the overslip suppression current level (n3-21).
• During Overexcitation Deceleration 1 (L3-04 = 4), the drive decelerates at the active deceleration time (C1-02 or C1-04).
Set this time so no overvoltage (ov) fault occurs.
• During Overexcitation Deceleration 2 (L3-04 = 5), the drive decelerates using the active deceleration time while adjusting the deceleration rate to keep the DC bus voltage at the level set to L3-17. The actual stopping time will be longer or shorter than the set deceleration time depending on the motor characteristics and the load inertia. Increase the deceleration time if overvoltage occurs (ov).
• Entering a Run command during Overexcitation Deceleration cancels overexcitation operation and the drive reaccelerates to the specified speed.
n n3-13: Overexcitation Deceleration Gain
Multiplies a gain to the V/f pattern output value during Overexcitation Deceleration to determine the level of overexcitation.
The drive returns to the normal V/f value after the motor has stopped or when it is accelerating to the frequency reference.
No.
n3-13
Name
Overexcitation Deceleration Gain
Setting Range
1.00 to 1.40
Default
1.10
The optimum setting for n3-13 depends on the motor flux saturation characteristics.
• Gradually increase the gain to 1.25 or 1.30 to improve the braking power of Overexcitation Deceleration.
• Lower n3-13 when flux saturation characteristics cause overcurrent. A high setting sometimes causes overcurrent (oC), motor overload (oL1), or drive overload (oL2). Lowering n3-21 can also help remedy these problems.
n n3-21: High Slip Suppression Current Level
If the motor current exceeds the value set to n3-21 during Overexcitation Deceleration due to flux saturation, the drive automatically reduces the overexcitation gain. Parameter n3-21 is set as a percentage of the drive rated current.
Set this parameter to a relatively low value to optimize deceleration. If overcurrent, oL1, or oL2 occur during Overexcitation
Deceleration, reduce the high slip suppression current level.
No.
n3-21
Name
High Slip Suppression Current Level
Setting Range
0 to 150%
Default
100% n n3-23: Overexcitation Operation Selection
Limits the Overexcitation Deceleration operation selected in parameter L3-04 to forward only or reverse only.
No.
n3-23
Name
Overexcitation Operation Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Setting 0: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Forward and Reverse Direction
Default
0
Setting 1: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Forward Direction Only
Setting 2: Overexcitation Operation as Selected in L3-04 in Reverse Direction Only
1 u n8: PM Motor Control Tuning
These parameters adjust the control performance in the vector control modes for permanent magnet motors.
n n8-45: Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain (OLV/PM)
Sets the gain for internal speed feedback detection control. Although this parameter rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Increase this setting if motor oscillation or hunting occurs.
• Decrease this setting in increments of 0.05 to decrease drive responsiveness.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 125
1.9 n: Special Adjustments
No.
n8-45
Name
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00
Default
0.80
n n8-47: Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant (OLV/PM)
Sets the time constant for pull-in current to match the actual current.
Although this setting rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Increase this setting when it takes too long for the reference value of the pull-in current to match the target value.
• Decrease this setting if motor oscillation occurs.
No.
n8-47
Name
Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0 s
Default
5.0 s n n8-48: Pull-In Current (OLV/PM)
Sets the d-Axis current during no-load operation at a constant speed. Set as a percentage of the motor rated current.
• Increase this setting when hunting occurs or the motor speed is unstable while running at a constant speed.
• Slightly reduce this value if there is too much current when driving a light load at a constant speed.
No.
n8-48
Name
Pull-In Current
Setting Range
20 to 200%
Default
30% n n8-49: d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control (OLV/PM)
Sets the d-Axis current reference when running with high load at constant speed. When using an IPM motor, this parameter uses the reluctance torque to increase the efficiency and reduce energy consumption. Set this parameter to 0 when using an
SPM motor.
Although this setting rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Lower the setting if motor operation is unstable when driving heavy loads.
• If motor parameters (E5oo ) have been changed, this value will be reset to 0 and will require readjustment.
No.
n8-49
Name d Axis Current for High Efficiency Control
Setting Range
-200.0 to 0.0%
Default
Determined by o2-04 n n8-51: Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In Current (OLV/PM)
Sets the pull-in current during acceleration and deceleration as a percentage of the motor rated current (E5-03).
Adjustment may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Increase this setting when a large amount of starting torque is required.
• Lower this setting if there is excessive current during acceleration.
No.
n8-51
Name
Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In Current
Setting Range
0 to 200%
Default
50% n n8-54: Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant (OLV/PM)
Sets the time constant for voltage error compensation.
Adjustment may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Adjust the value when hunting occurs at low speed.
• Increase the value in steps of 0.1 when hunting occurs with sudden load changes. Set n8-51 to 0 to disable the compensation if increasing n8-54 does not help.
• Increase the value when oscillations occur at start.
No.
n8-54
Name
Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00
Default
1.00
126 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.9 n: Special Adjustments n n8-55: Load Inertia (OLV/PM)
Sets the ratio between motor inertia and the inertia of the connected machinery. If this value is set too low, the motor may not start very smoothly and trigger an STo (Motor Step-Out) fault.
Increase this setting for large inertia loads or to improve speed control response. A high setting with low inertia load may cause oscillation.
No.
n8-55
Name
Load Inertia
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
Setting 0: Below 1:10
The inertia ratio between the motor and the load is lower than 1:10.
Setting 1: Between 1:10 and 1:30
The inertia ratio between the motor and the load is between 1:10 and 1:30. Set n8-55 to 1 if an STo fault occurs as a result of impact load or sudden acceleration/deceleration when n8-55 = 0.
Setting 2: Between 1:30 and 1:50
The inertia ratio between the motor and the load is between 1:30 and 1:50. Set n8-55 to 2 if an STo fault occurs as a result of impact load or sudden acceleration/deceleration when n8-55 = 1.
Setting 3: Beyond 1:50
The inertia ratio between the motor and the load is higher than 1:50. Set n8-55 to 3 if an STo fault occurs as a result of impact load or sudden acceleration/deceleration when n8-55 = 2.
n n8-62: Output Voltage Limit
Sets the output voltage limit to prevent voltage saturation. Do not set this value higher than the actual input voltage.
No.
n8-62
Name
Output Voltage Limit
Setting Range
0.0 to 661.3 Vac
Default
575 Vac n n8-65: Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain during ov Suppression (OLV/PM)
Sets the gain for internal speed feedback detection control when overvoltage suppression is active. Although this setting rarely needs to be changed, adjustment may be necessary under the following conditions:
• Increase this setting if motor oscillation or hunting occurs when ov suppression is active.
• Decrease this setting in increments of 0.05 to decrease the drive responsiveness during ov suppression.
No.
n8-65
Name
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain during ov Suppression
(OLV/PM)
Setting Range
0.00 to 10.00
Default
1.50
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 127
1.10 o: Operator-Related Settings
1.10 o: Operator-Related Settings
These parameters control the various functions, features, and display of the HOA keypad.
u o1: HOA Keypad Display Selection
These parameters determine the data display on the HOA keypad.
n o1-01: Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
The frequency reference display appears when the drive is powered up. Pressing the up arrow key will display the following data: frequency reference → rotational direction → output frequency → output current → o1-01 selection.
Parameter o1-01 selects the content of the last monitor in this sequence.
No.
o1-01
Name
Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection
Setting Range
104 to 699
U1-04 (Control Mode) to
U6-99 (Option Monitors 20)
<1>
Default
106 (U1-06)
<1> U2oo and U3oo parameters cannot be selected.
n o1-02: User Monitor Selection after Power Up
Selects which monitor parameter is displayed upon power up by entering the 1- oo part of U1oo . Certain monitors are not available in some control modes.
Refer to U: Monitor Parameters on page 158
for a list of monitors.
No.
o1-02
Name
User Monitor Selection after Power Up
Setting Range
1 to 5
Default
1
Setting 1: Frequency Reference (U1-01)
Setting 2: Motor Direction
Setting 3: Output Frequency (U1-02)
Setting 4: Output Current (U1-03)
Setting 5: User Monitor
The monitor value selected by o1-01 will be displayed.
n o1-03: HOA Keypad Display Selection
Sets the units used to display the frequency reference and output frequency. Set o1-03 to 3 for user-set units before setting parameters o1-10 and o1-11.
No.
o1-03
Name
HOA Keypad Display Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
0
Setting 0: 0.01 Hz Units
Setting 1: 0.01% Units (100% = Max Output Frequency)
Setting 2: r/min Units (Calculated by the Max Output Frequency and the Number of Motor Poles)
Setting 3: User-set Units (Use o1-10, o1-11)
Set the value used for the maximum frequency reference to o1-10. Set the placement of the decimal point in this number to o1-11.
For example, to have the maximum output frequency displayed as “100.00”, set o1-10 = 1000 and o1-11 = 2 (i.e., 1000 with
2 decimal points).
Note: 1.
Parameter o1-03 allows the programmer to change the units used in the following parameters and monitors:
U1-01: frequency reference
U1-02: output frequency
U1-16: output frequency after softstarter (accel/decel ramp generator) d1-01 to d1-17: frequency references
2.
Setting o1-03 to 2 requires entering the number of motor poles to E2-04 and E5-04.
128 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.10 o: Operator-Related Settings n o1-06: User Monitor Selection Mode
Normally the monitors shown directly below the active monitor are the next two sequential monitors. If o1-06 (User Monitor
Selection Mode) is set to 1: “3 Mon Selectable”, those two monitors are locked as specified by parameters o1-07 and o1-08 and will not change as the top parameter is scrolled with the Up/Down Arrow keys.
No.
o1-06
Name
User Monitor Selection Mode
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: 3 Monitor Sequential (Displays the Next 2 Sequential Monitors)
Setting 1: 3 Monitor Selectable (o1-07, and o1-08 Selected Monitor Is Shown) n o1-07: Second Line Monitor Selection
Selects which monitor will be displayed in the second line. The monitor parameter number is entered into the spaces provided:
U o oo .
For example, set “403” to display monitor parameter U4-03.
No.
o1-07
Name
Second Line Monitor Selection
Setting Range
101 to 699
Default
102 n o1-08: Third Line Monitor Selection
Selects which monitor will be displayed in the third line. The monitor parameter number is entered into the spaces provided:
U o oo .
For example, set “403” to display monitor parameter U4-03.
No.
o1-08
Name
Third Line Monitor Selection
Setting Range
101 to 699
Default
103 n o1-09: Frequency Reference Display Units
Sets unit display for the frequency reference parameters and frequency related monitors when o1-03 = 3.
No.
o1-09
Name
Frequency Reference Display Units
Setting 0: Inch of Water (“WC)
Setting 1: Pounds per Square Inch (PSI)
Setting 2: Gallons per Minute (GPM)
Setting 3: Degrees Fahrenheit (F)
Setting 4: Cubic Feet per Minute (CFM)
Setting 5: Cubic Meters per Hour (CMH)
Setting 6: Liters per Hour (LPH)
Setting 7: Liters per Second (LPS)
Setting 8: Bar (Bar)
Setting 9: Pascals (Pa)
Setting 10: Degrees Celsius (C)
Setting 11: Meters (Mtr)
Setting 12: Ft (Feet)
Setting 13: Liters per Minute (LPM)
Setting 14: Cubic Meters per Minute (CMM) No unit
Setting 15: Custom Units (Determined by o1-12)
Setting 16: None n o1-10: User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
Determines the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency.
Setting Range
0 to 16
Default
16
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 129
1.10 o: Operator-Related Settings
No.
o1-10
Name
User-Set Display Units Maximum Value
Setting Range
1 to 60000
Default
Determined by o1-03 n o1-11: User-Set Display Units Decimal Display
Determines how many decimal points should be used to set and display the frequency reference.
No.
o1-11
Name
User-Set Display Units Decimal Display
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
Determined by o1-03
Setting 0: No Decimal Point
Setting 1: One Decimal Point
Setting 2: Two Decimal Points
Setting 3: Three Decimal Points n o1-13 to o1-15: Frequency Reference and Frequency Related Monitor Custom Units 1 to 3
Sets the customer specified unit display for the frequency reference parameters and frequency related monitors when o1-03 is set to 3 and o1-09 is set to 15 as custom units.
The custom units consist of three characters selected from o1-13 to o1-15. Each character is selected by ASCII code from
30Hex to 7AHex.
No.
o1-13 o1-14 o1-15
Name
Frequency Reference and Frequency Related Monitor Custom Units 1
Frequency Reference and Frequency Related Monitor Custom Units 2
Frequency Reference and Frequency Related Monitor Custom Units 3
Setting Range
30H to 7AH
Default
41H n o1-16, o1-17: F1/F2 Key Function Selection
The HOA Keypad multi-function keys F1 and F2 can be set for different HVAC specific functions. Selects the functions of the F1/F2 keys and the LCD display text above the F1/F2 keys.
Note: Parameters o1-16 and o1-17 cannot be set to the same value (except for setting 0).
No.
o1-16 o1-17
Name
F1 Key Function Selection
F2 Key Function Selection
Setting 0: Standard
Setting 1: Monitor
Setting 2: Drive/Bypass (DRV/BYP)
Setting 3: Bypass Run (RUN BYP)
Setting 4: Toggle Relay Output (RLY) n o1-18, o1-19: User-Defined Parameter Upper/Lower
Allows the user to set values that can be used as reference information.
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
0
0
No.
o1-18 o1-19
Name
User-Defined Parameter Upper
User-Defined Parameter Lower
Setting Range
0 to 999
Default
0
130 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.10 o: Operator-Related Settings u o2: HOA Keypad Functions
These parameters determine the functions assigned to the operator keys.
n o2-02: OFF Key Function Selection
Determines if the OFF key on the HOA keypad will stop drive operation when the drive is controlled from a remote source
(i.e., not from HOA keypad).
Note: The keypad OFF key is not functional when the drive is in Emergency Override.
No.
o2-02
Name
OFF Key Function Selection
No.
o2-03
Name
User Parameter Default Value
Setting 0: No Change (Awaiting Command)
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
The OFF key will terminate drive operation even if the Run command source is not assigned to the HOA keypad. Cycle the
Run command to restart the drive if the drive has been stopped by pressing the OFF key.
n o2-03: User Parameter Default Value
After completely setting up drive parameters, save the values as user-set defaults with parameter o2-03. After saving the values, parameter A1-03 (Initialize Parameters) will offer the choice of "1110: User Initialize". Selecting 1110 resets all parameters
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 1: Set User Initialize Values
The current parameter settings are saved as user-set default for a later User Initialization. Setting o2-03 to 1 and pressing the
ENTER key saves the values and returns the display to 0.
Setting 2: Clear User Initialize Values
All user-set defaults for “User Initialize” are cleared. Setting o2-03 to 2 and pressing the ENTER key erases the values and returns the display to 0.
n o2-04: Drive Model Selection
for information on drive model selection.
NOTICE: Drive performance will suffer and protective functions will not operate properly if the correct drive capacity is not set to o2-04.
No.
o2-04
Name
Drive Model Selection
Setting Range
-
Default
Determined by drive capacity
Note: Change o2-04 setting only when necessary.
n o2-05: Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection
Determines if the ENTER key must be pressed after changing the frequency reference using the HOA keypad while in Drive
Mode.
No.
o2-05
Name
Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: ENTER Key Required
The ENTER key must be pressed every time the frequency reference is changed using the HOA keypad for the drive to accept the change.
Setting 1: ENTER Key not Required
The output frequency changes immediately when the reference is changed by the up or down arrow keys on the HOA keypad.
The ENTER key does not need to be pressed. The frequency reference (Fref) is saved to memory after remaining unchanged for 5 seconds.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 131
1.10 o: Operator-Related Settings n o2-06: Operation Selection when HOA Keypad is Disconnected
Determines whether the drive will stop when the HOA keypad is removed in HAND mode or when b1-02 or b1-16 is set to
0. When the operator is reconnected, the display will indicate that it was disconnected.
No.
o2-06
Name
Operation Selection when HOA Keypad is Disconnected
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Continue Operation
The operation continues.
Setting 1: Trigger a Fault
The operation stops and triggers an oPr fault. The motor coasts to stop.
n o2-07: Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator
Determines the direction the motor will rotate after the drive is powered up and the Run command is given from the HOA keypad.
Note: This parameter is effective only when the Run command is set to be given from the HOA keypad (b1-02, b1-16 = 0).
No.
o2-07
Name
Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Forward
Setting 1: Reverse n o2-19: Selection of Parameter Write during Uv
Selects whether parameter settings can be changed during a DC bus undervoltage condition. Used with 24 V Power Supply option (PS-A10LB, PS-A10HB).
No.
o2-19
Name
Selection of Parameter Write during Uv
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled u o3: Copy Function
These parameters control the Copy function of the HOA keypad. The Copy function stores parameter settings into the memory of the HOA keypad to facilitate the transfer of those settings to other drives that are the same model, capacity, and same control mode setting.
n o3-01: Copy Function Selection
Instructs the drive to Read, Write, or Verify parameter settings.
No.
o3-01
Name
Copy Function Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Setting 0: Copy Select (No Function)
Setting 1: INV --> OP READ
Copies all parameters from the drive to the HOA keypad.
Note: The copy protection for the HOA keypad is enabled by default. Set o3-01 to 1 to unlock copy protection.
Setting 2: OP --> INV WRITE
Copies all parameters from the HOA keypad to the drive.
Setting 3: OP<-->INV VERIFY
Compares the parameters in the drive with the parameter settings saved on the HOA keypad for matches.
Default
0
132 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.10 o: Operator-Related Settings n o3-02: Copy Allowed Selection
Allows and restricts the use of the Copy function.
No.
o3-02
Name
Copy Allowed Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled u o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings n o4-01: Cumulative Operation Time Setting
Sets the cumulative operation time of the drive. The user can also manually set this parameter to begin keeping track of operation time from some desired value. Total operation time can be viewed in monitor U4-01.
Note: The value in o4-01 is set in 10 h units. For example, a setting of 30 will set the cumulative operation time counter to 300 h. 300 h will also be displayed in monitor U4-01.
No.
o4-01
Name
Cumulative Operation Time Setting
Setting Range
0 to 9999 h
Default
0 h n o4-02: Cumulative Operation Time Selection
Selects the conditions for how the drive keeps track of its total operation time. This time log can be viewed in monitor U4-01.
No.
o4-02
Name
Cumulative Operation Time Selection
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Power on Time
The drive logs the time it is connected to a power supply, regardless of whether the motor is running.
Setting 1: Run Time
The drive logs the time that the output is active including when the Run command is active (even if the motor is not rotating) and when there is voltage output.
n o4-03: Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting
Sets the value for how long the cooling fan has been operating. This value can be viewed in monitor U4-03. Parameter o4-03 also sets the base value used for the cooling fan maintenance, which is displayed in U4-04. Reset this parameter to 0 after replacing the cooling fan.
Note: 1.
The value in o4-03 increases after every 10 hours of use. A setting of 30 will set the cooling fan operation time counter to 300 h. “300” will be displayed in monitor U4-03.
2.
The cooling fan may require maintenance at an earlier date in harsher environments.
No.
o4-03
Name
Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting
Setting Range
0 to 9999 h
Default
0 h n o4-05: Capacitor Maintenance Setting
Sets value of the maintenance monitor for the DC bus capacitors displayed in U4-05 as a percentage of the total expected performance life. Reset this value to 0 after replacing the DC bus capacitors.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.
No.
o4-05
Name
Capacitor Maintenance Setting
Setting Range
0 to 150%
Default
0% n o4-07: DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay Maintenance Setting
Sets the value of the softcharge bypass relay maintenance time displayed in U4-06 as a percentage of the total expected performance life. Reset this value to 0 after replacing the bypass relay.
Note: The actual maintenance time will depend on the environment where the drive is used.
No.
o4-07
Name
DC Bus Pre-charge Relay Maintenance Setting
Setting Range
0 to 150%
Default
0%
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 133
1.10 o: Operator-Related Settings n o4-11: U2, U3 Initialization
Resets the fault trace and fault history monitors (U2oo and U3oo ).
Note: Initializing the drive using A1-03 does not reset these monitors.
No.
o4-11
Name
U2, U3 Initialization
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: No Action
The drive keeps the previously saved record concerning fault trace and fault history.
Setting 1: Reset Fault Data
Resets the data for the U2oo and U3oo monitors. Setting o4-11 to 1 and pressing the ENTER key erases fault data and returns the display to 0.
n o4-12: kWh Monitor Initialization
Manually resets kWh monitors U4-10 and U4-11. Initializing the drive or cycling the power will not reset these monitors.
No.
o4-12
Name kWh Monitor Initialization
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: No Action
The kWh data are maintained.
Setting 1: Reset kWh Data
Resets the kWh counter. The monitors U4-10 and U4-11 will display “0” after they are initialized. Setting o4-12 to 1 and pressing the ENTER erases kWh data and returns the display to 0.
n o4-13: Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization
Resets the Run command counter displayed in U4-02. Initializing the drive or cycling the power does not reset this monitor.
No.
o4-13
Name
Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
Setting 0: No Action
The Run command data are kept.
Setting 1: Number of Run Commands Counter
Resets the Run command counter. The monitor U4-02 will show 0. Setting o4-13 to 1 and pressing the ENTER key erases the counter value and returns the display to 0.
n o4-17: Set/Reset Real Time Clock
The time setting screen will appear.
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
LCD Display Name Description Values o4-17
(3100)
Set Time
0: — —
1: Set
2: Reset
Set/Reset Real Time
Clock
Sets the current date and time for the Real Time Clock.
0: — — No Setting
1: Real Time Clock Set
2: Real Time Clock Reset
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Setting 0: — —
No Setting
Setting 1: Set
The HOA keypad shows the Clock Adjustment display. In Clock Adjustment Mode the user can adjust the Real Time Clock.
Setting 2: Reset
The Real-Time Clock data is cleared. A TIM fault will occur until o4-17 is set to 1 to set the Real Time Clock.
134 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.11 S: Special Parameters
1.11 S: Special Parameters u S1: Dynamic Audible Noise Control Function
The Dynamic Audible Noise Control Function reduces audible noise by suppressing the output voltage.
This function is available when using V/f Control mode and can help to quickly restore output voltage after an impact has caused a sudden increase in the time constant. Dynamic Audible Noise Control is useful in applications where load impact is common.
Energy Saving (b8-01 = 1) and Dynamic Audible Noise Control (S1-01 = 1) cannot be used simultaneously.
Procedure
1.
Set S1-01 to 1 to enable Dynamic Audible Noise Control.
Note: 1.
When S1-01 is set to 1, the tolerance to impact loading is reduced when compared to V/f Control (without Energy
Saving).
2.
Disable Dynamic Audible Noise Control for applications without an impact load.
2.
Responsiveness is increased because the addition of a load causes the level of the current to rise.
Increase the value of S1-02. The flux will become stronger and the torque will rise, but load movement will be minimized by the Dynamic Audible Noise Control function.
Set S1-03 and S1-04 to a small value. Voltage is recovered quicker during impact load conditions. Under certain conditions voltage stability may become poor.
Lower the value of S1-05. The voltage level will drop and speed up voltage restoration when the load is increased.
3.
Increase the value of S1-03 to increase the effectiveness of Dynamic Audible Noise Control if the output voltage remains high.
4.
Decrease the value of S1-06 to increase drive response to an impact load.
5.
When the output voltage is unstable, increase the difference between S1-03 and S1-04 and increase S1-05 and S1-06 to slow the load response.
n S1-01: Dynamic Audible Noise Control Selection
Reduces audible noise by decreasing the output voltage in variable torque applications with light loads.
Note: Setting b8-01 to 1 and S1-01 to 1 will trigger an oPE16 error.
No.
S1-01
Name
Dynamic Audible Noise Control Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled n S1-02: Voltage Reduction Rate
Sets the rate at which the output voltage will be reduced as a percentage of the V/f pattern when operating with no load.
No.
S1-02
Name
Voltage Reduction Rate
Setting Range
50.0 to 100.0%
Default
50.0% n S1-03: Voltage Restoration Level
Sets the level when the drive should start restoring the voltage as a percentage of the drive rated torque.
The voltage is reduced when the torque output has decreased to the level set in S1-03.
The method used to reduce the voltage level is selected in accordance with the characteristics of the voltage reduction rate defined by the S1-03 and S1-04 settings.
Note: Setting S1-04 to a value less than that of S1-03 + 10.0 will trigger an oPE02 error.
No.
S1-03
Name
Voltage Restoration Level
Setting Range
0.0 to 90.0%
Default
20.0%
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 135
1.11 S: Special Parameters n S1-04: Voltage Restoration Complete Level
Sets the level at which voltage restoration for the V/f pattern is complete as a percentage of the drive rated torque. If the output torque rises above the value of S1-04, then the voltage will be controlled in a manner specified by the V/f pattern setting.
Note: Setting S1-04 to a value less than that of S1-03 + 10.0 will trigger an oPE02 error.
No.
S1-04
Name
Voltage Restoration Complete Level
Setting Range
S1-03 + 10.0 to 100.0%
Default
50.0% n S1-05: Voltage Restoration Sensitivity Time Constant
Sets the level of sensitivity of the output torque as well as that of the LPF time constant for the voltage reduction rate. The level of sensitivity can be adjusted in accordance with the load response.
The LPF time constant is used to calculate the value of the output torque sensitivity time constant.
The voltage reduction rate is based on the torque output. Select LPF to prevent voltage fluctuation.
The Dynamic Audible Noise Control Function outputs the rate of voltage reduction as a percentage within the allowable range
(Max: 100%, Min: S1-02 value).
No.
S1-05
Name
Voltage Restoration Sensitivity Time Constant
Setting Range
0.000 to 3.000 s
Default
1.000 s n S1-06: Voltage Restoration Time Constant at Impact
Sets the voltage restoration time constant if an impact load is added.
Sets the time constant that enables the voltage level to rise if the speed suddenly changes upon impact.
No.
S1-06
Name
Voltage Restoration Time Constant at Impact
Setting Range
0.000 to 1.000 s
Default
0.050 s u S2: Sequence Timers n Programmable Run Timers for Real Time Clock (RTC)
Programmable run timers allow the drive to start and stop automatically at specified times. The timers can be configured to run daily, on weekdays, on weekends, or only on specific days of the week.
Sequence Timer 1
When the current time reaches the value set in parameter S2-01 (Sequence Timer 1 Start Time), the drive will execute the action set in parameter S2-04 (Sequence Timer 1 Selection), provided the current day is selected via S2-03 (Sequence Timer
1 Day Selection). The drive will stop executing the S2-04 action when the S2-02 (Sequence Timer 1 Stop Time) is reached.
When S2-04 = 0 or the Disable Sequence Timers multi-function input (H1oo = 50) is closed, Sequence Timer 1 has no effect on the drive Run command. The drive runs normally based on the status of the selected run source (b1-02/b1-16). If S2-04 =
1 or 2 and the Disable Sequence Timers input is open, the drive will run during the Sequence Timer 1 active time, provided the drive has a valid Run command. The frequency reference that is used is set by S2-05 (Sequence Timer 1 Reference Source).
When S2-04 = 2, PI control is disabled.
If the Cancel Active Sequence Timer multi-function input (H1oo = 51) transitions from open to closed while Sequence
Timer 1 is active, the timer will be disabled until the next scheduled sequence timer occurrence. Sequence Timer 1 can be reenabled by cycling the drive Run command. The Sequence Timer 1 multi-function output (H2oo = 50) will close while
Sequence Timer 1 is active regardless of the S2-04 selection.
When S2-01 = S2-02, Sequence Timer 1 is active continuously for the days selected in S2-03. The timer will start at the S2-01/
S2-02 time on the first day and stop at the same time on the last day. If only one day is selected in S2-03, the timer will stop at 11:59 on that day.
When S2-04 = 1 or 2, Sequence Timer 1 is active and the drive is running, the HOA Keypad will display “Sequence Timer 1
RUN”. When the drive has a run command, S2-04 = 1 or 2 and Sequence Timer 1 is not active, the HOA Keypad will display
“Sequence Timer OFF”.
When the drive has a run command, S2-04 = 1 or 2 and Sequence Timer 1 is not active, the drive should not fault on undervoltage or overvoltage conditions (should be Alarm only).
Note: When S2-03 > 0 and the HOA keypad is disconnected, an oPr fault will be triggered, regardless of the setting of o2-06 (Operation Selection when Digital Operator is Disconnected).
136 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.11 S: Special Parameters
8:00
9:00
10:00
11:00
12:00
13:00
14:00
15:00
0:00
1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
5:00
6:00
7:00
16:00
17:00
18:00
19:00
20:00
21:00
22:00
23:00
Sequence Timers 2 to 4
These timers operate identically to Sequence Timer 1. Parameters S2-06 to S2-20 configure Sequence Timers 2 to 4.
Priority
If multiple sequence timers overlap, the timer with the lowest number has priority.
Sequence Timer 1 = highest priority
Sequence Timer 4 = lowest priority
Examples of Sequence Timers
If multiple sequence timers overlap, the timer with the lowest number has priority.
Sequence Timer 1 = highest priority
Sequence Timer 4 = lowest priority
Mon Tue Wed Thur Fri Sat Sun
8:00
9:00
10:00
11:00
12:00
13:00
14:00
15:00
0:00
1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
5:00
6:00
7:00
16:00
17:00
18:00
19:00
20:00
21:00
22:00
23:00
Sequence Timer 1
Run at d1-01
Sequence Timer 2
Run at d1-02 with PI control disabled
Sequence Timer 3
Run at d1-03
Sequence Timer 4
Activate Sequence
Timer 4 digital output
Figure 1.72 Sequence Timer Example 1
Mon Tue Wed Thur Fri Sat Sun
Sequence Timer 1
Run at d1-01
Sequence Timer 2
Run at d1-03
Sequence Timer 2
(cont.)
Figure 1.73 Sequence Timer Example 2
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 137
1.11 S: Special Parameters
Mon Tue Wed Thur Fri Sat Sun
8:00
9:00
10:00
11:00
12:00
13:00
14:00
15:00
0:00
1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
5:00
6:00
7:00
16:00
17:00
18:00
19:00
20:00
21:00
22:00
23:00
Sequence Timer 1
Run at d1-01
Sequence Timer 2
Run at d1-02 with PI control disabled
Sequence Timer 3
Run at d1-03
Figure 1.74 Sequence Timer Example 3 n S2-01/S2-06/S2-11/S2-16: Sequence Timers 1 to 4 Start Time
Sets the start times for timers 1 to 4.
If the Stop Time is set to a higher value than the Start Time, the Sequence Timers will be active starting from the set Start
Time, run through midnight, and stop the following day at the set Stop Time.
Note: Setting the sequence timer start time to a higher value than the sequence timer stop time disables that sequence timer in drive software versions PRG: 8551 and earlier.
No.
S2-01
S2-06
S2-11
S2-16
Name
Sequence Timer 1 Start Time
Sequence Timer 2 Start Time
Sequence Timer 3 Start Time
Sequence Timer 4 Start Time
<1> Default is 00:00 and range is 00:00 to 24:00 when o4-20 is set to 1 (24-hour).
Setting Range
12:00AM to 11:59PM <1>
12:00AM to 11:59PM <1>
12:00AM to 11:59PM <1>
12:00AM to 11:59PM <1> n S2-02/S2-07/S2-12/S2-17: Sequence Timers 1 to 4 Stop Time
Sets the stop times for timers 1 to 4. The values must be set greater than or equal to S2-01/S2-06/S2-11/S2-16.
Default
12:00AM <1>
12:00AM <1>
12:00AM <1>
12:00AM <1>
No.
S2-02
S2-07
S2-12
S2-17
Name
Sequence Timer 1 Stop Time
Sequence Timer 2 Stop Time
Sequence Timer 3 Stop Time
Sequence Timer 4 Stop Time
Setting Range
00:00 to 24:00
00:00 to 24:00
00:00 to 24:00
00:00 to 24:00
Default
00:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
138 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.11 S: Special Parameters n S2-03/S2-08/S2-13/S2-18: Sequence Timers 1 to 4 Day Selection
Sets the days for which sequence timers 1 to 4 are active.
No.
S2-03
S2-08
S2-13
S2-18
Name
Sequence Timer 1 Day Selection
Sequence Timer 2 Day Selection
Sequence Timer 3 Day Selection
Sequence Timer 4 Day Selection
Setting 0: Timer Disabled
Setting 1: Daily
Setting 2: Mon - Fri
Setting 3: Sat - Sun
Setting 4: Monday
Setting 5: Tuesday
Setting 6: Wednesday
Setting 7: Thursday
Setting 8: Friday
Setting 9: Saturday
Setting 10: Sunday n S2-04/S2-09/S2-14/S2-19: Sequence Timers 1/2/3/4 Selection
Sets the action that occurs when sequence timers 1 to 4 are active.
Note: 1.
Setting 3 is available in drive software versions PRG: 8552 and later.
2.
Setting 3 is not available in drive models 4A0930 and 4A1200.
Setting Range
0 to 10
0 to 10
0 to 10
0 to 10
Default
0
0
0
0
No.
S2-04
S2-09
S2-14
S2-19
Name
Sequence Timer 1 Selection
Sequence Timer 2 Selection
Sequence Timer 3 Selection
Sequence Timer 4 Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
0 to 3
Default
0
0
0
0
Setting 0: Digital Output Only
Setting 1: Run
Setting 2: Run - PI Disable
Setting 3: Allow Alternation
When Sequence Selection is set to Allow Alternation and that timer is enabled (S2-03, S2-08, S2-13, S2-18 > 0), the drive will only allow MEMOBUS alternation to occur during the time specified in the corresponding Sequence Timer. Alternation is disabled when the timer deactivates.
n S2-05/S2-10/S2-15/S2-20: Sequence Timers 1/2/3/4 Reference Source
Selects the frequency reference source used for running the drive when sequence timers 1 to 4 are active (only applicable when
S2-04/S2-09/S2-14/S2-19 are set to 1 or 2).
Note: H1oo = 12/13 overrides these sequence timer run sources in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later.
No.
S2-05
S2-10
S2-15
S2-20
Name
Sequence Timer 1 Reference Source
Sequence Timer 2 Reference Source
Sequence Timer 3 Reference Source
Sequence Timer 4 Reference Source
Setting Range
0 to 6
0 to 6
0 to 6
0 to 6
Default
0
0
0
0
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 139
1.11 S: Special Parameters
Setting 0: Operator (d1-01)
Setting 1: Operator (d1-02)
Setting 2: Operator (d1-03)
Setting 3: Operator (d1-04)
Setting 4: Terminals
Setting 5: Serial Communication
Setting 6: Option Card u S3: Secondary PI (PI2) Control
The drive has a built in PI (Proportional + Integral) controller that can be used for closed loop control of system variables such as pressure or temperature. The difference between the target and the feedback value (deviation) is fed into the PI controller and the PI controller outputs the frequency to U5oo
for monitoring. Refer to b5: PI Control on page 37
for details.
S3-05
PI Setpoint
2
1
0
S3-12
Lower Limit:
S3-10
PI2 Output Lower Limit
Terminal A2
H3-10=25
MEMOBUS DH
PI2 Setpoint
MEMOBUS
000FH bit 4 = 1
U5-17
PI2 Setpoint
Terminal A2
+
-
H3-10=26
U5-19
PI2 Input
PI2 P Gain
S3-06
-1
PI2 Invert
Multi-function
Input Closed
S3-10 = 0
-1
S3-10 = 1
PI2
Integral
Hold Multifunction
Input
PI2 I Time
1
S3-07
+
+
S3-08
PI2 I Limit
<1>
PI2 Integral
Reset Multi-
Function Input
+
+
Upper Limit:
S3-09
PI2 Output Upper
Limit z -1
U5-20
PI2 Output
Lower Limit:
S3-10
PI2 Output Lower Limit
PI2 Disable
Multi-function
Input
<2>
U5-18
PI2 Feedback
<1> Actual integral limit is calculated as follows:
Upper limit = Min (S3-08, S3-09 - PI2 P portion)
Lower limit = Min (-S3-08, S3-10 - PI2 P portion)
<2> When PI2 Disable multi-function input is closed, set PI Integrator as follows:
S3-12 = 1: PI I Value = S3-10
S3-12 = 2: PI I Value = S3-05
Figure 1.75 PI2 Block Diagram n S3-01: Secondary PI Enable Selection
Determines when the secondary PI controller is enabled.
No.
S3-01
Name
Secondary PI Enable Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Setting 0: Secondary PI Disabled
Setting 1: Always
Setting 2: Drive Running
Setting 3: Motor Running
Available when the drive is not at zero speed, not in base block, and not in DC injection.
n S3-02: Secondary PI User Display
Sets the scale value of 100% PI input. The decimal place shifts based on S3-03.
No.
S3-02
<1> Unit is determined by S3-03.
Name
Secondary PI User Display
Setting Range
0 to 60000
Default
0
Default
1000 <1>
140 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.11 S: Special Parameters n S3-03: Secondary PI Display Digits
Sets the decimal place display for secondary PI units.
No.
S3-03
Name
Secondary PI Display Digits
Setting 0: No Decimal Places
Setting 1: One Decimal Place
Setting 2: Two Decimal Places
Setting 3: Three Decimal Places n S3-04: Secondary PI Unit Selection
Sets units for secondary PI control function.
Setting Range
0 to 3
No.
S3-04
Name
Secondary PI Unit Selection
Setting 0: Inch of Water (WC)
Setting 1: Pounds per Square Inch (PSI)
Setting 2: Gallons per Minute (GPM)
Setting 3: Degrees Fahrenheit (F)
Setting 4: Cubic Feet per Minute (CFM)
Setting 5: Cubic Meters per Hour (CMH)
Setting 6: Liters per Hour (LPH)
Setting 7: Liters per Second (LPS)
Setting 8: Bar (Bar)
Setting 9: Pascals (Pa)
Setting 10: Degrees Celsius (C)
Setting 11: Meters (Mtr) (Ft: Feet)
Setting 12: Liters per Minute (LPM)
Setting 13: Cubic Meters per Minute (CMM)
Setting 14: No Unit
Setting 15: Percentage (%) n S3-05: Secondary PI Setpoint Value
Sets the secondary PI controller target value
Setting Range
0 to 15
No.
S3-05
Name
Secondary PI Setpoint Value
<1> Upper limit is S3-02, decimal place holder is determined by S3-03.
<2> Unit is determined by S3-04.
Setting Range
0.00 to 600.00
<1> n S3-06: Secondary PI Proportional Gain Setting
Sets the proportional gain of the secondary PI controller. A setting of 0.00 disables P control.
No.
S3-06
Name
Secondary PI Proportional Gain Setting
Setting Range
0.00 to 25.00
n S3-07: Secondary PI Integral Time Setting
Sets the integral time for the secondary PI controller. A setting of 0.0s disables integral control.
No.
S3-07
Name
Secondary PI Integral Time Setting
Setting Range
0.0 to 360.0 s
Default
2
Default
15
Default
0.00
<2>
Default
1.00
Default
1.0 s
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 141
1.11 S: Special Parameters n S3-08: Secondary PI Integral Limit Setting
Sets the maximum output possible from the integrator.
No.
S3-08
Name
Secondary PI Integral Limit Setting n S3-09: Secondary PI Output Upper Limit
Sets the maximum output possible from the secondary PI controller.
No.
S3-09
Name
Secondary PI Output Upper Limit n S3-10: Secondary PI Output Lower Limit
Sets the minimum output possible from the secondary PI controller.
No.
S3-10
Name
Secondary PI Output Lower Limit n S3-11: Secondary PI Output Level Selection
Sets the secondary PI controller output direction.
No.
S3-11
Name
Secondary PI Output Level Selection
Setting 0: Normal Output (Direct Acting)
Setting 1: Reverse Output (Reverse Acting) n S3-12: Secondary PI Disable Mode
Selects the secondary PI controller output when disabled.
No.
S3-12
Name
Secondary PI Disable Mode
Setting 0: No Output (0%)
Setting 1: Lower Limit (S3-10)
Setting 2: Setpoint n S3-13: Secondary PI Low Feedback Detection Level
Sets the secondary PI low feedback detection level.
No.
S3-13
Name
Secondary PI Low Feedback Detection Level
<1> Upper limit is S3-02, decimal place holder is determined by S3-03.
<2> Unit is determined by S3-04.
Setting Range
0.0 to 100.0%
Setting Range
0 to 100.0%
Setting Range
-100.00 to 100.00
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
100.0%
Default
100.0%
Default
0.00%
Default
0
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting Range
0.00 to 600.00
<1>
Default
0.00
<2>
142 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.11 S: Special Parameters
S3-13
PI2 Low Feedback
Detection Level
PI2 Feedback
(U5-18)
+
-
PI2 disabled
S3-17 = 0
S3-14
PI2 Low Feedback
Detection Time
On-delay
Timer
S3-16
PI2 High Feedback
Detection Time
On-delay
Timer
False
True
Multi-function output
H2oo = 71
PI2 Feedback Low
S3-15
PI2 High Feedback
Detection Level
+
-
False
True
Multi-function output
H2oo = 72
PI2 Feedback Low
Figure 1.76 PI Low Feedback Detection Level n S3-14: Secondary PI Low Feedback Detection Time
Sets the secondary PI low feedback detection delay time in seconds.
No.
S3-14
Name
Secondary PI Low Feedback Detection Time n S3-15: Secondary PI High Feedback Level
Sets the secondary PI high feedback detection level.
No.
S3-15
Name
Secondary PI High Feedback Level
<1> Upper limit is S3-02, decimal place holder is determined by S3-03.
<2> Unit is determined by S3-04.
n S3-16: Secondary PI High Feedback Detection Time
Sets the secondary PI high feedback detection delay time in seconds.
No.
S3-16
Name
Secondary PI High Feedback Detection Time n S3-17: Secondary PI Feedback Detection Selection
Selects when secondary PI controller low and high feedback detection is active.
No.
S3-17
Setting 0: Secondary PI Enabled
Setting 1: Always
Name
Secondary PI Feedback Detection Selection
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Setting Range
0.00 to 600.00
<1>
Setting Range
0.0 to 25.5 s
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1.0 s
Default
300.0
<2>
Default
1.0 s
Default
0
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 143
1.11 S: Special Parameters u S4: Bypass Operation
The Drive/Bypass functionality allows the drive to control contactors that switch the motor voltage source between the drive and line voltage. A digital input can force the drive to go into Bypass mode and cause the motor to run on line voltage (full speed).
A second digital input (override) will run the motor on line voltage provided that dampers open feedback is present. The drive can switch to running the motor on line voltage if a fault occurs in the drive and also be configured to switch to Bypass for energy saving purposes if it is running near full speed for a set amount of time.
n Enabling Programmable Bypass Logic
The programmable bypass logic is enabled when the following digital inputs are assigned: A4 (Emergency Override), A5 (BP
Drive/Bypass Select), and A7 (BP Customer Safeties), and the following digital outputs are assigned:
A4 (BP Drive Relay Contact), and A5 (BP Bypass Relay Contact)
Note: 1.
If o1-16 or o1-17 are set to 2 (Drive/Bypass), it is not necessary to set digital output A5.
2.
If o1-16 or o1-17 are set to 3 (Bypass Run Command), it is not necessary to set digital output 84.
When Bypass functionality is enabled, the drive can allow the motor to run off of line voltage instead of the drive output. The drive will only run in Drive or Bypass mode if a Run command is entered. The drive must also be configured to 2-Wire control to enable Bypass functionality. Each time the drive performs a switch from Drive mode to Bypass mode it will follow the procedure outlined below.
Immediate Transfer to Bypass
Three conditions: Emergency Override (Smoke Purge), Transfer on Fault Required, and Energy Saving Transfer, require the drive to perform an immediate transfer to bypass.
To protect system hardware, this transfer cannot happen instantly. When an immediate transfer is required, the drive will block the output. After the L2-03 time (Minimum Baseblock Time) elapses, the BP Drive Relay Contact opens to disconnect the drive from the motor. The drive then allows the Minimum Baseblock Time (L2-03) to elapse before closing the BP Bypass
Relay Contact. This causes the motor to operate on line voltage.
This process ensures that any residual field present in the motor is allowed to dissipate before the voltage source is changed.
Transfer to Drive Operation
When this occurs, the drive will open the BP Bypass Relay Contact, wait until the Minimum Baseblock Time (L2-03) elapses, close the BP Drive Relay Contact and wait for the L2-03 time to elapse again. After the drive is connected to the motor, it will remove the Baseblock condition, perform a speed search, catch the spinning motor, and ramp to the desired output frequency.
n Programmable Bypass Logic
When the Drive/Bypass MFDI (H1oo = A5) is closed and a Run command is entered, the drive switches to Drive mode
and allows the drive to run the motor. Refer to Transfer to Drive Operation on page 144
for details.
If the Drive/Bypass Select digital input is opened and the Bypass Run command is given, the drive switches to Bypass mode and allows the motor to run on line voltage.
Refer to Immediate Transfer to Bypass on page 144
for details.
When Drive/Bypass MFDI (H1oo = A5) is open, but no Run command is present, the HOA keypad displays “Bypass Select
Off”.
When Drive/Bypass MFDI (H1oo = A5) is open and the BP Bypass Relay Contact is closed, the HOA keypad displays
“Bypass Select Run”.
When o1-16 or o1-17 is set to 2 (Drive/Bypass), the HOA keypad DRV/BYP multi-function key selects the bypass operating mode instead of the Drive/Bypass MFDI.
When o1-16 or o1-17 is set to 3 (Bypass Run Command), the HOA keypad RUN BYP multi-function key is used to run in
Bypass mode instead of the Bypass Run Command MFDI.
Safety Circuit
The Customer Safeties Relay must to be closed for drive or bypass operation to be functional. If the Customer Safeties Relay is open, the drive will not run in Drive or Bypass mode.
The Customer Safeties Alarm “SAFE Customer Safety” displays when the BP Customer Safeties MFDI (H1oo = A7) is open.
144 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.11 S: Special Parameters
Fwd Run
Bypass Run
Drive Enable-Customer
Safeties
Override (Smoke Purge)
Drive/Bypass Select
BAS Interlock
BP Drive Relay Contact
Output
BP Bypass Relay Contact
Output
BP BAS Interlock Contact
Output
Output Frequency
Speed
Search
Occurs
L2-03
Figure 1.77 Transfer to Bypass and Safety Circuit
Emergency Override
Transfer to Bypass on page 144
for details.
If programmed, the BP BAS Interlock Relay Contact will close before the transfer occurs. During the transfer process, and if
BAS Interlocks are present, the BAS Interlock Input MFDI must be closed before the drive will close the bypass contactor to run the motor on line voltage.
When the Emergency Override MFDI is closed, the state of BP Drive/Bypass Select MFDI, Run command, Bypass Run command and BP Customer Safeties MFDI have no impact on the operation of the system. When Emergency Override opens, the drive operates based on the other digital input commands. If the drive is commanded to run, the drive will perform the switch.
Refer to Transfer to Drive Operation on page 144 for details.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 145
1.11 S: Special Parameters
Fwd Run
Bypass Run
Drive Enable-Customer
Safeties
Override (Smoke Purge)
Drive/Bypass Select
BAS Interlock
BP Drive Relay Contact
Output
BP Bypass Relay Contact
Output
BP BAS Interlock Contact
Output
Output Frequency
L2-03
Figure 1.78 Emergency Override
Speed
Search
Occurs
L2-03
146 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.11 S: Special Parameters
Fwd Run
Bypass Run
Drive Enable-Customer
Safeties
Override (Smoke Purge)
Drive/Bypass Select
BAS Interlock
BP Drive Relay Contact
Output
BP Bypass Relay Contact
Output
BP BAS Interlock Contact
Output
Speed
Search
Occurs
Output Frequency
L2-03 L2-03
Figure 1.79 BAS Interlock
L2-03
Transfer on Fault
When the bypass functionality is enabled and the BP Auto Transfer on Fault Enable (S4-01) is enabled, the drive can perform a transfer to bypass upon a drive fault. If the drive is running when a fault occurs, an immediate transfer to bypass will occur.
Refer to Immediate Transfer to Bypass on page 144
for details.
The drive will keep the BP Bypass Relay Contact closed until the run command is removed, the BP Customer Safeties is opened, or the BAS Interlock Input MFDI is programmed and opens. When the fault is manually reset, the drive performs the switch.
Refer to Transfer to Drive Operation on page 144
for details.
This functionality also requires that Auto-Restart Retries is set to zero (L5-01 = 0) to ensure that the drive does not attempt an automatic fault retry.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 147
1.11 S: Special Parameters
Fwd Run
Bypass Run
Drive Enable-Customer
Safeties
Override (Smoke Purge)
Drive/Bypass Select
BAS Interlock
BP Drive Relay Contact
Output
BP Bypass Relay Contact
Output
BP BAS Interlock Contact
Output
Output Frequency
Speed
Search
Occurs
Drive Fault
Drive
Fault
Occurs
L2-03
Drive
Fault
Cleared
L2-03
Figure 1.80 Transfer on Fault
Energy Savings Mode
When the BP Energy Save Bypass Trigger Level (S4-02) is greater than 0, the Energy Savings Mode is enabled. If the drive is running at a speed, as determined by SFS output equal to or greater than Maximum Output Frequency minus BP Energy
Save Bypass Trigger Level (E1-04 - S4-02) for the time specified in BP Energy Save Bypass Timer (S4-03), the drive output frequency ramps to Maximum Output Frequency plus BP Energy Save Bypass Speed Increase (E1-04 + S4-04).
When the SFS output frequency is equal to Maximum Output Frequency plus BP Energy Save Bypass Speed Increase (E1-04
+ S4-04), the drive will perform an immediate transfer to bypass.
Refer to Immediate Transfer to Bypass on page 144 for
details.
The drive will continue to run on line voltage until the frequency command drops below E1-04 - S4-02 (Maximum Output
The BP BAS Interlock Open message will display when the drive is waiting for the BAS feedback before issuing an internal
Run command or closing the BP Bypass Relay Contact.
148 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.11 S: Special Parameters
Fwd Run
Bypass Run
Drive Enable-Customer
Safeties
Override (Smoke Purge)
Drive/Bypass Select
BAS Interlock
BP Drive Relay Contact
Output
BP Bypass Relay Contact
Output
BP BAS Interlock Contact
Output
SFS Output Frequency
<1>
<2>
Speed
Search
Occurs
S4-03
BP Energy Save
L2-03
Bypass Timer
L2-03
Frequency Commanded to less than
E1-04 minus S4-02 (BP Energy Save
Bypass Trigger Level)
<1> E1-04 minus S4-02 (BP Energy Save Bypass Trigger Level)
<2> E1-04 plus S4-04 (BP Energy Save Bypass Speed Increase)
Figure 1.81 Energy Savings Mode n S4-01: BP Auto Transfer on Fault Enable
Enables Auto-Transfer when a fault occurs.
No.
S4-01
Name
BP Auto Transfer on Fault Enable
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: No Transfer after Fault
Setting 1: Transfer to Bypass after Fault n S4-02: BP Energy Save Bypass Trigger Level
Delta used to determine when to switch into Energy Save Bypass. This allows for lower frequency output values to also trigger
Energy Save Bypass functionality. A transfer to bypass occurs after the drive reaches the programmed output frequency (E1-04 to S4-02) for the time specified in the BP Energy Save Bypass Timer (S4-03). Additionally, if frequency input is set below
E1-04 to S4-02, the drive exits Energy Save Bypass. Setting S4-02 to 0 disables Energy Save Bypass functionality.
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 149
1.11 S: Special Parameters
No.
S4-02
Name
BP Energy Save Bypass Trigger Level
Setting Range
0 to 20 Hz
Default
0 Hz n S4-03: BP Energy Save Bypass Timer
Sets the time in seconds that the drive should run at the specified speed before entering Energy Save Bypass mode.
No.
S4-03
Name
BP Energy Save Bypass Timer
Setting Range
10 to 60000 s
Default
60 s n S4-04: BP Energy Save Bypass Speed Increase
Sets the value in Hz that the drive will increase the output frequency above E1-04 before performing an Energy Save transfer to bypass.
No.
S4-04
Name
BP Energy Save Bypass Speed Increase
Setting Range
0 to 10 Hz
Default
6 Hz u S5: HOA Keypad Parameters n S5-01: HAND Frequency Reference Selection
Selects the speed command input source in HAND mode.
No.
S5-01
Name
HAND Frequency Reference Selection
Setting Range
0 to 4
Setting 0: HOA Keypad
Setting 1: Terminals
Setting 2: d1-16
Setting 3: S5-05
Setting 4: Determined by b1-01 n S5-02: HAND/AUTO During Run Selection
Selects if drive will permit switching between HAND and AUTO modes while running.
No.
S5-02
Name
HAND/AUTO During Run Selection
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled n S5-03: HAND Mode PI Selection
Selects whether PI control is enabled or disabled when in HAND mode.
Setting Range
0 or 1
Setting Range
0 or 1
No.
S5-03
Name
HAND Mode PI Selection
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled n S5-04: HAND Mode Behavior Selection
Selects the behavior of HAND mode.
No.
S5-04
Name
HAND Mode Behavior Selection
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Default
1
Default
1
Default
1
150 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.11 S: Special Parameters
Setting 0: Legacy Operation Mode
When S5-04 = 0 (Legacy operation mode), the HAND/OFF/AUTO functionality for both the HOA keypad and multifunction inputs.
Setting 1: Normal Operation Mode
When S5-04 = 1 (Normal operation mode), the functionality is as follows:
• AUTO mode: Drive frequency reference and run command are based on b1-01/b1-02.
• OFF mode: Drive is stopped and cannot run (except via Emergency Override multi-function input). Frequency reference is based on b1-01.
• HAND mode: Drive runs at frequency reference selected via S5-01.
The AUTO, OFF and HAND states are selected either via the HOA keypad or multi-function inputs.
Parameter S5-01 selects the HAND mode frequency reference source. When S5-01 is set to 2, d1-16 is used as the HAND mode reference. When S5-01 is set to 3, S5-05 is used. When S5-01 is set to 4, the frequency reference selected via b1-01 is used as the HAND mode reference.
The only difference between d1-16 and S5-05 is that the unit for d1-16 changes based on o1-03, o1-10 and o1-11. However, the unit for S5-05 is fixed at Hz.
Parameter S5-03 selects whether PI control is enabled or disabled in HAND mode.
Note: The drive will always be in AUTO mode at power up with S5-04 = 1.
AUTO Mode Selection
(H1oo = 6D)
Open
Open
Closed
Closed
Table 1.31 HAND/AUTO Multi-Function Inputs, Standard Behavior (S5-04 = 1 or 2)
HAND Mode Selection
(H1oo = 6E)
Open
Closed
Open
Closed
Operation Mode
OFF
HAND
AUTO
OFF
Frequency Reference
Based on b1-01
Based on S5-01
Based on b1-01
Based on b1-01
Run Command
OFF
OFF
Based on b1-02
OFF
When the AUTO and HAND multi-function inputs (setting 6D and 6E) are used, the HAND and AUTO keys on the HOA keypad do not function.
If S5-04 is set to 1 or 2, the AUTO and HAND multi-function inputs (setting 6D and 6E) can only be used together or an oPE03 error will occur.
S5-02 = 1 AND
AUTO key
AUTO
Fref via b1-01
Run via b1-02
OFF key
AUTO key
S5-02 = 1 AND
HAND key
OFF
Fref via b1-01
Run Off
HAND
Fref via S5-01
Run On
HAND key
OFF key
Figure 1.82 Standard Behavior (S5-04 = 1 or 2)
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 151
1.11 S: Special Parameters
AUTO Mode Selection
(H1oo = 6D)
Table 1.32 HAND/AUTO Multi-Function Inputs, Legacy Behavior (S5-04 = 0)
HAND Mode Selection
(H1oo = 6E)
Frequency Reference Run Command
Open
Closed
-
-
-
-
Open
Closed
Based on S5-01
Based on b1-01
Based on b1-01
Based on S5-01
Based on b1-02
If S5-04 is set to 0, the AUTO and HAND multi-function inputs (setting 6D and 6E) can only be used individually or an oPE03 error will occur.
S5-02 = 1 AND
AUTO key
AUTO
Fref via b1-01
Run via b1-02
OFF key AND o2-02 = 1
AUTO key
OR run command
S5-02 = 1 AND
HAND key
OFF
Fref via b1-01
Run Off
HAND
Fref via S5-01
Run On
HAND key
OFF key
Figure 1.83 Legacy Behavior (S5-04 = 0)
Setting 2: Normal Operation Mode with Memory
When switching AUTO/HAND modes from the HOA keypad, the drive will memorize the operation mode when the power to the drive is shut off. This will be the initial operating mode when power is reapplied.
When switching AUTO/HAND modes from a Multi-Function Input, the drive will start with the Multi-Function Input setting.
HAND mode: The drive starts with the OFF mode when cycling the power to the drive.
AUTO mode: The drive starts with the AUTO mode when cycling the power to the drive.
OFF mode: The drive starts with the OFF mode when cycling the power to the drive.
n S5-05: HAND Frequency Reference 1
Sets the frequency reference used in HAND mode when S5-01 is set to 3.
Note: Setting units and range are determined by parameters o1-03, o1-10, and o1-11.
No.
S5-05
Name
HAND Frequency Reference 1
Setting Range
0.00 to [E1-04]
Default
0.00 Hz n S5-07: HAND Key Function Selection (HOA Keypad)
Determines whether the HAND key on the HOA keypad will be enabled for switching between HAND and AUTO.
No.
S5-07
Setting 0: Disabled
Setting 1: Enabled
Name
HAND Key Function Selection (HOA Keypad)
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
1
152 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.11 S: Special Parameters u S6: Phase Order Selections n S6-01: Emergency Override Speed
Sets the speed command used in emergency override mode when S6-02 = 0.
No.
S6-01
Name
Emergency Override Speed
Setting Range
0.00 to [E1-04]
Default
0.00 Hz n S6-02: Emergency Override Reference Selection
Selects the frequency reference source for the Emergency Override function (H1oo = AF or B0). Emergency Override ignores faults such as oL2, oH1, oL1/oL2/oL3, EF oo , oH1/oH3/oH4, LL3, rH, oPr, CPF, PI faults, LF/LF2, UL3, PF, and any other faults, if possible.
No.
S6-02
Name
Emergency Override Reference Selection
Setting 0: Use S6-01 Reference
Setting 1: Use AUTO Reference n S6-03: ov2 Detect Time
Sets the detection time of ov2 in 0.1 s increments.
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
0
No.
S6-03
Name ov2 Detect Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 1200.0 s
Default
10.0 s n S6-07: Output Phase Loss Detection Level for Dynamic Audible Noise Control
Sets the output phase loss detection level for Dynamic Audible Noise Control. Decrease the setting in steps of 10% when output phase loss is detected erroneously. This setting rarely needs to be changed.
No.
S6-07
Name
Output Phase Loss Detection Level for Dynamic Audible Noise
Control
Setting Range
10.0 to 100.0%
Default
100.0%
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 153
1.12 T: Motor Tuning
1.12 T: Motor Tuning
Auto-Tuning automatically sets and tunes parameters required for optimal motor performance.
u T1: Parameter Settings during Induction Motor Auto-Tuning
The T1oo parameters set the Auto-Tuning input data for induction motor tuning.
Note: For motors operating in the field weakening range, first perform the Auto-Tuning with the base data. After Auto-Tuning is complete, change
E1-04, Maximum Output Frequency, to the desired value.
n T1-01: Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
Sets the type of Auto-Tuning to be used. Refer to the User Manual packaged with the drive for details on the different types of Auto-Tuning.
Setting Range
2, 3
Default
2
No.
T1-01
Name
Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
Setting 2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
Setting 3: Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control Energy Saving n T1-02: Motor Rated Power
Sets the motor rated power according to the motor nameplate value.
Note: Use the following formula to convert HP to kW: kW = HP x 0.746.
No.
T1-02
Name
Motor Rated Power
Setting Range
0.00 to 650.00 kW
Default
Determined by o2-04 n T1-03: Motor Rated Voltage
Sets the motor rated voltage according to the motor nameplate value. Enter the voltage base speed when the motor operates above base speed. Enter the voltage needed to operate the motor under no-load conditions at rated speed to T1-03.
No.
T1-03
Name
Motor Rated Voltage
Setting Range
0.0 to 733.1 V
Default
575.0 V n T1-04: Motor Rated Current
Sets the motor rated current according to the motor nameplate value. Enter the current at the motor base speed.
No.
T1-04
Name
Motor Rated Current
Setting Range
10.0 to 300.0% of drive rated current
Default
Determined by o2-04 n T1-05: Motor Base Frequency
Sets the motor rated frequency according to the motor nameplate value. If a motor with an extended speed range is used or the motor is used in the field weakening area, enter the maximum frequency to E1-04 after Auto-Tuning is complete.
No.
T1-05
Name
Motor Base Frequency
Setting Range
0.0 to 240.0 Hz
Default
60.0 Hz n T1-06: Number of Motor Poles
Sets the number of motor poles according to the motor nameplate value.
No.
T1-06
Name
Number of Motor Poles
Setting Range
2 to 48
Default
4
154 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
1.12 T: Motor Tuning n T1-07: Motor Base Speed
Sets the motor rated speed according to the motor nameplate value. Enter the speed at base frequency when using a motor with an extended speed range or if using the motor in the field weakening area.
No.
T1-07
Name
Motor Base Speed
Setting Range
0 to 14400 r/min
Default
1750 r/min n T1-11: Motor Iron Loss
Provides iron loss information to determine the Energy Saving coefficient. T1-11 will first display the value for the motor iron loss that the drive automatically calculated when the motor capacity was entered to T1-02. Enter the motor iron loss value listed to T1-11 if the motor test report is available.
No.
T1-11
Name
Motor Iron Loss
Setting Range
0 to 65535 W
Default
14 W n T1-12: T1 Tuning Start
Set T1-12 to 0 to start IM Auto-Tuning.
No.
T1-12
Name
T1 Tuning Start
Setting Range
0
Default
– u T2: Parameter Settings during PM Motor Auto-Tuning
The T2oo parameters are used to set the Auto-Tuning input data for PM motor tuning.
n T2-01: PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
No.
T2-01
Name
PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection
Setting Range
0
Setting 0: PM Motor Parameter Settings n T2-03: PM Motor Type
Selects the type of PM motor the drive will operate.
No.
T2-03
Setting 0: IPM motor
Name
PM Motor Type
Setting Range
0, 1
Setting 1: SPM motor n T2-04: PM Motor Rated Power
Specifies the motor rated power in kilowatts.
No.
Name
T2-04 PM Motor Rated Power
Setting Range
0.00 to 650.00 kW n T2-05: PM Motor Rated Voltage
Sets the motor rated voltage.
No.
T2-05
Name
PM Motor Rated Voltage
Setting Range
0.0 to 733.1 V
Default
0
Default
1
Default
Determined by o2-04 and C6-01
Default
575.0 V
1
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 155
1.12 T: Motor Tuning n T2-06: PM Motor Rated Current
Enter the motor rated current in amps.
No.
Name
T2-06 PM Motor Rated Current
Setting Range
0.0% to 300.0% of the drive rated current.
Default
Determined by o2-04 n T2-07: PM Motor Base Frequency
Enter the motor base frequency in Hz.
Note: T2-07 will be displayed when in OLV/PM.
No.
T2-07
Name
PM Motor Base Frequency n T2-08: Number of PM Motor Poles
Enter the number of motor poles.
No.
T2-08
Name
Number of PM Motor Poles n T2-10: PM Motor Stator Resistance
Enter the motor stator resistance per motor phase.
No.
T2-10
Name
PM Motor Stator Resistance n T2-11: PM Motor d-Axis Inductance
Enter the d-Axis inductance per motor phase.
No.
T2-11
Name
PM Motor d-Axis Inductance n T2-12: PM Motor q-Axis Inductance
Enter the q-Axis inductance per motor phase.
No.
T2-12
Name
PM Motor q-Axis Inductance n T2-13: Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection
Selects the units used for setting the induced voltage coefficient.
No.
T2-13
Name
Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection
Setting 0: mV (r/min)
Setting Range
0.0 to 240.0 Hz
Setting Range
2 to 48
Setting Range
0.000 to 65.000 Ω
Setting Range
0.00 to 600.00 mH
Setting Range
0.00 to 600.00 mH
Setting Range
0, 1
Default
87.5 Hz
Default
6
Default
Determined by T2-02
Default
Determined by T2-02
Default
Determined by T2-02
Default
0
Setting 1: mV (rad/sec)
Note: If T2-13 is set to 0, then the drive will use E5-24 (Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2), and will automatically set E5-09 (Motor Induction
Voltage Constant 1 (Ke)) to 0.0. If T2-13 is set to 1, then the drive will use E5-09 and will automatically set E5-25 to 0.0.
n T2-14: PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant (Ke)
Enter the motor induced voltage constant (Ke).
No.
T2-14
Name
PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant (Ke)
Setting Range
0.0 to 2000.0
Default
Determined by T2-02
156 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
n T2-15: Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning
Sets the amount of pull-in current. Set as a percentage of the motor rated current.
No.
T2-15
Name
Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning
Setting Range
0 to 120% n T2-18: T2 Tuning Start
Set T2-18 to 0 to start PM motor Auto-Tuning.
No.
T2-18
Name
T2 Tuning Start
Setting Range
0
1.12 T: Motor Tuning
Default
30%
Default
–
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 157
1
1.13 U: Monitor Parameters
1.13 U: Monitor Parameters
Monitor parameters let the user view various aspects of drive performance using the HOA keypad display. Some monitors can be output from terminals FM and AM by assigning the specific monitor parameter number (U o oo ) to H4-01 and H4-04.
Refer to H4-01, H4-04: Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM, AM Monitor Selection on page 96
for details on assigning functions to an analog output.
u U1: Operation Status Monitors
Status monitors display drive status data such as output frequency and output current.
Monitors on page 232 for a complete list of U1-
oo monitors and descriptions.
u U2: Fault Trace
Use these monitor parameters to view the status of various drive aspects when a fault occurs.
for a complete list of
U2oo monitors and descriptions.
U2oo
on how to reset these monitor values.
Note: Fault histories are not kept when CPF00, CPF01, CPF06, CPF24, oFA00, oFb00, oFC00, Uv1, Uv2, or Uv3 occur.
u U3: Fault History
These parameters display faults that have occurred during operation as well as the drive operation time when those faults
occurred. Refer to U3: Fault History on page 234 for a complete list of U3-
oo monitors and descriptions.
U3oo
on how to reset these monitor values.
Note: Fault histories are not kept when CPF00, CPF01, CPF06, CPF24, oFA00, oFb00, oFC00, Uv1, Uv2, or Uv3 occur.
u U4: Maintenance Monitors
Maintenance monitors show:
• Runtime data of the drive and cooling fans and number of Run commands issued
• Maintenance data and replacement information for various drive components
• kWh data
• Highest peak current that has occurred and output frequency at the time the peak current occurred
• Motor overload status information
• Detailed information about the present Run command and frequency reference source selection
Refer to U4: Maintenance Monitors on page 236 for a complete list of U4-
oo monitors and descriptions.
u U5: PI Monitors
display PI data.
Refer to U5: PI Monitors on page 237 for a complete list of U5-
oo monitors and descriptions.
u U6: Operation Status Monitors
These monitors display reference data for the output voltage and vector control and the offset value added to the frequency reference by the frequency offset function.
Refer to Settings 44, 45, and 46: Offset Frequency 1, 2, 3 on page 79
for details.
Refer to U6: Operation Status Monitors on page 238
for a complete list of U6oo monitors and descriptions.
158 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
2
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
This chapter describes the periodic inspection and maintenance of the drive to ensure that it receives the proper care to maintain overall performance.
HOA KEYPAD BATTERY REPLACEMENT........................................................168
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 159
2.1 Section Safety
2.1 Section Safety
DANGER
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait for at least the time specified on the warning label once all indicators are OFF, and then measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm it has reached a safe level.
Never connect or disconnect wiring, remove connectors or option cards, or replace the cooling fan while the power is on.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off.
WARNING
Electrical Shock Hazard
Do not operate equipment with covers removed.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
The diagrams in this section may show drives without covers or safety shields to show details. Be sure to reinstall covers or shields before operating the drives and run the drives according to the instructions described in this manual.
Always ground the motor-side grounding terminal.
Improper equipment grounding could result in death or serious injury by contacting the motor case.
Do not remove covers or touch circuit boards while the power is on.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Installation, maintenance, inspection, and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation, adjustment, and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not perform work on the drive while wearing loose clothing, jewelry or without eye protection.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Remove all metal objects such as watches and rings, secure loose clothing, and wear eye protection before beginning work on the drive.
Do not touch any terminals before the capacitors have fully discharged.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
Before wiring terminals, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
Fire Hazard
Tighten all terminal screws to the specified tightening torque.
Loose electrical connections could result in death or serious injury by fire due to overheating of electrical connections.
Do not use an improper voltage source.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Verify that the rated voltage of the drive matches the voltage of the incoming power supply before applying power.
160 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
2.1 Section Safety
WARNING
Do not use improper combustible materials.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury by fire.
Attach the drive to metal or other noncombustible material.
Properly handle the HOA keypad battery.
Improper use of the battery may cause fire by explosion and personal injury.
Correctly install the battery, paying attention to polarity (+/-).
Do not attempt to charge the battery or improperly disassemble the HOA keypad.
NOTICE
Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards.
Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. The cooling fan cannot operate properly when it is installed incorrectly and could seriously damage the drive.
Follow the instructions in this manual to replace the cooling fan, making sure that the label is on top before inserting the cooling fan into the drive. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace both cooling fans when performing maintenance.
Never connect or disconnect the motor from the drive while the drive is outputting voltage.
Improper equipment sequencing could result in damage to the drive.
Do not use unshielded cable for control wiring.
Failure to comply may cause electrical interference resulting in poor system performance. Use shielded, twisted-pair wires and ground the shield to the ground terminal of the drive.
Do not allow unqualified personnel to use the product.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive or braking circuit.
Maintenance, inspection, and replacement of parts must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
Do not modify the drive circuitry.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive and will void warranty.
Yaskawa is not responsible for any modification of the product made by the user. This product must not be modified.
Check all the wiring to ensure that all connections are correct after installing the drive and connecting any other devices.
Failure to comply could result in damage to the drive.
Comply with proper wiring practices.
The motor may run in reverse if the phase order is backward.
Connect motor input terminals U, V and W to drive output terminals U/T1, V/T2, and W/T3. The phase order for the drive and motor should match.
Frequently switching the drive power supply to stop and start the motor can damage the drive.
To get the full performance life out of the electrolytic capacitors and circuit relays, refrain from switching the drive power supply off and on more than once every 30 minutes. Frequent use can damage the drive. Use the drive to stop and start the motor.
Do not operate damaged equipment.
Failure to comply could result in further damage to the equipment.
Do not connect or operate any equipment with visible damage or missing parts.
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
2
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 161
2.1 Section Safety
NOTICE
Do not heat or throw the battery into fire.
The battery remains in use even when power to the drive has been shut off. Be sure to also remove the battery in the HOA keypad when the drive will be shut off for long periods of time.
A dead battery left inside the HOA keypad may leak and damage the keypad and drive. Be sure to replace the battery with a new one immediately after the expected lifespan has passed or when the “bAT” error is displayed on the HOA keypad.
Be sure to observe the Perchlorate Best Management Practices (BMPs).
BMPs apply to primary lithium (manganese dioxide) coin batteries sold or distributed in California. Perchlorate Material special handling may apply, please refer to: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
162 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
2.2 Inspection
2.2 Inspection
Power electronics have limited life and may exhibit changes in characteristics or performance deterioration after years of use under normal conditions. To help avoid such problems, it is important to perform preventive maintenance and periodic inspection on the drive.
Drives contain a variety of power electronics such as power transistors, semiconductors, capacitors, resistors, fans, and relays.
The electronics in the drive serve a critical role in maintaining proper motor control.
Follow the inspection lists provided in this chapter as a part of a regular maintenance program.
Note: The drive will require more frequent inspection if it is placed in harsh environments, such as:
• High ambient temperatures
• Frequent starting and stopping
• Fluctuations in the AC supply or load
• Excessive vibrations or shock loading
• Dust, metal dust, salt, sulfuric acid, chlorine atmospheres
• Poor storage conditions.
Perform the first equipment inspection one to two years after installation.
u Recommended Daily Inspection
outlines the recommended daily inspection for Yaskawa drives. Check the following items on a daily basis to avoid premature deterioration in performance or product failure. Copy this checklist and mark the “Checked” column after each inspection.
Inspection Category
Motor
Cooling
Environment
Load
Power Supply Voltage
Table 2.1 General Recommended Daily Inspection Checklist
Inspection Points
Inspect for abnormal oscillation or noise coming from the motor.
Inspect for abnormal heat generated from the drive or motor and visible discoloration.
Inspect drive cooling fan and circulation fan operation.
Corrective Action
• Check the load coupling.
• Measure motor vibration.
• Tighten all loose components.
Check for the following:
• Excessive load.
• Loose connections.
• Dirty heatsink or motor.
• Ambient temperature.
Check for the following:
• Clogged or dirty fan.
• Correct Fan operation parameter setting.
Verify the drive environment complies with the specifications listed in the Specifications chapter in the
User Manual packaged with the drive.
Eliminate the source of contaminants or correct poor environment.
The drive output current should not be higher than the motor or drive rating for an extended period of time.
Check main power supply and control voltages.
Check for the following:
• Excessive load.
• Correct motor parameter settings.
• Correct the voltage or power supply to within nameplate specifications.
• Verify all main circuit phases.
Checked
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
2
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 163
2.2 Inspection u Recommended Periodic Inspection
outlines the recommended periodic inspections for Yaskawa drive installations. Although periodic inspections should generally be performed once a year; the drive may require more frequent inspection in harsh environments or with rigorous use. Operating and environmental conditions, along with experience in each application, will determine the actual inspection frequency for each installation. Periodic inspection will help to avoid premature deterioration in performance or product failure.
Copy this checklist and mark the “Checked” column after each inspection.
n Periodic Inspection
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not inspect, connect, or disconnect any wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious personal injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait for at least the time specified on the warning label; after all indicators are OFF, measure for unsafe voltages to confirm the drive is safe prior to servicing.
Inspection Area
Cooling Fan,
Circulation Fan,
Control Board
Cooling Fan
Table 2.2 Periodic Inspection Checklist
Inspection Points Corrective Action
Main Circuit Periodic Inspection
• Inspect equipment for discoloration from overheating or deterioration.
• Inspect for damaged or deformed parts.
• Replace damaged components as required.
• The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete drive replacement.
General
Conductors and
Wiring
Terminals
Relays and Contactors
Electrolytic Capacitor
Diode, IGBT
(Power Transistor)
Operation Check
General
Circuit Boards
Inspect for dirt, foreign particles, or dust collection on components.
• Inspect enclosure door seal if used.
• Remove foreign particles and dust with a vacuum cleaner to avoid touching parts.
• Replace components if cleaning is not possible.
• Inspect wiring and connections for discoloration, damage, or heat stress.
• Inspect wire insulation and shielding for wear.
Inspect terminals for stripped, damaged, or loose connections.
• Inspect contactors and relays for excessive noise during operation.
• Inspect coils for signs of overheating such as melted or cracked insulation.
• Inspect for leaking, discoloration, or cracks.
• Check if the cap has come off, for any swelling, or if the sides have burst open.
Inspect for dust or other foreign material collected on the surface.
Repair or replace damaged wiring.
Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or terminals.
• Check coil voltage for overvoltage or undervoltage conditions.
• Replace damaged removable relays, contactors, or circuit board.
The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete drive replacement.
Remove foreign particles and dust with a vacuum cleaner to avoid touching parts.
Motor Periodic Inspection
Check for increased vibration or abnormal noise.
Stop the motor and contact qualified maintenance personnel as required.
Control Circuit Periodic Inspection
• Inspect terminals for stripped, damaged, or loose connections.
• Make sure all terminals have been properly tightened.
• Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or terminals.
• If terminals are integral to a circuit board, then board or drive replacement may be required.
Check for any odor, discoloration, and rust. Make sure connections are properly fastened and that no dust or oil mist has accumulated on the surface of the board.
• Fix any loose connections.
• If an antistatic cloth or vacuum plunger cannot be used, replace the board.
• Do not use any solvents to clean the board.
• Remove foreign particles and dust with a vacuum cleaner to avoid touching parts.
The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete drive replacement.
Cooling System Periodic Inspection
• Check for abnormal oscillation or unusual noise.
• Check for damaged or missing fan blades.
• Replace as required.
•
Refer to Drive Cooling Fans on page 169 for
information on cleaning or replacing the fan.
Heatsink
Inspect for dust or other foreign material collected on the surface.
Remove foreign particles and dust with a vacuum cleaner to avoid touching parts.
Checked
164 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Inspection Area
Air Duct
HOA Keypad
Inspection Points
Inspect air intake and exhaust openings. They must be free from obstruction and properly installed.
Corrective Action
• Visually inspect the area.
• Clear obstructions and clean air duct as required.
Display Periodic Inspection
• Make sure data appears on the display properly.
• Inspect for dust or other foreign material that may have collected on surrounding components.
• Contact the nearest sales office if there is any trouble with the display or keypad.
• Clean the HOA keypad.
2.2 Inspection
Checked
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 165
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
2
2.3 Periodic Maintenance
2.3 Periodic Maintenance
The drive has Maintenance Monitors that keep track of component wear. This feature provides advance maintenance warning and eliminates the need to shut down the entire system for unexpected problems. The drive allows the user to check predicted maintenance periods for the components listed below.
• Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan, Control Board Cooling Fan
• Electrolytic Capacitors
• Inrush Prevention Circuit
• IGBTs
For replacement parts, contact the distributor where the drive was purchased or contact Yaskawa directly.
u Replacement Parts
use Yaskawa replacement parts for the appropriate drive model and revision.
Component
Cooling Fan, Circulation Fan
Electrolytic Capacitors
Table 2.3 Estimated Performance Life
Estimated Performance Life
5 years
5 years <1>
<1> The drive has few serviceable parts and may require complete drive replacement.
NOTICE: Estimated performance life based on specific usage conditions. These conditions are provided for the purpose of replacing parts to maintain performance. Some parts may require more frequent replacement due to poor environments or rigorous use.
Usage conditions for estimated performance life:
Ambient temperature: Yearly average of 30 °C (IP20/NEMA 1, UL Type 1 enclosure, external heatsink) or 40 °C (IP00/Open-Type enclosure)
Load factor: 80% maximum
Operation time: 24 hours a day n Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors
The drive calculates the maintenance period for components that may require replacement during the life of the drive. A percentage of the maintenance period is displayed on the HOA keypad by viewing the appropriate monitor parameter.
When the maintenance period reaches 100%, there is increased risk that the drive may malfunction. Yaskawa recommends checking the maintenance period regularly to ensure maximum performance life.
Refer to Recommended Periodic Inspection on page 164
for more details.
Parameter
U4-03
U4-04
U4-05
U4-06
Component
Cooling Fan
Circulation Fan
Table 2.4 Performance Life Monitors Used for Component Replacement
Control Board Cooling
Fan
DC Bus Capacitors
Inrush (pre-charge)
Relay
Contents
Displays the accumulated operation time of the fan, from 0 to 99999 hours. This value is automatically reset to 0 once it reaches 99999.
Displays the accumulated fan operation time as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.
Displays the accumulated time the capacitors are used as a percentage of the specified maintenance period.
Displays the number of times the drive is powered up as a percentage of the performance life of the inrush circuit.
166 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
2.3 Periodic Maintenance n Alarm Outputs for Maintenance Monitors
An output can be set up to inform the user when a specific components has neared its expected performance life.
When one of multi-function digital output terminals has been assigned the maintenance monitor function (H2oo = 2F), the terminal will close when the cooling fan, DC bus capacitors, or DC bus pre-charge relay reach 90% of the expected performance life, or when the IGBTs have reached 50% of their expected performance life. Additionally the HOA keypad will display an
to indicate the specific components that may need maintenance.
HOA Keypad Alarm Display
<1> LT-1
Table 2.5 Maintenance Alarms
Function
The cooling fans have reached 90% of their designated life time.
Corrective Action
Replace the cooling fan.
<1>
<1>
LT-2
LT-3
The DC bus capacitors have reached 90% of their designated life time.
The DC bus charge circuit has reached 90% of its designated life time.
Contact a Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office on possible drive replacement.
Contact a Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office on possible drive replacement.
<1> This alarm message will be output only if the Maintenance Monitor function is assigned to one of the digital outputs (H2oo = 2F). The alarm will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2oo = 10).
<2> This alarm message will always be output, even if the Maintenance Monitor function is not assigned to any of the digital outputs (H2oo = 2F).
The alarm will also trigger a digital output that is programmed for alarm indication (H2oo = 10).
n Related Drive Parameters
Use parameters o4-03, o4-05, o4-07, and o4-09 to reset a Maintenance Monitor to zero after replacing a specific component.
Refer to Parameter List on page 183 for details on parameter settings.
NOTICE: If these parameters are not reset after the corresponding parts have been replaced, the Maintenance Monitor function will continue to count down the performance life from the value that was reached with the old part. If the Maintenance Monitor is not reset, the drive will not have the correct value of the performance life for the new component.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 167
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
2
2.4 HOA Keypad Battery Replacement
2.4 HOA Keypad Battery Replacement
The HOA keypad contains a monitor battery that allows the user to check drive functions. The battery requires periodic replacement because the lifespan of the battery is shorter than the performance life of the HOA keypad.
WARNING! Fire Hazard. Properly handle the HOA keypad battery. Improper use of the battery may cause fire by explosion and injury.
Correctly install the battery, paying attention to polarity (+/-). Do not charge the battery or improperly disassemble the HOA keypad.
When replacing the battery, use a Hitachi Maxell CR1220 Lithium Manganese Dioxide Battery or an equivalent battery with the following specifications:
• Nominal Voltage 3 V
• Operating Temperature Range -20 °C to +85 °C
• Nominal battery life of 2 years (ambient temperature of +20 °C).
NOTICE: Do not heat or throw the battery into fire. The battery remains in use even when power to the drive has been shut off. Be sure to also remove the battery in the HOA keypad when the drive will be shut off for long periods of time.
A dead battery left inside the HOA keypad may leak and damage the keypad and drive. Replace the battery with a new one immediately after the expected lifespan has passed or when the “bAT” error is displayed on the HOA keypad.
NOTICE: Observe Perchlorate Best Management Practices (BMPs). BMPs apply to primary lithium (manganese dioxide) coin batteries sold or distributed in California. Perchlorate Material special handling may apply, please refer to: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
u Replacing the Battery
1.
Shut off the power to the drive and remove the HOA keypad.
2.
Insert the tip of a straight-edge screwdriver into the slot in the middle of the battery cover and turn the cover counterclockwise to remove the cover.
A
A – Closed
B
B – Open
Figure 2.1 Remove the Battery Cover
3.
Remove the battery from the HOA keypad.
4.
Correctly install the new battery.
168
+
Battery
Figure 2.2 Install the Battery
5.
Replace the battery cover on the HOA keypad, insert the tip of a straight-edge screwdriver, and turn the cover clockwise to close.
6.
Replace the HOA keypad onto the drive.
7.
Apply power to the drive and set o4-17 to 1 to set the Real Time Clock (RTC). Refer to the User Manual packaged with the drive for details on setting the RTC.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
2.5 Drive Cooling Fans
2.5 Drive Cooling Fans
NOTICE: Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. The cooling fan cannot operate properly when installed incorrectly and could seriously damage the drive. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace all cooling fans when performing maintenance.
Contact a Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office to order replacement cooling fans as required.
For drives with multiple cooling fans, replace all the fans when performing maintenance to ensure maximum product performance life.
u Number of Cooling Fans
Drive Model Cooling Fans Page
5A0003
5A0004
5A0006
5A0009
5A0011
5A0017
5A0022
5A0027
5A0032
5A0041
5A0052
5A0062
5A0077
5A0099
5A0125
5A0145
5A0192
5A0242
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
1
2
–
–
1
Circulation Fans
Three-Phase 600 V Class
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
–
–
–
–
Control Board Cooling Fans
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 169
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
2
2.5 Drive Cooling Fans u Cooling Fan Component Names
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled down.
5A0006 to 5A0032
A
5A0041 to 5A0052
5A0062 to 5A0242
D
A
D
B
C
D
A – Fan finger guard
B – Fan guard
C – Cable cover
E
F
D – Cooling fan
E – Fan bracket
F – Circulation fan
Figure 2.3 Cooling Fan Components
170 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
2.5 Drive Cooling Fans u Cooling Fan Replacement: 5A0006 to 5A0032
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled down.
NOTICE: Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement could cause damage to equipment. Make sure the fan is facing upwards when installing the replacement fan into the drive. Replace all fans when performing maintenance to help ensure maximum useful product life.
n Removing the Cooling Fan Finger Guard and Cooling Fan
1.
Depress the right and left sides of the fan cover tabs and pull upward. Remove the fan cover from the top of the drive.
The following figure illustrates a drive with a single cooling fan.
Figure 2.4 Remove the Cooling Fan Finger Guard: 5A0006 to 5A0032
2.
Remove the cooling fan cartridge. Disconnect the pluggable connector and remove the fan.
Figure 2.5 Remove the Cooling Fan: 5A0006 to 5A0032 n Installing the Cooling Fan
NOTICE: Prevent Equipment Damage. Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. Improper cooling fan replacement could result in damage to equipment. When installing the replacement cooling fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. To ensure maximum useful product life, replace all cooling fans when performing maintenance.
Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan.
1.
Install the replacement cooling fan into the drive, ensuring the alignment pins line up as shown in the figure below.
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
2
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 171
2.5 Drive Cooling Fans
B
C
A
A – Push the connectors together so no space remains between them
B – Label facing up
C – Make sure the alignment pins line up properly
Figure 2.6 Install the Cooling Fan: 5A0006 to 5A0032
2.
Properly connect the fan power lines, then place the cable back into the recess of the drive.
A
B
A – Back B – Front
Figure 2.7 Connect the Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 5A0006 to 5A0032
3.
While pressing in on the hooks on the left and right sides of the fan finger guard, guide the fan finger guard until it clicks back into place.
Figure 2.8 Reattach the Fan Finger Guard: 5A0006 to 5A0032
4.
Turn on the power supply and set o4-03 to 0 to reset the Maintenance Monitor cooling fan operation time.
u Cooling Fan Replacement: 5A0041 and 5A0052
These models allow access to the fans from the back or top of the drive for fan replacement. The drive can also be dismounted to replace the fans.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled down.
172 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
2.5 Drive Cooling Fans
NOTICE: Follow cooling fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement could cause damage to equipment. Make sure the fan is facing upwards when installing the replacement fan into the drive. Replace all fans when performing maintenance to help ensure maximum useful product life.
NOTICE: When dismounting Flange Type Enclosure (NEMA 12 Backside, UL Type 12 Backside) drives, ensure that the gasket of the mounting flange is not damaged. If the gasket is damaged, contact a Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office for replacement gasket.
for gasket replacement parts and procedures.
n Removing the Cooling Fan Finger Guard and Cooling Fan
1.
While pressing in on the hooks located on the left and right sides of the fan finger guard, free the fan finger guard leading by lifting the back end first.
Figure 2.9 Remove the Cooling Fan Finger Guard: 5A0041 and 5A0052
2.
Lift out the back end of the fan finger guard first. Unplug the replay connector and free the fan finger guard from the drive.
Lift the fan finger guard out of the drive leading with the back end.
Figure 2.10 Remove the Cooling Fan: 5A0041 and 5A0052 n Installing the Cooling Fan
Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan.
1.
Properly connect the fan power lines.
2.
Place the power supply connectors and cable back into the recess of the drive.
A
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
2
B
A – Back B – Front
Figure 2.11 Cooling Fan Power Supply Connectors: 5A0041 and 5A0052
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 173
2.5 Drive Cooling Fans
3.
Install the replacement fan into the drive.
Insert the fan at an angle so that it tilts towards the front of the drive. Next press down on the back of the fan that still protrudes from the drive so that the fan snaps into place.
Figure 2.12 Install the Cooling Fan: 5A0041 and 5A0052
4.
Tilt up the back end of the fan finger guard and slide the fan finger guard into the opening near the front of the drive, then guide the fan finger guard into place.
Insertion area
Front of drive Back of drive
Cross-Section
Fan finger guard Back of drive
Hook Hook
Front of drive
Figure 2.13 Reattach the Fan Cover: 5A0041 and 5A0052
5.
Press in on the hooks of the left and right sides of the fan cover and guide the fan finger guard until it clicks into place.
Figure 2.14 Reattach the Fan Finger Guard: 5A0041 and 5A0052
6.
Turn on the power supply and set o4-03 to 0 to reset the Maintenance Monitor cooling fan operation time.
u Cooling Fan Replacement: 5A0062 to 5A0242
These models allow access to the fans from the front of the drive for fan replacement.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
CAUTION! Burn Hazard. Do not touch a hot drive heatsink. Failure to comply could result in minor or moderate injury. Shut off the power to the drive when replacing the cooling fan. To prevent burns, wait at least 15 minutes and ensure the heatsink has cooled down.
NOTICE: Follow cooling fan and circulation fan replacement instructions. Improper fan replacement may cause damage to equipment. When installing the replacement fan into the drive, make sure the fan is facing upwards. Replace all fans when performing maintenance to help ensure maximum useful product life.
NOTICE: When dismounting the fan bracket sub-assembly on Flange Type Enclosure (NEMA 12 Backside, UL Type 12 Backside) drives, ensure that the gasket attached to the mounting surface of the fan bracket is not damaged. If the gasket is damaged, contact a Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office for replacement gasket.
Refer to Gasket Replacement for Flange Type Enclosure
(NEMA 12 Backside, UL Type 12 Backside) Drives on page 178
for gasket replacement parts and procedures.
174 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
2.5 Drive Cooling Fans n Removing and Disassembling the Cooling Fan Unit
1.
Remove the terminal cover and front cover.
2.
Remove the fan connector (CN6).
Remove the fan connectors (CN6, CN7) in model 5A0242.
5A0062, 5A0077, 5A0099 5A0125, 5A0145
A C A A
5A0192, 5A0242
B
B
C
C
B
A – Fan unit
B – Fan relay cable
C – Fan connector (CN6)
D – Circulation fan relay cable
E – Fan connector (CN7)
Figure 2.15 Cooling Fan Replacement: Fan Unit and Connectors
3.
Remove the screws holding the fan unit in place and slide the fan unit out of the drive.
D
E
Figure 2.16 Remove the Fan Unit: 5A0062 to 5A0242
4.
Remove the fan guard and replace the cooling fans.
Note: Do not pinch the fan cable between parts when reassembling the fan unit.
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
2
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 175
2.5 Drive Cooling Fans
5A0062, 5A0077, 5A0099,
5A0125, 5A0145
A
C
5A0192, 5A0242
A
B
C
D
A – Fan guard
B – Cable cover
C – Cooling fan
D – Circulation fan
Figure 2.17 Fan Unit Disassembly: 5A0062 to 5A0242 n Cooling Fan Wiring: 5A0062 to 5A0099
1.
Position the protective tube so the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube.
Protective tube
2.
Place the fan connector covered by the tube as shown in
5A0062, 5A0077, 5A0099
Connector for fan B1
Fan B1
Figure 2.18 Cooling Fan Wiring: 5A0062 to 5A0099
3.
Make sure that the protective tube does not stick out beyond the fan guard.
n Cooling Fan Wiring: 5A0125 and 5A0145
1.
Position the protective tube so the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube.
176 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
2.5 Drive Cooling Fans
Protective tube
2.
Insert the connector for fan B2 and guide the lead wire for fan B2 so the cable hook holds it in place.
Insert the connector for fan B1.
Connector for fan B1
Fan B1 Fan B2
Connector for fan B2
Figure 2.19 Cooling Fan Wiring: 5A0125 and 5A0145
3.
Make sure that the protective tube does not stick out beyond the fan guard.
n Cooling Fan Wiring: 5A0192 and 5A0242
1.
Position the protective tube so the fan connector sits in the center of the protective tube.
Protective tube
2.
In the space between fans 1 and 2, place the fan connector for fan B2 in front of the fan connector for fan B1.
3.
Place the connector for fan B3 between fans B2 and B3.
Connector for fan B1
Cable cover
Fan B3
Fan B1
Fan B2
Connector for fan B3
Connector for fan B2
Figure 2.20 Cooling Fan Wiring: 5A0192 and 5A0242
4.
Double-check the relay connector to ensure it is properly connected.
5.
Reattach the cable cover to its original position and tighten the screws so the fan guard holds the cable cover in place.
Note: Do not pinch the fan cable between parts when reassembling the fan unit.
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
2
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 177
2.5 Drive Cooling Fans n Installing the Cooling Fan Unit
1.
Reverse the procedure described above to reinstall the cooling fan unit.
Figure 2.21 Install the Cooling Fan Unit: 5A0062 to 5A0242
2.
Reattach the covers and HOA keypad.
3.
Turn on the power supply and set o4-03 to 0 to reset the Maintenance Monitor cooling fan operation time.
u Gasket Replacement for Flange Type Enclosure (NEMA 12 Backside, UL Type 12
Backside) Drives n Gasket Replacement Procedure
1.
Use a plastic scraper to remove the damaged or torn gasket without scratching the mounting surfaces.
2.
Peel off the adhesive cover from the replacement gasket.
3.
Align the holes on the mounting flange or fan bracket with the holes on the replacement gasket and apply the new gasket.
n Gasket Replacement Parts
Each replacement part contains two gaskets in the event that a gasket is torn during application.
Contact a Yaskawa representative or the nearest Yaskawa sales office to order replacement gaskets as required.
Table 2.6 Gasket Replacement Part Numbers
Replacement Part Part Number Drive Model
5A0041U
5A0052U
5A0062U
5A0077U
5A0099U
5A0125U
5A0145U
5A0192U
5A0242U
Mounting Flange Gasket
Fan Bracket Gasket
Fan Bracket Gasket
Fan Bracket Gasket
UGK00419-A
UGK00421-A
UGK00422-A
UGK00423-A
178 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
2.6 Drive Replacement
2.6 Drive Replacement u Serviceable Parts
The drive contains some serviceable parts. The following parts can be replaced over the life span of the drive:
• Terminal board I/O PCBs
• Cooling fan(s)
• Front cover
Replace the drive if the main power circuitry is damaged. Contact your local Yaskawa representative before replacing parts if the drive is still under warranty. Yaskawa reserves the right to replace or repair the drive according to Yaskawa warranty policy.
u Terminal Board
The drive has a modular I/O terminal block that facilitates quick drive replacement. The terminal board contains on-board memory that stores all drive parameter settings and allows the parameters to be saved and transferred to the replacement drive.
To transfer the terminal board, disconnect the terminal board from the damaged drive and reconnect it to the replacement drive. There is no need to manually reprogram the replacement drive after transferring the terminal board.
Note: If the damaged drive and the new replacement drive are have different capacities, the data stored in the terminal board cannot be transferred to the new drive and an oPE01 error will appear on the display. The terminal board can still be used, but parameter setting from the old drive cannot be transferred. The replacement drive must be initialized and manually programmed.
B
A
IG R+ R- S+ S- +V AC A1 A2 FM AM AC
M3 M4 M6
M1 M2 M5
MA MB MC
E
F
C
D
A – Removable terminal board
B – Charge LED
C – Conduit bracket
D – Conduit bracket cover screws
E – Conduit bracket mounting screws
F – Terminal board locking screws
Figure 2.22 Terminal Board u Replacing the Drive
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply can result in serious personal injury. Before servicing the drive, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. After shutting off the power, wait for at least the amount of time specified on the drive before touching any components.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not allow unqualified personnel to perform work on the drive. Failure to comply could result in serious injury. Installation, maintenance, inspection and servicing must be performed only by authorized personnel familiar with installation, adjustment and maintenance of AC drives.
NOTICE: Observe proper electrostatic discharge procedures (ESD) when handling the drive and circuit boards. Failure to comply may result in ESD damage to the drive circuitry.
The following procedure explains how to replace a drive.
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
2
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 179
2.6 Drive Replacement
This section provides instructions for drive replacement only.
To install option boards or other types of options, refer to the specific manuals for those options.
NOTICE: When transferring a braking transistor, braking resistor, or other type of option from a damaged drive to a new replacement drive, make sure it is working properly before reconnecting it to the new drive. Replace broken options to prevent immediate breakdown of the replacement drive.
1.
Remove the terminal cover.
180
Figure 2.23 Remove the Terminal Cover
2.
Loosen the screws holding the terminal board in place. Remove the screw securing the bottom cover and remove the bottom cover from the drive.
Note: IP00/Open Type enclosure drives do not have a bottom cover or conduit.
Figure 2.24 Unscrew the Terminal Board and Remove the Bottom Cover
3.
Slide the terminal board as illustrated by the arrows to remove it from the drive along with the bottom cover.
Figure 2.25 Remove the Terminal Board
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
2.6 Drive Replacement
IG R+ R- S+ S- +V AC A1 A2 FM AM AC
FE S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 SN SC SP +P
M3 M4 M6
M1 M2 M5
MA MB MC
Figure 2.26 Disconnected Removable Terminal Board
4.
Disconnect all option cards and options, making sure they are intact before reusing.
5.
Replace the drive and wire the main circuit.
n Installing the Drive
1.
After wiring the main circuit, connect the terminal block to the drive as shown in Figure 2.27
. Use the installation screw to fasten the terminal block into place.
Figure 2.27 Install the Terminal Board
2.
Reconnect options for the new drive the same way the options were connected in the old drive. Connect option boards to the same option ports in the new drive that were used in the old drive.
3.
Replace the terminal cover.
4.
After powering on the drive, all parameter settings are transferred from the terminal board to the drive memory. If an oPE04 error occurs, load the parameter settings saved on the terminal board to the new drive by setting parameter
A1-03 to 5550. Reset the Maintenance Monitor function timers by setting parameters o4-01 through o4-12 to 0, and parameter o4-13 to 1.
Periodic Inspection & Maintenance
2
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 181
2.6 Drive Replacement
This Page Intentionally Blank
182 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Appendix: A
Parameter List
This appendix contains a full listing of all parameters and settings available in the drive.
A.1 UNDERSTANDING PARAMETER DESCRIPTIONS...........................................184
A.8 F: COMMUNICATION OPTION PARAMETERS.................................................201
A.9 H PARAMETERS: MULTI-FUNCTION TERMINALS..........................................204
A.12 O: OPERATOR-RELATED SETTINGS................................................................221
A.16 CONTROL MODE DEPENDENT PARAMETER DEFAULT VALUES................239
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 183
A.1 Understanding Parameter Descriptions
A.1 Understanding Parameter Descriptions u Control Modes, Symbols, and Terms
The table below lists terms and symbols used in this section to indicate parameter availability and control.
Symbol
Table A.1 Symbols and Icons Used in Parameter Descriptions
Description
Parameter is ONLY available when operating the drive with Open Loop Vector for PM motors.
Parameter can be changed during run.
184 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.2 Parameter Groups
A.2 Parameter Groups
C4
C6 d1 d2 b5 b8
C1
C2 d3
Parameter
Group
A1
A2 b1 b2 b3 b4
Name d4
PI Control
Energy Saving
Acceleration and Deceleration Times
S-Curve Characteristics
Torque Compensation
Carrier Frequency
Frequency Reference
Frequency Upper/Lower Limits
Jump Frequency
Frequency Reference Hold and Up/Down 2
Function d6 d7
E1
E2
Field Weakening
Offset Frequency
V/f Pattern for Motor 1
Motor 1 Parameters
E5 PM Motor Settings
F6, F7 Communication Option Card
H1
H2
Multi-Function Digital Inputs
Multi-Function Digital Outputs
H3
H4
H5
L1
Multi-Function Analog Inputs
Multi-Function Analog Outputs
MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication
Motor Protection
Table A.2 Parameter Groups
Initialization Parameters
User Parameters
Operation Mode Selection
DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking
Speed Search
Timer Function
Page
Parameter
Group
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L8 n1 n3 n8 o1 o2 o3 o4
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
T1
T2
U1
U2
U3
U4
U5
U6
Braking
Copy Function
Stillness Control
Secondary PI Control
Bypass Functions
Phase Order Selection
Name
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru
Stall Prevention
Speed Detection
Fault Restart
Torque Detection
Drive Protection
Hunting Prevention
High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation
PM Motor Control Tuning
HOA Keypad Display Selection
HOA Keypad Functions
Maintenance Monitor Settings
Sequence Timer Operation
HAND Key Functions
Induction Motor Auto-Tuning
PM Motor Auto-Tuning
Operation Status Monitors
Fault Trace
Fault History
Maintenance Monitors
PI Monitors
Operation Status Monitors
Page
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 185
A
A.3 A: Initialization Parameters
A.3 A: Initialization Parameters
The A parameter group creates the operating environment for the drive. This includes the parameter Access Level, Motor
Control Method, Password, User Parameters and more.
u A1: Initialization
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values
A1-00
(100)
<1>
A1-01
(101)
<2>
A1-02
(102)
<1>
A1-03
(103)
A1-04
(104)
A1-05
(105)
A1-06
(127)
Language Selection
Access Level Selection
Control Method
Selection
Initialize Parameters
Password
Password Setting
Application Preset
Select Language
0: English
1: (Japanese)
3: Fran ç ais
5: Español
6: Portugu ê se
0: English
1: Japanese
3: French
5: Spanish
6: Portuguese
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 6
Access Level
0: Operation Only
1: User Parameters
2: Advanced Level
0: View and set A1-01 and A1-04.
U o oo parameters can also be viewed.
1: User Parameters (access to a set of parameters selected by the user, A2-01 to A2-32)
2: Advanced Access (access to view and set all parameters)
0: V/f Control
5: Open Loop Vector Control for PM
Control Method
0: V/F Control
5: PM OpenLoop Vect
Init Parameters
0: No Initialize
1110: User Initialize
2220: 2-Wire Initial
3330: 3-Wire Initial
3410: SELVAL
HVAC Initialize
3420: SELVAL OEM
Bypass Init
5550: Term Cntrl Int
0: No initialization
1110: User Initialize (parameter values must be stored using parameter o2-03)
2220: 2-Wire Initialization
3330: 3-Wire Initialization
3410: HVAC Initialization
3420: OEM Bypass Initialization
5550: oPE04 Fault Reset
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 0
Range: 0, 5
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3420,
5550
Enter Password
Select Password
When the value set into A1-04 does not match the value set into A1-05, parameters A1-01 through A1-03, A1-06, and
A2-01 through A2-33 cannot be changed.
When the value set into A1-04 does not match the value set into A1-05, parameters A1-01 through A1-03, A1-06, and
A2-01 through A2-33 cannot be changed.
Default: 0000
Min.: 0000
Max.: 9999
Default: 0000
Min.: 0000
Max.: 9999
Application Sel
0: General
1: Fan General
2: Fan PI
3: Fan ReturnAir/PI
4: Cooling Tower
5: CoolingTower/PI
6: Pump Secondary
7: Pump PI
0: Standard
1: Fan
2: Fan with PI Control
3: Return Fan with PI Control
4: Cooling Tower Fan
5: Cooling Tower Fan with PI Control
6: Pump (Secondary)
7: Pump with PI Control
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 7
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<2> Default setting value is dependent on the Application Preset selected with parameter A1-06.
Page
u A2: User Parameters
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
A2-01 to
A2-32
(106 to
125)
Name
User Parameters 1 to
32
LCD Display
User Param 1 - 32
Description
Recently edited parameters are listed here. The user can also select parameters to appear here for quicker access.
Values
Default:
Range: A1-00 to
S6-07
<1>
A2-33
(126)
User Parameter
Automatic Selection
User Parms Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Parameters A2-01 to A2-32 are reserved for the user to create a list of User Parameters.
1: Save history of recently viewed parameters.
Recently edited parameters will be saved to A2-17 through
A2-32 for quicker access.
Default: 1 <2>
Range: 0, 1
<1> Default setting value is dependent on the Application Preset selected with parameter A1-06.
<2> Default setting value is dependent on parameter A1-06. Default is 0 when A1-06 = 0, and 1 when A1-06 ≠ 0.
Page
186 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.4 b: Application
A.4 b: Application
Application parameters configure the source of the Run command, DC Injection Braking, Speed Search, timer functions, PI control, Energy Savings, and a variety of other application-related settings.
u b1: Operation Mode Selection
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display b1-01
(180) b1-02
(181) b1-03
(182) b1-04
(183) b1-08
(187)
Frequency Reference
Selection for AUTO mode
Run Command
Selection for AUTO mode
Stopping Method
Selection
Reverse Operation
Selection
Run Command
Selection in
Programming Mode
Ref Source 1
0: Operator
1: Analog Input
2: Serial Com
3: Option PCB
Run Source 1
1: Digital Inputs
2: Communication
3: Option PCB
Stopping Method
0: Ramp to Stop
1: Coast to Stop
2: DCInj to Stop
3: Coast w/Timer
Reverse Oper
0: Reverse Enabled
1: Reverse Disabled
RUN dur PRG Mode
0: Run
Disabled@PRG
1: ModeRun
Enabled@PRG
2: Prg only @ Stop b1-11
(1DF)
Drive Delay Time
Setting
Run Delay Time b1-14
(1C3)
Phase Order Selection
Rotation Sel
0: Standard
1: SwitchPhaseOrder b1-17
(1C6)
Run Command at Power
Up
Run Cmd @ Pwr On
0: Cycle Ext Run
1: Accept Ext Run
Description
0: HOA keypad
1: Terminals (Analog Input Terminals)
2: Serial communications (APOGEE FLN, BACnet,
MEMOBUS/Modbus, or Metasys N2)
3: Option card
1: Control Circuit Terminal
2: Serial communications (APOGEE FLN, BACnet,
MEMOBUS/Modbus, or Metasys N2)
3: Option card
0: Ramp to stop
1: Coast to stop
2: DC Injection Braking to stop
3: Coast with timer
Values
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 1
Range: 1 to 3
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 3
0: Reverse enabled
1: Reverse disabled
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
0: Run command is not accepted while in Programming Mode
1: Run command is accepted while in Programming
2: Prohibit entering Programming Mode during Run Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
After a Run command is entered, the drive output waits until this delay time has passed before starting.
0: Standard
1: Switch phase order (reverses the direction of the motor)
Default: 0 s
Min.: 0
Max.: 600
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
0: Disregarded.
A new Run command must be issued after power up.
1: Allowed.
Motor will start immediately after power up if a Run command is already enabled.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Page
u b2: DC Injection Braking and Short Circuit Braking
No.
(Addr.
Hex) b2-01
(189)
Name
DC Injection Braking
Start Frequency b2-02
(18A) b2-03
(18B) b2-04
(18C) b2-09
(1E1)
DC Injection Braking
Current
DC Injection Braking
Time at Start
DC Injection Braking
Time at Stop
LCD Display
DCInj Start Freq
DCInj Current
DCInj Time@Start
DCInj Time@Stop
Motor Pre-Heat Current
2
Preheat Current
Description Values
Sets the frequency at which DC Injection Braking starts when
“Ramp to stop” (b1-03 = 0) is selected.
Sets the DC Injection Braking current as a percentage of the drive rated current.
Sets DC Injection Braking time at start. Disabled when set to
0.00 seconds.
Sets DC Injection Braking time at stop.
Determines the percentage of motor rated output current used for the motor pre-heat function.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0 Hz
Max.: 10.0 Hz
Default: 50%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
Default: 0.00 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
Default: 0.00 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
Default: 5%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 187
A.4 b: Application
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values b2-12
(1BA) b2-13
(1BB) b2-18
(177)
Short Circuit Brake
Time at Start
Short Circuit Brake
Time at Stop
Short Circuit Braking
Current
SC Brake T@Start
SC Brake T@Stop
Shrt Cir Brk
Sets the time for Short Circuit Braking operation at start.
Sets the Short Circuit Braking operation time at stop.
Default: 0.00 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 25.50
Default: 0.50 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 25.50
Determines the current level for Short Circuit Braking. Set as a percentage of the motor rated current.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 200.0
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
Page
u b3: Speed Search
No.
(Addr
Hex.) b3-01
(191) b3-02
(192) b3-03
(193) b3-04
(194) b3-05
(195)
Search
Time
Name
Speed Search Selection at Start
SpdSrch at Start
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Speed Search
Deactivation Current
Speed Search
Deceleration Time
V/f Gain during Speed
Speed Search Delay
LCD Display
SpdSrch DeactCur
SpdSrch Dec Time
SpdSrch V/f
Search Delay b3-06
(196) b3-08
(198)
Output Current 1 during
Speed Search
Srch Im Lvl1
Current Control Gain during Speed Search
(Speed Estimation
Type)
Srch ACR P Gain b3-10
(19A)
Speed Search Detection
Compensation Gain
Srch Detect Comp b3-14
(19E)
Bi-Directional Speed
Search Selection b3-17
(1F0)
Speed Search Restart
Current Level b3-18
(1F1)
Speed Search Restart
Detection Time
Bidir Search Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
SrchRestart Lvl
SrchRestart Time b3-19
(1F2)
Number of Speed
Search Restarts
Num of SrchRestr b3-24
(1C0)
Speed Search Method
Selection
SpdSrch Method
0: CurrentDetection
1: Speed Estimation b3-25
(1C8)
Speed Search Wait Time SpdSrch WaitTime
Description Values
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: <1>
Range: 0, 1
Sets the current level at which the speed is assumed to be detected and Speed Search is ended. Set as a percentage of the drive rated current.
Sets output frequency reduction time during Speed Search.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0%
Max.: 200%
Default: 2.0 s
Min.: 0.1
Max.: 10.0
Determines how much to lower the V/f ratio during Speed
Search.
Output voltage during Speed Search equals the V/f setting multiplied by b3-04.
When using an external contactor on the output side, b3-05 delays executing Speed Search after a momentary power loss to allow time for the contactor to close.
Sets the current injected to the motor at the beginning of Speed
Estimation Speed Search. Set as a coefficient for the motor rated current.
Default: <2>
Min.: 10%
Max.: 100%
Default: 0.2 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
Default: <2>
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 2.0
Sets the proportional gain for the current controller during
Speed Search.
Default: <1> <2>
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 6.00
Sets the gain which is applied to the speed detected by Speed
Estimation Speed Search before the motor is reaccelerated.
Increase this setting if ov occurs when performing Speed Search after a relatively long period of baseblock.
0: Disabled (uses the direction of the frequency reference)
1: Enabled (drive detects which way the motor is rotating)
Default: 1.05
Min.: 1.00
Max.: 1.20
Default: <1>
Range: 0, 1
Sets the Speed Search restart current level as a percentage of the drive rated current.
Default: 150%
Min.: 0
Max.: 200
Sets the time to detect Speed Search restart.
Sets the number of times the drive can attempt to restart when performing Speed Search.
Default: 0.10 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 1.00
Default: 3
Min.: 0
Max.: 10
0: Current Detection
1: Speed Estimation
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Sets the time the drive must wait between each Speed Search restart attempt.
Default: 0.5 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 300.0
Page
188 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.4 b: Application
No.
(Addr
Hex.)
Name LCD Display Description b3-27
(1C9) b3-33
(0B3F)
Start Speed Search
Select
Speed Search Selection when Run Command is
Given during Uv
Start srch sel
0: Start from 0
1: Start Fref>Fmin
SpdSrch Start UV
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Selects a condition to activate Speed Search Selection at Start
(b3-01) or External Speed Search Command 1 or 2 from the multi-function input.
0: Triggered when a Run command is issued. (normal).
1: Triggered when an external baseblock is released.
Activates and deactivates Speed Search at start in accordance with whether a Run command was issued during an undervoltage (Uv) condition. Function is active when a momentary power loss (L2-01 = 1 or 2), Speed Search at start
(b3-01 = 1), and coasting to a stop (b1-03 = 1) are enabled.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
Values
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1 u b4: Timer Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex) b4-01
(1A3)
Name
Timer Function On-
Delay Time
LCD Display
Delay-ON Timer b4-02
(1A4)
Timer Function Off-
Delay Time
Delay-OFF Timer
Description Values
Sets the on-delay and off-delay times for a digital timer output
(H2oo =12).
The output is triggered by a digital input programmed to
H1oo =18).
Default: 0.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 3000.0
Default: 0.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 3000.0
Page
Page
u b5: PI Control
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values b5-01
(1A5) b5-02
(1A6) b5-03
(1A7) b5-04
(1A8) b5-06
(1AA) b5-07
(1AB) b5-08
(1AC) b5-09
(1AD)
PI Function Setting
Proportional Gain
Setting (P)
Integral Time Setting (I) PID I Time
Integral Limit Setting
PI Output Limit
PI Offset Adjustment
PI Primary Delay Time
Constant
PI Output Level
Selection
PID Mode
0: Disabled
1: Enabled D=Fdbk
3: Fref+PID D=Fdbk
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (PI output becomes output frequency reference)
3: Enabled (PI output added to frequency reference)
PID Gain
PID I Limit
PID Limit
PID Offset
PID Delay Time
Output Level Sel
0: Normal Character
1: Rev Character
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1, 3
Sets the proportional gain of the PI controller.
Default: 2.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 25.00
Sets the integral time for the PI controller.
Default: 0.5 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 360.0
Sets the maximum output possible from the integrator as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
Sets the maximum output possible from the entire PI controller as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
Applies an offset to the PI controller output. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -100.0
Max.: 100.0
Sets a low pass filter time constant on the output of the PI controller.
Default: 0.00 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
0: Normal output (direct acting)
1: Reverse output (reverse acting)
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 189
A.4 b: Application
No.
(Addr.
Hex) b5-10
(1AE) b5-11
(1AF) b5-12
(1B0) b5-13
(1B1) b5-14
(1B2) b5-15
(1B3) b5-16
(1B4) b5-17
(1B5) b5-18
(1DC) b5-19
(1DD) b5-20
(1E2) b5-21
(1E3) b5-22
(1E4) b5-23
(1E5) b5-24
(1E6) b5-25
(1E7)
Name LCD Display Description Values
PI Output Gain Setting Output Gain
PI Output Reverse
Selection
PI Feedback Loss
Detection Selection
PI Feedback Loss
Detection Level
PI Feedback Loss
Detection Time
PI Sleep Function Start
Level
PI Sleep Delay Time
PI Accel/Decel Time
PI Setpoint Selection
Output Rev Sel
0: 0 limit
1: Reverse
Fb loss Det Sel
0: DO Only - Always
1: Alarm - Always
2: Fault - Always
3: DO Only@PID
Enbl
4: Alarm @ PID Enbl
5: Fault @ PID Enbl
Fb loss Det Lvl
Fb loss Det Time
PID Sleep Level
PID Sleep Time
PID Acc/Dec Time
PID Setpoint Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Sets the gain applied to the PI output.
Default: 1.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 25.00
0: Negative PI output triggers zero limit.
1: Rotation direction reverses with negative PI output.
Note: When using setting 1, make sure reverse operation is permitted by b1-04.
0: Digital Output Only
(Remains active when PI is disabled by digital input)
1: Alarm output, drive continues operation (Remains active when PI is disabled by digital input)
2: Fault output, drive output is shut off (Remains active when
PI is disabled by digital input)
3: Digital output only. No detection when PI is disabled by digital input.
4: Alarm detection. No detection when PI is disabled by digital input.
5: Fault detection. No detection when PI is disabled by digital input.
Sets the PI feedback loss detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 5
Sets a delay time for PI feedback loss.
Default: 0%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
Default: 1.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 25.5
Sets the frequency level that triggers the sleep/snooze function. Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0 Hz
Max.: 240.0 Hz
Sets a delay time before the sleep/snooze function is triggered. Default: 0.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 25.5
Sets the acceleration and deceleration time to PI setpoint.
Default: 0.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 6000.0
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
PI Setpoint Value
PI Setpoint Scaling
PI Sleep Input Source
PID Setpoint
PID Disp Scaling
0: 0.01Hz units
1: 0.01% units
2: r/min
3: User Units
PI Sleep Ref
0: PI Setpoint
1: Frequency Ref
2: Snooze Func
Sets the PI target value when b5-18 = 1. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 0.00%
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 600.00
<2>
0: 0.01 Hz units
1: 0.01% units (100% = max output frequency)
2: r/min (number of motor poles must entered)
3: User-set (set scaling to b5-38 and b5-39)
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 3
PI Snooze Level
PI Snooze Delay Time
PI Snooze Deactivation
Level
PI Setpoint Boost
Setting
Snooze Level
Snooze DelayTime
SnoozeRestartLvl
SetpointBoostLvl
Input source selection for Sleep Function mode.
0: PI Setpoint
1: SFS Input
2: Snooze
Sets the PI Snooze Function start level as a percentage of the maximum frequency.
Sets the PI Snooze Function delay time in seconds.
When the PI feedback level drops below this level, the drive returns to normal operation. Set as a percentage of the maximum frequency.
Temporarily increases the PI setpoint to create an overshoot of the intended PI setpoint.
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 0%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
Default: 0s
Min.: 0
Max.: 2600
Default: 0%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
Default: 0%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
Page
190 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.4 b: Application
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values b5-26
(1E8) b5-27
(1E9)
PI Maximum Boost
Time
PI Snooze Feedback
Level
SetpointBoostTim
Snooze Reset Lvl
Sets the maximum boost time when PI feedback does not reach boost level.
The Snooze Function starts when the PI feedback exceeds the boost setting level or when the boost time expires.
Sets the PI feedback level above which Snooze mode is activated. Set as a percentage of the maximum frequency.
Default: 0s
Min.: 0
Max.: 2600
Default: 60%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
0: Disabled
1: Square root
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1 b5-28
(1EA)
PI Feedback Function
Selection
PI Fdbk Sqrt Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled b5-29
(1EB) b5-30
(1EC) b5-34
(19F)
PI Square Root Gain
PI Feedback Offset
PI Fdbk SqrtGain
PI Fdbk Offset
PI Output Lower Limit PID Out Low Lim
A multiplier applied to the square root of the feedback.
PI feedback offset set as a percentage of the maximum frequency.
Sets the minimum output possible from the PI controller as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 0.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 2.00
Default: 0.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 100.00
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -100.0
Max.: 100.0
b5-35
(1A0) b5-36
(1A1) b5-37
(1A2) b5-38
(1FE) b5-39
(1FF) b5-40
(17F) b5-41
(160) b5-42
(161)
PI Input Limit
PI Feedback High
Detection Level
PI Feedback High
Detection Time
PI Setpoint Display
Digits
PID Input Limit
Fb High Det Lvl
Fb High Dly Time
PI Setpoint User Display PID UsrDspMaxVal
PID UsrDspDigits
0: No Dec (XXXXX)
1: 1 Dec (XXXX.X)
2: 2 Dec (XXX.XX)
3: 3 Dec (XX.XXX)
Limits the PI control input (deviation signal) as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Acts as a bipolar limit.
Sets the PI feedback high detection level as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Sets the PI feedback high level detection delay time.
Sets the display value of U5-01 and U5-04 when the maximum frequency is output.
Default:
1000.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 1000.0
Default: 100%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
Default: 1.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 25.5
Default: <3>
Min.: 1
Max.: 60000
0: No decimal places
1: One decimal place
2: Two decimal places
3: Three decimal places
Default: <3>
Range: 0 to 3
Frequency Reference
Monitor Content during
PI
Fref Mon Sel@PID
0: Fref Mon w PID
1: Fref Mon w/o PID
0: Display the frequency reference (U1-01) after PI compensation has been added.
1: Display the frequency reference (U1-01) before PI compensation has been added.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
PI Unit Selection
PI Output Monitor
Calculation Method
PI Mon Unit Sel
0: WC
1: PSI
2: GPM
3: ° F
4: CFM
5: CMH
6: LPH
7: LPS
8: Bar
9: Pa
10: ° C
11: Mtr
12: Ft
13: LPM
14: CMM
PI Out Calc Mode
0: Linear
1: Square root
2: 1/f2
3: 1/f3
0: WC (Inch of water)
1: PSI (Pounds per square inch)
2: GPM (Gallons per minute)
3: F (Degrees Fahrenheit)
4: CFM (Cubic feet per minute)
5: CMH (Cubic meters per hour)
6: LPH (Liters per hour)
7: LPS (Liters per second)
8: Bar (Bar)
9: Pa (Pascal)
10: C (Degrees Celsius)
11: Mtr (Meters)
12: Ft (Feet)
13: LPM (Liters per minute)
14: CMM (Cubic meters per minute)
0: Linear - the monitor displays PI output
1: Square root - the monitor displays square root PI output
2: Quadratic - the monitor displays 1/(PI output)
3: Cubic - the monitor displays 1/(PI output)
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 14
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 191
A.4 b: Application
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values b5-43
(162) b5-44
(163) b5-45
(164)
PI Output 2 Monitor
Max Upper 4 Digits
PI Output 2 Monitor
Max Lower 4 Digits
PI Output 2 Monitor
Minimum
PI Out MonMax U4
PI Out MonMax L4
PI Out MonMin
Sets the upper 4 digits of the maximum monitor value.
Used with b5-44 to set maximum monitor value of U5-14 and
U5-15 at maximum frequency.
Note: Used for U5-14 and U5-15 only.
Sets the lower 4 digits of the maximum monitor value.
Used with b5-43 to set maximum monitor value of U5-14 and
U5-15 at maximum frequency.
Note: Used for U5-14 and U5-15 only.
Sets the minimum display value at zero speed.
This function is effective when b5-42 is set to 0 (Linear output mode).
Note: Used for U5-14 and U5-15 only.
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 9999
Default: 0.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 99.99
Default: 0.0
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 999.9
b5-46
(165) b5-47
(17D)
PI Setpoint Monitor Unit
Selection
Reverse Operation
Selection 2 by PI Output
PI Mon Unit Sel
0: WC
1: PSI
2: GPM
3: ° F
4: CFM
5: CMH
6: LPH
7: LPS
8: Bar
9: Pa
10: ° C
11: Mtr
12: Ft
13: LPM
14: CMM
Output Rev Sel2
0: 0 limit
1: Reverse
0: WC (Inch of water)
1: PSI (Pounds per square inch)
2: GPM (Gallons per minute)
3: F (Degrees Fahrenheit)
4: CFM (Cubic feet per minute)
5: CMH (Cubic meters per hour)
6: LPH (Liters per hour)
7: LPS (Liters per second)
8: Bar (Bar)
9: Pa (Pascal)
10: C (Degrees Celsius)
11: Mtr (Meters)
12: Ft (Feet)
13: LPM (Liters per minute)
14: CMM (Cubic meters per minute)
Reverse operation selection when b5-01 = 3
0: Reverse Disabled
1: Reverse Enabled
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Changing b5-20, b5-38, and b5-39 will not automatically update the value of this parameter.
<3> Default setting is dependent on parameter b5-20, PI Setpoint Scaling.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 14
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Page
u b8: Energy Saving
No.
(Addr.
Hex) b8-01
(1CC) b8-04
(1CF) b8-05
(1D0) b8-06
(1D1)
Name
Energy Saving Control
Selection
Energy Saving
Coefficient Value
Power Detection Filter
Time
Search Operation
Voltage Limit
LCD Display
Energy Save Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Energy Save COEF kW Filter Time
Search V Limit
Description Values
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Determines the level of maximum motor efficiency. Setting range is 0.0 to 2000.0 for drives 3.7 kW and smaller.
Sets a time constant filter for output power detection.
Sets the limit for the voltage search operation as a percentage of the motor rated voltage.
Default: <1>
Range: 0, 1
Default: <2> <3>
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 655.00
Default: 20 ms
Min.: 0
Max.: 2000
Default: 0%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Default setting is determined by parameters A1-02, Control Method Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<3> Parameter value changes automatically if E2-11 is manually changed or changed by Auto-Tuning.
Page
192 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.5 C: Tuning
A.5 C: Tuning
C parameters are used to adjust the acceleration and deceleration times, S-curves, torque compensation, and carrier frequency selections.
u C1: Acceleration and Deceleration Times
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
C1-01
(200)
Name
Acceleration Time 1
LCD Display
Accel Time 1
Description
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.
Values Page
C1-02
(201)
Deceleration Time 1 Decel Time 1
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.
Default: 30.0 s
Min.: 0.1
Max.: 6000.0
C1-03
(202)
Acceleration Time 2
C1-04
(203)
Deceleration Time 2
Accel Time 2
Sets the time to accelerate from 0 to maximum frequency.
Sets the time to decelerate from maximum frequency to 0.
Default: 30.0 s
Min.: 0.1
Max.: 6000.0
Decel Time 2
C1-09
(208)
Fast Stop Time
C1-11
(20A)
Accel/Decel Time
Switching Frequency
Fast Stop Time
Acc/Dec SW Freq
Sets the time for the Fast Stop function.
Sets the frequency to switch between accel/decel time settings.
Setting units are determined by parameter A1-02, Control
Method Selection.
Default: 10.0 s
Min.: 0.1
Max.: 6000.0
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 240.0
u C2: S-Curve Characteristics
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values
C2-01
(20B)
C2-02
(20C)
S-Curve Characteristic at Accel Start
S-Curve Characteristic at Accel End
SCrv Acc @ Start
SCrv Acc @ End
The S-curve can be controlled at the four points shown below.
ON OFF
Run Command
Output Frequency
C2-02 0.20 s <1>
Default: <2>
Min.: 0.00 s
Max.: 10.00 s
C2-01 0.20 s <1>
Time
Default: 0.20 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
<1> S-curve characteristics at decel start/end are fixed to 0.20 s.
<2> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
u C4: Torque Compensation
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
C4-01
(215) Torque Compensation
Gain
Name LCD Display Description Values
C4-02
(216) Torque Compensation
Primary Delay Time 1
Torq Comp Gain
Torq Comp Time
Sets the gain for the automatic torque (voltage) boost function and helps to produce better starting torque. Used for motor 1.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 2.50
Sets the torque compensation filter time.
Default: <2>
Min.: 0 ms
Max.: 60000 ms
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Default setting is determined by parameters A1-02, Control Method Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
Page
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 193
A.5 C: Tuning u C6: Carrier Frequency
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display
C6-02
(224)
C6-03
(225)
C6-04
(226)
C6-05
(227)
Carrier Frequency
Selection
Carrier Frequency
Upper Limit
Carrier Frequency
Lower Limit
Carrier Frequency
Proportional Gain
CarrierFreq Sel
1: 2.0 kHz
2: 5.0 kHz
3: 8.0 kHz
4: 10.0 kHz
5: 12.5 kHz
7: Swing PWM1
8: Swing PWM2
9: Swing PWM3
A: Swing PWM4
F: Program
CarrierFreq Max
CarrierFreq Min
CarrierFreq Gain
Description Values
1: 2.0 kHz
2: 5.0 kHz
3: 8.0 kHz
4: 10.0 kHz
5: 12.5 kHz
7: Swing PWM1 (Audible sound 1)
8: Swing PWM2 (Audible sound 2)
9: Swing PWM3 (Audible sound 3)
A: Swing PWM4 (Audible sound 4)
B to E: No setting possible
F: User-defined (determined by C6-03 through C6-05)
Determines the upper and lower limits for the carrier frequency.
Default: <1>
Range: 1 to 5; 7 to
9; A, F
Carrier Frequency
C6-03
C6-04
Default: <2>
Min.: 1.0 kHz
Max.: 12.5 kHz
Default: <2>
Min.: 1.0 kHz
Max.: 12.5 kHz
Output Frequency
× (C6-05) × K
E1-04
Max Output
Frequency
Output
Frequency
Default:
Min.: 0
Max.: 99
<2>
<1> Default setting value is dependent on parameters A1-02, Control Method Selection and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Default setting value is dependent on parameter C6-02, Carrier Frequency Selection.
Page
194 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.6 d: References
A.6 d: References
Reference parameters set the various frequency reference values during operation.
u d1: Frequency Reference
No.
(Addr.
Hex) d1-01
(280) d1-02
(281) d1-03
(282) d1-04
(283) d1-16
(291) d1-17
(292)
Name
Frequency Reference 1 Reference 1
Frequency Reference 2 Reference 2
Frequency Reference 3 Reference 3
Frequency Reference 4 Reference 4
HAND Frequency
Reference 1
Jog Frequency
Reference
LCD Display
HAND Freq Ref 1
Jog Reference
Description Values
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 240.00
<1>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 240.00
<1>
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
Sets the frequency reference for the drive. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 240.00
<1>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 240.00
<1>
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 240.00
<1>
Sets the Jog frequency reference. Setting units are determined by parameter o1-03.
Default: 6.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 240.0
<1>
<1> Range upper limit is determined by parameters d2-01, Frequency Reference Upper Limit, and E1-04, Maximum Output Frequency.
Page
u d2: Frequency Upper/Lower Limits
No.
(Addr.
Hex.) d2-01
(289)
Name
Frequency Reference
Upper Limit
LCD Display
Ref Upper Limit d2-02
(28A) d2-03
(293)
Frequency Reference
Lower Limit
Ref Lower Limit
Master Speed Reference
Lower Limit
Ref1 Lower Limit
Description Setting
Sets the frequency reference upper limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Sets the frequency reference lower limit as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Sets the lower limit for frequency references from analog inputs as a percentage of the maximum output frequency.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 110.0
Default: 0.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 110.0
Default: 0.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 110.0
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 195
A.6 d: References u d3: Jump Frequency
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name d3-01
(294)
Jump Frequency 1 d3-02
(295)
Jump Frequency 2 d3-03
(296)
Jump Frequency 3
LCD Display
Jump Freq 1
Jump Freq 2
Jump Freq 3
Description
Eliminates problems with resonant vibration of the motor/ machine by avoiding continuous operation in predefined frequency ranges. The drive accelerates and decelerates the motor through the prohibited frequency ranges.
Setting 0.0 disables this function.
Parameters must be set so that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
Eliminates problems with resonant vibration of the motor/ machine by avoiding continuous operation in predefined frequency ranges. The drive accelerates and decelerates the motor through the prohibited frequency ranges.
Setting 0.0 disables this function.
Parameters must be set so that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
Eliminates problems with resonant vibration of the motor/ machine by avoiding continuous operation in predefined frequency ranges. The drive accelerates and decelerates the motor through the prohibited frequency ranges.
Setting 0.0 disables this function.
Parameters must be set so that d3-01 ≥ d3-02 ≥ d3-03.
Sets the dead-band width around each selected prohibited frequency reference point.
Values
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 240.0
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 240.0
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 240.0
d3-04
(297)
Jump Frequency Width Jump Bandwidth
Default: 1.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 20.0
u d4: Frequency Reference Hold Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display d4-01
(298) d4-10
(2B6)
Frequency Reference
Hold Function Selection
Fref Hold Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Up/Down Frequency
Reference Limit
Selection
Up/Dn LowLim Sel
0: D2-02 or Analog
1: D2-02 Only
Description Values
0: Disabled.
Drive starts from zero when the power is switched on.
1: Enabled.
At power up, the drive starts the motor at the Hold frequency that was saved.
0: The lower limit is determined by d2-02 or an analog input.
1: The lower limit is determined by d2-02.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1 u d6: Field Weakening
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display d6-01
(2A0)
Field Weakening Level Field-Weak Lvl d6-02
(2A1)
Field Weakening
Frequency Limit
Field-Weak Freq
Description Values
Sets the drive output voltage for the Field Weakening function as a percentage of the maximum output voltage. Enabled when a multi-function input is set for Field Weakening
(H1oo = 63).
Sets the lower limit of the frequency range where Field
Weakening control is valid. The Field Weakening command is valid only at frequencies above this setting and only when the output frequency matches the frequency reference (speed agree).
Default: 80%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 240.0
Page
Page
Page
196 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.6 d: References u d7: Offset Frequency
No.
(Addr.
Hex) d7-01
(2B2)
Name
Offset Frequency 1
LCD Display
Offset Freq 1 d7-02
(2B3)
Offset Frequency 2 d7-03
(2B4)
Offset Frequency 3
Offset Freq 2
Offset Freq 3
Description
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input
“Frequency offset 1” (H1oo = 44) is switched on.
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input
“Frequency offset 2” (H1oo = 45) is switched on.
Added to the frequency reference when the digital input
“Frequency offset 3” (H1oo = 46) is switched on.
Setting
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -100.0
Max.: 100.0
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -100.0
Max.: 100.0
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -100.0
Max.: 100.0
Page
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 197
A
A.7 E: Motor Parameters
A.7 E: Motor Parameters u E1: V/f Pattern for Motor 1
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display
E1-01
(300)
Input Voltage Setting Input Voltage
E1-03
(302)
V/f Pattern Selection
V/F Selection
0: 50 Hz
1: 60 Hz Saturation
2: 60 Hz Saturation
3: 72 Hz
4: 50 Hz VT1
5: 50 Hz VT2
6: 60 Hz VT1
7: 60 Hz VT2
8: 50 Hz HST1
9: 50 Hz HST2
A: 60 Hz HST1
B: 60 Hz HST2
C: 90 Hz
D: 120 Hz
E: 180 Hz
F: Custom V/F
Description Values
This parameter must be set to the power supply voltage.
WARNING! Electrical Shock Hazard. Drive input voltage
(not motor voltage) must be set in E1-01 for the protective features of the drive to function properly. Failure to do so may result in equipment damage and/or death or personal injury.
Default: 661.3 V
Min.: 445.6
Max.: 733.1
0: 50 Hz, Constant torque 1
1: 60 Hz, Constant torque 2
2: 60 Hz, Constant torque 3 (50 Hz base)
3: 72 Hz, Constant torque 4 (60 Hz base)
4: 50 Hz, Variable torque 1
5: 50 Hz, Variable torque 2
6: 60 Hz, Variable torque 3
7: 60 Hz, Variable torque 4
8: 50 Hz, High starting torque 1
9: 50 Hz, High starting torque 2
A: 60 Hz, High starting torque 3
B: 60 Hz, High starting torque 4
C: 90 Hz (60 Hz base)
D: 120 Hz (60 Hz base)
E: 180 Hz (60 Hz base)
F: Custom V/f E1-04 through E1-13 settings define the V/f pattern
Default: F <1>
Range: 0 to 9;
A to F
Page
198 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.7 E: Motor Parameters
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values
E1-04
(303)
E1-05
(304)
E1-06
(305)
E1-07
(306)
E1-08
(307)
E1-09
(308)
E1-10
(309)
E1-11
(30A)
<5>
E1-12
(30B)
<5>
E1-13
(30C)
Maximum Output
Frequency
Maximum Voltage
Base Frequency
Middle Output
Frequency
Middle Output
Frequency Voltage
Minimum Output
Frequency
Minimum Output
Frequency Voltage
Middle Output
Frequency 2
Middle Output
Frequency Voltage 2
Base Voltage
Max Frequency
Max Voltage
Base Frequency
Mid Frequency A
Mid Voltage A
Min Frequency
Min Voltage
Mid Frequency B
Mid Voltage B
Base Voltage
These parameters are only applicable when E1-03 is set to F.
To set linear V/f characteristics, set the same values for E1-07 and E1-09.
In this case, the setting for E1-08 will be disregarded. Ensure that the four frequencies are set according to these rules:
E1-09 ≤ E1-07 < E1-06 ≤ E1-11 ≤ E1-04
Output Voltage (V)
E1-05
E1-12
Default: 60.0 Hz
<2>
Min.: 40.0 Hz
Max.: 240.0 Hz
Default: 575 V
<2>
Min.: 0.0 V
Max.: 733.1 V
E1-13
E1-08
E1-10
E1-09 E1-07 E1-06 E1-11 E1-04
Frequency (Hz)
Default: 60.0 Hz
<2>
Min.: 0.0 Hz
Max.: 240.0 Hz
Default: 30.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 240.0
Default: 143.8 V
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 733.1
Note: E1-07, E1-08, and E1-10 to E1-13 are not available in OLV/PM control mode.
Default: 1.5 Hz
<2>
Min.: 0.0 Hz
Max.: 240.0 Hz
Default: 25.9 V
<3>
Min.: 0.0 V
Max.: 733.1 V
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 240.0
Default: 0.0 V
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 733.1
Default: 0.0 V
<4>
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 733.1
<1> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter A1-02, Control Mode Selection.
<3> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<4> When Auto-Tuning is performed, E1-13 and E1-05 will be set to the same value.
<5> Parameter ignored when E1-11 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency 2) and E1-12 (Motor 1 Mid Output Frequency Voltage 2) are set to 0.0.
Page
u E2: Motor Parameters
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display
E2-01
(30E)
Motor Rated Current
E2-02
(30F)
Motor Rated Slip
Motor Rated FLA
Motor Rated Slip
E2-03
(310)
Motor No-Load Current No-Load Current
Description Values
Sets the motor nameplate full load current in amps.
Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
Sets the motor rated slip. Automatically set during
Auto-Tuning.
Sets the no-load current for the motor. Automatically set during
Auto-Tuning.
Default: <1>
Min.: 10% of drive rated current
Max.: 200% of drive rated current <2>
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00 Hz
Max.: 20.00 Hz
Default: <1>
Min.: 0 A
Max.: E2-01 <2>
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 199
A.7 E: Motor Parameters
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
E2-04
(311)
Name LCD Display
Number of Motor Poles Number of Poles
Sets the number of motor poles. Automatically set during
Auto-Tuning.
Description
E2-05
(312)
Motor Line-to-Line
Resistance
Term Resistance
Sets the phase-to-phase motor resistance. Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
E2-10
(317)
Motor Iron Loss for
Torque Compensation
Motor Iron Loss
Sets the motor iron loss.
E2-11
(318)
Motor Rated Power Mtr Rated Power
Sets the motor rated power in kilowatts (1 HP = 0.746 kW).
Automatically set during Auto-Tuning.
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Display is in the following units: 5A0007 to 5A0017: 0.01 A units; 5A0022 to 5A0242: 0.1 A units.
Values
Default: 4
Min.: 2
Max.: 48
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.000 Ω
Max.: 65.000 Ω
Default: <1>
Min.: 0 W
Max.: 65535 W
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00 kW
Max.: 650.00 kW
Page
u E5: PM Motor Settings
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values
E5-02
(32A)
E5-03
(32B)
E5-04
(32C)
E5-05
(32D)
E5-06
(32E)
E5-07
(32F)
E5-09
(331)
E5-24
(353)
Motor Rated Power
Motor Rated Current
PM Mtr Capacity
PM Mtr Rated FLA
Number of Motor Poles PM Motor Poles
Motor Stator Resistance PM Mtr Arm Ohms
Motor d-Axis
Inductance
Motor q-Axis
Inductance
Motor Induction Voltage
Constant 1
Motor Induction Voltage
Constant 2
PM Mtr d Induct
PM Mtr q Induct
PM Mtr Ind V 1
PM Mtr Ind V 2
Sets the rated capacity of the motor.
Sets the motor rated current.
Sets the number of motor poles.
Set the resistance for each motor phase.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.10 kW
Max.: 370.00 kW
Default: <1>
Min: 10% of drive rated current
Max: 200% of drive rated current <2>
Default: <1>
Min.: 2
Max.: 48
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.000 Ω
Max.: 65.000 Ω
Sets the d-Axis inductance for the PM motor.
Sets the q-Axis inductance for the PM motor.
Sets the induced peak voltage per phase in units of
0.1 mV/(rad/s) [electrical angle]. Set this parameter when using an IPM motor with variable torque.
Set E5-24 to 0 when setting this parameter.
Sets the induced phase-to-phase rms voltage in units of
0.1 mV/(r/min) [mechanical angle].
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00 mH
Max.: 300.00 mH
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00 mH
Max.: 600.00 mH
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0 mV/
(rad/s)
Max.: 2000.0
mV/
(rad/s)
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0 mV/
(r/min)
Max.: 6500.0
mV/
(r/min)
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Display is in the following units: 5A0007 to 5A0017: 0.01 A units; 5A0022 to 5A0242: 0.1 A units.
Page
200 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.8 F: Communication Option Parameters
A.8 F: Communication Option Parameters
F7-01
(3E5)
<4> <5>
<6>
F7-02
(3E6)
<4> <5>
<6>
F7-03
(3E7)
<4> <5>
<6>
F7-04
(3E8)
<4> <5>
<6>
F7-05
(3E9)
<6>
F7-06
(3EA)
<6>
F7-07
(3EB)
<6>
F7-08
(3EC)
<6> u F6, F7: Communication Option Card
Parameters F6-01 through F6-03 and F6-06 through F6-08 are used for EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP/IP, and LONWORKS options. F7 parameters are used for the EtherNet/IP and Modbus TCP/IP options.
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values Page
F6-01
(3A2)
F6-02
(3A3)
F6-03
(3A4)
F6-06
(3A7)
F6-07
(3A8)
F6-08
(36A)
<3>
Communications Error
Operation Selection
External Fault from
Comm. Option
Detection Selection
External Fault from
Comm. Option
Operation Selection
Torque Reference/
Torque Limit Selection from Comm. Option
Multi-Step Speed
Enable/Disable
Selection when NefRef/
ComRef is Selected
Comm Bus Flt Sel
0: Ramp to Stop
1: Coast to Stop
2: Fast-Stop
3: Alarm Only
EF0 Detection
0: Always Detected
1: Only During Run
EF0 Fault Action
0: Ramp to Stop
1: Coast to Stop
2: Fast-Stop
3: Alarm Only
Torq Ref/Lmt Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Fref PrioritySel
0: Net/Com REF
1: MultiStep Speed
Reset Communication
Parameters
Com Prm Init Sel
0: Init Com Prms
1: No Init Com Prms
0: Ramp to stop. Decel to stop using the decel time in C1-02.
1: Coast to stop.
2: Fast Stop. Decel to stop using the decel time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
<1>
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 3
0: Always detected.
1: Detection during run only.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
0: Ramp to stop. Decel to stop using the decel time in C1-02.
1: Coast to stop.
2: Fast Stop. Decel to stop using the decel time in C1-09.
3: Alarm only.
<1>
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 3
0: Disabled. Torque reference/limit from option board disabled.
1: Enabled. Torque reference/limit from option board enabled.
0: Multi-step reference disabled (same as F7)
1: Multi-step reference enabled (same as V7)
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
0: Communication-related parameters (F6oo ) are not reset when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
1: Reset all communication-related parameters (F6oo ) when the drive is initialized using A1-03.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
IP Address 1
IP Address 2
IP Address 3
IP Address 4
Subnet Mask 1
Subnet Mask 2
Subnet Mask 3
Subnet Mask 4
IP Address 1
IP Address 2
IP Address 3
IP Address 4
Subnet Mask 1
Subnet Mask 2
Subnet Mask 3
Subnet Mask 4
Sets the most significant octet of network static IP address.
Sets the second most significant octet of network static IP address.
Default: 192
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
Default: 168
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
Sets the third most significant octet of network static IP address.
Default: 1
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
Sets the fourth most significant octet of network static IP address.
Default: 20
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
Sets the most significant octet of network static Subnet Mask.
Default: 255
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
Sets the second most significant octet of network static Subnet
Mask.
Default: 255
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
Sets the third most significant octet of network static Subnet
Mask.
Sets the fourth most significant octet of network static Subnet
Mask.
Default: 255
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 201
A.8 F: Communication Option Parameters
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
F7-09
(3ED)
<6>
F7-10
(3EE)
<6>
F7-11
(3EF)
<6>
F7-12
(3E0)
<6>
F7-13
(3F1)
F7-14
(3F2)
F7-15
(3F3)
<7>
F7-16
(3F4)
F7-17
(3F5)
F7-18
(3F6)
F7-19
(3F7)
F7-20
(3F8)
F7-21
(3F9)
F7-22
(3FA)
F7-23 to
F7-32
(3FB to
374)
F7-33 to
F7-42
(375 to
37E)
Name
Gateway Address 1
Gateway Address 2
Gateway Address 3
Gateway Address 4
Address Mode at Startup
Duplex Mode Selection
Communication Speed
Selection
Communication Loss
Timeout
EtherNet/IP Speed
Scaling Factor
EtherNet/IP Current
Scaling Factor
EtherNet/IP Torque
Scaling Factor
EtherNet/IP Power
Scaling Factor
EtherNet/IP Voltage
Scaling Factor
EtherNet/IP Time
Scaling
Dynamic Output
Assembly Parameters
Dynamic Input
Assembly Parameters
LCD Display
Gateway IP Add 1
Gateway IP Add 2
Gateway IP Add 3
Gateway IP Add 4
IP Add Mode Sel
0: User Defined
1: BOOTP
2: DHCP
Duplex Select
0: Half Duplex
1: Auto Negotiate
2: Full Duplex
Baud Rate
10: 10 Mbps
100: 100 Mbps
CommLoss Tout
EN Speed Scale
EN Current Scale
EN Torque Scale
EN Power Scale
EN Voltage Scale
EN Time Scale
–
–
Description Values
Sets the most significant octet of network Gateway address.
Sets the second most significant octet of network Gateway address.
Sets the third most significant octet of network Gateway address.
Default: 192
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
Default: 168
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
Default: 1
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
Sets the fourth most significant octet of network Gateway address.
Default: 1
Min.: 0
Max.: 255
Select the option address setting method
0: Static <5> <6>
1: BOOTP
2: DHCP
Selects duplex mode setting.
0: Half duplex forced <7>
1: Auto-negotiate duplex mode and communication speed
2: Full duplex forced <7>
Sets the communication speed
10: 10 Mbps
100: 100 Mbps
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 10
Range: 10, 100
Sets the timeout value in 0.1 s for communication loss detection.
Example: Setting this parameter to 100 represents 10.0 seconds.
Setting this parameter to 0 disables the connection timeout.
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 300
Sets the scaling factor for the speed monitor in EtherNet/IP
Class ID 2AH Object.
Sets the scaling factor for the output current monitor in
EtherNet/IP Class ID 2AH Object.
Sets the scaling factor for the torque monitor in EtherNet/IP
Class ID 2AH Object.
Sets the scaling factor for the power monitor in EtherNet/IP
Class ID 2AH Object.
Sets the scaling factor for the voltage monitor in EtherNet/IP
Class ID 2AH Object.
Sets the scaling factor for the time monitor in EtherNet/IP Class
ID 2AH Object.
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
Default: 0
Min.: -15
Max.: 15
Parameters used in Output Assembly 116.
Each parameter contains a MEMOBUS/Modbus address. The value received for Output Assembly 116 will be written to the corresponding MEMOBUS/Modbus address.
A MEMOBUS/Modbus address value of 0 means the value received for Output Assembly 116 will not be written to any register.
Parameters used in Input Assembly 166.
Each parameter contains a MEMOBUS/Modbus address. The value sent for Input Assembly 166 will be read from the corresponding MEMOBUS/Modbus address.
A MEMOBUS/Modbus address value of 0 means the value sent for Input Assembly 166 is not defined, and the default register value will be returned.
Default: 0
Default: 0
Page
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
<1> When using this setting, be sure to take safety measures, such as installing an emergency stop switch. The drive will continue to operate when a fault is detected.
<3> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<4> Cycle power for setting changes to take effect.
202 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
<5> When setting F7-13 to 0, all IP addresses (F7-01 to F7-04) must be unique.
<6> When setting F7-13 to 0, also set parameters F7-01 to F7-12.
<7> When F7-14 is set to 0 or 2, be sure to also set F7-15.
A.8 F: Communication Option Parameters
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 203
A
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H parameters assign functions to the multi-function input and output terminals.
u H1: Multi-Function Digital Inputs
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display
H1-01
(438)
Multi-Function Digital
Input Terminal S1
Function Selection
Term S1 Func Sel
Description
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
Refer to pages
to 207 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
H1-02
(439)
Multi-Function Digital
Input Terminal S2
Function Selection
Term S2 Func Sel
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
Refer to pages
Note:
to 207 for descriptions of setting values.
Set unused terminals to F.
H1-03
(400)
H1-04
(401)
H1-05
(402)
H1-06
(403)
H1-07
(404)
Multi-Function Digital
Input Terminal S3
Function Selection
Multi-Function Digital
Input Terminal S4
Function Selection
Multi-Function Digital
Input Terminal S5
Function Selection
Multi-Function Digital
Input Terminal S6
Function Selection
Multi-Function Digital
Input Terminal S7
Function Selection
Term S3 Func Sel
Term S4 Func Sel
Term S5 Func Sel
Term S6 Func Sel
Term S7 Func Sel
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
Refer to pages
to 207 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
Refer to pages
to 207 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
Refer to pages
to 207 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
Refer to pages
to 207 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
Assigns a function to the multi-function digital inputs.
Refer to pages
to 207 for descriptions of setting values.
Note: Set unused terminals to F.
<1> Value in parenthesis is the default setting when a 3-Wire initialization is performed (A1-03 = 3330).
<1>
Values
Default: 40 (F)
<1>
Min.: 1
Max.: B2
Default: 41 (F)
Min.: 1
Max.: B2
Default: 24
Min.: 0
Max.: B2
Default: 14
Min.: 0
Max.: B2
Default: 3 (0) <1>
Min.: 0
Max.: B2
Default: 4 (3) <1>
Min.: 0
Max.: B2
Default: 6 (4) <1>
Min.: 0
Max.: B2
Page
H1oo
Setting
0
3
4
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
Function
3-Wire sequence
Multi-Step Speed
Reference 1
Multi-Step Speed
Reference 2
Jog reference selection
Accel/decel time selection 1
Baseblock command
(N.O.)
Baseblock command
(N.C.)
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
LCD Display Description
3-Wire Control
Multi-Step Ref 1
Multi-Step Ref 2 jog Freq Ref
Multi-Acc/Dec 1
Ext BaseBlk N.O.
Ext BaseBlk N.C.
Closed: Reverse rotation (only if the drive is set up for 3-Wire sequence)
Terminals S1 and S2 are automatically set up for the Run command and Stop command.
When input terminals are set to Multi-Step Speed References 1 through 3, switching combinations of those terminals will create a multi-step speed sequence using the frequency references set in d1-01 through d1-08.
When input terminals are set to Multi-Step Speed References 1 through 3, switching combinations of those terminals will create a multi-step speed sequence using the frequency references set in d1-01 through d1-08.
Closed: Jog frequency reference (d1-17) selected. Jog has priority over all other reference sources.
Used to switch between accel/decel time 1 (set in C1-01, C1-02) and accel/decel time 2 (set in C1-03, C1-04).
Closed: No drive output
Accel/decel ramp hold
Drive overheat alarm
(oH2)
Analog terminal input selection
Acc/Dec RampHold
OH2 Alarm Signal
Term AI Enable
Open: No drive output
Open: Accel/decel is not held
Closed: The drive pauses during acceleration or deceleration and maintains the output frequency.
An external device has triggered an oH2 alarm.
Open: Function assigned by H3-14 is disabled.
Closed: Function assigned by H3-14 is enabled.
Page
204 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
H1oo
Setting
Function LCD Display Description
F
10
11
12
18
19
1B
1E
Through mode
Up command
Down command
Forward Jog
13 Reverse Jog
14 Fault reset
15 Fast Stop (N.O.)
17 Fast Stop (N.C.)
Timer function input
PI disable
Program lockout
Reference sample hold
Term Not Used
Up Command 1
Down Command 1
Forward Jog
Reverse Jog
Fault Reset
Fast-Stop N.O.
Fast-Stop N.C.
Timer function
PID Disable
Program Lockout
Ref Sample Hold
Select this setting when using the terminal in a pass-through mode. The terminal does not trigger a drive function, but it can be used as digital input for the controller to which the drive is connected.
The drive accelerates when the Up command terminal closes, and decelerates when the Down command closes. When both terminals are closed or both are open, the drive holds the frequency reference. The Up and Down commands must always be used in conjunction with one another.
The drive accelerates when the Up command terminal closes, and decelerates when the Down command closes. When both terminals are closed or both are open, the drive holds the frequency reference. The Up and Down commands must always be used in conjunction with one another.
Closed: Runs forward at the Jog frequency d1-17.
Closed: Runs reverse at the Jog frequency d1-17.
Closed: Resets faults if the cause is cleared and the Run command is removed.
Closed: Decelerates at the Fast Stop time set to C1-09.
Open: Decelerates to stop at the Fast Stop time set to C1-09.
Triggers the timer set up by parameters b4-01 and b4-02. Must be set in conjunction with the timer function output (H2oo = 12).
Open: PI control enabled
Closed: PI control disabled
Open: Parameters cannot be edited (except for U1-01 if the reference source is assigned to the HOA keypad).
Closed: Parameters can be edited and saved.
Closed: Samples the analog frequency reference and operates the drive at that speed.
20 to 2F External fault
30
31
34
35
PI integral reset
PI integral hold
PI soft starter cancel
PI input level selection
External fault
20: NO/Always Det,
Ramp to Stop
21: NC/Always Det,
Ramp to Stop
22: NO/During RUN,
Ramp to Stop
23: N.C., During run, ramp to stop
24: NO/ Always Det,
Coast to Stop
25: NC/Always Det,
Coast to Stop
26: NO/During RUN,
Coast to Stop
27: NC/During RUN,
Coast to Stop
28: NO/Always Det,
Fast-Stop
29: NC/Always Det,
Fast-Stop
2A: NO/During RUN,
Fast-Stop
2B: NC/During RUN,
Fast- Stop
2C: NO/Always Det,
Alarm Only
2D: NC/Always Det,
Alarm Only
2E: NO/ During RUN,
Alarm Only
2F: NC/During RUN,
Alarm Only
PID Intgrl Reset
20: N.O., Always detected, ramp to stop
21: N.C., Always detected, ramp to stop
22: N.O., During run, ramp to stop
23: N.C., During run, ramp to stop
24: N.O., Always detected, coast to stop
25: N.C., Always detected, coast to stop
26: N.O., During run, coast to stop
27: N.C., During run, coast to stop
28: N.O., Always detected, Fast Stop
29: N.C., Always detected, Fast Stop
2A: N.O., During run, Fast Stop
2B: N.C., During run, Fast Stop
2C: N.O., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)
2D: N.C., Always detected, alarm only (continue running)
2E: N.O., During run, alarm only (continue running)
2F: N.C., During run, alarm only (continue running)
PID Intgrl Hold
PID SFS Cancel
PID Input Invert
Closed: Resets the PI control integral value.
Open: Performs integral operation.
Closed: Maintains the current PI control integral value.
Open: PI soft starter is enabled.
Closed: Disables the PI soft starter b5-17.
Closed: Inverts the PI input signal.
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 205
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
H1oo
Setting
Function LCD Display Description Page
40
41
42
43
Forward run command
(2-Wire sequence)
Reverse run command
(2-Wire sequence)
Run command
(2-Wire sequence 2)
FWD/REV command
(2-Wire sequence 2)
44 Offset frequency 1
45 Offset frequency 2
FwdRun 2Wire Seq
RevRun 2WireSeq
Run/Stp 2WireSeq
FWD/REV 2WireSeq
Offset Freq 1
Offset Freq 2
46 Offset frequency 3
50 Motor Pre-Heat 2
Offset Freq 3
Motor Preheat 2
51 Sequence Timer Disable SeqTimer Disable
52 Sequence Timer Cancel SeqTimer Cancel
60 Motor pre-heat 1
61
External Speed Search command 1
62
External Speed Search command 2
63 Field weakening
DCInj Activate
Speed Search 1
Speed Search 2
Field Weak
65 KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.C.) KEB Ridethru NC
66 KEB Ride-Thru 1 (N.O.) KEB Ridethru NO
67
Communications test mode
68 High slip braking
Comm Test Mode
HighSlipBraking
Open: Stop
Closed: Forward run
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 42 or 43.
Open: Stop
Closed: Reverse run
Note:
Open: Stop
Closed: Run
Cannot be set together with settings 42 or 43.
Note: Cannot be set together with settings 40 or 41.
Open: Forward
Closed: Reverse
Note: Determines motor direction, but does not issue a Run command.
Cannot be set together with settings 40 or 41.
Closed: Adds d7-01 to the frequency reference.
Closed: Adds d7-02 to the frequency reference.
Closed: Adds d7-03 to the frequency reference.
Closed: Triggers Motor Pre-Heat 2.
Closed: Drive ignores sequence timers and runs normally.
Closed: Sequence Timer Cancel .
Closed: Triggers Motor pre-heat 1.
Closed: Activates Current Detection Speed Search from the maximum output frequency (E1-04).
Closed: Activates Current Detection Speed Search from the frequency reference.
69
6A
6D
6E
Jog 2
Drive enable
AUTO mode select
HAND mode select
Jog 2
Drive Enable
AUTO Mode Sel
HAND Mode Se
Closed: The drive performs Field Weakening control as set for d6-01 and d6-02.
Open: KEB Ride-Thru 1 enabled.
Closed: KEB Ride-Thru 1 enabled.
Tests the MEMOBUS/Modbus RS-422/RS-485 interface. Displays “PASS” if the test completes successfully.
Closed: Activates High Slip Braking to stop the drive during a Run command.
Cause the drive to ramp to the jog frequency (d1-17).
Note: Jog 2 is only available in 3-wire control.
This input must be opened to disable the drive for Emergency Override to take effect. Closing both Emergency Override digital inputs 6A and AF simultaneously will trigger an External Fault (EF) error.
Open: Drive disabled. If this input is opened during run, the drive will stop as specified by b1-03.
Closed: Ready for operation.
Legacy Operation Mode (S5-04 = 0)
• Open: HAND reference is selected (based on S5-01)
• Closed: AUTO reference is selected (based on b1-01)
Normal Operation Mode (S5-04 ≠ 0)
Note: The drive will always be in AUTO mode at power up when
S5-04 is set to 1.
• Open: Drive is in OFF or HAND mode.
• Closed: Drive is in AUTO mode (when HAND mode select input is open)
Legacy Operation Mode (S5-04 = 0)
• Open: AUTO reference is selected (based on b1-01)
• Closed: HAND reference is selected (based on S5-01)
Normal Operation Mode (S5-04 ≠ 0)
Note: The drive will always be in AUTO mode at power up when
S5-04 is set to 1.
• Open: Drive is in OFF or AUTO mode.
• Closed: Drive is in HAND mode. (when AUTO mode select input is open)
206 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H1oo
Setting
Function
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections
LCD Display Description
70
7A
7B
Drive Enable2 Drive Enable 2
KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.C.) KEB Ridethru2NC
KEB Ride-Thru 2 (N.O.) KEB Ridethru2NO
Prevents the Drive from executing a Run command until the Drive Enable2 input is closed.
When the Drive Enable2 input is open and a Run command is closed, the drive
LCD will display “dnE”.
The drive will run when the Run and Drive Enable2 inputs are both closed. If the
Drive Enable2 input is opened while the drive is running, the drive will stop using the method set by parameter b1-03.
Open: KEB Ride-Thru 2 enabled. Drive disregards L2-29 and performs Single
Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2.
Closed: KEB Ride-Thru 2 enabled. Drive disregards L2-29 and performs Single
Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2.
7C
7D
A4
A5
A6 BP BAS Interlock Input BP BAS Interlock
A7 BP Customer Safeties BP Cust Safeties
A8
A9
AA
Secondary PI Disable
(N.O.)
Secondary PI Disable
(N.C.)
Secondary PI Inverse
Operation
PI2 Disable N.O.
PI2 Disable N.C.
PI2 Invert
AB
AC
Secondary PI Integral
Reset
Secondary PI Integral
Hold
PI2 Intgrl Reset
PI2 Intgrl Hold
AD
AE
AF
B0
Short circuit braking
(N.O.)
Short circuit braking
(N.C.)
BP Customer Safeties
BP Drive/Bypass Select BP Drv/Bypss Sel
Select Secondary PI
Parameters
BP Bypass Run
Emergency Override
Forward Run
Emergency Override
Reverse Run
SC Brake (NO)
SC Brake (NC)
BP Emg Override
Select PI2 Parms
BP Bypass Run
Closed: Locks the value of the secondary PI controller integral value.
Closed: Uses the secondary PI controller Proportional and Integral adjustments
(S3-06 and S3-07) instead of the primary PI controller Proportional and Integral adjustments (b5-02 and b5-03). Only valid when S3-01 = 0 (secondary PI controller disabled).
Note: This multi-function input has no effect on the secondary PI controller. It is only used for the primary PI controller (b5oo ).
Closed: Commands a Run (via closing the BP Bypass Relay multi-function output) when in Bypass mode.
EmergOverrideFWD Closed: Emergency Override Forward Run
EmergOverrideREV
Closed: Short Circuit Braking enabled
Open: Short Circuit Braking enabled
Closed: Indicates that customer safeties are in place.
Note: The keypad OFF key is not functional when the drive is in
Emergency Override.
Open: Bypass mode.
Closed: Drive mode.
Closed: Indicates that the dampers are open
Closed: Indicates that customer safeties are in place.
Closed: Disables the secondary PI controller. Output behavior depends on the setting of S3-12.
Closed: Enables the secondary PI controller. Output behavior depends on the setting of S3-12 when open.
Closed: Changes the sign of the secondary PI controller input (reverse acting PI control).
Closed: Resets the secondary PI controller integral value.
Closed: Emergency Override Reverse Run
B1
B2
Customer Safeties
BAS Interlock
CustomerSafeties
BAS Interlock
The functionality is identical to Drive Enable 2 (H1oo = 70), except for the following characteristics:
• The stopping method is forced to Coast to Stop when the input is open
• The drive will display a “SAFE” alarm if the input is open when a Run command is present. It will not display “dnE”.
Open: Customer Safeties are open. Drive will not run. Stopping method is Coast to Stop.
Closed: Customer Safeties are in place.
Open: Damper interlock is not closed. Drive output is shut off (baseblocked). The drive displays an "inTLK" message if a Run command is present. It will not display
"dnE".
Closed: Damper interlock is closed. Drive operates normally.
Note: The state of the BAS Interlock multi-function input has no effect on the Emergency Override multi-function inputs (H1oo = AF, B0).
The Emergency Override command is accepted when the BAS
Interlock digital input is open or closed.
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 207
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals u H2: Multi-Function Digital Outputs
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
H2-01
(40B)
H2-02
(40C)
H2-03
(40D)
Name
Terminal M1-M2 function selection
(relay)
Terminal M3-M4 function selection
(relay)
Terminal M5-M6 function selection
(relay)
LCD Display
M1-M2 Func Sel
M3/M4 Func Sel
M5/M6 Func Sel
Description
Refer to H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings on pages
to 209 for descriptions of setting values.
Values
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 1B2
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 1B2
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 1B2
Page
17
1A
1B
1E
1F
11
12
13
14
15
Page
208 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
4C
52
53
54
58
4D
50
51
60
H2oo
Setting
20
2F
37
38
39
3A
3D
3E
3F
4A
4B
71
72
A4
A5
A6
A9
B2
100 to
1B2
Function
Drive overheat prealarm (oH)
Maintenance period
During frequency output During RUN 2
Drive enabled
H2 Multi-Function Digital Output Settings
LCD Display Description
OH Prealarm
Maintenance
Drive Enable
Watt hour pulse output Watt-hour Pulse
Drive overheat alarm OH Alarm 2
During speed search
PI feedback low
PI feedback high
During SpdSrch
PI Feedback Low
During KEB Ride-Thru During KEB
During short circuit braking
PI FeedbackHigh
During SC Brake
Closed: Heatsink temperature exceeds the L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level, or an external device has triggered an oH2 alarm via multi-function digital input H1oo = B.
Closed: Cooling fan, electrolytic capacitors, IGBTs, or the soft charge bypass relay may require maintenance.
Open: Either the drive has stopped or baseblock, DC Injection Braking, or Initial
Excitation is being performed.
Closed: Drive is running the motor (not in a baseblock state and DC Injection is not being performed).
Closed: Multi-function input set for “Drive enable” is closed (H1oo = 6A)
Output units are determined by H2-06. Outputs a pulse every 200 ms to indicate the kWh count.
Closed: Heatsink temperature exceeds the L8-02 Overheat Alarm Level.
Closed: Speed Search is being executed.
Closed: PI feedback level is too low.
Closed: The PI feedback level is too high.
Closed: KEB Ride-Thru is being performed.
During fast stop oH Pre-alarm time limit OH Pre-Alarm
Waiting for run Waiting for Run
Sequence timer 1 active SeqTimer Disable
Sequence timer 2 active SeqTimer Cancel
Sequence timer 3 active Sequence timer 3
Sequence timer 4 active Sequence Timer 4
Underload detection UL6
Internal cooling fan alarm
Secondary PI Feedback
Low
Secondary PI Feedback
High
During Fast Stop
Fan Alrm Det
PI2 Feedback Low
PI2 FeedbackHigh
Closed: Short Circuit Braking is active.
Closed: A Fast Stop command has been entered from the operator or input terminals.
Closed: oH pre-alarm time limit has passed.
Closed: Delay executing any run command until the time set to b1-11 has expired.
Closed: Sequence timer 1 is active.
Closed: Sequence timer 2 is active.
Closed: Sequence timer 3 is active.
Closed: Sequence timer 4 is active.
Closed: Underload is detected.
Closed: Internal cooling fan alarm
Closed: PI2 feedback level is too low.
Closed: The PI2 feedback level is too high.
Page
Closed: Line voltage is being supplied to the drive, and the motor is being run via the drive.
Closed: Line voltage is being supplied directly to the motor.
BP Drive Relay Contact BP Emg Override
BP Bypass Relay
Contact
BP BAS Interlock Relay
Contact
BP Drv/Bypss Sel
BP BAS Interlock
Relay Operator Control PI2 Disable N.C.
BAS Interlock Relay
Contact
Function 0 to b2 with inverse output
Note: A prefix of "!" is added to represent inverse functions on the
LCD keypad display.
Example: “!Zero speed”
BAS Interlock
–
Closed: Actuation signal for options dampers.
Closed: F1 (F2) key toggle relay output.
A Run command is active or voltage is output. Actuation signal for damper.
Inverts the output switching of the multi-function output functions.
Set the last two digits of 1 oo to reverse the output signal of that specific function.
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 209
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals u H3: Multi-Function Analog Inputs
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values
H3-01
(410)
H3-02
(434)
H3-03
(411)
H3-04
(412)
H3-09
(417)
H3-10
(418)
H3-11
H3-12
(41A)
H3-13
(41B)
H3-14
(41C)
H3-16
(2F0)
H3-17
(2F1)
Terminal A1 Signal
Level Selection
Terminal A1 Function
Selection
Terminal A1 Gain
Setting
Terminal A1 Bias
Setting
Terminal A2 Signal
Level Selection
Terminal A2 Function
Selection
(419) Terminal A2 Gain
Setting
Terminal A2 Bias
Setting
Analog Input Filter Time
Constant
Analog Input Terminal
Enable Selection
Terminal A1 Offset
Terminal A2 Offset
Term A1 Level
0: 0-10V,
(LowLim=0)
1: 0-10V, (BipolRef)
2: 4-20 mA
3: 0-20 mA
Term A1 FuncSel
Terminal A1 Gain
Terminal A1 Bias
Term A2 Level
0: 0-10V,
(LowLim=0)
1: 0-10V, (BipolRef)
2: 4-20 mA
3: 0-20 mA
Term A2 FuncSel
Terminal A2 Gain
Terminal A2 Bias
A1/A2 Filter T
A1/A2 Sel
1: A1 Available
2: A2 Available
3: A1/A2 Available
Term A1 Offset
Term A2 Offset
0: 0 to 10 V with zero limit
1: 0 to 10 V without zero limit
2: 4-20 mA
3: 0-20 mA
Note: Use jumper switch S1 to set input terminal A1 for current or voltage.
Sets the function of terminal A1.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 10 V
(20 mA) is input at terminal A2.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 26
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 10 V is input at terminal A1.
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-02 when 0 V is input at terminal A1.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
0: 0 to 10 V with zero limit
1: 0 to 10 V without zero limit
2: 4 to 20 mA
3: 0 to 20 mA
Note: Use jumper switch S1 to set input terminal A2 for current or voltage input signal.
Sets the function of terminal A2.
Default: 100.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 26
Default: 100.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
Sets the level of the input value selected in H3-10 when 0 V (0 or 4 mA) is input at terminal A2.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
Sets a primary delay filter time constant for terminals A1 and
A2. Used for noise filtering.
Default: 0.03 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 2.00
Determines which analog input terminals will be enabled when a digital input programmed for “Analog input enable”
(H1oo = C) is activated.
1: Terminal A1 only
2: Terminal A2 only
3: Terminals A1 and A2
Default: 2
Range: 1 to 3
Adds an offset when the analog signal to terminal A1 is at 0 V. Default: 0
Min.: -500
Max.: 500
Adds an offset when the analog signal to terminal A2 is at 0 V. Default: 0
Min.: -500
Max.: 500
H3oo
Setting
0
Function
Frequency bias
1
2
3
Frequency gain
Auxiliary frequency reference 1
(used as a Multi-Step
Speed 2)
Auxiliary frequency reference 2
(3rd step analog)
H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings
LCD Display Description
Freq Ref Bias
Freq Ref Gain
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
0 to 10 V signal allows a setting of 0 to 100%. -10 to 0 V signal allows a setting of -100 to 0%.
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
Aux Reference1
Aux Reference2
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
Page
Page
210 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals
H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings
H3oo
Setting
4
5
6
7
8
9
B
C
D
E
F
16
25
26
Function LCD Display
Output voltage bias Voltage Bias
Accel/decel time gain Acc/Dec Change
DC Injection Braking current
Overtorque/undertorque detection level
DC Brake Current
Torque Det Level
Stall Prevention level during run
Output frequency lower limit level
PI feedback
PI setpoint
Stall Prev Level
Ref Lower Limit
PI Feedback1
PI Set Point
Freq Ref Bias 2 Frequency bias
Motor temperature (PTC input)
Motor PTC
Through mode Not Used
Differential PI feedback PI Feedback 2
Secondary PI Setpoint PI2 Setpoint
Secondary PI Feedback PI2 Feedback
10 V = Drive rated current (V/f)
10 V = Motor rated torque (OLV/PM)
10 V = Drive rated current
10 V = 100%
10 V = 100%
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
10 V = 100%
Description
10 V = E1-05 (motor rated voltage)
10 V = 100%
10 V = Drive rated current
10 V = E1-04 (maximum output frequency)
Set this value when using the terminal in the pass-through mode.
10 V = 100%
10 V = S3-02 (maximum output frequency)
10 V = S3-02 (maximum output frequency) u H4: Analog Outputs
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display
H4-01
(41D)
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal FM
Monitor Selection
Term FM FuncSel
H4-02
(41E)
H4-03
(41F)
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal FM
Gain
Terminal FM Gain
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal FM
Bias
Terminal FM Bias
H4-04
(420)
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal AM
Monitor Selection
Terminal AM Sel
H4-05
(421)
H4-06
(422)
H4-07
(423)
H4-08
(424)
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal AM
Gain
Terminal AM Gain
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal AM
Bias
Terminal AM Bias
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal FM
Signal Level Selection
Multi-Function Analog
Output Terminal AM
Signal Level Selection
Level Select1
0: 0 to 10 Vdc
1: -10 to 10 Vdc
2: 4-20 mA
AO Level Select2
0: 0 to 10 Vdc
1: -10 to 10 Vdc
2: 4 to 20 mA
Description Values
Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal FM.
Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in
U o oo .
For example, enter “103” for U1-03.
Sets the signal level at terminal FM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value.
Default: 102
Range: 000 to
655
Default: 100.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
Sets the signal level at terminal FM that is equal to 0% of the selected monitor value.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
Selects the data to be output through multi-function analog output terminal AM.
Set the desired monitor parameter to the digits available in
U o oo .
For example, enter “103” for U1-03.
Sets the signal level at terminal AM that is equal to 100% of the selected monitor value.
Default: 103
Range: 000 to
655
Default: 50.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
Sets the signal level at terminal AM that is equal to 0% of the selected monitor value.
Default: 0.0%
Min.: -999.9
Max.: 999.9
0: 0 to 10 V
1: -10 V to 10 V
2: 4 to 20 mA
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
0: 0 to 10 V
1: -10 V to 10 V
2: 4 to 20 mA
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Page
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 211
A.9 H Parameters: Multi-Function Terminals u H5: MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
H5-01
(425)
<1>
H5-02
(426)
H5-03
(427)
H5-04
(428)
Name
Drive Slave Address
Communication Speed
Selection
Communication Parity
Selection
Stopping Method after
Communication Error
(CE)
LCD Display
Serial Comm Adr
Serial Baud Rate
0: 1200 bps
1: 2400 bps
2: 4800 bps
3: 9600 bps
4: 19.2 kbps
5: 38.4 kbps
6: 57.6 kbps
7: 76.8 kbps
8: 115.2 kbps
Serial Com Sel
0: No parity
1: Even parity
2: Odd parity
Serial Fault Sel
0: Ramp to Stop
1: Coast to Stop
2: Fast-Stop
3: Alarm Only
4: Alarm(d1-04)
Serial Flt Dtct
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Description
Selects drive station slave number (address) for MEMOBUS/
Modbus terminals R+, R-, S+, S-. Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
0: 1200 bps
1: 2400 bps
2: 4800 bps
3: 9600 bps
4: 19200 bps
5: 38400 bps
6: 57600 bps
7: 76800 bps
8: 115200 bps
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
0: No parity
1: Even parity
2: Odd parity
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
0: Ramp to stop
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast Stop
3: Alarm only
4: Run at d1-04
Values
Default: 1F (Hex)
Min.: 0
Max.: FF
Default: 3
Range: 0 to 8
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 3
Range: 0 to 4
H5-05
(429)
H5-06
(42A)
H5-07
(42B)
H5-08
(62D)
H5-09
(435)
Communication Fault
Detection Selection
Drive Transmit Wait
Time
RTS Control Selection
Communication
Protocol Selection
CE Detection Time
Transmit WaitTIM
RTS Control Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Protocol Select
0: MEMOBUS
1: N2
2: P1
3: BACnet
CE Detect Time
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
If communication is lost for more than two seconds, a CE fault will occur.
Set the wait time between receiving and sending data.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 5 ms
Min.: 5
Max.: 65
0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
1: Enabled. RTS turns on only when sending.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Selects the communication protocol.
0: MEMOBUS/Modbus
1: N2 (Metasys)
2: P1 (APOGEE FLN)
3: BACnet
Sets the time required to detect a communications error.
Adjustment may be needed when networking several drives.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 2.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 10.0
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
H5-10
(436)
Unit Selection for
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Register 0025H
CommReg 25h Unit
0: 0.1 V
1: 1 V
0: 0.1 V units
1: 1 V units
H5-11
(43C)
H5-12
(43D)
Communications
ENTER Function
Selection
Run Command Method
Selection
Enter CommandSel
0: Enter Required
1: No EnterRequired
Run CommandSel
0: FWD Run &REV
Run
1: Run & FWD/REV
0: Drive requires an Enter command before accepting any changes to parameter settings.
1: Parameter changes are activated immediately without the
Enter command (same as V7).
0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
H5-14
(310D) BAC Dev Obj ID 0
H5-15
(310E) BAC Dev Obj ID 1
BAC Dev Obj Id 0
BAC Dev Obj Id 1
BACnet device object ID
BACnet device object ID
<1> If this parameter is set to 0, the drive will be unable to respond to MEMOBUS/Modbus commands.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 1
Range: 0 to FFFF
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3F
Page
212 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.10 L: Protection Function
A.10 L: Protection Function
L parameters provide protection to the drive and motor, including control during momentary power loss, stall prevention, frequency detection, fault restarts, overtorque and undertorque detection, and other types of hardware protection.
u L1: Motor Protection
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values
L1-01
(480)
L1-02
(481)
L1-03
(482)
L1-04
(483)
L1-05
(484)
L1-08
(1103)
Motor Overload
Protection Selection
Motor Overload
Protection Time
(PTC input)
Motor Temperature
Input Filter Time (PTC input)
Operation Selection oL1 Current Level
Motor Overheat Alarm
Motor Overheat Fault
Operation Selection
(PTC input)
Mtr OL Charact
0: OL1 Disabled
1: VT Motor
4: PM Motor
MOL Time Const
Mtr OH Alarm Sel
0 : Ramp to Stop
1: Coast to Stop
2: Fast-Stop
3: Alarm only
Mtr OH Fault Sel
0 : Ramp to Stop
1: Coast to Stop
2: Fast-Stop
Mtr Temp Filter oL1 Current Lvl
0: Disabled
1: General purpose motor (standard fan cooled)
4: PM motor with variable torque
The drive may not be able to provide protection when using multiple motors, even if overload is enabled in L1-01. Set L1-01 to 0 and install separate thermal relays to each motor.
Sets the motor thermal overload protection (oL1) time.
L1-13
(46D)
Continuous
Electrothermal
Operation Selection
Mtr OL Mem Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Enabled(RTC)
<1> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Method Selection.
<2> Default setting is determined by parameters o2-04, Drive Model Selection, and C6-01, Drive Duty Selection.
<3> Display is in the following units: 5A0007 to 5A0017: 0.01 A units; 5A0022 to 5A0242: 0.1 A units.
Default: <1>
Range: 0, 1, 4
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2: Enable using Real Time Clock
Default: 1.0 min
Min.: 1.0
Max.: 5.0
Sets operation when the motor temperature analog input
(H3-02 or H3-10 = E) exceeds the alarm level.
0: Ramp to stop
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in
C1-09)
3: Alarm only (“oH3” will flash)
Sets stopping method when the motor temperature analog input
(H3-02, or H3-10 = E) exceeds the oH4 fault level.
0: Ramp to stop
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast Stop (decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in
C1-09)
Adjusts the filter for the motor temperature analog input
(H3-02, or H3-10 = E).
Default: 3
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2
Sets the reference current for motor thermal overload detection for the motor in amperes.
Default: 0.20 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
Default: <2>
Min.: 10% of drive rated current
Max.: 150% of drive rated current <3>
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2
Page
u L2: Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display
L2-01
(485)
L2-02
(486)
Momentary Power Loss
Operation Selection
PwrL Selection
0: Disabled
1: Enbl with Timer
2: Enbl whl CPU act
Momentary Power Loss
Ride-Thru Time
PwrL Ridethru t
Description
0: Disabled.
Drive trips on Uv1 fault when power is lost.
1: Recover within the time set in L2-02.
Uv1 will be detected if power loss is longer than L2-02.
2: Recover as long as CPU has power.
Uv1 is not detected.
Sets the Power Loss Ride-Thru time. Enabled only when
L2-01 = 1 or 3.
Values
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 2
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0 s
Max.: 25.5 s
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 213
A.10 L: Protection Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values
L2-03
(487)
L2-04
(488)
L2-05
(489)
L2-06
(48A)
L2-07
(48B)
L2-08
(48C)
L2-10
(48E)
L2-11
(461)
L2-29
(475)
Momentary Power Loss
Minimum Baseblock
Time
KEB Deceleration
Time
KEB Acceleration
Time
Frequency Gain at KEB
Start
Momentary Power Loss
Voltage Recovery Ramp
Time
Undervoltage Detection
Level (Uv1)
KEB Detection Time
PwrL V/F Ramp t
(Minimum KEB Time) KEB Detect Time
DC Bus Voltage
Setpoint during KEB
KEB Method Selection
PwrL Baseblock t
PUV Det Level
KEB Decel Time
KEB Accel Time
KEB Freq Red
KEB DC Bus Level
Sets the minimum wait time for residual motor voltage decay before the drive output reenergizes after performing Power
Loss Ride-Thru.
Increasing the time set to L2-03 may help if overcurrent or overvoltage occur during Speed Search or during DC Injection
Braking.
Sets the time for the output voltage to return to the preset V/f pattern during Speed Search.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.1 s
Max.: 5.0 s
Sets the DC bus undervoltage trip level.
Sets the time required to decelerate from the speed when KEB was activated to zero speed.
Sets the time to accelerate to the frequency reference when momentary power loss is over. If set to 0.0, the active acceleration time is used.
Sets the percentage of output frequency reduction at the beginning of deceleration when the KEB Ride-Thru function is started.
Reduction = (slip frequency before KEB) × L2-08 × 2
Sets the time to perform KEB Ride-Thru.
Sets the desired value of the DC bus voltage during KEB Ride-
Thru.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0 s
Max.: 5.0 s
Default: 546.3
Vdc <2>
Min.: 431.3
Max.: 603.8
Default: 0.00 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 6000.0
Default: 0.00 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 6000.0
Default: 100%
Min.: 0
Max.: 300
Default: 50 ms
Min.: 0
Max.: 2000
Default:[E1-01]
× 1.22
Min.: 431.3 Vdc
Max.: 1150 Vdc
KEB Mode Sel
0: Single Mode KEB1
1: Single Mode KEB2
0: Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 1
1: Single Drive KEB Ride-Thru 2
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter E1-01, Input voltage Setting.
Page
u L3: Stall Prevention
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display
L3-01
(48F)
L3-02
(490)
L3-03
(491)
L3-04
(492)
Stall Prevention
Selection during
Acceleration
Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration
Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration
Stall Prevention
Selection during
Deceleration
Description Values
StallP Accel Sel
0: Disabled
1: General purpose
2: Intelligent
StallP Accel Lvl
StallPAcc LowLim
StallP Decel Sel
0: Disabled
1: General purpose
2: Intelligent
4: High Flux Brake
5: High Flux Brake2
0: Disabled.
1: General purpose. Acceleration is paused as long as the current is above the L3-02 setting.
2: Intelligent. Accelerate in the shortest possible time without exceeding the L3-02 level.
Note: Setting 2 is not available when using OLV/PM.
Used when L3-01 = 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current.
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2
Sets Stall Prevention lower limit during acceleration when operating in the constant power range. Set as a percentage of drive rated current.
0: Disabled. Deceleration at the active deceleration rate. An ov fault may occur.
1: General purpose. Deceleration is paused when the DC bus voltage exceeds the Stall Prevention level.
2: Intelligent. Decelerate as fast as possible while avoiding ov faults.
4: Overexcitation Deceleration. Decelerates while increasing the motor flux
5: Overexcitation Deceleration 2. Adjust the deceleration rate according to the DC bus voltage.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0%
Max.: 150% <1>
Default: 50%
Min.: 0
Max.: 100
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2; 4,
5 <2>
Page
214 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.10 L: Protection Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values
L3-05
(493)
L3-06
(494)
L3-11
(4C7)
L3-17
(462)
L3-20
(465)
L3-21
(466)
L3-22
(4F9)
L3-23
(4FD)
L3-24
(46E)
L3-25
(46F)
L3-26
(455)
L3-27
(456)
Stall Prevention
Selection during Run during Run
Selection
Prevention
Overvoltage
Suppression Function
Target DC Bus Voltage for Overvoltage
Suppression and Stall
DC Bus Voltage
Adjustment Gain
Accel/Decel Rate
Calculation Gain
Deceleration Time at
Stall Prevention during
Acceleration
Automatic Reduction
Selection for Stall
Prevention during Run
Motor Acceleration
Time for Inertia
Calculations
Load Inertia Ratio
Additional DC Bus
Capacitors
Stall Prevention
Detection Time
Stall Prevention Level
StallP Run Sel
0: Disabled
1: Decel time
2: Decel time 2
StallP Run Level
OV Inhibit Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
DC Bus Reg Level
DC Bus P Gain
Acc/Dec P Gain
PM Acc Stall P T
CHP Stall P Sel
0: Lv1 set in L3-06
1: Autom. Reduction
Mtr Accel Time
Load Inertia Rat
ExtDC busCapSize
Stl Prev DetTime
0: Disabled. Drive runs at a set frequency. A heavy load may cause speed loss.
1: Decel time 1. Uses the deceleration time set to C1-02 while
Stall Prevention is performed.
2: Decel time 2. Uses the deceleration time set to C1-04 while
Stall Prevention is performed.
Enabled when L3-05 is set to 1 or 2. 100% is equal to the drive rated current.
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2
Enables or disables the ov suppression function, which allows the drive to change the output frequency as the load changes to prevent an ov fault.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Sets the desired value for the DC bus voltage during overvoltage suppression and Stall Prevention during deceleration.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 1063.8
Vdc <3>
Min.: 431.3
Max.: 1150.0
Determines the proportional gain used by overvoltage suppression (L3-11 = 1), Single drive KEB 2 (L2-29 = 1), KEB
Ride-Thru 2 (H1oo = 7A or 7B), and Intelligent Stall
Prevention during Deceleration (L3-04 = 2) to control the DC bus voltage in OLV/PM.
Sets the proportional gain used to calculate the deceleration rate during KEB Ride-Thru, ov suppression function, and Stall
Prevention during deceleration (L3-04 = 2).
Sets the deceleration time used for Stall Prevention during acceleration in OLV/PM.
Default: <1>
Min.: 30%
Max.: 150% <1>
Default:
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 5.00
Default:
<4>
<4>
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 200.00
Default: 0.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 6000
0: Sets the Stall Prevention level set in L3-04 that is used throughout the entire frequency range.
1: Automatic Stall Prevention level reduction in the constant output range. The lower limit value is 40% of L3-06.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Sets the time needed to accelerate the uncoupled motor at rated torque from stop to the maximum frequency.
Default: <5> <6>
Min: 0.001 s
Max: 10.000 s
Sets the ratio between the motor and machine inertia.
When DC bus capacitors have been added externally, be sure to add those values to the internal capacitor table for proper DC bus calculations.
Sets the time the current must exceed the Stall Prevention level to activate Stall Prevention.
Default: 1.0
Min.: 1.0
Max.: 1000.0
Default: 0 μF
Min: 0
Max: 65000
Default: 50 ms
Min.: 0
Max.: 5000
<1> Upper limit is dependent on parameter L8-38, Frequency Reduction Selection.
<2> The setting range is 0 to 2 in OLV/PM control mode.
<3> Default setting is dependent on parameter E1-01, Input voltage Setting.
<4> Default setting is determined by parameter A1-02, Control Mode Setting.
<5> Parameter value changes automatically if E2-11 is manually changed or changed by Auto-Tuning.
<6> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 215
A.10 L: Protection Function u L4: Speed Detection
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
L4-01
(499)
Name
Speed Agreement
Detection Level
L4-02
(49A)
L4-03
(49B)
L4-04
(49C)
L4-05
(49D)
L4-06
(4C2)
L4-07
(470)
LCD Display
Spd Agree Level
Description
L4-01 sets the frequency detection level for digital output functions H2oo = 2, 3, 4, 5.
Speed Agreement
Detection Width
Spd Agree Width
L4-02 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed detection.
Speed Agreement
Detection Level (+/-)
Spd Agree Lvl+-
Speed Agreement
Detection Width
(+/-)
Frequency Reference
Loss Detection
Selection
Spd Agree Wdth+-
Ref Loss Sel
0: Stop
1: Run@L4-06PrevRef
Frequency Reference at Reference Loss
Fref at Floss
Speed Agreement
Detection Selection
Freq Detect Sel
0: No Detection @BB
1: Always Detected
L4-03 sets the frequency detection level for digital output functions H2oo = 13, 14, 15, 16.
L4-04 sets the hysteresis or allowable margin for speed detection.
0: Stop. Drive stops when the frequency reference is lost.
1: Run. Drive runs at a reduced speed when the frequency reference is lost.
Sets the percentage of the frequency reference that the drive should run with when the frequency reference is lost.
0: No detection during baseblock.
1: Detection always enabled.
Values
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 240.0
Default: 2.0 Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 20.0
Default: 0.0 Hz
Min.: -240.0
Max.: 240.0
Default: 2.0 kHz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 20.0
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 80.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Page
u L5: Fault Restart
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
L5-01
(49E)
L5-02
(49F)
L5-03
(4A0)
Name LCD Display
Number of Auto Restart
Attempts
Num of Restarts
Auto Restart Fault
Output Operation
Selection
Time to Continue
Making Fault Restarts
Restart Sel
0: Flt Outp Disabld
1: Flt Outp Enabled
Max Restart Time
L5-04
(46C)
Fault Reset Interval
Time
Flt Reset Wait T
L5-05
(467)
Fault Reset Operation
Selection
Fault Reset Sel
0: Continuous
1: Use L5-04 Time
Description Values
Sets the number of times the drive may attempt to restart after the following faults occur: GF, LF, oC, ov, PF, oL1, oL2, oL3,
STo, Uv1.
0: Fault output not active.
1: Fault output active during restart attempt.
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 10
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Enabled only when L5-05 is set to 0. Causes a fault if a fault restart cannot occur after the set time passes.
Sets the amount of time to wait between performing fault restarts.
Default: 180.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 600.0
Default: 10.0 s
Min.: 0.5
Max.: 600.0
0: Continuously attempt to restart while incrementing restart counter only at a successful restart (same as F7 and G7).
1: Attempt to restart with the interval time set in L5-04 and increment the restart counter with each attempt (same as V7).
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Page
216 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.10 L: Protection Function u L6: Torque Detection
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display
L6-01
(4A1)
L6-02
(4A2)
L6-03
(4A3)
L6-13
(62E)
L6-14
(62F)
Description Values
Torque Detection
Selection 1
Torque Detection Level
1
Torque Detection Time
1
Motor Underload
Protection Selection
Motor Underload
Protection Level at
Minimum Frequency
Torq Det 1 Sel
0: Disabled
1: OL Alm at SpdAgr
2: OL Alm dur RUN
3: OL Flt at SpdAgr
4: OL Flt dur RUN
5: UL Alm at SpdAgr
6: UL Alm dur RUN
7: UL Flt at SpdAgr
8: UL Flt dur RUN
9: UL6Alm at SpdAgr
10: UL6Alm dur RUN
11: UL6Flt at SpdAgr
12: UL6Flt dur RUN
Torq Det 1 Lvl
Torq Det 1 Time
Underload Select
0: Base Freq Enable
1: Max Freq Enable
Underload Level
0: Disabled
1: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
2: oL3 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection
3: oL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
4: oL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
5: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, operation continues after detection
6: UL3 detection always active during run, operation continues after detection
7: UL3 detection only active during speed agree, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
8: UL3 detection always active during run, output shuts down on an oL3 fault
9: UL6 at speed agree (alarm)
10: UL6 at run (alarm)
11: UL6 at speed agree (fault)
12: UL6 at run (fault)
Sets the overtorque and undertorque detection level.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 12
Sets the time an overtorque or undertorque condition must exist to trigger torque detection 1.
Default: 15%
Min.: 0
Max.: 300
Default: 10.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 10.0
Sets the motor underload protection (UL6) based on motor load.
0: Enabled (Base frequency)
1: Enabled (Max frequency)
Sets the UL6 detection level at minimum frequency by percentage of drive rated current.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 15%
Min.: 0
Max.: 300
Page
u L8: Drive Protection
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
L8-01
(4AD)
Internal Dynamic
Braking Resistor
Protection Selection
(ERF type)
LCD Display
DB Resistor Prot
0: Not Provided
1: Provided
L8-02
(4AE)
Overheat Alarm Level OH Pre-Alarm Lvl
L8-03
(4AF)
Overheat Pre-Alarm
Operation Selection
OH Pre-Alarm Sel
0: Ramp to stop
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast-Stop
3: Alarm only
4: Run@L8-19 Rate
L8-05
(4B1)
L8-06
(4B2)
Input Phase Loss
Protection Selection
Input Phase Detection
Level
Inp Ph Loss Det
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Inp Ph Loss Lvl
Description
0: Resistor overheat protection disabled
1: Resistor overheat protection enabled
Values
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
An overheat alarm occurs when heatsink temperature exceeds the L8-02 level.
Default: <1>
Min.: 50 °C
Max.: 150 °C
0: Ramp to stop. A fault is triggered.
1: Coast to stop. A fault is triggered.
2: Fast Stop. Decelerate to stop using the deceleration time in
C1-09. A fault is triggered.
3: Continue operation. An alarm is triggered.
4: Continue operation at reduced speed as set in L8-19.
Selects the detection of input current phase loss, power supply voltage imbalance, or main circuit electrolytic capacitor deterioration.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
When ripple is observed in the DC bus, expansion of the input bias is calculated. This value becomes the input phase if the difference between the maximum and minimum values of the ripple is greater than the value set to L8-06.
Detection Level = 100% = Voltage class x
Default: 4
Range: 0 to 4
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.0%
Max.: 50.0%
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 217
A.10 L: Protection Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values
L8-07
(4B3)
L8-09
(4B5)
L8-10
(4B6)
L8-11
(4B7)
L8-12
(4B8)
L8-15
(4BB)
L8-18
(4BE)
L8-19
(4BF)
L8-27
(4DD)
L8-29
(4DF)
L8-32
(4E2)
L8-35
(4EC)
L8-38
(4EF)
L8-40
(4F1)
L8-41
(4F2)
L8-55
(45F)
L8-97
(3104)
Output Phase Loss
Protection Selection
Output Ground Fault
Detection Selection
Outp Ph Loss Det
0: Disabled
1: 1PH Loss Det
2: 2/3PH Loss Det
Grnd Flt Det Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled (triggered by a single phase loss)
2: Enabled (triggered when two phases are lost)
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2
Default: <1>
Range: 0, 1
Heatsink Cooling Fan
Operation Selection
Off Delay Time
Setting
Heatsink Cooling Fan
Ambient Temperature
Fan On/Off Sel
0: Dur Run (OffDly)
1: Always On
Fan Delay Time
Ambient Temp
0: During run only. Fan operates only during run for L8-11 seconds after stop.
1: Fan always on. Cooling fan operates whenever the drive is powered up.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Sets a delay time to shut off the cooling fan after the Run command is removed when L8-10 = 0.
Enter the ambient temperature. This value adjusts the oL2 detection level.
Default: 300 s
Min.: 0
Max.: 300
Default: 40 °C
Min.: -10
Max.: 50
0: No oL2 level reduction below 6 Hz.
Range: 0, 1 oL2 Characteristics
Selection at Low Speeds
Software Current Limit
Selection
OL2 Sel @ L-Spd
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Soft CLA Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Frequency Reduction
Rate during Overheat
Pre-Alarm
Fc Red dur OHAlm
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Specifies the frequency reference reduction gain at overheat pre-alarm when L8-03 = 4.
Overcurrent Detection
Gain
Current Unbalance
Detection (LF2)
Installation Method
Selection
Carrier Frequency
Reduction
Main Contactor and
Cooling Fan Power
Supply Failure Selection
LF2 Flt Det Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
MC/FAN PS FltSel
0: Ramp to stop
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast-Stop
3: Alarm only
4: Run@L8-19 Rate
Installation Sel
0: IP00/OpenChassis
2: IP20/Nema Type 1
3: ExternalHeatsink
Fc Reduct dur OL
0: Disabled
1: Active below 6Hz
2: Active @ any Spd
Carrier Frequency
Reduction Off Delay
Time
Fc Reduct Time
High Current Alarm
Selection
Internal Braking
Transistor Protection
Carrier Frequency
Reduction Selection during oH Pre-Alarm
OC Level
High Cur Alm Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
DB Tr protection
0: Disable
1: Enable
FC Sel dur OHAlm
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Sets the gain for overcurrent detection as a percentage of the motor rated current. Overcurrent is detected using the lower value between the overcurrent level of the drive or L8-27.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Determines drive response to internal cooling fan fault.
0: Ramp to stop
1: Coast to stop
2: Fast stop (Decel to stop using the decel time set to C1-09)
3: Alarm only (“FAn” will flash)
4: Continue operation at reduced speed as set to L8-19.
0: IP00/Open-Chassis enclosure
2: IP20/NEMA 1, UL Type 1 enclosure
3: External Heatsink Installation
0: Disabled
1: Enabled below 6 Hz
2: Enabled for the entire speed range
Sets the time that the drive continues running with reduced carrier frequency after the carrier reduction condition is gone.
Setting 0.00 s disables the carrier frequency reduction time.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled.
An alarm is triggered at output currents above 150% of drive rated current.
0: Disabled. Disable when using a regen converter or optional braking unit.
1: Protection enabled.
Carrier frequency reduction protection selection. It is reduced to the carrier frequency at oH pre-alarm.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 20.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
Default: 300.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 400.0
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 4
Default:
Default:
<1> <2>
Range: 0, 2, 3
<3>
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 0.50 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 2.00
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Parameter setting value is not reset to the default value when the drive is initialized.
<3> Default setting is dependent on parameters A1-02, Control Method Selection, and o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
Page
–
218 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.11 n: Special Adjustment
A.11 n: Special Adjustment
The n parameters adjust more advanced performance characteristics such as Hunting Prevention, speed feedback detection,
High Slip Braking, and Online Tuning for motor line-to-line resistance.
u n1: Hunting Prevention
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values n1-01
(580)
Hunting Prevention
Selection
Hunt Prev Select
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1 n1-02
(581) n1-03
(582) n1-05
(530)
Hunting Prevention
Gain Setting
Hunting Prevention
Time Constant
Hunting Prevention
Gain while in Reverse
Hunt Prev Gain
Hunt Prev Time
Hprev Gain @Rev
If the motor vibrates while lightly loaded, increase the gain by
0.1 until vibration ceases. If the motor stalls, decrease the gain by 0.1 until the stalling ceases.
Sets the time constant used for Hunting Prevention.
Sets the gain used for Hunting Prevention. If set to 0, the gain set to n1-02 is used for operation in reverse.
Default: 1.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 2.50
Default: <1>
Min.: 0 ms
Max.: 500 ms
Default: 0.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 2.50
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
u n3: High Slip Braking (HSB) and Overexcitation Braking
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values n3-01
(588) n3-02
(589) n3-03
(58A) n3-04
(58B) n3-13
(531) n3-21
(579) n3-23
(57B)
High-Slip Braking
Deceleration Frequency
Width
High-Slip Braking
Current Limit
High-Slip Suppression
Current Level
High-Slip Braking
Dwell Time at Stop
High-Slip Braking
Overload Time
Overexcitation
Deceleration Gain
Overexcitation
Operation Selection
HSB DecStepWidth
HSB Current Lim
HSB DwelTim@Stp
HSB OL Time
Hflux Brake Gain
Hflux I Supp Lvl
Hflux Brake Sel
0: Enabled-Both Dir
1: Enabled-Fwd only
2: Enabled-Rev only
Sets the output frequency reduction step width for when the drive stops the motor using HSB. Set as a percentage of the maximum output frequency. Increase this setting if overvoltage occurs during HSB.
Sets the current limit during HSB as a percentage of the motor rated current.
Default: 5%
Min.: 1
Max.: 20
Default: <1>
Min.: 0%
Max.: 200%
Sets the time the drive will run with minimum frequency
(E1-09) at the end of deceleration.
If this time is set too low, the machine inertia can cause the motor to rotate slightly after HSB.
Sets the time required for an HSB overload fault (oL7) to occur when the drive output frequency does not change during an
HSB stop. This parameter does not typically require adjustment.
Sets the gain applied to the V/f pattern during Overexcitation
Deceleration (L3-04 = 4).
Default: 1.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 10.0
Default: 40 s
Min.: 30
Max.: 1200
Default: 1.10
Min.: 1.00
Max.: 1.40
Sets output current level at which the drive will start reducing the overexcitation gain in order to prevent a too high motor slip during Overexcitation Deceleration. Set as a percentage of the drive rated current.
0: Enabled in both directions
1: Enabled in forward direction
2: Enabled in reverse direction
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter L8-38, Frequency Reduction Selection.
Default: 100%
Min.: 0
Max.: 150
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Page
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 219
A.11 n: Special Adjustment u n8: PM Motor Control Tuning
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display n8-45
(538)
Speed Feedback
Detection Control Gain
PM Spd Fdbk Gain
Description Values
Increase this setting if hunting occurs. Decrease to lower the response.
Default: 0.80
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
n8-47
(53A)
Pull-In Current
Compensation Time
Constant
PM Pull-in I Tc
Sets the time constant to make the pull-in current reference and actual current value agree. Decrease the value if the motor begins to oscillate, and increase the value if it takes too long for the current reference to equal the output current.
Default: 5.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
Page
n8-48
(53B) n8-49
(53C) n8-51
(53E)
Pull-In Current d-Axis Current for High
Efficiency Control
Acceleration/
Current
Deceleration Pull-In
PM No-load Curr
EnergySav ID Lvl
PM Pull-in I@Acc
Defines the d-Axis current reference during no-load operation at a constant speed. Set as a percentage of the motor rated current. Increase this setting if hunting occurs while running at constant speed.
Default: 30%
Min.: 20
Max.: 200
Sets the d-Axis current reference when running a high load at constant speed. Set as a percentage of the motor rated current.
Default: <1>
Min.: -200.0%
Max.: 0.0%
Sets the d-Axis current reference during acceleration/ deceleration as a percentage of the motor rated current. Set to a high value when more starting torque is needed.
Default: 50%
Min.: 0
Max.: 200 n8-54
(56D)
Voltage Error
Compensation Time
Constant
PM V Error CompT
Adjusts the value when hunting occurs at low speed. If hunting occurs with sudden load changes, increase n8-54 in increments of 0.1. Reduce this setting if oscillation occurs at start.
Default: 1.00 s
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
n8-55
(56E) n8-62
(57D) n8-65
(65C)
Load Inertia
Output Voltage Limit
Speed Feedback
Detection Control Gain during ov Suppression
PMLoad wk2 Ratio
0: Less than 1:10
1: 1:10 to 1:30
2: 1:30 to 1:50
3: More than 1:50
PM Vout Limit
SFdbk G @OV Supp
Sets the ratio between motor and machine inertia.
0: Lower than 1:10
1: Between 1:10 to 1:30
2: Between 1:30 to 1:50
3: Higher than 1:50
Default: 0
Min.: 0
Max.: 3
Prevents output voltage saturation. Should be set just below the voltage provided by the input power supply.
Default: 575.0 V
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 661.3
Sets the gain used for internal speed feedback detection during ov suppression.
Default: 1.50
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 10.00
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
220 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.12 o: Operator-Related Settings
A.12 o: Operator-Related Settings
The o parameters set up the HOA keypad displays.
u o1: HOA Keypad Display Selection
No.
(Addr.
Hex) o1-01
(500)
Name
Drive Mode Unit
Monitor Selection
LCD Display
User Monitor Sel o1-02
(501) User Monitor Selection after Power Up
Power-On Monitor
1: Frequency Ref
2: FWD/REV
3: Output Freq
4: Output Current
5: User Monitor
Description Values
Selects the content of the last monitor that is shown when scrolling through Drive Mode display. Enter the last three digits of the monitor parameter number to be displayed: U o oo .
Default: 106
Range: 104 to
699
1: Frequency reference (U1-01)
2: Direction
3: Output frequency (U1-02)
4: Output current (U1-03)
5: User Monitor
Default: 1
Range: 1 to 5 o1-03
(502) o1-06
(517) o1-07
(518) o1-08
(519) o1-09
(51C) o1-10
(520) o1-11
(521) o1-13
(3105) o1-14
(3106)
HOA Keypad Display
Selection
User Monitor Selection
Mode
Monitor Mode Sel
0: 3 Mon Sequential
1: 3 Mon Selectable
Second Line Monitor
Selection
Third Line Monitor
Selection
Frequency Reference
Display Units
User-Set Display Units
Maximum Value
Display Unit Sel
0: 0.01 Hz
1: 0.01%
2: r/min
3: User Units
2nd Monitor Sel
3rd Monitor Sel
Fref Disp Unit
0: WC
1: PSI
2: GPM
3: ° F
4: CFM
5: CMH
6: LPH
7: LPS
8: Bar
9: Pa
10: ° C
11: Mtr
12: Ft
13: LPM
14: CMM
15: Custom unit
16: No Unit
UserDisp Scaling
User-Set Display Units
Decimal Display
Frequency Reference and Frequency Related
Monitor Custom Units 1
Frequency Reference and Frequency Related
Monitor Custom Units 2
UserDisp Dec
Fref Cust Unit 1
Fref Cust Unit 2
Sets the units the drive should use to display the frequency reference and motor speed monitors.
0: 0.01 Hz
1: 0.01% (100% = E1-04)
2: r/min (calculated using the number of motor poles setting in
E2-04, E4-04, or E5-04)
3: User-selected units (set by o1-10 and o1-11)
0: 3 Monitor Sequential
(Displays the next two sequential monitors)
1: 3 Monitor Selectable (o1-07 and o1-08 selected monitor are shown)
Selects the monitor that is shown in the second line.
Enter the last three digits of the monitor parameter number to be displayed: U o oo . For example, set "403" to display monitor parameter U4-03.
Selects the monitor that is shown in the third line.
Enter the last three digits of the monitor parameter number to be displayed: U o oo . For example, set "403" to display monitor parameter U4-03.
Sets unit display for the frequency reference parameters and frequency related monitors when o1-03 = 3.
0: WC (Inch of water)
1: PSI (Pounds per square inch)
2: GPM (Gallons per minute)
3: F (Degrees Fahrenheit)
4: CFM (Cubic feet per minute)
5: CMH (Cubic meters per hour)
6: LPH (Liters per hour)
7: LPS (Liters per second)
8: Bar (Bar)
9: Pa (Pascal)
10: C (Degrees Celsius)
11: Mtr (Meters)
12: Ft (Feet)
13: LPM (Liters per minute)
14: CMM (Cubic meters per minute)
15: Custom units (Determined by o1-12)
16: None
These settings define the display values when o1-03 is set to 3.
o1-10 sets the display value that is equal to the maximum output frequency.
o1-11 sets the position of the decimal position.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 102
Range: 101 to
699
Default: 103
Range: 101 to
699
Default: 16
Range: 0 to 16
Default: <1>
Range: 1 to
60000
Default: <1>
Range: 0 to 3
Sets the customer-specified unit display for the frequency reference parameters and frequency related monitors when o1-03 = 3 and o1-09 = 15 as custom units.
Sets the customer-specified unit display for the frequency reference parameters and frequency related monitors when o1-03 = 3 and o1-09 = 15 as custom units
Default: 41
Range: 30 to 7A
Default: 41
Range: 30 to 7A
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 221
A.12 o: Operator-Related Settings
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description o1-15
(3107) o1-16
(3108) o1-17
(3109) o1-18
(310A) o1-19
(310B)
Frequency Reference and Frequency Related
Monitor Custom Units 3
F1 Key Function
Selection
F2 Key Function
Selection
User Defined Parameter
Upper
User Defined Parameter
Lower
Fref Cust Unit 3
F1 Key Func Sel
0: Standard
1: Mon
2: DRV/BYP
3: RUN BYP
4: RLY
F2 Key Func Sel
0: Standard
1: Mon
2: DRV/BYP
3: RUN BYP
4: RLY
Userdefined par1
Userdefined par2
Sets the customer-specified unit display for the frequency reference parameters and frequency related monitors when o1-03 = 3 and o1-09 = 15 as custom units
Selects the function of the F1 key and the LCD display text above the F1 key.
0: Standard
1: Monitor
2: Drive/Bypass (DRV/BYP)
3: Bypass Run Command (RUN BYP)
4: Toggle Relay Output (RLY)
Selects the function of the F2 key and the LCD display text above the F2 key.
0: Standard
1: Monitor
2: Drive/Bypass (DRV/BYP)
3: Bypass Run Command (RUN BYP)
4: Toggle Relay Output (RLY)
Allows the user to set values that can be used as reference information.
Allows the user to set values that can be used as reference information.
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o1-03, HOA Keypad Display Selection.
Values
Default: 41
Range: 30 to 7A
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 4
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 4
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 999
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 999 u o2: HOA Keypad Functions
No.
(Addr.
Hex) o2-02
(506) o2-03
(507) o2-04
(508) o2-05
(509) o2-06
(50A) o2-07
(527) o2-19
(61F)
Operator
Name
OFF Key Function
Selection
User Parameter Default
Value
Drive Model Selection
Frequency Reference
Setting Method
Selection
Operation Selection when HOA Keypad is
Disconnected
Motor Direction at
Power Up when Using
Selection of Parameter
Write during Uv
LCD Display
Oper STOP Key
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
User Default Sel
0: No Change
1: Save User Init
2: Clear User Init
Inverter Model #
Oper Ref Method
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Oper Discon Det
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
For/RevSel@PwrUp
0: Forward
1: Reverse
ParameterSet Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Description Values
0: Disabled. OFF key is disabled in REMOTE operation.
1: Enabled. OFF key is always enabled.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
0: No change.
1: Set defaults. Saves parameter settings as default values for a
User Initialization.
2: Clear all. Clears the default settings that have been saved for a User Initialization.
Enter the drive model. Setting required only if installing a new control board.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Default:
Determined by drive capacity
0: ENTER key must be pressed to enter a frequency reference.
1: ENTER key is not required. The frequency reference can be adjusted using the up and down arrow keys only.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
0: The drive continues operating if the HOA keypad is disconnected.
1: An oPr fault is triggered and the motor coasts to stop.
0: Forward
1: Reverse
This parameter requires assigning drive operation to the HOA keypad.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Selects whether parameter settings can be changed during a DC bus undervoltage condition. Used with 24 V Power Supply (PS-
A10L, PS-A10H).
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Page
Page
222 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.12 o: Operator-Related Settings u o3: Copy Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name o3-01
(515) o3-02
(516)
LCD Display Description Values
Copy Function Selection
COPY SELECT
0: COPY SELECT
1: INV→OP READ
2: OP→INV WRITE
3: OP←→INV
VERIFY
Copy Allowed Selection
Read Allowable
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: No action
1: Read parameters from the drive, saving them onto the HOA keypad.
2: Copy parameters from the HOA keypad, writing them to the drive.
3: Verify parameter settings on the drive to check if they match the data saved on the HOA keypad.
0: Read operation prohibited
1: Read operation allowed
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1 u o4: Maintenance Monitor Settings
No.
(Addr.
Hex) o4-01
(50B)
Name
Cumulative Operation
Time Setting
LCD Display
DrvElapsTimeCnt o4-02
(50C) o4-03
(50E) o4-05
(51D) o4-07
(523) o4-11
(510) o4-12
(512) o4-13
(528) o4-17
(3100)
Cumulative Operation
Time Selection
Cooling Fan Operation
Time Setting
Capacitor Maintenance
Setting
DC Bus Pre-Charge
Relay Maintenance
Setting
U2, U3 Initialization kWh Monitor
Initialization
Number of Run
Commands Counter
Initialization
Set/Reset Real Time
Clock
ElapsTimeCntSet
0: Power-On Time
1: Running Time
FanElapsTimeCn
BusCap Maint Set
ChrgCircMaintSet
Fault Data Init
0: No Reset
1: Reset kWh Monitor Init
0: No Reset
1: Reset
Run Counter Init
0: No Reset
1: Reset
Set Time
0: — —
1: Set
2: Reset
Description Values
Sets the value for the cumulative operation time of the drive in units of 10 h.
Default: 0 h
Min.: 0
Max.: 9999
0: Logs power-on time
1: Logs operation time when the drive output is active (output operation time).
Sets the value of the fan operation time monitor U4-03 in units of 10 h.
Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the capacitors. See
U4-05 to check when the capacitors may need to be replaced.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0 h
Min.: 0
Max.: 9999
Default: 0%
Min.: 0
Max.: 150
Default: 0%
Min.: 0
Max.: 150
Sets the value of the Maintenance Monitor for the soft charge bypass relay. See U4-06 to check when the bypass relay may need to be replaced.
0: U2oo and U3oo monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
1: U2oo and U3oo monitor data is reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
0: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
1: U4-10 and U4-11 monitor data is reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
0: Number of Run commands counter is not reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
1: Number of Run commands counter is reset when the drive is initialized (A1-03).
Sets the current date and time for the Real Time Clock.
0: — — No Setting
1: Real Time Clock Set
2: Real Time Clock Reset
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Page
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 223
A.13 S: Special Application
A.13 S: Special Application u S1: Dynamic Noise Control Function
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display
S1-01
(3200)
S1-02
(3201)
S1-03
(3202)
S1-04
(3203)
S1-05
(3204)
S1-06
(3205)
Dynamic Audible Noise
Control Function
Selection
Dyn Noise Ctrl
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Voltage Reduction Rate Volt Reduce Amt
Voltage Restoration
Level
Voltage Restoration
Complete Level
V Reduce On Lvl
V Reduce Off Lvl
Voltage Restoration
Sensitivity Time
Constant
Sensitivity Time
Voltage Restoration
Time Constant at Impact Impact Load Time
Description Values
Reduces audible noise by decreasing the output voltage in variable torque applications with light loads.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Sets the rate at which the output voltage will be reduced as a percentage of the V/f pattern when operating with no load.
Sets the level when the drive should start restoring the voltage as a percentage of the drive rated torque.
Sets the level at which voltage restoration for the V/f pattern is complete as a percentage of the drive rated torque. If the output torque rises above the value of S1-04, then the voltage will be controlled in a manner specified by the V/f pattern setting.
Sets the level of sensitivity of the output torque and LPF time constant for the voltage reduction rate. The level of sensitivity can be adjusted in accordance with the load response.
Sets the voltage restoration time constant if an impact load is added.
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 50.0%
Min.: 50.0
Max.: 100.0
Default: 20.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 90.0
Default: 50.0%
Min.: S1-03 +
10.0
Max.: 100.0
Default: 1.000 s
Min.: 0.000
Max.: 3.000
Default: 0.050 s
Min.: 0.000
Max.: 1.000
Page
u S2: Sequence Timers
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
S2-01
(3206)
Name LCD Display
Sequence Timer 1 Start
Time
Tmr 1 Start Time
Description Values
S2-02
(3207)
S2-03
(3208)
S2-04
(3209)
S2-05
(320A)
Sequence Timer 1 Stop
Time
Sequence Timer 1 Day
Selection
Sequence Timer 1
Selection
Sequence Timer 1
Reference Source
Tmr 1 Stop Time
Tmr 1 Day Sel
0: Timer disabled
1: Daily
2: Mon - Fri
3: Sat - Sun
4: Monday
5: Tuesday
6: Wednesday
7: Thursday
8: Friday
9: Saturday
10: Sunday
Tmr 1 Seq Sel
0: Digital out only
1: Run
2: Run - PI Disable
Tmr 1 Ref Source
0: Operator (d1-01)
1: Operator (d1-02)
2: Operator (d1-03)
3: Operator (d1-04)
4: Terminals
5: Serial com
6: Option PCB
Sets the start time for timer 1. The value must be set less than or equal to S2-02.
Sets the stop time for timer 1. The value must be set greater than or equal to S2-01.
Default: 00:00
Min.: 00:00
Max.: 24:00
Default: 00:00
Min.: 00:00
Max.: 24:00
Sets the days for which sequence timer 1 is active.
0: Timer disabled
1: Daily
2: Mon - Fri
3: Sat - Sun
4: Monday
5: Tuesday
6: Wednesday
7: Thursday
8: Friday
9: Saturday
10: Sunday
Sets the action that occurs when sequence timers 1 is active.
0: Digital output only
1: Run
2: Run - PI disable
Selects the frequency reference source used for running the drive when sequence timer 1 is active (only applicable when S2-04 is set to 1 or 2).
0: Operator (d1-01)
1: Operator (d1-02)
2: Operator (d1-03)
3: Operator (d1-04)
4: Terminals
5: Serial communication
6: Option card
Note: H1oo = 12/13 overrides this sequence run timer in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 10
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 6
Page
224 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.13 S: Special Application
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
S2-06
(320B)
S2-07
(320C)
S2-08
(320D)
S2-09
(320E)
S2-10
(320F)
S2-11
(3210)
S2-12
(3211)
S2-13
(3212)
S2-14
(3213)
Time
Name
Sequence Timer 2 Start
Time
Sequence Timer 2 Stop
Time
Sequence Timer 2 Day
Selection
Sequence Timer 2
Selection
Sequence Timer 2
Reference Source
Sequence Timer 3 Start
Sequence Timer 3 Stop
Time
Sequence Timer 3 Day
Selection
Sequence Timer 3
Selection
LCD Display
Tmr 2 Start Time
Tmr 2 Stop Time
Tmr 2 Day Sel
0: Timer disabled
1: Daily
2: Mon - Fri
3: Sat - Sun
4: Monday
5: Tuesday
6: Wednesday
7: Thursday
8: Friday
9: Saturday
10: Sunday
Tmr 2 Seq Sel
0: Digital out only
1: Run
2: Run - PI Disable
Tmr 2 Ref Source
0: Operator (d1-01)
1: Operator (d1-02)
2: Operator (d1-03)
3: Operator (d1-04)
4: Terminals
5: Serial com
6: Option PCB
Tmr 3 Start Time
Tmr 3 Stop Time
Tmr 3 Day Sel
0: Timer disabled
1: Daily
2: Mon - Fri
3: Sat - Sun
4: Monday
5: Tuesday
6: Wednesday
7: Thursday
8: Friday
9: Saturday
10: Sunday
Tmr 3 Seq Sel
0: Digital out only
1: Run
2: Run - PI Disable
Description Values
Sets the start time for timer 2. The value must be set less than or equal to S2-07.
Sets the stop time for timer 2. The value must be set greater than or equal to S2-06.
Default: 00:00
Min.: 00:00
Max.: 24:00
Default: 00:00
Min.: 00:00
Max.: 24:00
Sets the days for which sequence timer 2 is active.
0: Timer disabled
1: Daily
2: Mon - Fri
3: Sat - Sun
4: Monday
5: Tuesday
6: Wednesday
7: Thursday
8: Friday
9: Saturday
10: Sunday
Sets the action that occurs when sequence timers 2 is active.
0: Digital output only
1: Run
2: Run - PI disable
Selects the frequency reference source used for running the drive when sequence timer 2 is active (only applicable when S2-09 is set to 1 or 2).
0: Operator (d1-01)
1: Operator (d1-02)
2: Operator (d1-03)
3: Operator (d1-04)
4: Terminals
5: Serial communication
6: Option card
Note: H1oo = 12/13 overrides this sequence run timer in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later.
Sets the start time for timer 3. The value must be set less than or equal to S2-12.
Sets the stop time for timer 3. The value must be set greater than or equal to S2-11.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 10
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 6
Default: 00:00
Min.: 00:00
Max.: 24:00
Default: 00:00
Min.: 00:00
Max.: 24:00
Sets the days for which sequence timer 3 is active.
0: Timer disabled
1: Daily
2: Mon - Fri
3: Sat - Sun
4: Monday
5: Tuesday
6: Wednesday
7: Thursday
8: Friday
9: Saturday
10: Sunday
Sets the action that occurs when sequence timer 3 is active.
0: Digital output only
1: Run
2: Run - PI disable
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 10
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 225
A.13 S: Special Application
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values
S2-15
(3214)
S2-16
(3215)
S2-17
(3216)
S2-18
(3217)
S2-19
(3218)
S2-20
(3219)
Sequence Timer 3
Reference Source
Sequence Timer 4 Start
Time
Sequence Timer 4 Stop
Time
Sequence Timer 4 Day
Selection
Sequence Timer 4
Selection
Sequence Timer 4
Reference Source
Tmr 3 Ref Source
0: Operator (d1-01)
1: Operator (d1-02)
2: Operator (d1-03)
3: Operator (d1-04)
4: Terminals
5: Serial com
6: Option PCB
Tmr 4 Start Time
Tmr 4 Stop Time
Tmr 4 Day Sel
0: Timer disabled
1: Daily
2: Mon - Fri
3: Sat - Sun
4: Monday
5: Tuesday
6: Wednesday
7: Thursday
8: Friday
9: Saturday
10: Sunday
Tmr 4 Seq Sel
0: Digital out only
1: Run
2: Run - PI Disable
Tmr 4 Ref Source
0: Operator (d1-01)
1: Operator (d1-02)
2: Operator (d1-03)
3: Operator (d1-04)
4: Terminals
5: Serial com
6: Option PCB
Selects the frequency reference source used for running the drive when sequence timer 3 is active (only applicable when S2-14 is set to 1 or 2).
0: Operator (d1-01)
1: Operator (d1-02)
2: Operator (d1-03)
3: Operator (d1-04)
4: Terminals
5: Serial communication
6: Option card
Note: H1oo = 12/13 overrides this sequence run timer in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later.
Sets the start time for timer 4. The value must be set less than or equal to S2-17.
Sets the stop time for timer 4. The value must be set greater than or equal to S2-16.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 6
Default: 00:00
Min.: 00:00
Max.: 24:00
Default: 00:00
Min.: 00:00
Max.: 24:00
Sets the days for which sequence timer 4 is active.
0: Timer disabled
1: Daily
2: Mon - Fri
3: Sat - Sun
4: Monday
5: Tuesday
6: Wednesday
7: Thursday
8: Friday
9: Saturday
10: Sunday
Sets the action that occurs when sequence timer 4 is active.
0: Digital output only
1: Run
2: Run - PI disable
Selects the frequency reference source used for running the drive when sequence timer 4 is active (only applicable when S2-19 is set to 1 or 2).
0: Operator (d1-01)
1: Operator (d1-02)
2: Operator (d1-03)
3: Operator (d1-04)
4: Terminals
5: Serial communication
6: Option card
Note: H1oo = 12/13 overrides this sequence run timer in drive software versions PRG: 1018 and later.
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 10
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 6
Page
u S3: Secondary PI (PI2) Control
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display
S3-01
(321A) Secondary PI Enable
Selection
PI2 Enable Sel
0: Disabled
1: Always
2: Drive running
3: Motor running
S3-02
(321B) Secondary PI User
Display
PI2 UsrDspMaxVal
0: Secondary PI disabled
1: Always
2: Drive running
3: Motor running
Description
Sets the scale value of 100% PI input.
S3-03
(321C) Secondary PI Display
Digits
PI2 UsrDspDigits
0: No Dec (XXXXX)
1: 1 Dec (XXXX.X)
2. 2 Dec (XXX.XX)
3: 3 Dec (XX.XXX)
0: No decimal places
1: One decimal place
2: Two decimal places
3: Three decimal places
Values
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 3
Default: 10000
Min.: 0
Max.: 60000
Default: 2
Range: 0 to 3
Page
226 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.13 S: Special Application
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
S3-04
S3-09
(3222)
S3-12
(3225)
S3-13
(3226)
S3-14
(3227)
S3-15
(3228)
Selection
Secondary PI Output
Upper Limit
S3-10
(3223) Secondary PI Output
Lower Limit
S3-11
(3224) Secondary PI Output
Level Selection
Secondary PI Low
Feedback Detection
Level
Secondary PI Low
Feedback Detection
Time
Name
(321D) Secondary PI Unit
S3-05
(321E) Secondary PI Setpoint
Value
S3-06
(321F)
S3-07
(3220) Secondary PI Integral
Time Setting
S3-08
(3221)
Secondary PI
Proportional Gain
Setting
Secondary PI Integral
Limit Setting
Secondary PI Disable
Mode
Secondary PI High
Feedback Level
LCD Display Description Values
PI2 Unit Sel
0: WC
1: PSI
2: GPM
3: ° F
4: CFM
5: CMH
6: LPH
7: LPS
8: Bar
9: Pa
10: ° C
11: Mtr
12: LPM
13: CMM
14: No unit
15: %
0: Inch of water (WC)
1: Pounds per square inch (PSI)
2: Gallons per minute (GPM)
3: Degrees Fahrenheit (F)
4: Cubic feet per minute (CFM)
5: Cubic meters per hour (CMH)
6: Liters per hour (LPH)
7: Liters per second (LPS)
8: Bar (Bar)
9: Pascals (Pa)
10: Degrees Celsius (C)
11: Meters (Mtr) (Ft: Feet)
12: Liters per minute (LPM)
13: Cubic meters per minute (CMM)
14: No unit
15: Percentage (%)
Default: 15
Range: 0 to 15
PI2 Setpoint
PI2 Gain
PI2 I Time
PI2 I Limit
PI2 Upper Limit
PI2 Lower Lim
Sets the secondary PI controller target value Default: 0.00
<1>
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 600.00
<2>
Sets the proportional gain of the secondary PI controller. A setting of 0.00 disables P control.
Default: 1.00
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 25.00
Sets the integral time for the secondary PI controller. A setting of
0.0s disables integral control.
Default: 1.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 360.0
Sets the maximum output possible from the integrator.
Sets the maximum output possible from the secondary PI controller.
Default:
100.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
Default:
100.0%
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 100.0
Sets the minimum output possible from the secondary PI controller.
Default: 0.00%
Min.: -100.00
Max.: 100.00
0: Normal Output (direct acting)
1: Reverse Output (reverse acting) Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
PI2 Out Lvl Sel
0: Normal Character
1: Rev Character
PI2 Disable Mode
0: No output
1: Lower Limit
(S3-10)
2: Setpoint
0: No output (0%)
1: Lower Limit (S3-10)
2: Setpoint
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 2
Sets the secondary PI low feedback detection level.
PI2 Low FB Lvl
Default: 0.00
<1>
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 600.00
<2>
PI2 Low FB Time
Sets the secondary PI low feedback detection delay time in seconds.
PI2 High FB Lvl
Sets the secondary PI high feedback detection level.
Default: 1.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 25.5
Default: 100.00
<1>
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 600.00
<2>
Page
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 227
A.13 S: Special Application
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
S3-16
(3229)
S3-17
Name
Secondary PI High
Feedback Detection
Time
(322A) Secondary PI Feedback
Detection Selection
LCD Display
PI2 High FB Tim
PI2 FB Det Sel
0: PI2 Enabled
1: Always
Description
Sets the secondary PI high feedback detection delay time in seconds.
0: Secondary PI enabled
1: Always
<1> Unit is determined by S3-04.
<2> Upper limit is S3-02, decimal placeholder is determined by S3-03.
Values
Default: 1.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 25.5
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1 u S4: Bypass Operation
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
S4-01
Name
(322B) BP Auto Transfer on
Fault Enable
LCD Display
BP Fault Trnsfer
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
S4-02
(322C) BP Energy Save Bypass
Trigger Level
BP Enrgy Sav Lvl
Description
0: No transfer after fault
1: Transfer to bypass after fault
Values
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
S4-03
(322D) BP Energy Save Bypass
Timer
BP Enrgy Sav TMR
S4-04
(322E) BP Energy Save Bypass
Speed Increase
BP Enrgy Sav Inc
Delta used to determine when to switch into Energy Save Bypass.
This allows for lower frequency output values to also trigger
Energy Save Bypass functionality.
Default: 0 Hz
Min.: 0
Max.: 20
Sets the time in seconds that the drive should run at the specified speed before entering Energy Save Bypass mode.
Default: 60 s
Min.: 10
Max.: 60000
Sets the value in Hz that the drive will increase the output frequency above E1-04 before performing an Energy Save transfer to bypass.
Default: 6 Hz
Min.: 0
Max.: 10
Page
Page
u S5: HOA Keypad Parameters
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display
S5-01
(322F)
S5-02
(3230)
HAND Frequency
Reference Selection
HAND/AUTO During
Run Selection
S5-03
(3231) HAND Mode PI
Selection
HAND Fref Source
0: Operator
1: Terminals
2: d1-16
3: S5-05
4: Set by b1-01
HAND/AUTO
@Run
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
HAND Mode PI Sel
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: HOA keypad
1: Terminals
2: d1-16
3: S5-05
4: Determined by b1-01
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Description
S5-04
(3232)
HAND Mode Behavior
Selection
HAND BehaviorSel
0: Legacy
1: Normal
2: Normal w/
Memory
S5-05
(3233) HAND Frequency
Reference 1
HAND Freq Ref 2
Values
Default: 0
Range: 0 to 4
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
0: Legacy operation mode
1: Normal operation mode
2: Normal with memory
Note: 1. The drive will always be in AUTO mode at power up with S5-04 = 1.
2. When S5-04 = 2, if the drive is powered down with HAND from operator, it will power up in OFF mode.
Sets the frequency reference used in HAND mode when S5-01 is set to 3.
Default: 1
Range: 0 to 2
Default: 0.00 Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 240.00
Page
228 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.13 S: Special Application
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
S5-07
(3235)
HAND Key Function
Selection (HOA
Keypad)
LCD Display
Oper HAND Key
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Description Values
Determines whether the HAND key on the HOA keypad will be enabled for switching between HAND and AUTO.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Page
u S6: Z1000 Protection
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
S6-02
(3237)
Name
S6-01
(3236)
Emergency Override
Speed
Emergency Override
Reference Selection
LCD Display
E Override Speed
E OverrideRefSel
0: Use S6-01 Ref
1: Use AUTO Ref
S6-03
(3238) ov2 Detect Time ov2 Detect Time
S6-07
(323C)
Output Phase Loss
Detection Level for
Dynamic Audible Noise
Control
Outp Ph Loss Lv1
Description Values
Sets the speed command used in Emergency Override mode when
S6-02 = 0.
Default: 0.00
Hz
Min.: 0.00
Max.: 240.00
Selects the frequency reference source for the Emergency
Override function (H1oo = AF or B0).
0: Use S6-01 Reference
1: Use AUTO Reference
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Note: The Emergency Override inputs will function even if the CALL alarm is displayed.
Sets the detection time of ov2 in 0.1 s increments.
Sets the output phase loss detection level for Dynamic Audible
Noise Control. Decrease the setting in steps of 10% when output phase loss is detected erroneously. This setting rarely needs to be changed.
Default: 10.0 s
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 1200.0
Default:
100.0%
Min.: 10.0
Max.: 100.0
Page
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 229
A
A.14 T: Motor Tuning
A.14 T: Motor Tuning
Enter data into the following parameters to tune the motor and drive for optimal performance.
u T1: Induction Motor Auto-Tuning
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description Values
T1-01
(701)
<1>
Auto-Tuning Mode
Selection
Tuning Mode Sel
2: Term Resistance
3: On-
DelayCompTune
2: Stationary Auto-Tuning for Line-to-Line Resistance
3: Rotational Auto-Tuning for V/f Control Energy Saving Default: 2
Range: 2, 3
T1-02
(702)
T1-03
(703)
T1-04
(704)
T1-05
(705)
T1-06
(706)
T1-07
(707)
T1-11
(70B)
Motor Rated Power
Motor Rated Voltage
Motor Rated Current
Motor Base Frequency
Number of Motor Poles
Motor Base Speed
Motor Iron Loss
T1-12
(FFF0) T1 Tuning Start
Mtr Rated Power
Rated Voltage
Rated Current
Rated Frequency
Number of Poles
Rated Speed
Mtr Iron Loss(W)
Tuning Ready
Sets the motor rated power as specified on the motor nameplate.
Note: Use the following formula to convert horsepower into kilowatts: 1HP = 0.746 kW.
Sets the motor rated voltage as specified on the motor nameplate. Default: 575.0
V
Min: 0.0
Max: 733.1
Sets the motor rated current as specified on the motor nameplate. Default: <2>
Min.: 10% of drive rated current
Max.: 200% of drive rated current
Sets the rated frequency of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate.
Default: <2>
Min.: 0.00 kW
Max.: 650.00
kW
Sets the number of motor poles as specified on the motor nameplate.
Sets the rated speed of the motor as specified on the motor nameplate.
Default: 60.0
Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 240.0
Default: 4
Min.: 2
Max.: 48
Default: 1750 r/ min
Min.: 0
Max.: 14400
Sets the iron loss for determining the Energy Saving coefficient.
The value is set to E2-10 (motor iron loss) set when the power is cycled. If T1-02 is changed, a default value appropriate for the motor capacity that was entered will appear.
The drive starts tuning.
<1> The availability of certain Auto-Tuning methods depends on the control mode selected for the drive.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<3> Default setting value differs depending on the motor code value and motor parameter settings.
Default: 14 W
<3>
Min.: 0
Max.: 65535
No setting available
Page
u T2: PM Motor Auto-Tuning
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
T2-01
(750)
T2-03
(752)
Name LCD Display
PM Motor Auto-Tuning
Mode Selection
PM Tuning Mode
0: Standard Tuning
PM Motor Type
PM Motor Type
0: IPM motor
1: SPM motor
T2-04
(730)
PM Motor Rated Power Mtr Rated Power
Description Values
0: PM Motor Parameter Settings
Default: 0
Range: 0
0: IPM motor
1: SPM motor
Default: 1
Range: 0, 1
Sets the motor rated power.
Note: Use the following formula to convert horsepower into kilowatts: 1 HP = 0.746 kW.
Default: <1>
Min.: 0.00 kW
Max.: 650.00
kW
Page
230 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.14 T: Motor Tuning
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
T2-05
(732)
PM Motor Rated
Voltage
T2-06
(733)
T2-07
(753)
T2-08
(734)
T2-10
(754)
T2-11
(735)
T2-12
(736)
PM Motor Base
Frequency
Number of PM Motor
Poles
PM Motor Stator
Resistance
PM Motor d-Axis
Inductance
PM Motor q-Axis
Inductance
LCD Display
Rated Voltage
PM Motor Rated Current Rated Current
Base Frequency
Arm Resistance d-Axis Induct q-Axis Induct
Description Values
Enter the motor rated voltage as indicated on the motor nameplate.
Default: 575.0
V
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 733.1
Enter the motor rated current as indicated on the motor nameplate.
Enter the motor base frequency as indicated on the motor nameplate.
Default: <1>
Min.: 10% of drive rated current
Max.: 200% of drive rated current
Default: 87.5
Hz
Min.: 0.0
Max.: 240.0
Enter the number of motor poles for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.
Default: 6
Min.: 2
Max.: 48
Enter the rotor resistance for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.
Default: <2>
Min.: 0.000 Ω
Max.: 65.000 Ω
Enter the d-axis inductance for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.
Default: <2>
Min.: 0.00 mH
Max.: 600.00
mH
Enter the q-axis inductance for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate.
Default: <2>
Min.: 0.00 mH
Max.: 600.00
mH
Page
T2-13
(755)
T2-14
(737)
Induced Voltage
Constant Unit Selection
PM Motor Induced
Voltage Constant
Iduct Volt Unit
0: mV/RPM
1: mV/(rad/sec)
Induct Volt Coef
0: mV/(r/min). E5-09 will automatically be set to 0.0, and E5-24 will be used.
1: mV/(rad/sec). E5-24 will automatically be set to 0.0, and E5-09 will be used.
Default: 0
Range: 0, 1
Enter the induced voltage coefficient for the PM motor as indicated on the motor nameplate. Setting units are determined by parameter T2-13, Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection.
Default: <2>
Min.: 0.1
Max.: 2000.0
Default: 30%
Min.: 0
Max.: 120
T2-15
(756)
Pull-In Current Level for
PM Motor Tuning
Pull-In I Lvl
Sets the amount of pull-in current to use for Auto-Tuning as a percentage of the motor rated current. Increase this setting for high inertia loads.
T2-18
(FFF1) T2 Tuning Start
T2 Tuning Start
The drive starts tuning.
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter T2-02, PM Motor Code Selection, and the drive capacity.
No setting available
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 231
A.15 U: Monitors
A.15 U: Monitors
Monitor parameters allow the user to view drive status, fault information, and other data concerning drive operation.
u U1: Operation Status Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U1-01
(40)
U1-02
(41)
U1-03
(42)
U1-04
(43)
U1-06
(45)
U1-07
(46)
U1-08
(47)
Name LCD Display
Frequency Reference Frequency Ref
Output Frequency
Output Current
Control Method
Output Voltage
Reference
DC Bus Voltage
Output Power
Output Freq
Output Current
Control Method
Output Voltage
DC Bus Voltage
Output kWatts
U1-10
(49)
Input Terminal Status Input Term Sts
U1-11
(4A)
Output Terminal Status Output Term Sts
Description
Analog
Output Level
Monitors the frequency reference. Display units are determined by o1-03.
Displays the output frequency. Display units are determined by o1-03.
Displays the output current.
0: V/f Control
10 V: Max frequency
10 V: Max frequency
10 V: Drive rated current
No signal output available
0.01 Hz
0.01 Hz
<1> <2>
–
Displays the output voltage.
10 V: 575 Vrms 0.1 Vac
Displays the DC bus voltage.
10 V: 1150 V
Unit
1 Vdc
Displays the output power (this value is calculated internally).
10 V: Drive rated power
(kW)
Displays the input terminal status.
U1 - 10= 00000000
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Digital input 1
(terminal S1 enabled)
Digital input 2
(terminal S2 enabled)
Digital input 3
(terminal S3 enabled)
Digital input 4
(terminal S4 enabled)
Digital input 5
(terminal S5 enabled)
Digital input 6
(terminal S6 enabled)
Digital input 7
(terminal S7 enabled)
No signal output available
Displays the output terminal status.
U1 - 11= 00000000
1
Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal MD-ME-MF)
1 Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal M1-M2)
1
0
1
Multi-Function
Digital Output
(terminal M3-M4)
Not Used
Fault Relay
(terminal MA-MC closed
MA/MB-MC open)
No signal output available
<1>
–
–
232 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.15 U: Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description
Analog
Output Level
Unit
U1-12
(4B)
Drive Status Int Ctl Sts 1
Verifies the drive operation status.
U1 - 12= 00000000
1
1
1
1
During run
During zero-speed
During REV
During fault reset signal input
1
1
1
During speed agree
Drive ready
During alarm detection
1
During fault detection
Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A1.
No signal output available
–
U1-13
(4E)
U1-14
(4F)
U1-16
(53)
U1-18
(61)
U1-19
(66)
Terminal A1 Input Level Term A1 Level
Terminal A2 Input Level Term A2 Level
Output Frequency after
Soft Starter oPE Fault Parameter
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Error Code
SFS Output
OPE Error Code
Transmit Err
Displays the signal level to analog input terminal A2.
Displays output frequency with ramp time and S-curves. Units determined by o1-03.
Displays the parameter number that caused the oPE oo or Err
(EEPROM write error) error.
Displays the contents of a MEMOBUS/Modbus error.
U1 - 19= 00000000
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
CRC Error
Data Length Error
Not Used
Parity Error
Overrun Error
Framing Error
Timed Out
Not Used
10 V: 100%
10 V: 100%
10 V: Max frequency
No signal output available
0.01 Hz
–
No signal output available
U1-25
(4D)
U1-26
(5B)
U1-27
(7A8)
U1-28
(7A9)
Software Number
(Flash)
Software No. (ROM)
Message ID (OPR)
Message ID (INV)
CPU 1 SW Number
CPU 2 SW Number
MessageID (OPR)
MessageID (INV)
FLASH ID
ROM ID
OPR ID
INV ID
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
<1> Display is in the following units: 5A0007 to 5A0017: 0.01 A units; 5A0022 to 5A0242: 0.1 A units.
<2> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus, a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.
0.1%
0.1%
–
–
–
–
– u U2: Fault Trace
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U2-01
(80)
U2-02
(81)
U2-03
(82)
U2-04
(83)
U2-05
(84)
Name
Current Fault
LCD Display
Current Fault
Previous Fault
Frequency Reference at
Previous Fault
Output Frequency at
Previous Fault
Output Current at
Previous Fault
Last Fault
Frequency Ref
Output Freq
Output Current
Description
Displays the current fault.
Displays the previous fault.
Displays the frequency reference at the previous fault.
Displays the output frequency at the previous fault.
Displays the output current at the previous fault.
Analog
Output Level
Unit
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
–
–
0.01 Hz
0.01 Hz
<1> <2>
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 233
A.15 U: Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U2-07
(86)
U2-08
(87)
U2-09
(88)
U2-11
(8A)
U2-12
(8B)
U2-13
(8C)
U2-14
(8D)
Name LCD Display Description
Analog
Output Level
Unit
U2-15
(7E0)
U2-16
(7E1)
U2-17
(7E2)
U2-20
(8E)
U2-30
(3008)
U2-31
(3009)
U2-32
(300A)
Output Voltage at
Previous Fault
DC Bus Voltage at
Previous Fault
Output Power at
Previous Fault
Input Terminal Status at
Previous Fault
Output Terminal Status at Previous Fault
Drive Operation Status at Previous Fault
Cumulative Operation
Time at Previous Fault
Soft Starter Speed
Reference at Previous
Fault
Motor q-Axis Current at
Previous Fault
Motor d-Axis Current at
Previous Fault
Heatsink Temperature at
Previous Fault
Date Year at Previous
Fault
Date Month and Day at
Previous Fault
Time Hours and Minutes at Previous Fault
Output Voltage
DC Bus Voltage
Output kWatts
Input Term Sts
Output Term Sts
Inverter Status
Elapsed time
SFS Output
Motor Iq Current
Motor Id Current
Actual Fin Temp
Date Year YYYY
Displays the output voltage at the previous fault.
Displays the DC bus voltage at the previous fault.
Displays the output power at the previous fault.
Displays the input terminal status at the previous fault. Displayed as in U1-10.
Displays the output status at the previous fault. Displays the same status displayed in U1-11.
Displays the q-axis current for the motor at the previous fault.
No signal output
Displays the d-axis current for the motor at the previous fault.
Displays the temperature of the heatsink when the most recent fault occurred.
Displays the year when the most recent fault occurred.
Time Hr Min HHMM Displays the time when the most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
Displays the operation status of the drive at the previous fault.
Displays the same status displayed in U1-12.
No signal output available
Displays the cumulative operation time at the previous fault.
No signal output available
Displays the speed reference for the soft starter at the previous fault.
No signal output available available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
<1> Display is in the following units: 5A0007 to 5A0017: 0.01 A units; 5A0022 to 5A0242: 0.1 A units.
<2> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus, a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.
0.1 Vac
1 Vdc
0.1 kW
–
–
–
1 h
0.01 Hz
0.10%
0.10%
1 °C
–
–
– u U3: Fault History
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U3-01 to
U3-04
(90 to 93
(800 to
803))
Name
First to 4th Most Recent
Fault
LCD Display
Fault Message o
U3-05 to
U3-10
(804 to
809)
5th to 10th Most Recent
Fault
Fault Message o
U3-11 to
U3-14
(94 to 97
(80A to
80D))
U3-15 to
U3-20
(80E to
813)
U3-21
(300B)
U3-22
(300C)
Cumulative Operation
Time at 1st to 4th Most
Recent Fault
Date Year at Most
Recent Fault
Date Month and Day at
Most Recent Fault
Elapsed Time
Cumulative Operation
Time at 5th to 10th Most
Recent Fault
Elapsed Time o
Fault 1 YYYY o
Fault 1 MMDD
Description
Displays the first to the fourth most recent faults.
Displays the fifth to the tenth most recent faults.
After ten faults, data for the oldest fault is deleted. The most recent fault appears in U3-01, with the next most recent fault appearing in U3-02. The data is moved to the next monitor parameter each time a fault occurs.
Displays the cumulative operation time when the first to the fourth most recent faults occurred.
Analog
Output Level
Unit
No signal output available
No signal output available
–
–
No signal output available
1 h
Displays the cumulative operation time when the fifth to the tenth most recent faults occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the year when the most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the date and day when the most recent faults occurred. No signal output available
1 h
–
–
234 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.15 U: Monitors
U3-44
(3022)
U3-45
(3023)
U3-46
(3024)
U3-47
(3025)
U3-48
(3026)
U3-49
(3027)
U3-50
(3028)
U3-40
(301E)
U3-41
(301F)
U3-42
(3020)
U3-43
(3021)
U3-36
(301A)
U3-37
(301B)
U3-38
(301C)
U3-39
(301D)
U3-32
(3016
U3-33
(3017)
U3-34
(3018)
U3-35
(3019)
U3-28
(3012)
U3-29
(3013)
U3-30
(3014)
U3-31
(3015)
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U3-23
(300D)
U3-24
(300E)
U3-25
(300F)
U3-26
(3010)
U3-27
(3011)
Name LCD Display
Time Hours and Minutes at Most Recent Fault
Fault 1 HHMM
Date Year at 2nd Most
Recent Fault
Date Month and Day at
2nd Most Recent Fault
Time Hours and Minutes at 2nd Most Recent Fault
Date Year at 3rd Most
Recent Fault
Fault 2 YYYY
Fault 2 MMDD
Fault 2 HHMM
Fault 3 YYYY
Date Month and Day at
3rd Most Recent Fault
Time Hours and Minutes at 3rd Most Recent Fault
Date Year at 4th Most
Recent Fault
Date Month and Day at
4th Most Recent Fault
Fault 3 MMDD
Fault 3 HHMM
Fault 4 YYYY
Fault 4 MMDD
Time Hours and Minutes at 4th Most Recent Fault
Date Year at 5th Most
Recent Fault
Date Month and Day at
5th Most Recent Fault
Time Hours and Minutes at 5th Most Recent Fault
Fault 4 HHMM
Fault 5 YYYY
Fault 5 MMDD
Fault 5 HHMM
Date Year at 6th Most
Recent Fault
Date Month and Day a
6th Most Recent Fault
Fault 6 YYYY
Fault 6 MMDD
Time Hours and Minutes at 6th Most Recent Fault Fault 6 HHMM
Date Year at 7th Most
Recent Fault
Fault 7 YYYY
Fault 7 MMDD Date Month and Day at
7th Most Recent Fault
Time Hours and Minutes at 7th Most Recent Fault
Date Year at 8th Most
Recent Fault
Date Month and Day 8th at Most Recent Fault
Fault 7 HHMM
Fault 8 YYYY
Fault 8 MMDD
Time Hours and Minutes at 8th Most Recent Fault
Date Year at 9th Most
Recent Fault
Date Month and Day at
9th Most Recent Fault
Time Hours and Minutes at 9th Most Recent Fault
Fault 8 HHMM
Fault 9 YYYY
Fault 9 MMDD
Fault 9 HHMM
Date Year at 10th Most
Recent Fault
Date Month and Day at
10th Most Recent Fault
Time Hours and Minutes at 10th Most Recent
Fault 10 YYYY
Fault 10 MMDD
Fault 10 HHMM
Description
Analog
Output Level
Displays the time when the most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the year when the second most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the date and day when the second most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the time when the second most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the year when the most third recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the date and day when the third most recent fault occurred.
Displays the time when the third most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
No signal output available
Displays the year when the fourth most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the date and day when the fourth most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the time when the fourth most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the year when the fifth most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the date and day when the fifth most recent fault occurred.
Displays the time when the fifth most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
No signal output available
Displays the year when the sixth most recent fault occurred.
Displays the date and day when the sixth most recent fault occurred.
Displays the time when the most sixth recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
Displays the year when the most seventh recent fault occurred. No signal output available
Displays the date and day when the seventh most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the time when the seventh most recent fault occurred. No signal output available
Displays the year when the eighth most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the date and day when the eighth most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the time when the eighth most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the year when the ninth most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
Displays the date and day when the ninth most recent fault occurred.
Displays the time when the ninth most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
No signal output available
Displays the year when the tenth most recent fault occurred.
Displays the date and day when the tenth most recent fault occurred.
Displays the time when the tenth most recent fault occurred.
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
Unit
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 235
A.15 U: Monitors u U4: Maintenance Monitors
U4-06
(7D6)
U4-08
(68)
U4-09
(5E)
U4-10
(5C)
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U4-01
(4C)
U4-02
(75)
U4-03
(67)
U4-04
(7E)
U4-05
(7C)
U4-11
(5D)
U4-13
(7CF)
U4-14
(7D0)
U4-16
(7D8)
U4-18
(7DA)
U4-19
(7DB)
U4-20
(7DC)
Name LCD Display Description
Analog
Output Level
Unit
Cumulative Operation
Time
Number of Run
Commands
Time
Cooling Fan Operation
Cooling Fan
Maintenance
Capacitor Maintenance
Soft Charge Bypass
Relay Maintenance
Drv Elapsed Time
RUN Cmd Counter
Fan Elapsed TIme
Fan Life Mon
Cap Life Mon
ChgCirc Life Mon
Displays the cumulative operation time of the drive. The value for the cumulative operation time counter can be reset in parameter o4-01. Use parameter o4-02 to determine if the operation time should start as soon as the power is switched on or only while the Run command is present. The maximum number displayed is 99999, after which the value is reset to 0.
Displays the number of times the Run command is entered. Reset the number of Run commands using parameter o4-13. This value will reset to 0 and start counting again after reaching 65535.
Displays the cumulative operation time of the cooling fan. The default value for the fan operation time is reset in parameter o4-03. This value will reset to 0 and start counting again after reaching 99999.
Displays main cooling fan usage time as a percentage of its expected performance life. Parameter o4-03 can be used to reset this monitor.
Displays main circuit capacitor usage time as a percentage of their expected performance life. Parameter o4-05 can be used to reset this monitor.
Displays the soft charge bypass relay maintenance time as a percentage of its estimated performance life. Parameter o4-07 can be used to reset this monitor.
Displays the heatsink temperature.
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
10 V: 100 °C
1 h
1 Time
1 h
1%
1%
1%
1 °C Heatsink Temperature Heatsink Temp
LED Check
Frequency kWh, Lower 4 Digits kWh, Upper 5 Digits
Peak Hold Current
Peak Hold Output
Motor Overload
Estimate (oL1)
Frequency Reference
Source Selection
Frequency Reference from MEMOBUS/
Modbus Comm.
Option Frequency
Reference
LED Oper Check kWh Lower 4 dig kWh Upper 5 dig
Current PeakHold
Freq@ I PeakHold
Motor OL1 Level
Reference Source
MEMOBUS Freq Ref
Option Freq Ref
Lights all segments of the LED to verify that the display is working properly.
Monitors the drive output power. The value is shown as a 9-digit number displayed across two monitor parameters, U4-10 and
U4-11.
Example:
12345678.9 kWh is displayed as:
U4-10: 678.9 kWh
U4-11: 12345 MWh
Displays the highest current value that occurred during run.
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
Displays the output frequency when the current value shown in
U4-13 occurred.
Shows the value of the motor overload detection accumulator.
100% is equal to the oL1 detection level.
Displays the source for the frequency reference as XY-nn.
X: indicates which reference is used:
0 = OFF
1 = AUTO
2 = HAND
Y-nn: indicates the reference source
0-01 = HOA keypad
1-00 = Analog (not assigned)
1-01 = Analog (terminal A1)
1-02 = Analog (terminal A2)
2-02 to 17 = Multi-step speed (d1-02 to 17)
3-01 = MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
4-01 = Communication option card
9-01 = Up/Down
Displays the frequency reference provided by MEMOBUS/
Modbus (decimal).
10 V: 100%
No signal output available
No signal output available
Displays the frequency reference input by an option card
(decimal).
No signal output available
–
1 kWh
1 MWh
0.01 A
<1>
0.01 Hz
0.1%
–
0.01%
–
236 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.15 U: Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name LCD Display Description
Analog
Output Level
U4-21
(7DD)
U4-22
(7DE)
U4-23
(7DF)
Run Command Source
Selection
MEMOBUS/Modbus
Communications
Reference
Communication Option
Card Reference
Run Cmd Source
MEMOBUS Ref Reg
Option Ref Reg
Displays the source for the Run command as XY-nn.
X: Indicates which Run source is used:
0 = OFF
1 = AUTO
2 = HAND
Y: Input power supply data
0 = HOA keypad
1 = External terminals
3 = Serial communications (APOGEE FLN, BACnet,
MEMOBUS/Modbus, or Metasys N2)
4 = Communication option card nn: Run command limit status data
00: No limit status.
01: Run command was left on when stopped in the PRG mode
02: Run command was left on when switching from LOCAL to
REMOTE operation
03: Waiting for soft charge bypass contactor after power up (Uv or Uv1 flashes after 10 s)
04: Waiting for “Run command prohibited” time period to end
05: Fast Stop (digital input, HOA keypad)
06: b1-17 (Run command given at power-up)
07: During baseblock while coast to stop with timer
08: Frequency reference is below minimal reference during baseblock
09: Waiting for Enter command
Displays the drive control data set by MEMOBUS/Modbus communications register no. 0001H as a four-digit hexadecimal number.
Displays drive control data set by an option card as a four-digit hexadecimal number.
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
<1> When reading the value of this monitor via MEMOBUS/Modbus, a value of 8192 is equal to 100% of the drive rated output current.
Unit
–
–
– u U5: PI Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U5-01
(0057)
U5-02
(0063)
U5-03
(0064)
U5-04
(0065)
Name
PI Feedback
PI Input
PI Output
PI Setpoint
LCD Display
PI Feedback 1
PI Input
PI Output
PI Setpoint
U5-05
(07D2) PI Differential Feedback PI Feedback 2
U5-06
(07D3) PI Adjusted Feedback
PI Diff Fdbk
U5-07
(0072)
U5-08
(0073)
AUTO Mode Frequency
Reference Value
HAND Mode Frequency
Reference Value
AUTO mode Fref
HAND mode Fref
U5-14
(086B) PI Output Upper 4 Digits PI Output U4
U5-15
(086C) PI Output Lower 4 Digits PI Output L4
U5-17
(086E) PI2 Setpoint
PI2 Set-point
Description
Analog
Output Level
Unit
Displays the PI feedback value.
10 V: 100% <1>
Displays the amount of PI input (deviation between PI setpoint and feedback).
Displays PI control output.
10 V: 100% 0.01%
10 V: 100% 0.01%
Displays the PI setpoint.
10 V: 100% <1>
Displays the second PI feedback value if differential feedback is used (H3oo = 16).
Displays the difference of both feedback values if Differential
Feedback is used (U5-01 - U5-05).
If PI Square Root Feedback or Differential Feedback are enabled,
U5-01 ≠ U5-06.
If PI Square Root Feedback or Differential Feedback are NOT enabled, U5-01 = U5-06.
Displays the Frequency reference value at AUTO Mode.
10 V: 100%
10 V: 100%
Displays the Frequency reference value at HAND Mode.
Displays Custom PI output. U5-14 shows the upper 4 digits.
0.01%
0.01%
No signal output available
No signal output available
10V: (b5-43 x
10000) + b5-44
<2>
0.01 Hz
0.01 Hz
1
Displays Custom PI output. U5-15 shows the lower 4 digits.
Displays the secondary PI setpoint.
No signal output available
10 V: Max frequency
0.01
0.01%
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 237
A.15 U: Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
Name
U5-18
(086F) PI2 Feedback
U5-19
(0870)
U5-20
(0871)
U5-30
(3000)
U5-31
(3001)
U5-32
(3002)
PI2 Input
PI2 Output
Time Hr Min HHMM
Date Year
Date Mo Day MMDD
LCD Display
PI2 Feedback
PI2 Input
PI2 Output
Displays the secondary PI input (deviation between PI target and feedback).
Displays the secondary PI control output.
Time Hr Min HHMM Displays the current time (Hours and Minutes).
Date Year
Displays the secondary PI feedback value.
Displays the current year.
Description
Date Mo Day MMDD Displays the current date (Month and Day).
U5-33
(3003)
Day of the Week
Date Week
0: Sun
1: Mon
2: Tues
3: Wed
4: Thur
5: Fri
6: Sat
Displays the current day of the week.
0: Sunday
1: Monday
2: Tuesday
3: Wednesday
4: Thursday
5: Friday
6: Saturday
Analog
Output Level
10 V: Max frequency
10 V: Max frequency
10 V: Max frequency
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
No signal output available
<1> Units determined by parameter b5-20, PI Setpoint Scaling.
<2> Analog Output selection text is: “PI Output 2”.
Unit
0.01%
0.01%
0.01%
1
1
1
1 u U6: Operation Status Monitors
No.
(Addr.
Hex)
U6-01
(51)
Name
Motor Secondary
Current (Iq)
LCD Display
Mot SEC Current
U6-02
(52)
Motor Excitation
Current (Id)
U6-05
(59)
Output Voltage
Reference (Vq)
U6-06
(5A)
U6-21
(7D5)
U6-80 to
U6-99
(7B0 to
7F9)
Output Voltage
Reference (Vd)
Offset Frequency
Option Monitors 1 to
20
Mot EXC Current
Voltage Ref (Vq)
Voltage Ref (Vd)
Offset Frequency
–
Description
Analog
Output Level
Displays the value of the motor secondary current (Iq). Motor rated secondary current is 100%.
10 V: Motor secondary rated current
Displays the value calculated for the motor excitation current (Id).
Motor rated secondary current is 100%.
10 V: Motor secondary rated current
Output voltage reference (Vq) for the q-Axis.
Unit
0.1%
0.1%
10 V: 575 Vrms 0.1 Vac
Output voltage reference (Vd) for the d-Axis.
Displays the frequency added to the main frequency reference.
10 V: 575 Vrms 0.1 Vac
– 0.1%
Output monitor for option card.
Refer to Option Instruction manual for details No signal output available.
–
238 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.16 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values
A.16 Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values
The tables below list parameters that depend on the control mode selection. Changing the control mode initializes these parameters to the values shown here.
u A1-02 (Motor Control Mode) Dependent Parameters
C2-01
C4-01
C4-02
C6-02
E1-04
E1-05
E1-06
E1-09
L1-01
L3-20
L8-38
L8-40
No.
b3-08
Table A.3 A1-02 (Motor Control Mode) Dependent Parameters and Default Values
Name Setting Range Resolution
Control Modes (A1-02)
V/f (0) OLV/PM (5)
Current Control Gain during Speed Search (Speed
Estimation Type)
S-Curve Characteristic at Accel Start
Torque Compensation Gain
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time
Carrier Frequency Selection
Maximum Output Frequency
0.00 to 6.00
0.00 to 10.00
0.00 to 2.50
0 to 60000
1 to 9; A to F
40.0 to 240.0
0.01
0.01 s
0.01
1 ms
1
0.1 Hz
<1>
0.20
1.00
200
<1>
<2>
0.30
1.00
0.00
100
2
60.0
Maximum Voltage 0.0 to 733.1
0.1 V <2> 200.0
Base Frequency 0.0 to 240.0
0.1 Hz <2> 60.0
<2> Minimum Output Frequency
Motor Overload Protection Selection
DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time
0.0 to 240.0
0, 1, 4
0.00 to 5.00
0 to 2
0.00 to 2.00
0.1 Hz
1
0.01
1
0.01 s
1
1.00
<1>
0.50
3.0
4
0.65
0
0.00
<1> Default setting is dependent on parameter o2-04, Drive Model Selection.
<2> Default setting is dependent on parameter E1-03, V/f Pattern Selection.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 239
A
A.17 V/f Pattern Default Values
A.17 V/f Pattern Default Values
The following tables show the V/f pattern setting default values depending on the control mode (A1-02) and the V/f pattern selection (E1-03 in V/f Control).
No.
Unit
Table A.4 E1-03 V/f Pattern Settings for Drive Capacity: 5A0003 to 5A0009
V/f Control
E1-03 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A
E1-04
E1-05
E1-06
E1-07
E1-08
E1-09
E1-10
Hz
V
Hz
V
Hz
V
Hz
50.0
575.0
50.0
2.5
43.1
1.3
25.9
60.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
43.1
1.5
25.9
60.0
575.0
50.0
3.0
43.1
1.5
25.9
72.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
43.1
1.5
25.9
50.0
575.0
50.0
25.0
100.6
1.3
23.0
50.0
575.0
50.0
25.0
143.8
1.3
25.9
60.0
575.0
60.0
30.0
100.6
1.5
23.0
60.0
575.0
60.0
30.0
143.8
1.5
25.9
50.0
575.0
50.0
2.5
54.6
1.3
31.6
50.0
575.0
50.0
2.5
69.0
1.3
37.4
<1> This value determines the default values for E1-04 through E1-10 (E3-04 through E3-10 for motor 2).
60.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
54.6
1.5
31.6
B
60.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
69.0
1.5
43.1
C
90.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
43.1
1.5
25.9
D
120.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
43.1
1.5
25.9
E
180.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
43.1
1.5
25.9
F
<1>
60.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
43.1
1.5
25.9
No.
Unit
Table A.5 E1-03 V/f Pattern Settings for Drive Capacity: 5A0011 to 5A0077
V/f Control
E1-03 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C
E1-04
E1-05
E1-06
E1-07
E1-08
E1-09
E1-10
V
Hz
V
Hz
V
Hz
Hz
50.0
575.0
50.0
2.5
40.3
1.3
20.1
60.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
40.3
1.5
20.1
60.0
575.0
50.0
3.0
40.3
1.5
20.1
72.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
40.3
1.5
20.1
50.0
575.0
50.0
25.0
100.6
1.3
17.3
50.0
575.0
50.0
25.0
143.8
1.3
20.1
60.0
575.0
60.0
30.0
100.6
1.5
17.3
60.0
575.0
60.0
30.0
143.8
1.5
20.1
50.0
575.0
50.0
2.5
51.8
1.3
25.9
50.0
575.0
50.0
2.5
67.0
1.3
31.6
<1> This value determines the default values for E1-04 through E1-10 (E3-04 through E3-10 for motor 2).
60.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
51.8
1.5
25.9
No.
Unit
60.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
67.0
1.5
37.4
Table A.6 E1-03 V/f Pattern Settings for Drive Capacity: 5A0099 to 5A0242
V/f Control
90.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
40.3
1.5
20.1
D
120.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
40.3
1.5
20.1
E
180.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
40.3
1.5
20.1
F
<1>
60.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
40.3
1.5
20.1
E1-03 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A
E1-04
E1-05
E1-06
E1-07
E1-08
E1-09
E1-10
Hz
V
Hz
V
Hz
V
Hz
50.0
575.0
50.0
2.5
34.5
1.3
17.3
60.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
34.5
1.5
17.3
60.0
575.0
50.0
3.0
34.5
1.5
17.3
72.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
34.5
1.5
17.3
50.0
575.0
50.0
25.0
100.6
1.3
14.4
50.0
575.0
50.0
25.0
143.8
1.3
17.3
60.0
575.0
60.0
30.0
100.6
1.5
14.4
60.0
575.0
60.0
30.0
50.0
1.5
17.3
50.0
575.0
50.0
2.5
43.1
1.3
20.1
50.0
575.0
50.0
2.5
57.5
1.3
25.9
<1> This value determines the default values for E1-04 through E1-10 (E3-04 through E3-10 for motor 2).
60.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
43.1
1.5
20.1
B
60.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
57.5
1.5
31.6
C
90.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
34.5
1.5
17.3
D
120.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
34.5
1.5
17.3
E
180.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
34.5
1.5
17.3
F
<1>
60.0
575.0
60.0
3.0
34.5
1.5
17.3
240 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
A.18 Defaults by Drive Model
No.
– o2-04
E2-11
E2-05
E2-10
L2-02
L2-03
L2-04
L3-24
L8-02
L8-35
L8-38 n1-03 b3-04 b3-06 b8-04
C6-02
E2-01
E2-02
E2-03
A.18 Defaults by Drive Model
The following tables show parameters and default settings that change with the drive model selection (o2-04).
No.
– o2-04
E2-11 b3-04 b3-06 b8-04
C6-02
E2-01
E2-02
E2-03
E2-05
E2-10
L2-02
L2-03
L2-04
L3-24
L8-02
L8-35
L8-38 n1-03
Table A.7 600 V Class Drives Default Settings by Drive Model
Name
Model
Drive Model Selection
Motor Rated Power
V/f Gain during Speed Search
Output Current 1 during Speed Search
Energy Saving Coefficient Value
Carrier Frequency Selection
Motor Rated Current
Motor Rated Slip
Motor No-Load Current
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock
Time
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery
Time
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia
Calculations
Overheat Alarm Level
Installation Method Selection
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Hz
A
Ω
W s
–
A
–
–
Unit
–
Hex.
kW
(HP)
% s s s
°C
–
– ms
5A0003
C3
1.5
(2)
100
0.5
494.4
7
2.7
2.5
0.8
13.72
53
0.2
0.5
0.5
0.166
110
2
2
10
5A0004
C4
2.2
(3)
100
0.5
415.3
7
3.9
3.0
1.2
8.825
77
0.3
0.5
0.5
0.145
110
2
2
10
5A0006
C5
3.7
(5)
100
0.5
320.2
7
6.1
2.7
1.8
4.936
130
0.5
0.8
0.6
0.154
110
2
2
10
0.8
0.7
0.168
110
2
2
10
5A0009
C7
5.5
(7.5)
100
0.5
239.95
7
9
1.5
2.7
2.601
193
0.5
Name
Model
Drive Model Selection
Motor Rated Power
V/f Gain during Speed Search
Output Current 1 during Speed Search
Energy Saving Coefficient Value
Carrier Frequency Selection
Motor Rated Current
Motor Rated Slip
Motor No-Load Current
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations
Overheat Alarm Level
Installation Method Selection
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Unit
–
Hex.
kW (HP) s s
°C
– s s
Ω
W
– ms
–
A
Hz
A
%
–
–
5A0017
CA
11
(15)
100
1.7
5.1
1.17
385
0.5
172
7
17
120
2
2
10
1
1
0.9
0.27
120
2
2
10
2
1.2
1
0.24
Default Settings
5A0022
CC
5A0027
CD
15
(20)
100
18.5
(25)
100
1.6
6.6
0.9
440
0.5
154
7
22
1.67
8.1
0.66
508
0.5
140
7
27
115
2
2
10
2
1.2
1
0.32
5A0032
CE
22
(30)
100
1.7
9.6
0.52
586
0.5
129
7
32
115
2
2
10
2
1.2
1
0.36
0.8
0.175
115
2
2
10
5A0011
7.5
(10)
100
0.5
199.86
7
11
1.3
3.3
1.446
263
0.8
1
A
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 241
A.18 Defaults by Drive Model
No.
– o2-04
E2-11
E2-05
E2-10
L2-02
L2-03
L2-04
L3-24
L8-02
L8-35
L8-38 n1-03 b3-04 b3-06 b8-04
C6-02
E2-01
E2-02
E2-03
No.
– o2-04
E2-11
E2-05
E2-10
L2-02
L2-03
L2-04
L3-24
L8-02
L8-35
L8-38 n1-03 b3-04 b3-06 b8-04
C6-02
E2-01
E2-02
E2-03
Name
Model
Drive Model Selection
Motor Rated Power
V/f Gain during Speed Search
Output Current 1 during Speed Search
Energy Saving Coefficient Value
Carrier Frequency Selection
Motor Rated Current
Motor Rated Slip
Motor No-Load Current
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations
Overheat Alarm Level
Installation Method Selection
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Name
Model
Drive Model Selection
Motor Rated Power
V/f Gain during Speed Search
Output Current 1 during Speed Search
Energy Saving Coefficient Value
Carrier Frequency Selection
Motor Rated Current
Motor Rated Slip
Motor No-Load Current
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations
Overheat Alarm Level
Installation Method Selection
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Unit
–
Hex.
kW (HP) s s
°C
– s s
Ω
W
– ms
–
A
Hz
A
%
–
–
Unit
–
Hex.
kW (HP) s s
°C
– s s
Ω
W
– ms
–
A
Hz
A
%
–
–
5A0041
CF
30
(40)
80
0.5
115.57
7
41
1.8
12.3
0.438
750
2
1.2
1.1
0.323
110
2
2
10
Default Settings
5A0052
D1
37
(50)
80
0.5
97.01
7
52
1.33
15.6
0.267
925
110
2
2
10
2
1.2
1.2
0.32
2
1.8
1.5
0.317
110
2
2
10
Default Settings
5A0077
D3
5A0099
D4
55
(75)
80
75
(100)
80
0.5
80.87
7
77
1.46
23.1
0.15
1260
0.5
70.07
7
99
1.39
29.7
0.099
1600
2
1.8
1.6
0.533
110
2
2
30
5A0062
D2
45
(60)
80
0.5
90.07
7
62
1.6
18.8
0.21
1125
2
1.5
1.3
0.387
110
2
2
10
242 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
No.
– o2-04
E2-11
E2-05
E2-10
L2-02
L2-03
L2-04
L3-24
L8-02
L8-35
L8-38 n1-03 b3-04 b3-06 b8-04
C6-02
E2-01
E2-02
E2-03
Name
Model
Drive Model Selection
Motor Rated Power
V/f Gain during Speed Search
Output Current 1 during Speed Search
Energy Saving Coefficient Value
Carrier Frequency Selection
Motor Rated Current
Motor Rated Slip
Motor No-Load Current
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time
Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Time
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations
Overheat Alarm Level
Installation Method Selection
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection
Hunting Prevention Time Constant
Unit
–
Hex.
kW (HP)
°C
– s s s s
Ω
W
– ms
–
A
Hz
A
%
–
–
5A0125
D5
90
(125)
80
0.5
61.50
7
125
1.39
37.5
0.079
2150
2.0
2.0
1.7
0.592
110
0
2
30
A.18 Defaults by Drive Model
2.0
2.0
1.8
0.646
110
0
2
30
Default Settings
5A0145 5A0192
D6
110
(150)
80
D7
160
(200)
80
0.5
58.67
7
145
1.40
43.2
0.060
2150
0.5
49.90
7
192
1.35
57.6
0.037
2850
2.0
2.0
2.0
0.673
110
0
2
30
5A0242
D9
185
(250)
80
0.5
42.90
7
242
1.35
57.6
0.037
2850
2.0
2.0
2.0
0.864
110
0
2
30
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 243
A
A.18 Defaults by Drive Model
This Page Intentionally Blank
244 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Appendix: B
BACnet Communications
B.2 COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS................................................................247
B.8 ACCESSING DRIVE PARAMETERS AND THE ENTER COMMAND................261
B.11 BACNET PROTOCOL IMPLEMENTATION CONFORMANCE STATEMENT....264
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 245
B.1 BACnet Configuration
B.1 BACnet Configuration
Drives can be monitored and controlled by a controller on a Building Automation and Control network (BACnet) using RS-485 technology and MS-TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing) protocol. The drives conform to the BACnet application specific controller (B-ASC) device profile.
Up to 127 drives can communicate on a single BACnet MS-TP network. If more drives or BACnet devices are required, then a BACnet router is required to allow another MS-TP network to be available with up to another 127 drives.
The BACnet node address is configurable by a parameter in the drive. This defines the physical address of the drive on the
MS-TP network. In addition, both the Device Object instance ID and the Device Object Name are configurable. These allow the drive to have a virtual address, thus simplifying controller configuration.
Once the addressing is set, a controller can initiate communication to the drive. The drive will perform the specified function and then send a response back to the controller. The drive will usually respond immediately, but may delay its response until it gets the token for commands that may take extra local processing time.
BACnet over Ethernet
Router
MS-TP
Router
MS-TP
BACnet
Workstation
Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive Drive
Figure B.1 Connecting Multiple Drives to a BACnet Workstation
246 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
B.2 Communication Specifications
B.2 Communication Specifications
BACnet specifications appear in the following table:
Item
Interface
Communication Parameters
Protocol
Max Number of Drives
Specifications
MS-TP (Master-Slave/Token-Passing)
RS-485
Communication Speeds: 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800 bps
Data Length: 8-bit (fixed)
Parity: Select Even, Odd, or None
Stop Bit: 1-bit (fixed)
BACnet MS-TP
127 per MS-TP Network Segment
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 247
BACnet Communications
B
B.3 Connecting to a Network
B.3 Connecting to a Network
This section explains how to connect the drive to a BACnet network and the network termination required for a connection.
u Network Cable Connection
Follow the instructions below to connect the drive to a BACnet network.
1.
With the power shut off, connect the communications cable to the drive and the master. Use terminal TB3 for BACnet.
E(G) IG R+ R- S+ S-
V+ AC A1 A2 A3 FM AM AC RP AC 24V
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP
M1 M2 M3 M4
MD ME MF
MA MB MC
IG R+ R- S+ S-
(TB3)
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Send (–)
Send (+)
Receive (–)
Receive (+)
Shield Ground
Figure B.2 Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminal (TB3)
Note: Separate the communications cables from the main circuit cables and other wiring and power cables. Use shielded cables for the communications cables, and properly shielded clamps to prevent problems with noise. When using RS-485 communications, connect S+ to R+, and S- to R- as shown in the diagram below.
2.
on page
249 for slaves that are Z1000 drives.
3.
Switch the power on.
4.
Set the parameters needed for serial communications (H5-01 through H5-12) using the HOA keypad.
5.
Shut the power off and wait until the drive display goes out completely.
6.
Turn the power back on.
7.
The drive is now ready to begin communicating with the master.
248 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
B.3 Connecting to a Network u Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connections
This section explains proper wiring for multiple connections using BACnet communication.
n RS-485 Interface
Note: The isolated ground (IG) connection is optional but strongly recommended to improve network immunity to electrical interference. Yaskawa recommends using Belden cable 3106A or equivalent for BACnet network connections.
Controller
R–
R+
S–
S+
IG
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
ON
Note:
Figure B.3 RS-485 Interface
1.
Set DIP switch S2 to the ON position on the drive located at the end of the network. Set DIP switch S2 to the OFF positions on all other slave devices.
2.
Set H5-07 to 1 when using the RS-485 interface.
u Network Termination
The two ends of the BACnet network line have to be terminated. The drive has a built in termination resistor that can be enabled or disabled using DIP switch S2. If a drive is located at the end of a network line, enable the termination resistor by setting
DIP switch S2 to the ON position. Disable the termination resistor on all slaves that are not located at the network line end.
BACnet Communications
B
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 249
B.4 BACnet Setup Parameters
B.4 BACnet Setup Parameters u BACnet Serial Communication
This section describes parameters necessary to set up BACnet communications.
n H5-01: Drive Slave Address
Sets the drive slave address used for communications.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
No.
H5-01
Name
Drive Slave Address
Setting Range
0 to FFH
Default
1FH
Each slave drive must be assigned a unique slave address for serial communications to work. Slave addresses do not need to be assigned in sequential order, but no two drives may share the same address.
n H5-02: Communication Speed Selection
Sets the communications speed for APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, and Metasys N2.
Note: 1.
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
2.
When Metasys N2 communications are selected (H5-08 = 1), selecting a baud rate other than 9600 bps will trigger an oPE29 error.
3.
When APOGEE FLN (P1) communications are selected (H5-08 = 2), selecting a baud rate other than 4800 bps will trigger an oPE29 error.
4.
When BACnet communications are selected (H5-08 = 3), selecting 115200 bps (Setting 8) will trigger an oPE29 error.
No.
H5-02
<1> Default depends on H5-08 setting:
H5-08 = 0, MEMOBUS/Modbus; default: 3
H5-08 = 1, N2 (Metasys); default: 3
H5-08 = 2, P1 (APOGEE FLN); default: 2
H5-08 = 3, BACnet; default: 3
Name
Communication Speed Selection
Setting Range
0 to 8
Default
<1>
H5-02
0 <1>
1 <1>
2
3 <1>
4 <1>
Communication Speed
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
<1> Not available when H5-08 is set to 2 P1 (APOGEE FLN).
<2> Not available when H5-08 is set to 0 (MEMOBUS/Modbus) or 1 (Metasys N2).
H5-02
5 <1>
6 <1>
7 <1>
8 <1> <2> n H5-03: Communication Parity Selection
Sets the parity used for communications.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
No.
H5-03
Name
Communication Parity Selection
Communication Speed
38400 bps
57600 bps
76800 bps
115200 bps
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 0: No parity
Setting 1: Even parity
Setting 2: Odd parity
250 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
B.4 BACnet Setup Parameters n H5-04: Stopping Method after Communication Error
Selects the stopping method after a communications error (CE) has occurred.
No.
H5-04
Name
Stopping Method after CE
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
Uses the deceleration time currently enabled.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop
Setting 3: Alarm Only - Operation Continues
Setting 4: Run at d1-04 n H5-05: Communication Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the CE detection for communications.
No.
H5-05
Name
Communication Fault Detection Selection
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
3
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
No communication error detection. The drive continues operation.
Setting 1: Enabled
If the drive does not receive data from the master for longer than the time set to H5-09, then a CE fault will be triggered and the drive will operate as determined by parameter H5-04.
n H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time
Sets the time the drive waits after receiving data from a master until responding data.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
No.
H5-06
Name
Drive Transmit Wait Time
Setting Range
5 to 65 ms
Default
5 ms
Controller→Drive
Command message
Drive →Controller
Response message
Controller →Drive
Command message Time
24-bit length H5-06 setting
Figure B.4 Drive Transmit Wait Time Setting n H5-07: RTS Control Selection
Enables or disables RTS control.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
No.
H5-07
Name
RTS Control Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Setting 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
Use this setting with point-to-point RS-422 communications.
Setting 1: Enabled. RTS switches while sending.
Use this setting with RS-485 communications or when using multi-drop RS-422 communications.
Default
1
BACnet Communications
B
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 251
B.4 BACnet Setup Parameters n H5-08: Communications Protocol Selection
Selects the communications protocol.
No.
H5-08
Name
Communications Protocol Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Setting 0: MEMOBUS/Modbus
Setting 1: N2 (Metasys)
Setting 2: P1 (APOGEE FLN)
Setting 3: BACnet n H5-09: Communications Fault Detection Time
Sets the time the communications must be lost before the drive triggers a CE fault.
No.
H5-09
Name
Communications Fault Detection Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 s n H5-10: Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H
Sets the unit for the output voltage monitor value in MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0025H.
No.
H5-10
Name
Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Default
2.0 s
Default
0
Setting 0: 0.1 V units
Setting 1: 1 V units n H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection
.
No.
H5-11
Name
Communications Enter Function Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Enter command necessary
Parameter changes become effective after an Enter command. An Enter command must only be sent after the last parameter change, not for each single parameter.
Setting 1: Enter command not necessary
Parameter value changes become effective immediately without the need to send an Enter command.
n H5-12: Run Command Method Selection
Selects the type of sequence used when the Run command source is set to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications
(b1-02, b1-16 = 2).
No.
H5-12
Name
Run Command Method Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0001H will start and stop the drive in the forward direction. Setting bit 1 will start and stop the drive in reverse.
Setting 1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
Setting bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0001H will start and stop the drive. Setting bit 1 changes the direction.
252 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
B.4 BACnet Setup Parameters n H5-14, H5-15: BACnet Device Object Identifiers 0 and 1
These parameters set the Instance Identifier of the BACnet Device Object, where the H5-14 value is the least significant word and the H5-15 value is the most significant word.
No.
H5-14
H5-15
Name
BACnet Device Object Identifier 0
BACnet Device Object Identifier 1
Example 1: Set Device Object Instance Identifier of “1234”
1234 decimal is equal to 4D2H (hexadecimal)
Set H5-14 to 4D2H and set H5-15 to 0.
Example 2: Set Device Object Instance Identifier of “1234567”
12334567 decimal is equal to 12D687H
Set H5-14 to D687H and set H5-15 to 12H.
Setting Range
0 to FFFFH
0 to 3FH
Default
1
0
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 253
BACnet Communications
B
B.5 Drive Operations by BACnet
B.5 Drive Operations by BACnet
The drive operations that can be performed by BACnet communication depend on drive parameter settings. This section explains the functions that can be used and related parameter settings.
u Observing the Drive Operation
A controller can perform the following actions with BACnet communications at any time regardless of parameter settings
(except for H5oo parameters):
• Observe drive status and drive control terminal status from a controller
• Read and write parameters
• Set and reset faults
• Set multi-function inputs.
Note: Input settings from the input terminals S o and from BACnet communications are both linked by a logical OR operation.
u Controlling the Drive
Select an external reference and adjust the parameters in Table B.1
accordingly to start and stop the drive or set the frequency
reference using BACnet communications.
Reference Source
External Reference 1
External Reference 2
Table B.1 Setting Parameters for Drive Control from BACnet
Parameter Name b1-01 b1-02 b1-15 b1-16
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Run Command Selection 1
Frequency Reference Selection 2
Run Command Selection 2
Required Setting
2
2
2
2
Refer to b1-01: Frequency Reference Selection for AUTO Mode on page 24
and
254 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
B.6 Communications Timing
B.6 Communications Timing
To prevent a communications overrun in the slave drive, the master should wait a certain time between sending messages to the same drive. In the same way, the slave drive must wait before sending response messages to prevent an overrun in the master. This section explains the message timing.
u Command Messages from Master to Drive
The master must wait for a specified time between receiving a response and resending the same type of command to the same
.
Table B.2 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
Command Type Example
Minimum
Wait Time
1
• Control command (Run, Stop)
• Set inputs/outputs
• Read monitors and parameter values
5 ms <1>
2
3
Write parameters
Save changes using an Enter command
H5-11 = 0: 50 ms
H5-11 = 1: 200 ms <1>
200 ms to 2 s, depending on the number of parameters that were changed <1>
5 s 4 Enter with storage to drive EEPROM after initialization
<1> If the drive receives command type 1 data during the minimum wait time, it will perform the command and then respond. However, if it receives a command type 2 or 3 during that time, either a communication error will result or the command will be ignored.
Controller →Drive Drive →Controller Controller→Drive
Command message Response message Command message Time
24 bit length
Master Send
Wait Time
Figure B.5 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
Set a timer in the master to check how long it takes for the slave drive(s) to respond to the master. If no response is received within a certain amount of time, the master should try resending the message.
u Response Messages from Drive to Master
If the drive receives a command from the master, it will process the data received and wait for the time set in H5-06 until it responds. Increase H5-06 if the drive response causes overrun in the master.
PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive
Command message Response message Command message
Time
24 bit length
H5-06 setting
Figure B.6 Minimum Response Wait Time
BACnet Communications
B
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 255
B.7 BACnet Objects Supported
B.7 BACnet Objects Supported u Present Value Access
The Present Value (PV) of BACnet objects can always be read. In addition, some PVs can be written or commanded. A commandable PV is similar to writing the value, but the value is actually written into a priority array. The value occupying the highest priority in the array will be used by the drive. The convention for showing how the PV is accessed is shown in
and will be noted for the PV of each object.
PV Access
C
R
W
Name
Commandable
Readable
Writable
Table B.3 Present Value Access Values
Description
Value written to a priority array. The highest priority value in the array is then written to the drive.
Value is read-only
Value written to the drive u Supported Properties of Objects
Property
Object_Identifier
Object_Name
Object_Type
System_Status
Vendor_Name
Vendor_Identifier
Model_Name
Firmware_Revision
Protocol_Version
Protocol_Revision
Protocol_Services_Supported
Protocol_Object_Types_Supported
Object_List
Max_ADPU_Length_Accepted
Segmentation_Supported
Local_Time
Local_Date
ADPU_Timeout
Number_Of_ADPU_Retries
Max_Masters
Max_Info_Frames
Device_Address_Binding
Database_Revision
Present_Value
Status_Flags
Event_State
Reliability
Out_Of_Service
Units
Priority_Array
Relinquish_Default
Polarity
Device
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
Table B.4 Object Properties
Analog
Input
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
–
Analog
Output
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
–
Object Type
Analog
Value
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes <1>
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes <1>
–
–
Yes <1>
–
Yes <1>
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Binary
Output
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Binary
Output
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
–
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
Yes
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Binary
Value
Yes
Yes
Yes
–
–
–
–
Yes
–
256 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
B.7 BACnet Objects Supported
Property
Inactive_Text
Active_Text
<1> For Commandable Object Instances only.
Device
–
– u Analog Input Objects
Object ID
AI1
AI2
AI3
AI4
AI5
AI6
AI7
AI8
AI9
Object Name
Analog Input 1 Level
Analog Input 2 Level
Not used
Not used
Not used
Display Format o1-03
Scale Format b5-20
Inverter Model o2-04
Rated Current n9-01
Analog
Input
–
–
Analog
Output
–
–
Object Type
Analog
Value
–
–
Table B.5 Analog Input Objects
Modbus
Address
004EH
004FH
–
–
–
0502H
01E2H
0508F
05D0H
Precision
XXXX.X
XXXX.X
–
–
–
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXX.X
Range
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Binary
Output
Yes
Yes
Units
%
–
–
%
–
–
–
–
Amps
Binary
Output
Yes
Yes
Binary
Value
Yes
Yes
PV Access
R
–
–
R
–
R
R
R
R u Analog Output Objects
Object ID
AO1
AO2
Object Name
Analog Output 1 Level
Analog Output 2 Level
Table B.6 Analog Output Objects
Modbus
Address
0007H
0008H
Precision
XXXX.X
XXXX.X
u Analog Value Objects
Object ID
AV1
AV2
AV3
AV4
AV5
AV6
AV7
AV8
AV9
AV10
AV11
Object Name
Not used
Frequency Command
PI Setpoint
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Frequency Reference
Output Frequency
Output Voltage
Range
0 to 100.0
0 to 100.0
Table B.7 Analog Value Objects
Modbus
Address
–
Precision
0002H
0006H
–
–
–
–
–
0040H
0041H
0045H
–
XXX.XX
Depends on o1-03
XXX.XX
–
–
–
–
–
XXX.XX
Depends on o1-03
XXX.XX
Depends on o1-03
XXXX.X
Range
–
0.00 to 600.00
0.00 to 100.00
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Units
%
%
Units
–
Hz
Depends on o1-03
%
–
–
–
–
–
Hz
Depends on o1-03
Hz
Depends on o1-03
Volts
PV Access
C
C
R
R
PV Access
–
C
–
–
–
C
–
–
R
BACnet Communications
B
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 257
B.7 BACnet Objects Supported
Object ID Object Name
Modbus
Address
Precision Range Units PV Access
AV12
AV13
AV21
AV22
AV23
AV24
AV25
AV26
AV14
AV15
AV16
AV17
AV18
AV19
AV20
AV27
AV28
AV29 <1>
AV30 <1>
Output Current
Output Power
Torque Reference
Not used
Not used
Not used
DC Bus Voltage
PI Feedback Level
PI Input Level
PI Output Level
CPU Software
Flash Number
Not used kVA Setting
Control Method
Accel Time
Decel Time
Param Number
Param Data
0042H
0047H
0048H
–
–
–
0031H
0038H
0039H
003AH
005BH
004DH
–
003EH
003FH
0200H
0201H
–
–
XXXX.X
(for drives rated above 11 kVA)
XXX.XX
(for drives rated
11 kVA or lower)
XXXX.X
(for drives rated above 11 kVA)
XXX.XX
(for drives rated
11 kVA or lower)
XXXX.X
–
–
–
XXXX.X
XXXX.X
XXXX.X
XXXX.X
XXXXX
XXXXX
–
XXXXX
XXXXX
XXXX.X
(when C1-10 = 1)
XXX.XX
(when C1-10 = 0)
XXXX.X
(when C1-10 = 1)
XXX.XX
(when C1-10 = 0)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0.0 to 6000.0
(when C1-10 = 1)
0.00 to 600.00
(when C1-10 = 0)
0.0 to 6000.0
(when C1-10 = 1)
0.00 to 600.00
(when C1-10 = 0)
XXXXX
XXXXX
0 to FFFFH
0 to FFFFH
Amps
Watts
%
–
–
–
Volts
%
%
%
–
–
–
–
–
Sec
Sec
–
–
R
R
W
W
W
W
<1> Refer to Accessing Drive Parameters and the Enter Command on page 261 for an explanation of how to read and write drive parameters not listed in the analog or binary objects.
R
–
R
R
R
R
R
R
–
R
R
–
– u Binary Input Objects
Object ID
BI5
BI6
BI7
BI8
BI1
BI2
BI3
BI4
BI9
Object Name
Input Terminal 1
Input Terminal 2
Input Terminal 3
Input Terminal 4
Input Terminal 5
Input Terminal 6
Input Terminal 7
Multi-Function Out 1
Multi-Function Out 2
Table B.8 Binary Input Objects
Modbus
Address
Active Text
002BH:bit 0
002BH:bit 1
002BH:bit 2
002BH:bit 3
002BH:bit 4
002BH:bit 5
002BH:bit 6
0020H:bit 5
0020H:bit 6
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Inactive Text
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
PV Access
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
258 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
u Binary Output Objects
Object ID
BO1
BO2
BO3
BO4
BO5
BO6
BO7
Object Name
MF Output M1-M2
MF Output M3-M4
MF Output MA-MC
Ref Sel: PI Setpoint
Ref Sel: Term S5 IN
Ref Sel: Term S6 IN
Refl Sel: Term S7 IN
Table B.9 Binary Output Objects
Modbus
Address
Active Text
0009H:bit 0
0009H:bit 1
0009H:bit 2
000FH:bit 1
000FH:bit 12
000FH:bit 13
000FH:bit 14
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
BV25
BV26
BV27
BV28
BV29
BV30
BV31
BV32
BV33
BV34
BV17
BV18
BV19
BV20
BV21
BV22
BV23
BV24
BV9
BV10
BV11
BV12
BV13
BV14
BV15
BV16
BV1
BV2
BV3
BV4
BV5
BV6
BV7
BV8 u Binary Value Objects
Object ID Object Name
RUN FWD
RUN REV
EXT FAULT
FAULT RESET
COM NET
COM CNTRL
MF Input 3 Cmd
MF Input 4 Cmd
MF Input 5 Cmd
MF Input 6 Cmd
MF Input 7 Cmd
Set Fault Contact Cmd
RUN-STOP
REV-FWD
READY
FAULT
Table B.10 Binary Value Objects
Modbus
Address
Active Text
0001H:bit 0
0001H:bit 1
0001H:bit 2
0001H:bit 3
0001H:bit 4
0001H:bit 5
0001H:bit 6
0001H:bit 7
RUN
REV
FAULT
RESET
COM
COM
ON
ON
0001H:bit 8
0001H:bit 9
0001H:bit 10
0009H:bit 6
0020H:bit 0
0020H:bit 1
0020H:bit 2
0020H:bit 3
ON
ON
ON
ENABLE
RUN
REV
READY
FAULTED
Data Set Error
Overcurrent – Ground Fault
Main Circuit Overvoltage
Drive Overload
Drive Overheat
Fuse Blown
PI Feedback Loss
External Fault
Hardware Error
Mtr Ovrld-OvrTorque
Overspeed
Main CKT Undervoltage
MCU, Cntl Pwr Sy Err
Output Phase Loss
Communication Error
Operator Disconnect
Operating
Aero Speed
0020H:bit 4
0021H:bit 0
0021H:bit 1
0021H:bit 2
0021H:bit 3
0021H:bit 5
0021H:bit 6
0021H:bit 7
0021H:bit 8
0021H:bit 9
0021H:bit 10
0021H:bit 11
0021H:bit 12
0021H:bit 13
0021H:bit 14
0021H:bit 15
002CH:bit 0
002CH:bit 1
ERROR
OC-GF
OV
OL2
OH1-OH2
PUF
FBL
EF0-EF
CPF
OL1-OL3
OS-DEV
UV
UV1-2-3
LF
CE
OPR
OPERATING
ON
B.7 BACnet Objects Supported
Inactive Text
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
PV Access
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Inactive Text
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
FWD
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
LOCAL
LOCAL
OFF
OFF
PV Access
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
BACnet Communications
B
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 259
B.7 BACnet Objects Supported
Object ID
BV48
BV49
BV50
BV51
BV52
BV53
BV54
BV55 <1>
BV56 <1>
BV57
BV35
BV36
BV37
BV38
BV39
BV40
BV41
BV42
BV43
BV44
BV45
BV46
BV47
Object Name
Frequency Agree
Desired Frequency Agree
Frequency Detect 1
Frequency Detect 2
Drive Startup Complete
Low Voltage Detect
Base Block
Frequency Reference Mode
Run Command Mode
Overtorque Detect
Frequency Refer Lost
Retry Error
Modbus Comms Error
Modbus Timeout Error
CRC Error
Invalid Data Length
Parity Error
Overrun Error
Framing Error
Timeout Error
Parameter Accept
Parameter Enter
Drive Comm Error
Modbus
Address
002CH:bit 2
002CH:bit 3
002CH:bit 4
002CH:bit 5
002CH:bit 6
002CH:bit 7
002CH:bit 8
002CH:bit 9
002CH:bit 10
002CH:bit 11
002CH:bit 12
002CH:bit 13
002CH:bit 14
002CH:bit 15
003DH:bit 0
003DH:bit 1
003DH:bit 3
003DH:bit 4
003DH:bit 5
003DH:bit 6
0910H:bit 0
0900H:bit 0
-
Active Text
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
COM
COM
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
Inactive Text
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
LOCAL
LOCAL
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
PV Access
<1> Refer to Accessing Drive Parameters and the Enter Command on page 261 for an explanation of how to read and write drive parameters not listed in the analog or binary objects.
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
W
W
R u Device Object
The Device Object fully describes the BACnet device to the network. Notable is that the Device Object Instance ID and the
Device Object Name are configurable.
The Device Object Instance ID is a unique internetwork-wide numerical value. It is a 22-bit value that can range from 0 to
4,194,303. It is configurable by parameters H5-14 and H5-15. Any changes to these parameters will not take effect until the power is cycled to the drive.
The Device Object Name is a unique internetwork-wide character string. It is a 20-character string. It is writable from the
BACnet network. Any new string written will not take effect until the power is cycled to the drive.
260 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
B.8 Accessing Drive Parameters and the Enter Command
B.8 Accessing Drive Parameters and the Enter Command u Reading Drive Parameters
Reading drive parameters not listed in the analog or digital objects is accomplished using AV29 and AV30 as shown below:
1.
In decimal, write the desired Modbus register to AV29.
2.
In decimal, read the value at the given register from AV30.
For example, to read the Frequency Reference Upper Limit, read from parameter d2-01.
Parameter d2-01 is located at Modbus register 0289H, which is decimal 649.
Set AV29 to “649”
Read AV30 to get the value.
u Writing Drive Parameters
Writing drive parameters not listed in the analog or digital objects is accomplished using AV29, AV30, and BV55 or BV56 as shown below:
1.
In decimal, write the desired Modbus register to AV29.
2.
In decimal, write the value to be written into AV30.
3.
At this point the value is written to the drive, but the location is pending. If necessary, write in more values this way, then the drive will accept these settings by one of two methods:
Set BV55 to “ON” to move data to active memory.
Set BV56 to “ON” to move data into active memory and save to non-volatile memory.
For example, to reset the KWH Monitor, write a value of “1” to parameter o1-12.
Parameter o1-12 is located at Modbus register 0512H, which is decimal 1298.
Set AV29 to “1298”
Set AV30 to “1”
Set BV55 to “ON”.
u Enter Command
Enter Commands are only required when using AV29 and AV30 to access drive parameters. An Enter command is not required when reading or writing to the other BACnet objects.
When writing parameters to the drive from a controller using BACnet communications, parameter H5-11 determines if an
Enter command must be issued to enable these parameters. This section describes the types and functions of the Enter commands.
n Enter Command Types
The drive supports two types of Enter commands as shown in Table B.11
BACnet Object
BV55 (Write “ON”)
BV56 (Write “ON”)
Table B.11 Enter Command Types
Modbus Address
0910H (Write 0)
0900H (Write 0)
Description
Writes data in the RAM only. Parameter changes are lost when the drive is shut off.
Simultaneously writes data into the EEPROM (non-volatile memory) of the drive and enables the data in RAM. Parameter changes remain after cycling power.
Note: The EEPROM can only be written to 100,000 times, so it is recommended to limit the number of times writing to the EEPROM. The Enter command registers 0900H and 0910H are write-only and if these registers are read, the register address will be invalid. However, BACnet objects BV55 and BV56 can be read without error.
BACnet Communications
B
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 261
B.9 Communication Errors
B.9 Communication Errors
Error Code
03d
27d
37d
40d
Table B.12 MEMOBUS to BACnet Error Conversion
Description
BN_ERR_DEVICE_IS_BUSY
Writing to a parameter was attempted while the drive was saving parameters to non-volatile memory.
BN_ERR_READ_ACCESS_DENIED
Invalid parameter register number used when reading.
BN_ERR_VALUE_OUT_OF_RANGE
Value written to the parameter is out of the valid range.
BN_ERR_WRITE_ACCESS_DENIED
An invalid parameter register number was used when writing.
Writing to a parameter was attempted while the drive was in a mode that disables writing (i.e., writing while the drive was
Auto-Tuning).
Writing to a parameter was attempted while the DC Bus had an Undervoltage (Uv) fault
262 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
B.10 Self-Diagnostics
B.10 Self-Diagnostics
The drive has a built-in self-diagnosing function of the serial communication interface circuits. To perform the self-diagnosis function, use the following procedure.
DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait at least one minute after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
1.
Turn on the power to the drive.
2.
Note the present terminal S6 function selection setting (H1-06) and set it for the communications test mode
(H1-06 = 67).
3.
Turn off the power to the drive.
4.
With the power off, wire the drive as shown in the following diagram, connecting terminals R+ and S+, R- and S-, and
S6 and SP.
M3 M4 M6
IG R+ R- S+ S- +V AC A1 A2 FM AM AC
FE S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 SN SC SP +P
M1 M2 M5
MA MB MC
IG R+ R- S+ S- +V AC A1 A2 FM AM AC
FE S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 SN SC SP +P
Figure B.7 Terminal Connections for Communication Self-Diagnostics
5.
Connect a wire jumper between terminals SN and SC to change to source mode.
6.
Turn the power to the drive back on.
7.
During normal operation, the drive will display “Pass” to indicate that the communications test mode is operating normally.
When a fault occurs, the drive will display “CE” on the keypad display.
8.
Turn off the power supply.
9.
Remove the wire jumpers from terminal R+, R-, S+, S-, and S6-SP. Reset the wire jumper to its original position and set terminal S6 to its original function.
10.
Return to normal operation.
BACnet Communications
B
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 263
B.11 BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement
B.11 BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement
Date: 1/4/2011 Vendor Name: Yaskawa America, Inc.
Product Name: AC Motor Controller Product
Model Number: CIMR-ZU □ A□□□□
Application Software Version: 1.3 / Firmware Revision: VSE90101X / BACnet Protocol Revision: 4
Product Description:
The Yaskawa Z1000 Drive and Bypass products are high performance products specifically designed for commercial building automation applications. The Yaskawa BACnet feature connects the Z1000 Drive and Bypass products to a standard BACnet
MS/TP network. These products may be fully controlled and monitored over BACnet. All drive parameters are available for reading and writing
BACnet Standardized Device Profile (Annex L):
□ BACnet Operator Workstation (B-OWS)
□ BACnet Building Controller (B-BC)
■ BACnet Advanced Application Controller (B-AAC)
□ BACnet Application Specific Controller (B-ASC)
□ BACnet Smart Sensor (B-SS)
□ BACnet Smart Actuator (B-SA)
List all BACnet Interoperability Building Blocks Supported (Annex K):
• Data Sharing-ReadProperty-B (DS-RP-B)
• Data Sharing-WriteProperty-B (DS-WP-B
• Data Sharing - ReadProperty Multiple - B (DS-RPM-B)
• Data Sharing - WriteProperty Multiple - B (DS-WPM-B)
• Device Management-Dynamic Device Binding-B (DM-DDB-B)
• Device Management-Dynamic Object Binding-B (DM-DOB-B)
• Device Management-DeviceCommunicationControl-B (DM-DCC-B)
• Device Management-ReinitializeDevice-B (DM-RD-B)
• Device Management-TimeSyncronization-B (DM-TS-B)
Segmentation Capability:
□ Segmented requests supported / Window Size
□ Segmented responses supported / Window Size
Standard Object Types Supported:
• Device Object
• Analog Input Object
• Analog Output Object
• Analog Value Object
• Binary Input Object
• Binary Output Object
• Binary Value Object
Data Link Layer Options:
□ BACnet IP, (Annex J)
□ BACnet IP, (Annex J), Foreign Device
□ ISO 8802-3, Ethernet (Clause 7)
□ ANSI/ATA 878.1, 2.5 Mb. ARCNET (Clause 8)
□ ANSI/ATA 878.1, RS-485 ARCNET (Clause 8), baud rate(s)
■ MS/TP master (Clause 9), baud rate(s): 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 76800, 115200
□ MS/TP slave (Clause 9), baud rate(s):
264 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
B.11 BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement
□ Point-To-Point, EIA 232 (Clause 10), baud rate(s):
□ Point-To-Point, modem, (Clause 10), baud rate(s):
□ LonTalk, (Clause 11), medium:
□ Other:
Device Address Binding:
Is static device binding supported? (This is currently necessary for two-way communication with MS/TP slaves and certain other devices.) □ Yes ■ No
Networking Options:
□ Router, Clause 6 - List all routing configurations, e.g., ARCNET-Ethernet, Ethernet-MS/TP, etc.
□ Annex H, BACnet Tunneling Router over IP
□ BACnet/IP Broadcast Management Device (BBMD)
Does the BBMD support registrations by Foreign Devices? □ Yes ■ No
Character Sets Supported:
Indicating support for multiple character sets does not imply that they can all be supported simultaneously.
■ ANSI X3.4
□ IBM/Microsoft
□ DBCS
□ ISO 8859-1
□ ISO 10646 (UCS-2)
□ ISO 10646 (UCS-4)
□ JIS C 6226
If this product is a communication gateway, describe the types of non-BACnet equipment/networks(s) that the gateway supports: Not supported
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 265
BACnet Communications
B
B.11 BACnet Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement
This Page Intentionally Blank
266 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Appendix: C
APOGEE FLN (P1) Communications
C.2 COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS................................................................269
C.4 SLOPE AND INTERCEPT CONVERSION...........................................................273
C.6 CABLE LOSS CONFIGURATION AND BEHAVIOR...........................................278
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 267
C.1 APOGEE FLN Set-Up
C.1 APOGEE FLN Set-Up
A Yaskawa America, Inc. representative is responsible for proper configuration of the drive for the primary application, while a Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. representative is responsible for field panel programming to make use of the drive functionality in the building automation system. As such, there must be coordination between the Yaskawa America and
Siemens Building Technologies representatives to ensure that the programming of the drive is consistent with the particular
1 lists the parameters and values required for proper APOGEE FLN communication and control.
Z1000 parameter settings For APOGEE FLN communications
Parameter Number b1-01 b1-02
H1-03
H5-01
H5-02
H5-08
Table C.1 Drive APOGEE FLN Communication Parameter Settings
Reference Source
Run Source
HOA Keypad Display
Digital Input Terminal S3 Function Selection
Serial Comm Adr
Serial Baud Rate
Protocol Select
APOGEE FLN Setting
2: Serial Com
2: Serial Com
70: Drive Enable2
Select the drive address (default = 1Fh (31 dec))
2: 4800 Baud
2: P1
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. A Yaskawa representative should set the drive parameters to their appropriate values. Changes made to
the settings of the parameters in Table C.1
can result in damage to the drive or building equipment.
268 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
C.2 Communication Specifications
C.2 Communication Specifications
APOGEE FLN specifications appear in the following table:
Item
Interface
Communication Parameters
Protocol
Max Number of Drives
FLN
RS-485
Communication Speed: 4800 bps
Data Length: 8-bit (fixed)
Parity: Select Even, Odd, or None
Stop Bit: 1-bit (fixed)
APOGEE FLN P1
127 per FLN Network Segment
Specifications
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 269
APOGEE FLN (P1) Communications
C
C.3 Connecting to a Network
C.3 Connecting to a Network
This section explains how to connect the drive to an APOGEE FLN network and the network termination required for a connection.
u Network Cable Connection
Follow the instructions below to connect the drive to an APOGEE FLN network.
1.
With the power shut off, connect the communications cable to the drive and the master. Use terminal TB3 for APOGEE
FLN.
E(G) IG R+ R- S+ S-
V+ AC A1 A2 A3 FM AM AC RP AC 24V
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP
M1 M2 M3 M4
MD ME MF
MA MB MC
IG R+ R- S+ S-
(TB3)
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Send (–)
Send (+)
Receive (–)
Receive (+)
Shield Ground
Figure C.1 Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminal (TB3)
Note: Separate the communications cables from the main circuit cables and other wiring and power cables. Use shielded cables for the communications cables, and properly shielded clamps to prevent problems with noise. When using RS-485 communications, connect S+ to R+, and S- to R- as shown in the diagram below.
2.
on page
249 for slaves that are Z1000 drives.
3.
Switch the power on.
4.
Set the parameters needed for serial communications (H5-01 through H5-12) using the HOA keypad.
5.
Shut the power off and wait until the drive display goes out completely.
6.
Turn the power back on.
7.
The drive is now ready to begin communicating with the master.
270 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
C.3 Connecting to a Network u Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connections
This section explains proper wiring for multiple connections using APOGEE FLN communication.
n RS-485 Interface
Note: The isolated ground (IG) connection is optional but strongly recommended to improve network immunity to electrical interference.
Controller
R–
R+
S–
S+
IG
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
ON
Note:
Figure C.2 RS-485 Interface
1.
Set DIP switch S2 to the ON position on the drive located at the end of the network. Set DIP switch S2 to the OFF positions on all other slave devices.
2.
Set H5-07 to 1 when using the RS-485 interface.
u Network Termination
Terminate each APOGEE FLN network segment on both ends to eliminate signal reflections. Yaskawa recommends using the Siemens Building Automation BLN Trunk Terminator (PN: 538-664) and setting the network termination switch on the drive, S1-1, to OFF.
APOGEE FLN (P1) Communications
C
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 271
C.3 Connecting to a Network u Recommended Cable
Note:
Secification
Cable configuration
Gauge
Wire lay
Shields
NEC type
Temperature
Table C.2 APOGEE FLN Cable Specifications
Description
Twisted shielded pair
Stranded wire: 0.2 to 1.0 mm 2
Sold wire: 0.2 to 1.5 mm 2
(24 to 16 AWG)
(24 to 16 AWG)
Minimum 6 twists per foot
100% foil with drain wire
UL type CMP
-10 °C to +40 °C IP20/NEMA 1, UL Type 1 Enclosure, External Heatsink
-10 °C to +50 °C IP00/Open Type Enclosure
Cable lengths cannot exceed 152 m (500 feet) at 4800 baud.
272 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
C.4 Slope and Intercept Conversion
C.4 Slope and Intercept Conversion
Several drive parameters are available for monitoring purposes. The available parameters include FREQ OUTPUT (Point 3),
SPEED (Point 5), CURRENT (Point 6), TORQUE (Point 7), POWER (Point 8), DRIVE TEMP (Point 9), KWH (Point 10), and RUN TIME (Point 12). These points can be unbundled for monitoring or used in various global control strategies.
u Drive Controlled Feedback
The most typical application is Supervisory Control. The sensor for the control variable (e.g., water temperature) is hard-wired to the drive and the control device (fan) is modulated using the PI control loop built into the drive. The setpoint for the control variable (water temperature set point) is unbundled and commanded by the field panel, based on the building control strategy implemented in PPCL.
When this strategy is used, the point to unbundle and command for the set point is INPUT REF 1 (Point 60). The control variable (e.g., water temperature) can be monitored by unbundling PI FEEDBACK (Point 62). These points are provided in units of percent, where 0% and 100% correspond to the range of the sensor being used to measure the control variable. These points have default units in Hz. If other units are required, unbundle these points with appropriate slopes and intercepts. The new intercept will be equal to the lowest value of the desired range.
The following formulas allow the user to define a new slope and intercept to convert the unit.
New Slope =
(Desired Range) x (Slope of Existing Point)
(Range of Existing Point)
New Slope =
(60 - 0) Hz x (0.01)
(100 - 0)%
= 0.006
n Conversion Example
The drive is controlling a fan, which in turn is controlling the water temperature from a cooling tower. The temperature sensor has a range of -1 ° C to +121 ° C (30 ° F to 250 ° F). To unbundle the set point (INPUT REF 1), for commanding in degrees
Fahrenheit, where 0 to 60 Hz is equal to -1 ° C to +121 ° C: New Intercept = 30 (the temperature that corresponds to 0%)
New Slope =
(Desired Range) x (Slope of Existing Point)
(Range of Existing Point)
Note:
New Slope =
(250 - 30) °F x (0.1)
(100 - 0)%
= 0.22
1.
Desired Range = Range Maximum – Range Minimum
2.
Range of Existing Point = Existing Range Maximum – Existing Range Minimum u Field Panel Controlled Feedback
In this strategy, the sensor is connected to the APOGEE FLN network at a remote location, and the control loop is executed in PPCL. The drive speed command is passed from the field panel to the drive by commanding INPUT REF 1 (Point 60).
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. This strategy is not recommended because it means that the loop is being closed over the network. Delays due to processor scan time and network traffic can cause control to be degraded or lost and damage to HVAC equipment may result.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 273
APOGEE FLN (P1) Communications
C
C.4 Slope and Intercept Conversion n Unbundle the Feedback
To unbundle the feedback (PI FEEDBACK) for monitoring in degrees Fahrenheit:
New Intercept = 30
New Slope =
(Desired Range) x (Slope of Existing Point)
(Range of Existing Point)
Note:
New Slope =
(250 - 30) °F x (0.01)
(100 - 0)%
= 0.022
1.
Desired Range = Range Maximum – Range Minimum
2.
Range of Existing Point = Existing Range Maximum – Existing Range Minimum u Other Functionalities
Enable the following functions during start-up of the drive:
Enable the Drive to Run
RUN ENABLE (Point 35) can be commanded to require the drive to have a physical input (Terminal S3) set before the drive can run. This works in conjunction with CMD RUN.STOP (Point 24) or the CMD REV.STOP (Point 22). If RUN ENABLE
(Point 35) is commanded ON then terminal S3 needs to be on and CMD RUN.STOP (Point 24) or CMD REV.STOP (point
22) needs to be commanded ON for the drive to run. If, on the other hand, RUN ENABLE (Point 35) is commanded OFF, then to run the drive CMD RUN.STOP (Point 24) or CMD REV.STOP (Point 22), is the only point that needs to be commanded
ON.
Start and Stop the Drive
CMD RUN.STOP (Point 24) can be commanded to run the drive in the forward direction. STOP.RUN (Point 23) shows the current status of the drive.
Change Directions
CMD REV.STOP (Point 22) can be commanded to run the drive in the reverse direction. FWD.REV (Point 21) shows the current direction of the drive rotation.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Improper drive direction may damage HVAC equipment if parameter b1-04, Reverse Enable, is improperly set (b1-04 = 0).
Lock the Drive Panel
Locking the panel prevents the user from using the HAND and OFF keys locally at the drive panel. LOCK PANEL (Point 33) can be commanded to lock and unlock the panel.
Digital Outputs
MULTI OUT 1 (Point 40), MULTI OUT 2 (Point 41), and MULTI OUT 3 (Point 42) are physical digital outputs on the drive.
Their purpose depends on how the drive has been set-up. The drive can be programmed so that these points can display various limits, warnings, and status conditions. Some examples include frequency limit, over current, and motor over temperature fault.
Loop Gain
PID P GAIN (Point 63) and PID I TIME (Point 64) are the gain and integral time parameters similar to the P and I gains in the APOGEE FLN Terminal Equipment Controllers. The PI loop of the drive is structured differently than the Siemens loop, so there is not a one-to-one correspondence between the gains.
Reading and Resetting Faults
OK.FAULT (Point 93) shows the current status of the drive. FAULT CODE (Point 17) contains the code for the most current fault. LST FLT CODE (Point 66) contains the code for the previous fault. See table below for descriptions of the fault codes.
The drive can be reset back to OK mode by commanding RESET FAULT (Point 94) to RESET.
274 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
C.5 APOGEE FLN Point Database
C.5 APOGEE FLN Point Database
This section shows the APOGEE FLN point database for Application 2721.
30
31
32
33
26
27
28
29
22
23
24
25
18
19
20
21
14
15
16
17
10
11
12
13
06
07
08
09
2
03
04
05 u APOGEE FLN Point List Summary
This database is for APOGEE FLN Application 2721 and features 97 logical points: 29 Logical Analog Inputs (LAI), 35
Logical Analog Outputs (LAO), 19 Logical Digital Inputs (LDI) and 14 Logical Digital Outputs (LDO). These points configure, control or monitor the operation of the drive.
Information to consider when referencing this table:
1.
Points not listed are not used in this application.
2.
A single value in a column means that the value is the same in English units and in SI units.
3.
Point numbers that appear in bold italic type (e.g. 03 ) can be unbundled at the field panel.
Point
Numb er
1
LDI
LDI
LDI
LDO
LAO
LAO
LAO
LDO
Point
Type
LAO
LAI
LAI
LAI
LAI
LAI
LAI
LAI
LAI
LAO
LAI
LAI
LAI
LAI
LAI
LAI
LAI
Table C.3 APOGEE FLN Application 2721 Point Number Summary
Point Name
Factory
Default
(SI
Units)
Eng. Units
(SI Units)
Slope
(SI
Units)
Intercept
(SI Units)
On Text Off Text
CTLR
ADDRESS
31 – 1 0 – –
APPLICATION
FREQ OUTPUT
PCT OUTPUT
SPEED
CURRENT
TORQUE
POWER
DRIVE TEMP
–
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DRIVE KWH
MWH
RUN TIME
DC BUS VOLT
AC OUT VOLT
PAR N9.01
RUN TIMEX10K
FAULT CODE
LDI
LDI
LAO
LDI
MINOR FLT NO FLT
MAJOR FLT NO FLT
OVRD TIME
FWD.REV
1
FWD
LDO
LDI
CMD REV.STOP
STOP
RUN.STOP
STOP
LDO CMD RUN.STOP
STOP
LDI ZERO SPEED OFF
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RPM
°
–
Hz
%
A
% kW
C/F kWh
MWh h
V
V
A
10Kh
–
–
– h
–
–
–
–
–
1
0.01
0.01
1
0.01
0.1
0.1
1
0.1
1
1
1
0.1
0.01
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
FAULT
FAULT
–
REV
REV
RUN
FWD
ON
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
NO FLT
NO FLT
–
FWD
STOP
STOP
STOP
OFF
SPEED AGREE NO AGR
DRIVE READY NOTRDY
LOC.REM MON REMOTE
DAY.NGT
DAY
CURRENT LMT
ACCEL TIME
0
0
DECEL TIME 0
LOCK PANEL UNLOCK s
–
A s
–
–
–
–
0.01
0.1
0.1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
AGREE
READY
LOCAL
NGT
–
–
–
LOCK
NO AGR
NOTRDY
REMOTE
DAY
–
–
–
UNLOCK
Parameter
H5-01
U1-12 (Bit 6)
U1-12 (Bit 7)
–
U1-12 (Bit 2)
–
U1-12 (Bit 0)
–
U1-12 (Bit 1)
U1-12 (Bit 4)
U1-12 (Bit 5)
–
–
E2-01
C1-01
C1-02
–
U4-10
U4-11
U4-01
U1-07
U1-06 n9-01
U4-01
U2-01
–
U1-02
–
–
U1-03
–
U1-08
U4-08
APOGEE FLN (P1) Communications
C
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 275
C.5 APOGEE FLN Point Database
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
54
58
59
60
61
55
56
57
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
Point
Numb er
35 <1>
46
47
48
49
42
43
44
45
50
51
52
36
37
38
39
40
41
53
LAI
LAO
LAO
LDI
LAI
LAI
LAI
LAO
LAO
LAO
LAO
LDI
LDI
LAO
LAO
LAI
LAO
LAO
LDO
LAI
LAI
LAI
LAI
LAO
LDO
LDI
LDI
LDO
LDO
LDO
LDO
LDO
LAO
LAO
LAO
LAO
LAO
LDI
LDI
LAO
LAO
LAO
LAO
Point
Type
Point Name
Factory
Default
(SI
Units)
Eng. Units
(SI Units)
RUN ENABLE STOP
STALL PRE RN
STALL PRE AC
FREQ UP LIM
FREQ LOW LIM
MULTI OUT 1
MULTI OUT 2
MULTI OUT 3 OFF
SAFETY ILOCK OFF
MF INP 1
MF INP 2
OFF
OFF
MF INP 3
MF INP 4
MF INP 5
JUMP FREQ 1
OFF
OFF
OFF
0
JUMP FREQ 2
JUMP FREQ 3
JUMP FREQ BW
NUM
AUTOSTRT
POWER LOSS
RT
RUN OP MODE
REF OP MODE
OPER DISP MD
0
0
0
90
120
100
0
OFF
OFF
0
0.1
MF IN 1 MON
MF IN 2 MON
INPUT REF 1
INPUT REF 2
PID FEEDBACK
PID P GAIN
PID I TIM
OFF
OFF
0
0
1
1
0
0
2
0.5
PID MODE SEL DISABLE
LST FLT CODE
FREF.FLT
OUT FREQ FLT
OUT CUR.FLT
RD PARAM
NUM
RD PARAM
DAT
WR PARAM
NUM
WR PARAM
DAT
MF IN 3 MON
OUT VOLT.FLT
DC BUS.FLT
OUT PWR.FLT
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
OFF
0
0
0
–
–
Hz
Hz
A
–
–
–
–
–
V
V kW
–
–
–
–
Hz
–
–
–
–
Hz
Hz
Hz
%
%
–
–
%
%
– s
–
–
Hz
Hz
–
–
–
%
– s
Slope
(SI
Units)
1
1
1
1
0.1
1
0.1
1
1
1
1
0.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0.1
0.1
1
1
0.1
0.1
0.1
1
0.1
1
1
0.01
0.01
1
1
1
0.01
0.01
0.1
1
1
0.01
0.01
0.01
1
Intercept
(SI Units)
On Text
–
–
–
ON
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
ENABL
E
–
–
–
–
ON
ON
–
–
–
–
–
–
ON
ON
ON
–
ON
ON
ON
ON
ENABL
E
–
–
–
–
ON
ON
–
–
–
–
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
30
0
0
0
0
0
0
Off Text
–
–
–
OFF
–
–
–
–
OFF
OFF
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
DISABLE
–
–
–
–
–
STOP
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
OFF
OFF
–
276
Parameter
L2-02 b1-02 b1-01 o1-03
U1-10 (Bit 2)
U1-10 (Bit 3)
– d1-02
U5-01 b5-02 b5-03 b5-01
U2-02
U2-03
U2-04
U2-05
–
–
L3-06
L3-02 d2-01 d2-02
U1-11 (Bit 0)
U1-11 (Bit 1)
U1-11 (Bit 2)
U1-10 (Bit 2)
–
–
–
–
– d3-01 d3-02 d3-03 d3-04
L5-01
–
–
–
U1-10 (Bit 4)
U2-07
U2-08
U2-09
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
C.5 APOGEE FLN Point Database
Point
Numb er
87
88
89
83
84
85
86
78
79
80
81
82
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
99
Point
Type
Point Name
LDI
LAI
LAO
LAO
LAO
MF IN 4 MON
PID DEVIATE
PID I LIMIT
PID UP LIMIT
PID OFFS ADJ
LAO
LAO
LAO
LAO
LAI
LAI
LAI
LDO
PID PRI DYTM
PID FB RMDS
PID FB RMDL
PID FB RMDT
PID OUT CAP
PID REF
COMM ERR CD
COMM FLT
ENA
CBL LOSS FRQ
CBL LOSS TMR
LAO
LAO
LDI
LDO
LDI
OK.FAULT
RESET FAULT
DRV COMM
ERR
LDO EXTERNAL FLT
LDI MF IN 5 MON
LAI
ERROR
STATUS
Factory
Default
(SI
Units)
OFF
0
100
100
100
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
ENABLE
0
2
OK
NO
NO FLT
OK
OFF
0
Eng. Units
(SI Units)
–
Hz s
–
–
–
–
–
–
<1> Set H1-03 to 70 , Drive Enable2, for pt 35 to work properly.
%
%
–
% s s
–
–
%
%
%
%
1
0.01
0.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Slope
(SI
Units)
0.1
1
1
0.1
0.01
0.01
1
1
0.01
0.1
0.1
0.1
Intercept
(SI Units)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-100
0
0
0
0
On Text
ON
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
ENABL
E
–
–
FAULT
RESET
FAULT
FAULT
ON
–
Off Text
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
OFF
–
–
–
–
DISABLE
–
–
OK
NO
NO FLT
OK
OFF
–
Parameter
U1-10 (Bit 5)
U5-02 b5-04 b5-06 b5-07 b5-08 b5-12 b5-13 b5-14
U5-14
U5-04
U1-19
H5-05 d1-04
H5-09
U1-12 (Bit 7)
–
–
–
U1-10 (Bit 6)
U1-19
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 277
APOGEE FLN (P1) Communications
C
C.6 Cable Loss Configuration and Behavior
C.6 Cable Loss Configuration and Behavior
This section describes the configurable cable loss feature of the drive. This feature offers a user maximum flexibility in determining the drive response to a loss of communication.
u Drive Behavior At Loss of Communication
After some interval without receipt of a message, the drive can be configured to respond in one of the following manners:
• Continue at last speed
• Continue at last speed with Alarm
• Continue at preset speed
• Ramp to Stop with EF0 fault
• Coast to Stop with EF0 fault
• Emergency Stop with EF0 fault u APOGEE FLN Points
Three APOGEE FLN points are used to select the desired behavior:
• POINT 92 – CBL LOSS TMR
• POINT 91 – CBL LOSS FRQ
• POINT 90 – COMM FLT ENA
Behavior
Decelerate to stop (stop time in C1-02) EF0 Fault
Coast to stop EF0 Fault
Fast stop (stop time in C1-09) EF0 Fault
Continue at last speed
Continue at last speed with alarm
Continue at preset speed with alarm
Table C.4 Cable Loss Behavior Summary
H5-04
Setting
0
1
CBL LOSS TMR
(Point 92)
Timeout interval
Timeout interval
CBL LOSS FRQ
(Point 91)
X
X
3
4
2
3
Timeout interval
0
Timeout interval
Timeout interval
X
X
X
Preset speed
COMM FLT ENA
(Point 90)
On
On
On
X
On
On
Note: 1.
Communication must first be established and then lost for these features to function as described. If a drive is powered-up without a cable connected or with the master controller offline, a communications timeout does not occur.
2.
For modes which describe the drive running after a communications timeout, a Run command must have been issued (RUN ENABLE
(Point 35) = ‘On’ and either CMD RUN.FWD (Point 22) = ‘On’ or CMD RUN.REV (Point 24) = ‘On’) prior to loss of communications.
For safety purposes, the drive will not automatically restart from a stopped condition. If a user requires the drive to restart automatically, additional external wiring is required to accomplish this (consult factory).
Upon expiration of the communications timeout interval, a CE (Communication Error) fault will be declared and will remain until communication is restored.
n Continue at Last Speed
In this mode, CBL LOSS TMR (POINT 92) is set to 0, disabling the cable loss feature. The other two settings, CBL LOSS
FRQ (POINT 91) and COMM FLT ENA (POINT 90), are ignored. If communication is lost, the drive maintains its last commanded state. The drive will not display an alarm or fault to indicate it has lost communication. This behavior can also be achieved by setting parameter H5-04 to 3. The drive will display an alarm and continue running. For this specific condition, the COMM FLT ENA(POINT 90) must be enabled and CBL LOSS TMR (POINT 91) should be set to a value other than 0.
A CE drive alarm will be set.
n Continue at Preset Speed
In this mode, CBL LOSS TMR (POINT 92) is set to the desired interval, CBL LOSS FRQ (POINT 91) is set to the desired preset speed and H5-04 is set to 4. If the time between messages exceeds the timeout interval, the drive speed command,
INPUT REF 1, (Point 60) is set to the CBL LOSS FRQ (POINT 91) and the drive continues running at this new speed. COMM
FLT ENA (POINT 90) must be set to ON.
n Stop
COMM FLT ENA (POINT 90) must be set to ON. In this mode, CBL LOSS TMR (POINT 92) is set to the desired interval and parameter H5-04 is set to a value of 0, 1, or 2. If the time between messages exceeds the timeout interval, the drive’s speed command, INPUT REF 1, (Point 60) is set to 0. The stopping method is determined by the setting of H5-04. A CE drive fault
278 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
C.6 Cable Loss Configuration and Behavior will be set. H5-04 = 0 selects Ramp to Stop. The deceleration time or the slope of the ramp is determined by the setting of drive parameter C1-02. H5-04 = 1 selects Coast to Stop. The drive does not attempt to control the rate of deceleration. H5-04
= 2 selects Fast Stop. The deceleration time is determined by the setting of drive parameter C1-09.
Note: \The behavior of the drive at cable loss is controlled by parameter H5-04. This drive parameter works with the points as described in the table above to determine how the drive will respond to a cable loss. If the cable loss fault is disabled, the drive will continue in its last state, if running the drive will continue to run at the last commanded frequency.
n Stop with Fault (CE)
In this mode, CBL LOSS TMR (POINT 92) is set to the desired interval, COMM FLT ENA (POINT 90) or is set to “ON” and either CMD RUN.FWD (Point 22) or CMD RUN.REV (Point 24) is also set to “ON”. If the time between messages exceeds the timeout interval, a “CE” fault is declared and the drive stops. The stopping method is controlled by the setting of
H5-04 and is described above. CBL LOSS FRQ (POINT 91) is ignored.
n Drive Fault Numbers
Refer to Alarm Register Contents on page 327
for fault trace/history register contents information.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 279
APOGEE FLN (P1) Communications
C
C.7 Mailbox Functions
C.7 Mailbox Functions
This section defines the APOGEE FLN points that read and write drive parameters.
u Reading a Drive Parameter
Two points are defined for reading any drive parameter:
• #70 Specifies the parameter to be read from
• #71 Reports the value of the parameter specified in Point #70
When this point is read, it retrieves data from the parameter and sends it to the controller
Example: Writing a value of 387 (183H) to Point #70 specifies drive parameter b1-04. Reading Point #71 returns the current setting of parameter b1-04 to the controller.
u Writing to a Drive Parameter
Two points are defined for writing to any drive parameter:
• #72 Specifies the parameter to be written to
• #73 Entry location of the value to be written to the parameter specified in Point #72
When this point is written to, it will write the value to the drive. An enter or accept command does not need to be sent for the data to be taken by the drive. The behavior of the write is the same as with the HOA keypad. If the drive is running, there are a limited number of drive parameters that can be written to.
Example: Writing a value of 387 (183H) to Point #72 specifies drive parameter b1-04. Writing a value of 1 to Point #73 enables the drive for reverse run.
280 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
C.8 Troubleshooting
C.8 Troubleshooting
This section describes the steps necessary to troubleshoot drive communications on an APOGEE FLN network.
u Troubleshooting Checklist
No.
Item
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Connect power to the drive and verify that the drive operates correctly in HAND mode from the HOA keypad without being connected to the network. Record the drive model number at this time:
Model Number: CIMR-ZU ___ ___ ___ ___
Record the control board part number:
ETC - ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ - ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
All network devices have unique addresses and drives are addressed between 0-99 (0-63 hex).
Drive address: ____________
The Run/Stop command source parameter, b1-02 is set correctly.
b1-02: ____________
The Speed Command source parameter, b1-01, is set correctly.
b1-01: ____________
The correct cable type is used:
Mfg: ____________________ P/N: ____________________
All cable connections are correct per device schematic and are secure.
All cables have been checked for continuity. There are no breaks or shorts.
The network is correctly terminated.
10.
The shield is continuous throughout the network and is properly grounded on each end.
11.
The network cable is routed away from any high voltage cable(s) or source(s).
12.
All network devices have been tested for conformance with the APOGEE FLN specification.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 281
APOGEE FLN (P1) Communications
C
C.8 Troubleshooting
This Page Intentionally Blank
282 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Appendix: D
Metasys N2 Communications
D.2 COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS................................................................285
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 283
D.1 Metasys N2 Specifications
D.1 Metasys N2 Specifications
Drives can be monitored and controlled by a controller on a Metasys N2 network (N2) using RS-485 technology. The drives act as slaves on the N2 network.
Up to 255 drives can communicate on a single N2 network. If more drives or N2 devices are required, another N2 network is required.
The N2 node address is configurable by a parameter in the drive. This defines the physical address of the drive on the MS-TP network.
Once the addressing is set, a controller can initiate communication to the drive. The drive will perform the specified function and then send a response back to the controller.
Metasys Field
Controller
N2
Drive Drive Drive
Figure D.1 Connecting Multiple Drives to a Metasys N2 Network
284 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
D.2 Communication Specifications
D.2 Communication Specifications
Metasys N2 specifications appear in the following table:
Item
Interface
Communication Parameters
Protocol
Max Number of Drives
RS-485
Communication Speed: 9600 bps
Data Length: 8-bit (fixed)
Parity: None
Stop Bit: 1-bit (fixed)
Metasys N2
255 per N2 Network Segment
Specifications
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 285
Metasys N2 Communications
D
D.3 Connecting to a Network
D.3 Connecting to a Network
This section explains how to connect the drive to an N2 network and the network termination required for a connection.
u Network Cable Connection
Follow the instructions below to connect the drive to an N2 network.
1.
With the power shut off, connect the communications cable to the drive and the master. Use terminal TB3 for N2.
E(G) IG R+ R- S+ S-
V+ AC A1 A2 A3 FM AM AC RP AC 24V
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP
M1 M2 M3 M4
MD ME MF
MA MB MC
IG R+ R- S+ S-
(TB3)
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Send (–)
Send (+)
Receive (–)
Receive (+)
Shield Ground
Figure D.2 Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminal (TB3)
Note: Separate the communications cables from the main circuit cables and other wiring and power cables. Use shielded cables for the communications cables, and properly shielded clamps to prevent problems with noise. When using RS-485 communications, connect S+ to R+, and S- to R- as shown in the diagram below.
2.
on page
249 for slaves that are Z1000 drives.
3.
Switch the power on.
4.
Set the parameters needed for serial communications (H5-01 through H5-12) using the HOA keypad.
5.
Shut the power off and wait until the drive display goes out completely.
6.
Turn the power back on.
7.
The drive is now ready to begin communicating with the master.
286 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
D.3 Connecting to a Network u Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connections
This section explains proper wiring for multiple connections using N2 communication.
n RS-485 Interface
Note: The isolated ground (IG) connection is optional but strongly recommended to improve network immunity to electrical interference.
Controller
R–
R+
S–
S+
IG
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
ON
Note:
Figure D.3 RS-485 Interface
1.
Set DIP switch S2 to the ON position on the drive located at the end of the network. Set DIP switch S2 to the OFF positions on all other slave devices.
2.
Set H5-07 to 1 when using the RS-485 interface.
u Network Termination
The two ends of the N2 network line have to be terminated. The drive has a built in termination resistor that can be enabled or disabled using DIP switch S2. If a drive is located at the end of a network line, enable the termination resistor by setting
DIP switch S2 to the ON position. Disable the termination resistor on all slaves that are not located at the network line end.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 287
Metasys N2 Communications
D
D.4 N2 Setup Parameters
D.4 N2 Setup Parameters u N2 Serial Communication
This section describes parameters necessary to set up N2 communications.
n H5-01: Drive Slave Address
Sets the drive slave address used for communications.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
No.
H5-01
Name
Drive Slave Address
Setting Range
0 to FFH
Default
1FH
Each slave drive must be assigned a unique slave address for serial communications to work. Slave addresses do not need to be assigned in sequential order, but no two drives may share the same address.
n H5-02: Communication Speed Selection
Sets the communications speed for APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, and Metasys N2.
Note: 1.
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
2.
When Metasys N2 communications are selected (H5-08 = 1), selecting a baud rate other than 9600 bps will trigger an oPE29 error.
3.
When APOGEE FLN (P1) communications are selected (H5-08 = 2), selecting a baud rate other than 4800 bps will trigger an oPE29 error.
4.
When BACnet communications are selected (H5-08 = 3), selecting 115200 bps (Setting 8) will trigger an oPE29 error.
No.
H5-02
<1> Default depends on H5-08 setting:
H5-08 = 0, MEMOBUS/Modbus; default: 3
H5-08 = 1, N2 (Metasys); default: 3
H5-08 = 2, P1 (APOGEE FLN); default: 2
H5-08 = 3, BACnet; default: 3
Name
Communication Speed Selection
Setting Range
0 to 8
Default
<1>
H5-02
0 <1>
1 <1>
2
3 <1>
4 <1>
Communication Speed
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
<1> Not available when H5-08 is set to 2 P1 (APOGEE FLN).
<2> Not available when H5-08 is set to 0 (MEMOBUS/Modbus) or 1 (Metasys N2).
H5-02
5 <1>
6 <1>
7 <1>
8 <1> <2> n H5-03: Communication Parity Selection
Sets the parity used for communications.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
No.
H5-03
Name
Communication Parity Selection
Communication Speed
38400 bps
57600 bps
76800 bps
115200 bps
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 0: No parity
Setting 1: Even parity
Setting 2: Odd parity
288 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
D.4 N2 Setup Parameters n H5-04: Stopping Method after Communication Error
Selects the stopping method after a communications error (CE) has occurred.
No.
H5-04
Name
Stopping Method after CE
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
Uses the deceleration time currently enabled.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop
Setting 3: Alarm Only - Operation Continues
Setting 4: Run at d1-04 n H5-05: Communication Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the CE detection for communications.
No.
H5-05
Name
Communication Fault Detection Selection
Setting Range
0 to 4
Default
3
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
No communication error detection. The drive continues operation.
Setting 1: Enabled
If the drive does not receive data from the master for longer than the time set to H5-09, then a CE fault will be triggered and the drive will operate as determined by parameter H5-04.
n H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time
Sets the time the drive waits after receiving data from a master until responding data.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
No.
H5-06
Name
Drive Transmit Wait Time
Setting Range
5 to 65 ms
Default
5 ms
Controller→Drive
Command message
Drive →Controller
Response message
Controller →Drive
Command message Time
24-bit length H5-06 setting
Figure D.4 Drive Transmit Wait Time Setting n H5-07: RTS Control Selection
Enables or disables RTS control.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
No.
H5-07
Name
RTS Control Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Setting 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
Use this setting with point-to-point RS-422 communications.
Setting 1: Enabled. RTS switches while sending.
Use this setting with RS-485 communications or when using multi-drop RS-422 communications.
n H5-08: Communications Protocol Selection
Selects the communications protocol.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Default
1
289
Metasys N2 Communications
D
D.4 N2 Setup Parameters
No.
H5-08
Name
Communications Protocol Selection
Setting 0: MEMOBUS/Modbus
Setting 1: N2
Setting 2: P1
Setting 3: BACnet n H5-09: Communications Fault Detection Time
Sets the time the communications must be lost before the drive triggers a CE fault.
No.
H5-09
Name
Communications Fault Detection Time
Setting Range
0 to 3
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 s n H5-10: Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H
Note: Leave parameter setting at default (Setting 0: 0.1 V units) for N2.
Sets the unit for the output voltage monitor value in MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0025H.
No.
H5-10
Name
Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Default
2.0 s
Default
0
Setting 0: 0.1 V units
Setting 1: 1 V units n H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection
Selects whether an Enter command is necessary to change parameter values via serial communications.
No.
H5-11
Name
Communications Enter Function Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Enter command necessary
Parameter changes become effective after an Enter command. An Enter command must only be sent after the last parameter change, not for each single parameter.
Setting 1: Enter command not necessary
Parameter value changes become effective immediately without the need to send an Enter command.
n H5-12: Run Command Method Selection
Selects the type of sequence used when the Run command source is set to serial communications
(b1-02, b1-16 = 2).
No.
H5-12
Name
Run Command Method Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
Setting B0 1 (bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0001H) will start and stop the drive in the forward direction. Setting B0
2 (bit 1 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0001H) will start and stop the drive in reverse.
Setting 1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
Setting B0 1 (bit 0 of MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0001H) will start and stop the drive. Setting B0 2 (bit 1 of MEMOBUS/
Modbus register 0001H) changes the direction.
290 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
D.4 N2 Setup Parameters n H5-14, H5-15: BACnet Device Object Identifiers 0 and 1
Note: These parameters are ignored when N2 protocol is selected (H5-08 = 1).
These parameters set the Instance Identifier of the BACnet Device Object, where the H5-14 value is the least significant word and the H5-15 value is the most significant word.
No.
H5-14
H5-15
Name
BACnet Device Object Identifier 0
BACnet Device Object Identifier 1
Example 1: Set Device Object Instance Identifier of “1234”
1234 decimal is equal to 4D2H (hexadecimal)
Set H5-14 to 4D2H and set H5-15 to 0.
Example 2: Set Device Object Instance Identifier of “1234567”
12334567 decimal is equal to 12D687H
Set H5-14 to D687H and set H5-15 to 12H.
Setting Range
0 to FFFFH
0 to 3FH
Default
1
0
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 291
Metasys N2 Communications
D
D.5 Drive Operations by N2
D.5 Drive Operations by N2
The drive operations that can be performed by N2 communication depend on drive parameter settings. This section explains the functions that can be used and related parameter settings.
u Observing the Drive Operation
A controller can perform the following actions with N2 communications at any time regardless of parameter settings (except for H5oo parameters):
• Observe drive status and drive control terminal status from a controller
• Read and write parameters
• Set and reset faults
• Set multi-function inputs.
Note: Input settings from the input terminals S o and from N2 communications are both linked by a logical OR operation.
u Controlling the Drive
Select an external reference and adjust the parameters in Table B.1
accordingly to start and stop the drive or set the frequency
reference using N2 communications.
Reference Source
External Reference 1
External Reference 2
Table D.1 Setting Parameters for Drive Control from N2
Parameter Name b1-01 b1-02 b1-15 b1-16
Frequency Reference Selection 1
Run Command Selection 1
Frequency Reference Selection 2
Run Command Selection 2
Required Setting
2
2
2
2
Refer to the User Manual for details on external reference parameter selections.
n Drive Functions
Each of the following functions must be enabled during start-up of the drive:
Start and Stop the Drive
Set the Run Forward Command (BO 1) to run the drive in the forward direction. Set the Run Reverse Command (BO 2) to run the drive in the reverse direction. Run/Stop Monitor (BI 1) shows the current run status of the drive. Forward/Reverse
Monitor (BI 2) shows the current direction.
NOTICE: Damage to Equipment. Improper drive direction may damage HVAC equipment if parameter b1-04, Reverse Enable, is set to 0
(Enable).
Lock the Drive Panel
Locking the panel prevents the user from using the HAND and OFF keys locally at the drive panel. Panel Lock (BO 10) can be commanded to lock and unlock the panel.
Digital Inputs
Multi-Function Input S3 (BO 5) through Multi-Function Input S7 (BO 9) are physical digital inputs on the drive. They can be set either by external devices, such as limit or pressure switches, or by the network. Their function depends on how the drive has been programmed. Refer to the User Manual section on Multi-Function Inputs (H1-03 through H1-07) for detailed information on the use and programming of the multi-function inputs. The multi-function input status can be monitored through
Multi-Function Input 1 Monitor (BI 14) through Multi-Function Input 5 Monitor (BI 19). The Multi-Function Input # Monitor state is the logical OR of the serial command value (BO 5 through BO 9) and the state of the external connection.
Note: The multi-function inputs can be set by both external devices or over the network. Use caution when connecting the multi-function inputs to external devices to ensure correct system operation.
Digital Outputs
Multi-Function Output 1 (BI 10) through Multi-Function Output 3 (BI 12) are physical digital outputs on the drive. Their function depends on how the drive has been programmed. Refer to the User Manual section on Multi-Function Outputs (H2-01 through H2-03) for detailed information on the use and programming of the multi-function outputs.
292 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
D.5 Drive Operations by N2
Loop Gain
PI Proportional Gain (AO 4) and PI Integral Time (AO 5) are the gain and integral time parameters used by the drive. The PI loop is structured differently than the Metasys loop. Refer to the User Manual section on PID for information on how the PI loop functions.
Reading and Resetting Faults
The Fault Monitor (BI 4) and Drive Ready Monitor (BI 3) show the current status of the drive. The Fault Code (AI 10) contains
for descriptions of the fault codes. The drive faults can be reset through the Fault Reset
Command (BO 4). The Fault Reset Command is only available when the Run Forward Command and the Run Reverse
Command are both OFF.
n Cable Loss Configuration and Behavior
This section describes the configurable cable loss feature of the drive. This feature offers a user maximum flexibility in determining drive response to a loss of communication.
Drive Behavior at Loss of Communication
The drive can be configured to respond to an interval without receipt of a message in one of the following methods:
• Continue at last speed
• Continue at last speed with alarm
• Continue at preset speed
• Ramp to Stop with EF0 fault
• Coast to Stop with EF0 fault
• Emergency Stop with EF0 fault
Metasys N2 I/O
Three Metasys N2 outputs are used to select the desired behavior:
• AO 21 – Cable Loss Timeout
• AO 22 – Cable Loss Speed
• BO 11 – Communication Fault
Table D.2 Cable Loss Behavior Summary
Behavior
Decelerate to stop (stop time in C1-02) EF0 fault
Coast to stop EF0 fault
Emergency stop (stop time in C1-09) EF0 fault
Continue at last speed
Continue at last speed with alarm
Continue at preset speed with alarm
H5-04
2
3
0
1
3
4
Cable Loss Timeout
(AO 21)
Timeout Interval
Timeout Interval
Timeout Interval
0
Timeout Interval
Timeout Interval
Cable Loss Speed
(AO 22)
X
X
X
X
X
Preset speed
Communication Fault
Enable
(BO 11)
On
On
On
X
On
On
Note: 1.
Communication must first be established and then lost for these features to function as described. If a drive is powered-up without a cable connected or with the master controller offline, a communications timeout does not occur.
2.
For modes that describe the drive running after a communications timeout, a run command must have been issued (BO 1 = ‘On’ or BO
2 = ‘On’) prior to loss of communications. For safety purposes, the drive will not automatically restart from a stopped condition. If a user requires the drive to restart automatically, additional external wiring is required to accomplish this (consult factory).
Upon expiration of the communications timeout interval, the FAULT LED lights and remains lit until communication is restored.
Continue at Last Speed
In this mode, Cable Loss Timeout (AO 21) is set to 0, disabling the cable loss feature. The other two settings Cable Loss Speed
(AO 22) and Communication Fault Enable (BO 11) are ignored. If communication is lost, the drive simply maintains its last commanded state. The drive will not display an alarm or fault to indicate it has lost communication. This behavior can also be achieved by setting parameter H5-04 to “3”. The drive will display an alarm and continue running. For this specific condition, the Communication Fault Enable (BO 11) must be enabled and Cable Loss Timeout (AO 21) should be set to a value other than 0.
Metasys N2 Communications
D
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 293
D.5 Drive Operations by N2
Continue at Preset Speed
In this mode, Cable Loss Timeout (AO 21) is set to the desired interval, Cable Loss Speed (AO 22) is set to the desired preset speed and H5-04 is set to “4”. If the time between messages exceeds the timeout interval, the drive speed command (AO 1) is set to the Cable Loss Speed (AO 22) and the drive continues running at this new speed. Communication Fault Enable (BO
11) must be set to ‘On’.
Stop with Fault (EF0)
Communication Fault Enable (BO 11) must be set to ‘On’. In this mode, Cable Loss Timeout (AO 21) is set to the desired interval and parameter H5-04 is set to a value of 0,1 or 2. If the time between messages exceeds the timeout interval, the drive will declare an EF0 fault and the drive speed command (AO 1) will be set to 0. The stopping method is determined by the setting of H5-04.
• H5-04 = 0 selects Ramp to Stop. The deceleration time or the slope of the ramp is determined by the setting of drive parameter
C1-02
• H5-04 = 1 selects Coast to Stop. The drive does not attempt to control the rate of deceleration.
• H5-04 = 2 selects Emergency or Fast Stop. The deceleration time is determined by the setting of drive parameter C1-09.
Note: The behavior of the drive at cable loss is controlled by parameter H5-04. This drive parameter works with the points as described in the table above to determine how the drive will respond to a cable loss. If the cable loss fault is disabled, the drive will continue in its last state, if running the drive will continue to run at the last commanded frequency.
294 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
D.6 Communications Timing
D.6 Communications Timing
To prevent a communications overrun in the slave drive, the master should wait a certain time between sending messages to the same drive. In the same way, the slave drive must wait before sending response messages to prevent an overrun in the master. This section explains the message timing.
u Command Messages from Master to Drive
The master must wait for a specified time between receiving a response and resending the same type of command to the same
.
Table D.3 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
Command Type Example
Minimum
Wait Time
1
• Control command (Run, Stop)
• Set inputs/outputs
• Read monitors and parameter values
5 ms <1>
2
3
Write parameters
Save changes using an Enter command
H5-11 = 0: 50 ms
H5-11 = 1: 200 ms <1>
200 ms to 2 s, depending on the number of parameters that were changed <1>
5 s 4 Enter with storage to drive EEPROM after initialization
<1> If the drive receives command type 1 data during the minimum wait time, it will perform the command and then respond. However, if it receives a command type 2 or 3 during that time, either a communication error will result or the command will be ignored.
Controller →Bypass Bypass →Controller Controller→Bypass
Command message Response message Command message Time
24 bit length
Master Send
Wait Time
Figure D.5 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
Set a timer in the master to check how long it takes for the slave drive(s) to respond to the master. If no response is received within a certain amount of time, the master should try resending the message.
u Response Messages from Drive to Master
If the drive receives a command from the master, it will process the data received and wait for the time set in H5-06 until it responds. Increase H5-06 if the drive response causes overrun in the master.
PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive
Command message Response message Command message
Time
24 bit length
H5-06 setting
Figure D.6 Minimum Response Wait Time
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 295
Metasys N2 Communications
D
D.7 Metasys N2 Point Database
D.7 Metasys N2 Point Database
This section describes the Metasys N2 point database. This database features 100 logical points: 38 Analog Inputs (AI), 32
Analog Outputs (AO), 19 Binary Inputs (BI) and 11 Binary Outputs (BO). These points configure, control, and monitor the operation of the drive.
AI 22
AI 23
AI 24
AI 25
AI 26
AI 27
AI 28
AI 29
AI 14
AI 15
AI 16
AI 17
AI 18
AI 19
AI 20
AI 21
AI 30
AI 31
AI 32
AI 33
AI 34
AI 35
AI 36
AI 37
AI 38
Object ID
AI 1
AI 2
AI 3
AI 4
AI 5
AI 6
AI 7
AI 8
AI 9
AI 10
AI 11
AI 12
AI 13 u Metasys N2 Analog Input (AI) Summary
Table D.4 Metasys N2 Analog Input Summary (Z1000 to Metasys N2)
Speed Reference
Object Name Units
0.01 Hz
Z1000 Parameter
U1-01
Output Speed
Output Current kWatt Hour Meter
Output Power
Drive Temperature
PI Feedback
AC Output Voltage
DC Bus Voltage
0.01 Hz
0.1 A kWh
0.1 kWh
1 ° C
0.01%
0.1 Vac
1 Vdc
U1-02
U1-03
U4-10
U1-08
U4-08
U5-01
U1-06
U1-07
Fault Code
Elapsed Time - Hours
Elapsed Time - 10K Hours
MWatt Hour meter
Drive Rated Current
Communication Error Code
PI Deviation
PI Output Capacity
PI Reference
Last Fault Code
Freq Ref @ Fault
Output Freq @ Fault
Output Current @ Fault
Out Volt Ref @ Fault
DC Bus Volts @ Fault
Output Power @ Fault
–
1 hour
10K hours
MWh
A
–
0.01%
0.01%
0.01%
–
0.01 Hz
0.01 Hz
0.1 A
0.1 Vac
1 Vdc
0.1 kW
U5-04
U2-02
U2-03
U2-04
U2-05
U2-07
U2-08
U2-09
U2-01
U4-01
U4-01
U4-11 n9-01
U1-19
U5-02
U5-03
Input Term Status @ Fault
Output Term Status @ Fault
Operation Status @ Fault
Elapsed Operation Time @ Fault
Most Recent Fault
2nd Most Recent Fault
3rd Most Recent Fault
4th Most Recent Fault
Elapsed Time @ Current Fault
Elapsed Time @ 2nd Fault
Elapsed Time @ 3rd Fault
Elapsed Time @ 4th Fault
Read Parameter Data
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
1 hour
–
U2-11
U2-12
U2-13
U2-14
U3-01
U3-02
U3-03
U3-04
U3-11
U3-12
U3-13
U3-14
–
296 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
D.7 Metasys N2 Point Database
AO 15
AO 16
AO 17
AO 18
AO 19
AO 20
AO 21
AO 22
AO 23
AO 24
AO 25
AO 26
Object ID
AO 1
AO 2
AO 3
AO 4
AO 5
AO 6
AO 7
AO 8
AO 9
AO 10
AO 11
AO 12
AO 13
AO 14 u Metasys N2 Analog Output (AO) Summary
AO 27
AO 28
AO 29
AO 30
AO 31
AO 32
Table D.5 Metasys N2 Analog Output Summary (Z1000 to Metasys N2)
Object Name
Speed Command
Acceleration Time
Units
0.01 Hz seconds
Default Value
–
30.0
Deceleration Time
PI Proportional Gain
PI Integral Time
Stall Prevention Level – Run
Stall Prevention Level – Accel
Reference Operation Mode Select
Run Operation Mode Select
PI Mode Select seconds
– seconds
%
%
–
–
–
30.0
2.00
5.0
120
120
1
1
0
Frequency Command Upper Limit
Frequency Command Lower Limit
Motor Rated Current
Jump Frequency 1
Jump Frequency 2
Jump Frequency 3
Jump Frequency Bandwidth
Number of Auto Restarts
Operator Display Mode
Power Loss Ride-Thru
Cable Loss Timeout
Cable Loss Speed
PI Integral Limit
PI Upper Limit Value
PI Offset Adjustment
PI Primary Delay Time
PI Feedback Reference Missing
Detection Select
PI Feedback Reference Missing
Detection Level
PI Feedback Reference Missing
Detection Time
Read Parameter Number
Write Parameter Number
Write Parameter Data
% of Max
% of Max
A
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
0.1 Hz
–
– seconds seconds
0.01 Hz
0.1%
0.1
0.1
0.01
1
1%
0.1 s
–
–
–
100.0
0.0
Motor model dependent
0.0
0.0
0.0
1.0
0
0
Drive model dependent
2.0
0.00
100.0
100.0
0.0
0.00
0
0
1.0
–
–
– d3-02 d3-03 d3-04
L5-01 o1-03
L2-02
H5-09 d1-04 b5-04 b5-06 b5-07 b5-08
Z1000 Parameter
–
C1-01
C1-02 b5-02 b5-03
L3-06
L3-02 b1-01 b1-02 b5-01 d2-01 d2-02
E2-01 d3-01 b5-12 b5-13 b5-14
–
–
– u Metasys N2 Binary Input (BI) Summary
Object ID
BI 1
BI 2
BI 3
BI 4
BI 5
BI 6
BI 7
BI 8
BI 9
Object Name
Run/Stop Monitor
Table D.6 Metasys N2 Binary Input Summary (Z1000 to Metasys N2)
Default
0 Stopped
Off (0) State
Running
Forward/Reverse Monitor
Drive Ready Monitor
Fault Monitor
Zero Speed
Speed Agree
Minor Fault
Major Fault
Drive Communication Error Monitor
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Forward
Not Ready
Not Faulted
Not Zero Speed
Not Speed Agree
No Minor Fault
No Major Fault
No Error
Reverse
Ready
Faulted
Zero Speed
Speed Agree
Minor Fault
Major Fault
Error
On (1) State
Metasys N2 Communications
D
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 297
D.7 Metasys N2 Point Database
Object ID Object Name
BI 10 Multi-Function Output 1 (H2-01)
BI 11 Multi-Function Output 2 (H2-02)
BI 12 Multi-Function Output 3 (H2-03)
BI 13 Safety Interlock Monitor
BI 14 HAND/AUTO Reference Monitor
BI 15 Multi-Function Input S3 Monitor
BI 16 Multi-Function Input S4 Monitor
BI 17 Multi-Function Input S5 Monitor
BI 18 Multi-Function Input S6 Monitor
BI 19 Multi-Function Input S7 Monitor
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Off (0) State
Off
Off
Off
Safety Clear Terminal 3 Closed
REMOTE
Off
Off
Off
Off
Off
On
On
On
On (1) State
On
On
On
Safety Set Terminal 3 Open
LOCAL
On
On u Metasys N2 Binary Output (BO) Summary
BO10
BO 11
Panel Lock
Table D.7 Metasys N2 Binary Output Summary (Z1000 to Metasys N2)
Object ID Object Name
BO 1 Run Forward Command
BO 2 Run Reverse Command
BO 3 Serial Fault (EF0) Command
BO 4 Fault Reset Command
BO 5 Multi-Function Input S3 (H1-03)
BO 6 Multi-Function Input S4 (H1-04)
BO 7 Multi-Function Input S5 (H1-05)
BO 8 Multi-Function Input S6 (H1-06)
BO 9 Multi-Function Input S7 (H1-07)
Communication Fault Enable
Default
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Off (0) State On (1) State
Stop
Stop
No Fault
No Reset
Off
Off
Off
Forward
Reverse
Fault
Reset
On
On
On
Off
Off
On
On
LOCAL/REMOTE and Stop/Reset Keys
Enabled
LOCAL/REMOTE and Stop/Reset Keys
Disabled
EF0 Not Activated if Cable Loss Occurs EF0 Activated if Cable Loss Occurs
298 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
D.8 Mailbox Function
D.8 Mailbox Function u Reading Drive Parameters
Two points are defined for reading drive parameters:
• AO 30 – Specifies the parameter to be read from the drive
• AI 38 – Reports the value of the parameter specified in AO 30.
When this point is read, it retrieves data from the parameter and sends it to the controller
Example: Writing a value of 387 (183 hex) to AO 30 specifies drive parameter b1-04. Reading AI 38 returns the current setting of parameter b1-04 to the controller.
u Writing Drive Parameters
Two points are defined for writing to drive parameters:
• AO 31 – Specifies the parameter to be written to
• AO 32 – Entry location of the value to be written to the parameter specified in AO 31. When this point is written to, it will write the value to the drive. An ENTER or ACCEPT command does not need to be sent for the data to be taken by the drive.
The behavior of the write is the same as with the HOA keypad. If the drive is running, there are a limited number of drive parameters that can be written to.
Example: Writing a value of 387 (183 hex) to AO 31 specifies drive parameter b1-04. Writing a value of 1 to AO 32 sets b1-04 to 1 and enables the drive for reverse run.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 299
Metasys N2 Communications
D
D.9 Self-Diagnostics
D.9 Self-Diagnostics
The drive has a built-in self-diagnosing function of the serial communication interface circuits. To perform the self-diagnosis function, use the following procedure.
DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait at least one minute after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
1.
Turn on the power to the drive.
2.
Note the present terminal S6 function selection setting (H1-06) and set it for the communications test mode
(H1-06 = 67).
3.
Turn off the power to the drive.
4.
With the power off, wire the drive as shown in the following diagram, connecting terminals R+ and S+, R- and S-, and
S6 and SP.
M3 M4 M6
IG R+ R- S+ S- +V AC A1 A2 FM AM AC
FE S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 SN SC SP +P
M1 M2 M5
MA MB MC
IG R+ R- S+ S- +V AC A1 A2 FM AM AC
FE S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 SN SC SP +P
Figure D.7 Terminal Connections for Communication Self-Diagnostics
5.
Connect a wire jumper between terminals SN and SC to change to source mode.
6.
Turn the power to the drive back on.
7.
During normal operation, the drive will display “Pass” to indicate that the communications test mode is operating normally.
When a fault occurs, the drive will display “CE” on the keypad display.
8.
Turn off the power supply.
9.
Remove the wire jumpers from terminal R+, R-, S+, S-, and S6-SP. Reset the wire jumper to its original position and set terminal S6 to its original function.
10.
Return to normal operation.
300 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Appendix: E
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E.1 MEMOBUS/MODBUS CONFIGURATION...........................................................302
E.2 COMMUNICATION SPECIFICATIONS................................................................303
E.4 MEMOBUS/MODBUS SETUP PARAMETERS...................................................307
E.5 DRIVE OPERATIONS BY MEMOBUS/MODBUS................................................310
E.9 MEMOBUS/MODBUS DATA TABLE..................................................................316
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 301
E.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration
E.1 MEMOBUS/Modbus Configuration
Drives can be controlled from a PLC or other master device via serial communications using the MEMOBUS/Modbus protocol.
MEMOBUS/Modbus communications can be configured using one master (PLC) and up to 31 slaves. The drive has slave functionality only, and serial communication is normally initiated from the master and responded to by the slaves.
The master performs serial communications with only one slave at a time. The address or node for each slave must be set beforehand so that the master can communicate with the slave at that address. A slave that receives a command from the master will perform the specified function and then send a response back to the master.
Master (PLC or other)
Slave (Drive)
Figure E.1 Connecting Multiple Drives to a PLC
302 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
E.2 Communication Specifications
E.2 Communication Specifications
MEMOBUS/Modbus specifications appear in the following table:
Item
Interface RS-422, RS-485
Specifications
Communications Cycle Asynchronous (Start-stop synchronization)
Communication Speeds
Available
1.2; 2.4; 4.8; 9.6; 19.2; 38.4; 57.6; 76.8; 115.2 kbps
Communication
Parameters
Data length
Parity
8-bit (fixed)
Select even, odd, or none
Stop bit
Protocol
Max Number of Slaves 31 drives (using RS-485 only)
1-bit (fixed)
MEMOBUS/Modbus (using RTU mode only)
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 303
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.3 Connecting to a Network
E.3 Connecting to a Network
This section explains how to connect the drive to a MEMOBUS/Modbus network and the network termination required for a connection.
u Network Cable Connection
Follow the instructions below to connect the drive to a MEMOBUS/Modbus network.
1.
With the power shut off, connect the communications cable to the drive and the master. Use terminal TB3 for
MEMOBUS/Modbus.
E(G) IG R+ R- S+ S-
V+ AC A1 A2 A3 FM AM AC RP AC 24V
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 SN SC SP
M1 M2 M3 M4
MD ME MF
MA MB MC
IG R+ R- S+ S-
(TB3)
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Send (–)
Send (+)
Receive (–)
Receive (+)
Shield Ground
Figure E.2 Serial Communications Cable Connection Terminal (TB3)
Note: Separate the communications cables from the main circuit cables and other wiring and power cables. Use shielded cables for the communications cables, and properly shielded clamps to prevent problems with noise. When using RS-485 communications, connect S+ to R+, and S- to R- as shown in the diagram below.
2.
on page
249 for slaves that are Z1000 drives.
3.
Switch the power on.
4.
Set the parameters needed for serial communications (H5-01 through H5-12) using the HOA keypad.
5.
Shut the power off and wait until the drive display goes out completely.
6.
Turn the power back on.
7.
The drive is now ready to begin communicating with the master.
304 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
E.3 Connecting to a Network u Wiring Diagram for Multiple Connections
This section explains proper wiring for multiple connections using MEMOBUS/Modbus communication.
n RS-485 Interface
Note: The isolated ground (IG) connection is optional but strongly recommended to improve network immunity to electrical interference.
Controller
R–
R+
S–
S+
IG
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S–
S+
R–
R+
IG
Drive
S2
ON
Note:
Figure E.3 RS-485 Interface
1.
Set DIP switch S2 to the ON position on the drive located at the end of the network. Set DIP switch S2 to the OFF positions on all other slave devices.
2.
Set H5-07 to 1 when using the RS-485 interface.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 305
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.3 Connecting to a Network n RS-422 Interface
PLC
R –
R+
S –
S+
IG
S –
S+
R –
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S –
S+
R –
R+
IG
Drive
S2
OFF
S –
S+
R –
R+
IG
Drive
S2
ON
Note:
Figure E.4 RS-422 Interface
1.
Set DIP switch S2 to the ON position on the drive located at the end of the network. Set DIP switch S2 to the OFF positions on all other slave devices.
2.
Set H5-07 to 1 when using the RS-422 interface in a multi-drop circuit.
Set H5-07 to 0 when using the RS-422 interface in a point-to-point circuit.
u Network Termination
The two ends of the MEMOBUS/Modbus network line have to be terminated. The drive has a built in termination resistor that can be enabled or disabled using DIP switch S2. If a drive is located at the end of a network line, enable the termination resistor by setting DIP switch S2 to the ON position. Disable the termination resistor on all slaves that are not located at the network line end.
306 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
E.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
E.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters u MEMOBUS/Modbus Serial Communication
Changes to MEMOBUS/Modbus communications settings become effective after restarting the drive.
n H5-01: Drive Slave Address
Sets the drive slave address used for communications.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
No.
H5-01
Name
Drive Slave Address
Setting Range
0 to FFH
Default
1FH
Each slave drive must be assigned a unique slave address for serial communications to work. Slave addresses do not need to be assigned in sequential order, but no two drives may share the same address.
n H5-02: Communication Speed Selection
Sets the communications speed for APOGEE FLN, BACnet, MEMOBUS/Modbus, and Metasys N2.
Note: 1.
Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
2.
When Metasys N2 communications are selected (H5-08 = 1), selecting a baud rate other than 9600 bps will trigger an oPE29 error.
3.
When APOGEE FLN (P1) communications are selected (H5-08 = 2), selecting a baud rate other than 4800 bps will trigger an oPE29 error.
4.
When BACnet communications are selected (H5-08 = 3), selecting 115200 bps (Setting 8) will trigger an oPE29 error.
No.
H5-02
<1> Default depends on H5-08 setting:
H5-08 = 0, MEMOBUS/Modbus; default: 3
H5-08 = 1, N2 (Metasys); default: 3
H5-08 = 2, P1 (APOGEE FLN); default: 2
H5-08 = 3, BACnet; default: 3
Name
Communication Speed Selection
Setting Range
0 to 8
Default
<1>
H5-02
0 <1>
1 <1>
2
3 <1>
4 <1>
Communication Speed
1200 bps
2400 bps
4800 bps
9600 bps
19200 bps
<1> Not available when H5-08 is set to 2 P1 (APOGEE FLN).
<2> Not available when H5-08 is set to 0 (MEMOBUS/Modbus) or 1 (Metasys N2).
H5-02
5 <1>
6 <1>
7 <1>
8 <1> <2> n H5-03: Communication Parity Selection
Sets the parity used for communications.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
No.
H5-03
Name
Communication Parity Selection
Communication Speed
38400 bps
57600 bps
76800 bps
115200 bps
Setting Range
0 to 2
Default
0
Setting 0: No parity
Setting 1: Even parity
Setting 2: Odd parity n H5-04: Stopping Method after Communication Error
Selects the stopping method after a communications error (CE) has occurred.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 307
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
No.
H5-04
Name
Stopping Method after CE
Setting 0: Ramp to Stop
Uses the deceleration time currently enabled.
Setting 1: Coast to Stop
Setting 2: Fast Stop
Setting 3: Alarm Only - Operation Continues
Setting 4: Run at d1-04 n H5-05: Communication Fault Detection Selection
Enables or disables the CE detection for communications.
No.
H5-05
Name
Communication Fault Detection Selection
Setting Range
0 to 4
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
3
Default
1
Setting 0: Disabled
No communication error detection. The drive continues operation.
Setting 1: Enabled
If the drive does not receive data from the master for longer than the time set to H5-09, then a CE fault will be triggered and the drive will operate as determined by parameter H5-04.
n H5-06: Drive Transmit Wait Time
Sets the time the drive waits after receiving data from a master until responding data.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
No.
H5-06
Name
Drive Transmit Wait Time
Setting Range
5 to 65 ms
Default
5 ms
PLC→Drive
Command message
Drive→PLC
Response message
PLC→Drive
Command message Time n H5-07: RTS Control Selection
Enables or disables RTS control.
Note: Cycle power for the setting to take effect.
No.
H5-07
Name
RTS Control Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Setting 0: Disabled. RTS is always on.
Use this setting with point-to-point RS-422 communications.
Setting 1: Enabled. RTS switches while sending.
Use this setting with RS-485 communications or when using multi-drop RS-422 communications.
n H5-08: Communications Protocol Selection
Selects the communications protocol.
308
No.
H5-08
24 bit length H5-06 setting
Figure E.5 Drive Transmit Wait Time Setting
Name
Communications Protocol Selection
Setting Range
0 to 3
Default
1
Default
0
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
E.4 MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters
Setting 0: MEMOBUS/Modbus
Setting 1: N2 (Metasys)
Setting 2: P1 (APOGEE FLN)
Setting 3: BACnet n H5-09: Communications Fault Detection Time
Sets the time the communications must be lost before the drive triggers a CE fault.
No.
H5-09
Name
Communications Fault Detection Time
Setting Range
0.0 to 10.0 s n H5-10: Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H
Sets the unit for the output voltage monitor value in MEMOBUS/Modbus register 0025H.
No.
H5-10
Name
Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
2.0 s
Default
0
Setting 0: 0.1 V units
Setting 1: 1 V units n H5-11: Communications Enter Function Selection
.
No.
H5-11
Name
Communications Enter Function Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: Enter command necessary
Parameter changes become effective after an Enter command. An Enter command must only be sent after the last parameter change, not for each single parameter.
Setting 1: Enter command not necessary
Parameter value changes become effective immediately without the need to send an Enter command.
n H5-12: Run Command Method Selection
Selects the type of sequence used when the Run command source is set to network communications (b1-02 = 2).
When BACnet protocol is selected (H5-08 = 3), then the value entered for H5-12 will be ignored and the logic will be handled as though “0” was entered (FWD/Stop, REV/Stop method).
No.
H5-12
Name
Run Command Method Selection
Setting Range
0 or 1
Default
0
Setting 0: FWD/Stop, REV/Stop
Setting bit 0 will start and stop the drive in the forward direction. Setting bit 1 will start and stop the drive in reverse.
Setting 1: Run/Stop, FWD/REV
Setting bit 0 will start and stop the drive. Setting bit 1 changes the direction.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 309
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus
E.5 Drive Operations by MEMOBUS/Modbus
The drive operations that can be performed by MEMOBUS/Modbus communication depend on drive parameter settings. This section explains the functions that can be used and related parameter settings.
u Observing the Drive Operation
PLCs can perform the following actions with MEMOBUS/Modbus communications:
• observe drive status and drive control terminal status
• read and write parameters (not H5oo )
• reset faults
• set multi-function inputs
Note: Input settings from the input terminals (S1 to S8) and from MEMOBUS/Modbus communications are both linked by a logical OR operation.
310 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
E.6 Communications Timing
E.6 Communications Timing
To prevent a communications overrun in the slave drive, the master should wait a certain time between sending messages to the same drive. In the same way, the slave drive must wait before sending response messages to prevent an overrun in the master. This section explains the message timing.
u Command Messages from Master to Drive
The master must wait for a specified time between receiving a response and resending the same type of command to the same
.
Table E.1 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
Command Type Example
Minimum
Wait Time
1
• Control command (Run, Stop)
• Set inputs/outputs
• Read monitors and parameter values
5 ms <1>
2
3
Write parameters
Save changes using an Enter command
H5-11 = 0: 50 ms
H5-11 = 1: 200 ms <1>
200 ms to 2 s, depending on the number of parameters that were changed <1>
5 s 4 Enter with storage to drive EEPROM after initialization
<1> If the drive receives command type 1 data during the minimum wait time, it will perform the command and then respond. However, if it receives a command type 2 or 3 during that time, either a communication error will result or the command will be ignored.
Controller →Drive Drive →Controller Controller→Drive
Command message Response message Command message Time
24 bit length
Master Send
Wait Time
Figure E.6 Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages
Set a timer in the master to check how long it takes for the slave drive(s) to respond to the master. If no response is received within a certain amount of time, the master should try resending the message.
u Response Messages from Drive to Master
If the drive receives a command from the master, it will process the data received and wait for the time set in H5-06 until it responds. Increase H5-06 if the drive response causes overrun in the master.
PLC→Drive Drive→PLC PLC→Drive
Command message Response message Command message
Time
24 bit length
H5-06 setting
Figure E.7 Minimum Response Wait Time
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 311
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.7 Message Format
E.7 Message Format u Message Content
In MEMOBUS/Modbus communications, the master sends commands to the slave, and the slave responds. The message format is configured for both sending and receiving as shown below, and the length of data packets depends on the command
(function) content.
SLAVE ADDRESS
FUNCTION CODE
DATA
ERROR CHECK u Slave Address
The slave address in the message defines the note the message is sent to. Use addresses between 0 and FF (hex). If a message with slave address 0 is sent (broadcast), the command from the master will be received by all slaves. The slaves do not provide a response to a broadcast type message.
u Function Code
The three types of function codes are shown in the table below.
Function
Code
03H
08H
10H
Function Name
Read MEMOBUS/Modbus registers
Loopback test
Write to multiple MEMOBUS/Modbus registers
Data Length (bytes)
Command Message Response Message
Minimum
8
8
11
Maximum
8
8
41
Minimum
7
8
8
Maximum
37
8
8 u Data
Configure consecutive data by combining the MEMOBUS/Modbus register address (test code in case of a loopback test) and the data the register contains. The data length changes depending on the command details.
A drive MEMOBUS/Modbus register always has a data length of two bytes. Data written into drive registers must also always have a length of two bytes. Register data read out from the drive will always consist of two bytes.
u Error Check
The drive uses a CRC-16 (cyclic redundancy check, checksum method) for checking data validity. Use the procedure described below when calculating the CRC-16 checksum for command data or when verifying response data.
n Command Data
When the drive receives data, it calculates the CRC-16 checksum from the data and compares it to the CRC-16 value received within the message. Both must match before a command is processed.
An initial value of FFFFH (i.e., all 16 bits equal 1) must be used for CRC-16 calculations in the MEMOBUS/Modbus protocol.
Calculate the CRC-16 checksum using the following steps:
1.
The starting value is FFFFH.
2.
Perform an XOR operation of this value and the slave address.
3.
Right shift the result.
4.
When the overflow bit of the shift operation becomes 1, perform an XOR operation of the result from step 3 above and the fix value A001H.
5.
Repeat steps 3 and 4 until eight shift operations have been performed.
6.
After eight shift operations, perform an XOR operation with the result and the next data in the message (function code, register address, data). Continue with steps 3 to 5 until the last data has been processed.
7.
The result of the last shift or XOR operation is the checksum.
312 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
E.7 Message Format
shows the CRC-16 calculation of the slave address 02H and the function code 03H, yielding the result D140H.
Note: This example does not show the calculation for a complete MEMOBUS/Modbus command. Normally data would follow in the calculation.
Description
Initial Value (FFFFH)
Address 02H
XOR w initial value
Shift 1
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 2
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 3
Shift 4
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 5
Shift 6
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 7
Shift 8
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Table E.2 CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example
Calculation
1111 1111 1111 1111
0000 0000 0000 0010
1111 1111 1111 1101
0111 1111 1111 1110
1010 0000 0000 0001
1101 1111 1111 1111
0110 1111 1111 1111
1010 0000 0000 0001
1100 1111 1111 1110
0110 0111 1111 1111
0011 0011 1111 1111
1010 0000 0000 0001
1001 0011 1111 1110
0100 1001 1111 1111
0010 0100 1111 1111
1010 0000 0000 0001
1000 0100 1111 1110
0100 0010 0111 1111
0010 0001 0011 1111
1010 0000 0000 0001
1000 0001 0011 1110
Overflow
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Description
Function Code 03H
XOR w result
Shift 1
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 2
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 3
Shift 4
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 5
Shift 6
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 7
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Shift 8
XOR w A001H
XOR result
Perform operations with next data (function code) CRC-16
Calculation
0000 0000 0000 0011
1000 0001 0011 1101
0100 0000 1001 1110
1010 0000 0000 0001
1110 0000 1001 1111
0111 0000 0100 1111
1010 0000 0000 0001
1101 0000 0100 1110
0110 1000 0010 0111
0011 0100 0001 0011
1010 0000 0000 0001
1001 0100 0001 0010
0100 1010 0000 1001
0010 0101 0000 0100
1010 0000 0000 0001
1000 0101 0000 0101
0100 0010 1000 0010
1010 0000 0000 0001
1110 0010 1000 0011
0111 0001 0100 0001
1010 0000 0000 0001
1101 0001 0100 0000
1101 0001 0100 0000
D 1 4 0
(Lower) (Upper)
0
1
0
1
Overflow
1
1
1
1
Continue from here with next data.
n Response Data
Perform a CRC-16 calculation on the response message data as described above as a validation check. The result should match the CRC-16 checksum received within the response message.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 313
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.8 Message Examples
E.8 Message Examples
Below are some examples of command and response messages.
u Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents
Using the function code 03H (Read), a maximum of 16 MEMOBUS/Modbus registers can be read out at a time.
The following table shows message examples when reading status signals, error details, data link status, and frequency references from the slave 2 drive.
Command Message
Slave Address
Function Code
Starting No.
Upper
Lower
02H
03H
00H
20H
Data Quantity
CRC-16
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
00H
04H
45H
F0H
1st storage register
Response Message (normal)
Slave Address
Function Code
Data Quantity
Upper
02H
03H
08H
00H
Next storage register
Next storage register
Lower
Upper
Lower
Upper
65H
00H
00H
00H
Next storage register
CRC-16
Lower
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
00H
01H
F4H
AFH
82H
Slave Address
Function Code
Error Code
CRC-16
Response Message (fault)
Upper
Lower
02H
83H
03H
F1H
31H u Loopback Test
Function code 08H performs a loopback test that returns a response message with exactly the same content as the command message. The response message can be used to check communications between the master and slave. User-defined test code and data values can also be set.
The following table shows a message example when performing a loopback test with the slave 1 drive.
Command Message Response Message
Slave Address
Function Code
Test Code
Data
CRC-16
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
01H
08H
00H
00H
A5H
37H
DAH
8DH
Slave Address
Function Code
Test Code
Data
CRC-16
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
01H
08H
00H
00H
A5H
37H
DAH
8DH
314 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
E.8 Message Examples u Writing to Multiple Registers
Function code 10H allows the user to write multiple drive MEMOBUS/Modbus registers with one message. This process works similar to reading registers, in that the address of the first register to be written and the data quantity are set in the command message. The data to be written must be consecutive so that the register addresses are in order, starting from the specified address in the command message. The data order must be high byte then lower byte.
The following table shows an example of a message where a forward operation has been set with a frequency reference of
60.00 Hz for the slave 1 drive.
If parameter values are changed using the Write command, an Enter command may be necessary to activate or save the data
for detailed descriptions.
Command Message
Slave Address 01H
Function Code 10H
Starting No.
Data Quantity
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
00H
01H
00H
02H
Number of Bytes
Starting Data
Upper
Lower
Next Data
Upper
CRC-16
Lower
Upper
Lower
04H
00H
01H
17H
70H
63H
39H
Note:
Response Message (normal)
Slave Address 01H
Function Code
Starting No.
Data Quantity
CRC-16
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
Upper
Lower
10H
00H
01H
00H
02H
10H
08H
Response Message (fault)
Slave Address 01H
Function Code 90H
Error Code
CRC-16
Double the number of the data quantity for the number of bytes in the command message.
Upper
Lower
02H
CDH
C1H
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 315
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
E.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
The tables below list all MEMOBUS/Modbus data.
The MEMOBUS register hex addresses for parameters are listed beginning on page
u Command Data
It is possible to both read and write command data.
Note: Bits that are not used should be set to 0. Refrain from writing to reserved registers.
Register No.
0000H
Contents
Reserved
Operation Commands and Multi-function Inputs bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3
H5-12 = 0: Forward Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Forward Run)
H5-12 = 1: Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Run)
H5-12 = 0: Reverse Run Command (0 = Stop, 1 = Reverse Run)
H5-12 = 1: Forward/Reverse (0 = Forward, 1 = Reverse)
External Fault (EF0)
Fault Reset
0001H bit 4 bit 5
Multi-Function Input 1
Function is ComRef when H1-01 = 40 (Forward/Stop). Refer to d: Reference Settings on page 56 for
ComRef explanations.
Multi-Function Input 2
Function is ComCtrl when H1-02 = 41 (Reverse/Stop). Refer to d: Reference Settings on page 56 for
ComCtrl explanations.
Multi-Function Input 3
Multi-Function Input 4 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B to F
Multi-Function Input 5
Multi-Function Input 6
Multi-Function Input 7
Reserved
0002H
0003H
Frequency Reference Units are determined by parameter o1-03.
V/f Gain
0004H, 0005H Reserved
0006H PI Target, 0.01% units, signed
0007H
0008H
Analog Output Terminal FM Setting (10 V / 4000 H)
Analog Output Terminal AM Setting (10 V / 4000 H)
Settings for Multi-Function Digital Outputs bit 0 Multi-Function Contact Output 1 (terminal M1-M2)
0009H bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 to 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 to F
000AH to 000CH Reserved
000DH PI2 Setpoint
000EH Reserved
Multi-Function Contact Output 2 (terminal M3-M4)
Multi-Function Contact Output 3 (terminal M5-M6)
Reserved
Enables the function in bit 7
Fault Contact Output (terminal MA/MB-MC)
Reserved
316 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
E.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
000FH
Contents
Control Selection Setting bit 0 Reserved bit 1 PI Setpoint Input bit 2, bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 to B bit C
Reserved
PI2 Target Input (enables the setting from MEMOBUS/Modbus)
Reserved
Enable Terminal S5 Input for Broadcast Data bit D bit E bit F
0010H to 001FH Reserved
Enable Terminal S6 Input for Broadcast Data
Enable Terminal S7 Input for Broadcast Data
Reserved u Monitor Data
Monitor data can be read only.
Register No.
0020H
0021H bit A bit B bit C bit D bit E bit F bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4, bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9
Drive Status 1 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 to D bit E bit F
Fault Contents 1 bit 0
Contents
During Run
During Reverse
Drive Ready
Fault
Data Setting Error
Multi-Function Contact Output 1 (terminal M1-M2)
Multi-Function Contact Output 2 (terminal M3-M4)
Multi-Function Contact Output 3 (terminal M5-M6)
Reserved
ComRef status
ComCtrl status
Overcurrent (oC), Ground fault (GF)
Overvoltage (ov)
Drive Overload (oL2)
Overheat 1 (oH1), Drive Overheat Warning (oH2)
Reserved
PI Feedback Loss (FbL / FbH)
EF to EF7: External Fault
CPF oo : Hardware Fault (includes oFx)
Motor Overload (oL1), Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3), Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
Reserved
Main Circuit Undervoltage (Uv)
Undervoltage (Uv1), Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2), Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3)
Output Phase Loss (LF), Input Phase Loss (PF)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE), Option Communication Error (bUS)
Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 317
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
0022H
0023H
0024H
0025H
0026H
0027H
0028H
0029H
002AH
002BH bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D bit E bit F
Input Terminal Status bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 to F
Contents
Data Link Status bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5
Writing data or switching motors
Reserved
Upper or lower limit error
Data conformity error
Writing to EEPROM bit 6 to F
Frequency Reference <1>
Reserved
Output Frequency <1>
Output Voltage Reference, 0.1 V units (units are determined by parameter H5-10)
Output Current, 0.1 A units
Output Power
Reserved
Fault Contents 2 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4, bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 to F
Alarm Contents 1 bit 0, 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4
Reserved
Ground Fault (GF)
Input Phase Loss (PF)
Output Phase Loss (LF)
Reserved
Motor Overheat 2 (PTC input) (oH4)
Reserved
Reserved
Run Command Input Error (EF)
Drive Baseblock (bb)
Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3)
Heatsink Overheat (oH)
Overvoltage (ov)
Undervoltage (Uv)
Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
Option Communication Error (bUS)
Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
Motor Overheat (oH3)
PI Feedback Loss (FbL, FbH)
Reserved
Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
Terminal S1 Closed
Terminal S2 Closed
Terminal S3 Closed
Terminal S4 Closed
Terminal S5 Closed
Terminal S6 Closed
Terminal S7 Closed
Reserved
318 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
E.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
002CH
002DH
Contents bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D
Drive Status 2 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5
During Run
Zero Speed
Speed Agree
User Speed Agree
Frequency Detection 1
Frequency Detection 2
Drive Ready
During Undervoltage
During Baseblock
Frequency Reference from Operator Keypad
Run Command from Operator Keypad
Over/Undertorque 1
Frequency Reference Loss
During Fault Restart
Fault
Communication Timeout bit E bit F
Output Terminal Status bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 to 6 bit 7
Multi-Function Contact Output 1 (terminal M1-M2)
Multi-Function Contact Output 2 (terminal M3-M4)
Multi-Function Contact Output 3 (terminal M5-M6)
Reserved
Fault Contact Output (terminal MA/MB-MC) bit 8 to F
Reserved
Reserved
Frequency Reference Bias (from Up/Down 2 Function), 0.1% units
Reserved
DC Bus Voltage, 1 Vdc units
Reserved
Product Code 1 [ASCII], Product Type (Z0 for Z1000)
Product Code 2 [ASCII], Region Code
002EH
002FH
0030H
0031H
0032H, 0033H
0034H
0035H
0036H, 0037H
0038H
0039H
003AH
003BH, 003CH
003DH
003EH
003FH
Reserved
PI Feedback, 0.1% units, unsigned, 100% / max. output frequency
PI Input, 0.1% units, signed, 100% / max. output frequency
PI Output, 0.1% units, signed, 100% / max. output frequency
Reserved
Communications Error Contents <2> bit 0 bit 1
CRC Error
Data Length Error bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 to F
Output Frequency
Reserved
Parity Error
Overrun Error
Framing Error
Timeout
Reserved r/min <4>
0.01% units
0040H to 004AH Used for various monitors U1oo .
Refer to U: Monitors on page 232
for parameter details.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 319
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
Contents
Drive status (U1-12) bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5
During Run
During Zero Speed
During Reverse Run
During Fault Reset Signal Input
During Speed Agree
Drive Ready
004BH bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9
Alarm
Fault
During Operation Error (oPE oo )
During Momentary Power Loss
0080H to 0097H bit A, bit B bit E
Reserved
ComRef status, NetRef status bit F ComCtrl status, NetCtrl status
004CH to 007EH Used for various monitors U1oo , U4oo , U5oo and U6oo .
Refer to U: Monitors on page 232
for parameter details.
007FH Alarm Code,
Refer to Alarm Register Contents on page 327 for alarm codes.
Used for monitors U2oo , U3oo .
Refer to U: Monitors on page 232
for parameter details and Refer to Fault Trace
Contents on page 325 for register value descriptions.
0098H
0099H
009AH
High Word of Accumulated Operation Time Monitor, 10 h units (U4-01)
Low Word of Accumulated Operation Time Monitor, 1 h units (U4-01)
High Word of Cooling Fan Operation Time Monitor (U4-03)
009BH Low Word of Cooling Fan Operation Time Monitor (U4-03)
009CH to 00AAH Reserved
00ABH Drive Rated Current <3>
00ACH
Motor Speed (U1-05)
00ADH
00AEH to 00B4H Reserved r/min units
0.01% units
<4>
00B5H
00B6H
Frequency Reference After
Soft-starter (U1-16) r/min units <4>
0.01% units
00B7H
Frequency Reference
00B8H
00B9H to 00BEH Reserved
00BFH r/min <4>
0.01% units
Lists the last two digits of operation error code oPE oo .
Fault Contents 3 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3
Undervoltage (Uv1)
Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2)
Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3)
00C0H bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D to F
Reserved
Ground Fault (GF)
Overcurrent (oC)
Overvoltage (ov)
Heatsink Overheat (oH)
Heatsink Overheat (oH1)
Motor Overload (oL1)
Drive Overload (oL2)
Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3)
Reserved
320 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Register No.
00C1H
00C2H
00C3H
00C4H
00C5H
00C6H, 00C7H
Fault Contents 5 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 to 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B to E bit F
Fault Contents 6 bit 0 to 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 to 9
Fault Contents 4 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 to 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D bit E bit F bit A bit B to F
Fault Contents 7 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3, bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 to B bit C bit D to F
Fault Contents 8 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 to 5 bit 9 bit A to F
Reserved
E.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Contents
External Fault at input terminal S3 (EF3)
External Fault at input terminal S4 (EF4)
External Fault at input terminal S5 (EF5)
External Fault at input terminal S6 (EF6)
External Fault at input terminal S7 (EF7)
Reserved
Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
Reserved
Input Phase Loss (PF)
Output Phase Loss (LF)
Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH3)
Digital Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
EEPROM Write Error (Err)
Motor Overheat Fault (PTC input) (oH4)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
Option Communication Error (bUS)
Reserved
Option External Fault (EF0)
PI Feedback Loss (FbL)
Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
Reserved
High Slip Braking Overload (oL7)
Reserved
Hardware Fault (includes oFx)
Reserved
Current Imbalance (LF2)
Pullout Detection (STo)
Reserved
Too Many Speed Search Restarts (SEr)
Reserved
PI Feedback Loss (FbH)
External Fault 1, input terminal S1 (EF1)
External Fault 2, input terminal S2 (EF2)
Reserved
Current Offset Fault (CoF)
Reserved
Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF)
Reserved
Reserved
Node Setup Fault (nSE)
Reserved
Motor Underload Protection (UL6)
Reserved
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 321
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
00C8H
00C9H
00CAH
00CBH bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D
Alarm Contents 2 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit E bit F
Alarm Contents 3 bit 0, bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A, bit B bit C bit D bit E bit F
Alarm Contents 4 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 to 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 9 bit A to F
Alarm Contents 5 bit 0 to 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6, 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A to F
Contents
Undervoltage (Uv)
Overvoltage (ov)
Heatsink Overheat (oH)
Drive Overheat (oH2)
Overtorque 1 (oL3)
Reserved
Run Commands Input Error (EF)
Drive Baseblock (bb)
External Fault 3, input terminal S3 (EF3)
External Fault 4, input terminal S4 (EF4)
External Fault 5, input terminal S5 (EF5)
External Fault 6, input terminal S6 (EF6)
External Fault 7, input terminal S7 (EF7)
Reserved
Cooling Fan Error (FAn)
Reserved
Reserved
Digital Operator Connection Fault (oPr)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
Option Communication Error (bUS)
Reserved
Motor Overload (oL1)
Drive Overload (oL2)
Reserved
Option Card External fault (EF0)
Reserved
Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
Reserved
MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault (SE)
Reserved
Motor Overheat 1 (PTC Input) (oH3)
Reserved
PI Feedback Loss (FbL)
PI Feedback Loss (FbH)
Drive Disabled (dnE)
Reserved
Reserved
High Current Alarm (HCA)
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time (LT-1)
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance Time (LT-2)
Reserved
External Fault 1 (input terminal S1) (EF1)
External Fault 2 (input terminal S2) (EF2)
Reserved
322 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
E.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
00CCH
00CDH
00CEH
00CFH
00D0H
00D1H bit 7
Reserved
CPF Contents 1 bit 0, 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4, 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 to F
CPF Contents 2 bit 0 to 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6
Alarm Contents 6 bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 to C bit D bit E bit F
Reserved
Alarm Contents 7 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6
00D2H bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 to F
Reserved
00D3H to 00D7H oFA0 o Contents (CN5) oFA0 o Contents (CN5) bit 0
00D8H bit 1 bit 2 to 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 to F
Output Voltage Detection Fault (VoF)
Reserved
Capacitor Maintenance Time (LT-3)
Reserved
Motor Underload Protection (UL6)
Waiting for Run (WrUn)
Reserved
Reserved
A/D Conversion Error (CPF02)
PWM Data Fault (CPF03)
Reserved
EEPROM Memory Data Error (CPF06)
Terminal Board Connection Error (CPF07)
EEPROM Serial Communications Fault (CPF08)
Reserved
Reserved
Hardware fault at power up (CPF20)
Hardware fault at communication start up (CPF21)
A/D Conversion Fault (CPF22)
PWM Feedback Fault (CPF23)
Drive Unit Signal Fault (CPF24)
Reserved
Contents
Time Not Set (TIM)
Operator Battery Low (bAT)
Time Data Error (TdE)
External Fan Fault (Fn1)
Emergency Override Forward Run (EoF)
Emergency Override Reverse Run (Eor)
Option Compatibility Error (oFA00)
Option not properly connected (oFA01)
Reserved
A/D Conversion Error (oFA05)
Option Response Error (oFA06)
Reserved
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 323
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Register No.
Contents
00D9H
00DAH oFA1 o Contents (CN5) bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 to F
Reserved oFA3 o Contents (CN5) bit 0 bit 1
Option RAM Fault (oFA10)
Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMoD) (oFA11)
Drive Receive CRC Error (oFA12)
Drive Receive Frame Error (oFA13)
Drive Receive Abort Error (oFA14)
Option Receive CRC Error (oFA15)
Option Receive Frame Error (oFA16)
Option Receive Abort Error (oFA17)
Reserved
00DBH bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 bit 8 bit 9 bit A bit B bit C bit D bit E, bit F
00DCH to 00E9H Reserved
Fault Contents 9 bit 0
Comm. ID Error (oFA30)
Model Code Error (oFA31)
Sumcheck Error (oFA32)
Comm. option timeout waiting for response (oFA33)
MEMOBUS Timeout (oFA34)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA35)
CI Check Error (oFA36)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA37)
Control Command Selection Error (oFA38)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA39)
Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFA40)
Drive timeout waiting for response (oFA41)
Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFA42)
Control Response Selection Error (oFA43)
Reserved
00EAH bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 to F
00EBH to 00FFH Reserved
Time Not Set (TIM)
Oper Battery Low (bAT)
Time Data Err (TdE)
Time Interval Error (TIE)
Overvoltage 2 (ov2)
Reserved
External Fan Fault (Fn1)
Reserved
0100H to 2FFFH Reserved
3000H to 3003H Used for Various Monitors U5oo
. Refer to U: Monitors on page 232 for details.
3004H
3005H
Set Time HHMM
Set Date Year
3006H
3007H
Set Date Month Day MMDD
Set RTC
3008H to 3028H Used for Various Monitors U2oo , U3oo , U5oo
. Refer to U: Monitors on page 232 for details.
3029H to 302EH Reserved
302FH
3030H
RTC Enter
RTC Enter Enable
<1> Parameter o1-03, HOA Keypad Display Selection, determines the units.
<2> Communication error contents are saved until the fault is reset.
324 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
E.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
<3> Display is in the following units: 5A0007 to 5A0017: 0.01 A units; 5A0022 to 5A0242: 0.1 A units.
<4> Set the number of motor poles to parameter E2-04, E4-04, or E5-05 depending on the motor being used.
u Broadcast Messages
Data can be written from the master to all slave devices at the same time.
The slave address in a broadcast command message must be set to 00H. All slaves will receive the message, but will not respond.
Register No.
Contents
0001H
0002H
Digital Input Command bit 0 bit 1 bit 2, bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 to B bit C bit D bit E bit F
Frequency Reference
Forward Run (0: Stop 1: Run)
Direction Command (0: Forward, 1: Reverse)
Reserved
External Fault
Fault Reset
Reserved
Multi-Function Digital Input S5
Multi-Function Digital Input S6
Multi-Function Digital Input S7
Reserved
30000/100%
Fault Code
0002H
0003H
0004H
0006H
0007H
0008H
0009H
000AH
000BH
000CH
000DH
0011H
0012H
0013H
0014H
0015H
001BH
001CH
001DH
001EH
001FH
0020H
0021H
0022H u Fault Trace Contents
The table below shows the drive fault codes that can be read out by MEMOBUS/Modbus commands from the U2oo monitor parameters.
Table E.3 Fault Trace / History Register Contents
Undervoltage (Uv1)
Fault Name
Control Power Supply Undervoltage (Uv2)
Fault Code
0027H
0028H
Fault Name
Option External Fault (EF0)
PI Feedback Loss (FbL)
Soft Charge Circuit Fault (Uv3)
Ground Fault (GF)
Overcurrent (oC)
Overvoltage (ov)
Heatsink Overheat (oH)
Heatsink Overheat (oH1)
Motor Overload (oL1)
Drive Overload (oL2)
0029H
002BH
0030H
0036H
0037H
003BH
0041H
0042H
Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
High Slip Braking Overload (oL7)
Hardware Fault (including oFx)
Output Current Imbalance (LF2)
Pullout Detection (Sto)
Too Many Speed Search Restarts (SEr)
PI Feedback Loss (FbH)
External Fault 1, Input Terminal S1 (EF1)
Overtorque Detection 1 (oL3)
External Fault at Input Terminal S3 (EF3)
External Fault at Input Terminal S4 (EF4)
External Fault at Input Terminal S5 (EF5)
External Fault at Input Terminal S6 (EF6)
External Fault at Input Terminal S7 (EF7)
Input Phase Loss (PF)
Output Phase Loss (LF)
Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH3)
Digital Operator Connection (oPr)
EEPROM Write Error (Err)
Motor Overheat (PTC input) (oH4)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
Option Communication Error (bUS)
0043H
0046H
0047H
0048H
004DH
0052H
005AH
0083H
0084H
0087H
0088H
0089H
008CH
008DH
External Fault 2, Input Terminal S2 (EF2)
Current Offset Fault (CoF)
PLC Detection Error 1 (PE1)
PLC Detection Error 2 (PE2)
Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF)
Node Setup Fault (nSE)
Motor Underload Protection (UL6)
A/D Conversion Error (CPF02)
PWM Data Fault (CPF03)
EEPROM Memory Data Error (CPF06)
Terminal Board Connection Error (CPF07)
EEPROM Serial Communication Fault (CPF08)
RAM Fault (CPF11)
Flash Memory Circuit Exception (CPF12)
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 325
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
00AAH
00ABH
00ACH
00ADH
00AEH
0101H
0102H
0106H
009EH
009FH
00A0H
00A1H
00A2H
00A3H
00A4H
00A9H
Fault Code
008EH
008FH
0091H
0092H
0093H
0094H
0095H
0096H
0097H
0098H
0099H
009AH
009BH
009CH
009DH
Fault Name
Watchdog Circuit Exception (CPF13)
Control Circuit Fault (CPF14)
Clock Fault (CPF16)
Timing Fault (CPF17)
Control Circuit Fault (CPF18)
Control Circuit Fault (CPF19)
Hardware Fault at Power Up (CPF20)
Hardware Fault at Communication Start Up (CPF21)
A/D Conversion Fault (CPF22)
PWM Feedback Fault (CPF23)
Drive Unit Signal Fault (CPF24)
Terminal Board is Not Properly Connected. (CPF25)
ASIC BB Circuit Error (CPF26)
ASIC PWM Setting Register Error (CPF27)
ASIC PWM Pattern Error (CPF28)
ASIC On-delay Error (CPF29)
ASIC BBON Error (CPF30)
ASIC Code Error (CPF31)
ASIC Start-up Error (CPF32)
Watch-dog Error (CPF33)
ASIC Power/Clock Error (CPF34)
External A/D Converter Error (CPF35)
Control Circuit Error (CPF40)
Control Circuit Error (CPF41)
Control Circuit Error (CPF42)
Control Circuit Error (CPF43)
Control Circuit Error (CPF44)
Control Circuit Error (CPF45)
Option Compatibility Error (oFA00)
Option Not Properly Connected (oFA01)
A/D Conversion Error (oFA05)
Fault Code
0107H
0111H
0112H
0113H
0114H
0115H
0116H
0117H
0118H
0131H
0132H
0133H
0134H
013DH
013EH
0401H
0402H
0403H
0404H
0405H
0407H
0135H
0136H
0137H
0138H
0139H
013AH
013BH
013CH
Fault Name
Option Response Error (oFA06)
Option RAM Fault (oFA10)
Option Operation Mode Fault (SLMOD) (oFA11)
Drive Receive CRC Error (oFA12)
Drive Receive Frame Error (oFA13)
Drive Receive Abort Error (oFA14)
Option Receive CRC Error (oFA15)
Option Receive Frame Error (oFA16)
Option Receive Abort Error (oFA17)
Comm. ID Error (oFA30)
Model Code Error (oFA31)
Sumcheck Error (oFA32)
Comm. Option Timeout Waiting for Response
(oFA33)
MEMOBUS Timeout (oFA34)
Drive Timeout Waiting for Response (oFA35)
CI Check Error (oFA36)
Drive Timeout Waiting for Response (oFA37)
Control Command Selection Error (oFA38)
Drive Timeout Waiting for Response (oFA39)
Control Response Selection 1 Error (oFA40)
Drive Timeout Waiting for Response (oFA41)
Control Response Selection 2 Error (oFA42)
Control Response Selection Error (oFA43)
Time Not Set (TIM)
Operator Battery Low (bAT)
Time Data Error (TdE)
Time Interval Error (TiE)
Overvoltage 2 (ov2)
External Fan Fault (Fn1)
326 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
E.9 MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table
Fault Code
0001H
0002H
0003H
0004H
0005H
0007H
0008H
0009H
000AH
000BH
000CH
000DH
000FH
0014H
0015H
0017H
0018H
001AH
001DH
001EH
0020H
0022H
0027H u Alarm Register Contents
The table below shows the alarm codes that can be read out from MEMOBUS/Modbus register 007FH.
Table E.4 Alarm Register 007FH Contents
Fault Name
Undervoltage (Uv)
Overvoltage (ov)
Heatsink Overheat (oH)
Overheat Signal from MFDI (oH2)
Overtorque 1 (oL3)
Run commands input error (EF)
Fault Code
0028H
002AH
Fault Name
PI Feedback Loss (FbH)
Drive Disabled (dnE)
0031H, 0033H Reserved
0034H
0035H
0036H
High Current Alarm (HCA)
Cooling Fan Maintenance Time (LT-1)
Capacitor Maintenance Time (LT-2)
Drive Baseblock (bb)
External Fault 3, input terminal S3 (EF3)
External Fault 4, input terminal S4 (EF4)
External Fault 5, input terminal S5 (EF5)
External Fault 6, input terminal S6 (EF6)
External Fault 7, input terminal S7 (EF7)
Internal Fan Fault (FAn)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communication Error (CE)
0038H
0039H
003AH
003FH
0040H
0041H
004EH
004FH
Reserved
External Fault (input terminal S1) (EF1)
External Fault (input terminal S2) (EF2)
PLC Alarm (PA1)
PLC Alarm (PA2)
Output Voltage Detection Fault (voF)
Motor Underload Protection (UL6)
Waiting for Run (WrUn)
Option Communication Error (bUS)
Motor Overload (oL1)
Drive Overload (oL2)
Option Card External Fault (EF0)
Serial Communication Transmission Error (CALL)
Undertorque Detection 1 (UL3)
MEMOBUS/Modbus Test Mode Fault (SE)
Motor Overheat (oH3)
PI Feedback Loss (FbL)
0063H
0064H
0065H
0066H
0067H
0068H
006AH
006BH
Time Not Set (TIM)
Operator Battery Low (bAT)
Time Data Error (TdE)
External Fan Fault (Fn1)
Emergency Override Forward Run (EoF)
Emergency Override Reverse Run (Eor)
Customer Safety (SAFE)
Interlock Open (inTLK)
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 327
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.10 Enter Command
E.10 Enter Command
When writing parameters to the drive from the PLC using MEMOBUS/Modbus communication, parameter H5-11 determines whether an Enter command must be issued to enable these parameters. This section describes the types and functions of the
Enter commands.
u Enter Command Types
The drive supports two types of Enter commands as shown in
. An Enter command is enabled by writing 0 to
register numbers 0900H or 0910H. It is only possible to write to these registers; attempting to read from these registers will cause an error.
Register No.
0900H
0910H
Table E.5 Enter Command Types
Description
Simultaneously writes data into the EEPROM (non-volatile memory) of the drive and enables the data in RAM. Parameter changes remain after cycling power.
Writes data in the RAM only. Parameter changes are lost when the drive is shut off.
Note: The EEPROM can only be written to 100,000 times, so it is recommended to limit the number of times writing to the EEPROM. The Enter command registers are write-only and if these registers are read, the register address will be invalid (Error code: 02H). An Enter command is not required when reference or broadcast data are sent to the drive.
n H5-11 and the Enter Command
An enter command is not required when writing registers 0000H to 001FH. Changes to those registers take effect immediately, independent of the setting in parameter H5-11.
H5-11 Settings H5-11 = 0 H5-11 = 1
How parameter settings are enabled When the Enter command is received from the master.
As soon as the value is changed.
Upper/lower limit check
Upper/lower limit check is performed, taking the settings of related parameters into account.
Checks only the upper/lower limits of the parameters that were changed.
Error handling when setting multiple parameters
Data is accepted even if one setting is invalid. The invalid setting will be discarded. No error message occurs.
Default settings of related parameters are changed automatically.
Error occurs if only one setting is invalid. All data that was sent are discarded.
328 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
E.11 Communication Errors
E.11 Communication Errors u MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes
A list of MEMOBUS/Modbus errors appears below.
When an error occurs, remove whatever caused the error and restart communications.
Error Code
01H
02H
03H
21H
22H
23H
24H
25H
Error Name
Cause
Function Code Error
Attempted to set a function code from a PLC other than 03H, 08H, and 10H.
Register Number Error
• A register number specified in the command message does not exist.
• Attempted to send a broadcast message using other register numbers than 0001H or 0002H.
Bit Count Error
• Read data or write data is greater than 16 bits. Invalid command message quantity.
• In a write message, the “Number of Data Items” contained within the message does not equal twice the amount of data words
(i.e., the total of Data 1+ Data 2, etc.).
Data Setting Error
• Control data or parameter write data is outside the allowable setting range.
• Attempted to write a contradictory parameter setting.
Write Mode Error
• During run, the user attempted to write a parameter that cannot be written to during run.
• During an EEPROM memory data error (CPF06), the master attempted to write to a parameter other than A1-00 to A1-05,
E1-03, or o2-04.
• Attempted to write to read-only data.
DC Bus Undervoltage Write Error
During an undervoltage situation, the master attempted to write to parameters that cannot be written to during undervoltage.
Write Error During Parameter Process
Master attempted writing to the drive while the drive was processing parameter data.
Writing into EEPROM Disabled
An attempt was made to write data into EEPROM by MEMOBUS/Modbus communications when writing EEPROM is not possible. (When this error code occurs, an error message is displayed and the drive continues operation.) u Slave Not Responding
In the following situations, the slave drive will ignore the command message sent from the master, and not send a response message:
• When a communications error (overrun, framing, parity, or CRC-16) is detected in the command message.
• When the slave address in the command message and the slave address in the drive do not match (remember to set the slave address for the drive using H5-01).
• When the gap between two blocks (8-bit) of a message exceeds 24 bits.
• When the command message data length is invalid.
Note: If the slave address specified in the command message is 00H, all slaves execute the write function, but do not return response messages to the master.
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 329
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications
E
E.12 Self-Diagnostics
E.12 Self-Diagnostics
The drive has a built-in self-diagnosing function of the serial communication interface circuits. To perform the self-diagnosis function, use the following procedure.
DANGER! Electrical Shock Hazard. Do not connect or disconnect wiring while the power is on. Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury. Before servicing, disconnect all power to the equipment. The internal capacitor remains charged even after the power supply is turned off. The charge indicator LED will extinguish when the DC bus voltage is below 50 Vdc. To prevent electric shock, wait at least one minute after all indicators are OFF and measure the DC bus voltage level to confirm safe level.
1.
Turn on the power to the drive.
2.
Note the present terminal S6 function selection setting (H1-06) and set it for the communications test mode
(H1-06 = 67).
3.
Turn off the power to the drive.
4.
With the power off, wire the drive as shown in the following diagram, connecting terminals R+ and S+, R- and S-, and
S6 and SP.
M3 M4 M6
IG R+ R- S+ S- +V AC A1 A2 FM AM AC
FE S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 SN SC SP +P
M1 M2 M5
MA MB MC
IG R+ R- S+ S- +V AC A1 A2 FM AM AC
FE S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 SN SC SP +P
Figure E.8 Terminal Connections for Communication Self-Diagnostics
5.
Connect a wire jumper between terminals SN and SC to change to source mode.
6.
Turn the power to the drive back on.
7.
During normal operation, the drive will display “Pass” to indicate that the communications test mode is operating normally.
When a fault occurs, the drive will display “CE” on the keypad display.
8.
Turn off the power supply.
9.
Remove the wire jumpers from terminal R+, R-, S+, S-, and S6-SP. Reset the wire jumper to its original position and set terminal S6 to its original function.
10.
Return to normal operation.
330 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Index
Numerics
3-Wire Sequence.............................................................73
5th Most Recent Fault..................................................... 234
A
A1-02 (Motor Control Mode) Dependent Parameters ................ 239
Accel/Decel Ramp Hold ....................................................74
Accel/Decel Rate Calculation Gain ..................................... 109
Accel/Decel Time Selection 1 .............................................74
Accel/Decel Time Switching Frequency .................................52
Acceleration/Deceleration Pull-In Current ............................. 126
Acceleration Time ...........................................................51
Acceleration Time Pull-In Current ...................................... 220
Access Level Selection......................................................18
Additional DC Bus Capacitors........................................... 110
Alarm Outputs for Maintenance Monitors ............................. 167
Alarm Register 007FH Contents......................................... 327
Ambient Temperature Setting...................................... 119, 218
Analog Input Filter Time Constant ........................................94
Analog Input Objects...................................................... 257
Analog Input Terminal Enable Selection .................................94
Analog Output Objects.................................................... 257
Analog Terminal Input Selection ..........................................74
Analog Value Objects ..................................................... 257
Automatic Reduction for Stall Prevention during Run ............... 108
Automatic Reduction Selection for Stall Prevention during Run ... 215
AUTO Mode Select .........................................................80
Auto Restart Fault Output Operation Selection........................ 112
Auto Restart Operation Selection........................................ 216
Auto-Tuning Mode Selection ...................................... 154, 230
B
b5-43/b5-44: PI Output 2 Monitor Max Upper/Lower 4 Digits .......48
b5-45: PI Output 2 Monitor Minimum....................................48
BACnet Configuration .................................................... 246
BACnet Objects Supported............................................... 256
BACnet Serial Communication .......................................... 250
BACnet Setup Parameters ................................................ 250
BACnet Specifications .................................................... 247
Baseblock Command (N.O., N.C.) ........................................74
Base Frequency ..............................................................65
Base Voltage .................................................................65
BAS Interlock ................................................................82
BAS Interlock Relay Contact ..............................................91
Bi-Directional Speed Search Selection ...................................35
Binary Input Objects ...................................................... 258
Binary Output Objects .................................................... 259
Binary Value Objects...................................................... 259
BP Auto Transfer on Fault Enable ................................ 149, 228
BP BAS Interlock............................................................81
BP BAS Interlock Relay ....................................................91
BP Bypass Relay.............................................................91
BP Bypass Run...............................................................82
BP Customer Safeties .......................................................81
BP Drive/Bypass Select.....................................................81
BP Drive Relay...............................................................91
BP Emergency Override ....................................................81
BP Energy Save Bypass Speed Increase.......................... 150, 228
BP Energy Save Bypass Timer .................................... 150, 228
BP Energy Save Bypass Trigger Level ........................... 149, 228
Broadcast Messages ....................................................... 325
Bypass Operation .......................................................... 144
C
Capacitor Maintenance.................................................... 236
Capacitor Maintenance Setting .................................... 133, 223
Carrier Frequency Lower Limit............................................54
Carrier Frequency Proportional Gain .....................................54
Carrier Frequency Reduction............................................. 218
Carrier Frequency Reduction Off-Delay Time ........................ 122
Carrier Frequency Reduction Off Delay Time......................... 218
Carrier Frequency Reduction Rate during oH Pre-Alarm ............ 122
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection................................. 121
Carrier Frequency Reduction Selection during oH Pre-Alarm ...... 218
Carrier Frequency Selection................................................54
Carrier Frequency Upper Limit ............................................54
CE Detection Time ............................................ 252, 290, 309
Command Messages from Master to Drive ................ 255, 295, 311
Communication Errors .................................................... 262
Communication Fault Detection Selection ................. 251, 289, 308
Communication Option Card...............................................70
Communication Option Card Reference................................ 237
Communication Parity Selection ............................ 250, 288, 307
Communications Enter Function Selection ................ 252, 290, 309
Communications Error Operation Selection .............................70
Communication Speed Selection ............................ 250, 288, 307
Communications Protocol Selection ........................ 252, 289, 308
Communications Timing ..................................... 255, 295, 311
Communication Test Mode.................................................80
Connecting to a BACnet Network....................................... 248
Connecting to an N2 Network ........................................... 286
Connection of a Motor PTC .............................................. 101
Continuous Electrothermal Operation Selection ................ 102, 213
Control Method Selection ..................................................18
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 331
Index
Control Mode.................................................................... 232
Control Mode Dependent Parameter Default Values ...................... 239
Cooling Fan Maintenance ..................................................... 236
Cooling Fan Maintenance Setting (Operation Time) ...................... 223
Cooling Fan Operation Time.................................................. 236
Cooling Fan Operation Time Setting......................................... 133
Cooling Fan Replacement ............................................... 171, 172
Copy Allowed Selection ....................................................... 133
Copy Function................................................................... 132
Copy Function Selection....................................................... 132
CRC-16 .......................................................................... 312
CRC-16 Checksum Calculation Example ................................... 313
Cumulative Operation Time................................................... 236
Cumulative Operation Time at 5th Most Recent Fault .................... 234
Cumulative Operation Time at Most Recent Fault ......................... 234
Cumulative Operation Time at Previous Fault.............................. 234
Cumulative Operation Time Selection................................. 133, 223
Cumulative Operation Time Setting ................................... 133, 223
Current Control Gain during Speed Search (Speed Estimation Type).....35
Current Fault .................................................................... 233
Current Unbalance Detection (LF2).................................... 120, 218
Customer Safeties.................................................................82
Cyclic Redundancy Check..................................................... 312
D
Daily Inspection................................................................. 163
d-Axis Current for High Efficiency Control ................................ 126
DC Bus Pre-Charge Relay Maintenance Setting ........................... 133
DC Bus Undervoltage ............................................................86
DC Bus Voltage................................................................. 232
DC Bus Voltage Adjustment Gain ..................................... 109, 215
DC Bus Voltage at Previous Fault............................................ 234
DC Bus Voltage Setpoint during KEB....................................... 104
DC Injection Braking Current...................................................30
DC Injection Braking Start Frequency.........................................29
DC Injection Braking Time at Start ............................................30
DC Injection Braking Time at Stop ............................................30
Deceleration Rate Calculation Gain.......................................... 215
Deceleration Time ................................................................51
Deceleration Time at Stall Prevention during Acceleration......... 105, 215
Defaults by Drive Model Selection (o2-04)................................. 131
Desired DC Bus Voltage during KEB ....................................... 214
Device Object ................................................................... 260
Digital Outputs ....................................................................82
Direction Command for 2-Wire Seq. 2 ........................................78
Drive/kVA Selection ........................................................... 222
Drive Cooling Fans ............................................................. 164
Drive Delay Time Setting .......................................................28
Drive Enable.................................................................. 80, 90
Drive Enable2 .....................................................................81
Drive Model Selection ......................................................... 131
Drive Mode Unit Monitor Selection ......................................... 128
Drive Operations by BACnet ................................................. 254
Drive Operations by N2........................................................ 292
Drive Operation Status at Previous Fault.................................... 234
Drive Overheat Alarm............................................................90
Drive Overheat Alarm (oH2)....................................................74
Drive Overheat Pre-Alarm.......................................................89
Drive Ready .......................................................................85
Drive Slave Address................................................ 250, 288, 307
Drive Status...................................................................... 233
Drive Transmit Wait Time ........................................ 251, 289, 308
During Baseblock.................................................................89
During Baseblock (N.O.) ........................................................86
During Fast Stop ..................................................................90
During Frequency Output........................................................89
During KEB Operation...........................................................90
During Run ........................................................................83
During Short Circuit Braking ...................................................90
During Speed Search .............................................................90
Dynamic Audible Noise Control Function Selection ...................... 224
Dynamic Audible Noise Control Selection.................................. 135
Dynamic Noise Control Function ............................................ 135
E
Emergency Override ........................................................... 145
Emergency Override Forward Run.............................................82
Emergency Override Reverse Run .............................................82
Enabling Programmable Bypass Logic ...................................... 144
Energy Saving Coefficient Value...............................................50
Energy Saving Control Selection ...............................................49
Energy Savings Mode .......................................................... 148
Enter Command........................................................... 252, 328
Enter command necessary ......................................... 252, 290, 309
Enter command not necessary .................................... 252, 290, 309
Enter Command Types................................................... 261, 328
External Fault .....................................................................77
External Fault from Comm. Option Detection Selection....................70
External Fault from Comm. Option Operation Selection ...................70
External Speed Search Command ..............................................79
F
F1/F2 Key Function Selection ................................................ 130
Fast Stop (N.O., N.C.) ...........................................................76
Fast Stop Time ....................................................................52
Fault History..................................................................... 158
Fault Reset .........................................................................76
Fault Reset Command Active ...................................................87
Fault Reset Interval Time................................................ 113, 216
Fault Reset Operation Selection ........................................ 114, 216
Fault Restart .......................................................................89
Fault Trace....................................................................... 158
Field Weakening ............................................................. 60, 79
Field Weakening Frequency Limit .............................................60
Field Weakening Level ..........................................................60
Forward Jog .......................................................................76
Forward Run Command for 2-Wire Seq. ......................................78
Frequency Detection 1 ...........................................................84
Frequency Detection 2 ...........................................................85
Frequency Detection 3 ...........................................................88
Frequency Detection 4 ...........................................................88
Frequency Gain at KEB Start ................................................. 103
Frequency Reduction Rate during Overheat Pre-Alarm............. 118, 218
Frequency Reference .......................................................56, 232
Frequency Reference at Previous Fault ...................................... 233
Frequency Reference at Reference Loss............................... 111, 216
Frequency Reference from MEMOBUS/Modbus Comm. ................ 236
Frequency Reference Hold Function Selection ...............................59
Frequency Reference Loss.......................................................86
Frequency Reference Loss Detection Selection ........................86, 216
332 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Index
Frequency Reference Lower Limit .............................................57
Frequency Reference Monitor Content During PI ...........................47
Frequency Reference Monitor Custom Units 1 to 3 ....................... 130
Frequency Reference Selection for AUTO Mode ............................24
Frequency Reference Selection for AUTO mode .......................... 187
Frequency Reference Setting Hierarchy .......................................56
Frequency Reference Setting Method Selection...................... 131, 222
Frequency Reference Source ....................................................86
Frequency Reference Source Selection ...................................... 236
Frequency Reference Upper Limit .............................................57
Frequency Related Monitor Custom Units 1 to 3 .......................... 130
Function Code................................................................... 312
G
GF1 Error ..........................................................................79
H
H1 Multi-Function Digital Input Selections................................. 204
H3 Multi-Function Analog Input Settings................................... 210
HAND/AUTO During Run Selection.................................. 150, 228
HAND Frequency Reference 1 ......................................... 152, 228
HAND Frequency Reference Selection................................ 150, 228
HAND Key Function Selection (HOA Keypad) ..................... 152, 229
HAND Mode Behavior Selection ...................................... 150, 228
HAND Mode PI Selection............................................... 150, 228
HAND Mode Select ..............................................................80
Heatsink Cooling Fan Off-Delay Time ...................................... 119
Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Delay Time .............................. 218
Heatsink Cooling Fan Operation Selection............................ 119, 218
Heatsink Temperature.......................................................... 236
High Current Alarm Selection .......................................... 122, 218
High Slip Braking ..........................................................80, 124
High Slip Braking Current Limit ............................................. 124
High-Slip Braking Current Limit ............................................. 219
High Slip Braking Deceleration Frequency Width......................... 124
High-Slip Braking Deceleration Frequency Width......................... 219
High Slip Braking Dwell Time at Stop ...................................... 124
High-Slip Braking Dwell Time at Stop ...................................... 219
High Slip Braking Overload Time............................................ 124
High-Slip Braking Overload Time ........................................... 219
High Slip Suppression Current Level ........................................ 125
High-Slip Suppression Current Level........................................ 219
HOA Keypad Display Selection .............................................. 128
HOA Keypad Functions ....................................................... 131
Hunting Prevention ............................................................. 123
Hunting Prevention Gain Setting ....................................... 123, 219
Hunting Prevention Gain while in Reverse ........................... 123, 219
Hunting Prevention Selection ........................................... 123, 219
Hunting Prevention Time Constant .................................... 123, 219
I
Immediate Transfer to Bypass ................................................ 144
Induced Voltage Constant Unit Selection ................................... 156
Initialization .......................................................................18
Initialize Parameters..............................................................19
Input Phase Detection Level .................................................. 217
Input Phase Loss Detection Level ............................................ 118
Input Phase Loss Protection Selection ................................. 118, 217
Input Terminal Status .......................................................... 232
Input Terminal Status at Previous Fault ..................................... 234
Input Voltage Setting.............................................................62
Inrush Prevention Relay Maintenance Setting .............................. 223
Inspection .................................................................. 163, 164
Installation Method Selection ........................................... 121, 218
Integral Limit Setting.............................................................40
Integral Time Setting (I) .........................................................40
Internal Cooling Fan Alarm .....................................................91
J
Jog 2 ................................................................................80
Jog Frequency Reference ........................................................56
Jog Reference Selection..........................................................73
Jump Frequency...................................................................58
Jump Frequency Width ..........................................................58
K
KEB Acceleration Time ................................................. 103, 214
KEB Deceleration Time ................................................. 103, 214
KEB Detection Time ........................................................... 104
KEB Method Selection......................................................... 104
KEB Ride-Thru 1 .................................................................80
KEB Ride-Thru 2 .................................................................81
KEB Start Output Frequency Reduction..................................... 214
kWh Monitor Initialization .................................................... 134
kWh Monitor Initial Value Selection ........................................ 223
L
Language Selection...............................................................18
LED Check ...................................................................... 236
Load Current .................................................................... 220
Load Inertia................................................................ 127, 220
Load Inertia Ratio......................................................... 110, 215
Loopback Test................................................................... 314
Loss of Reference Function ................................................... 111
M
Main Contactor and Cooling Fan Power Supply Failure Selection ...... 218
Maintenance ............................................................... 166, 167
Maintenance Alarms ........................................................... 167
Maintenance Monitors ......................................................... 158
Maintenance Monitor Settings ................................................ 133
Maintenance Period ..............................................................89
Master Speed Reference Lower Limit .........................................58
Maximum Output Frequency....................................................65
Maximum Voltage................................................................65
MEMOBUS/Modbus Communications Reference......................... 237
MEMOBUS/Modbus Data Table............................................. 316
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Code ............................................ 233
MEMOBUS/Modbus Error Codes ........................................... 329
MEMOBUS/Modbus Setup Parameters ..................................... 307
MEMOBUS/Modbus Specifications ......................................... 303
Message Format................................................................. 312
Message ID (INV) .............................................................. 233
Message ID (OPR).............................................................. 233
Metasys N2 Point Database ................................................... 296
Metasys N2 Specifications .................................................... 284
Middle Output Frequency .......................................................65
Middle Output Frequency 2 .....................................................65
Middle Output Frequency Voltage .............................................65
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 333
Index
Middle Output Frequency Voltage 2 ...........................................65
Minimum KEB Time........................................................... 104
Minimum Output Frequency ....................................................65
Minimum Output Frequency Voltage..........................................65
Minimum Wait Time for Sending Messages.................... 255, 295, 311
Momentary Power Loss Minimum Baseblock Time................. 103, 214
Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection ...........................34, 213
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru .......................................... 102
Momentary Power Loss Ride-Thru Time ............................. 103, 213
Momentary Power Loss Voltage Recovery Ramp Time ............ 103, 214
Monitor Parameters.........................................................96, 232
Most Recent Fault .............................................................. 234
Motor Acceleration Time for Inertia Calculations ................... 109, 215
Motor Base Frequency ................................................... 154, 230
Motor Base Speed ........................................................ 155, 230
Motor d-Axis Current at Previous Fault ..................................... 234
Motor d-Axis Inductance ........................................................68
Motor Direction at Power Up when Using Operator................. 132, 222
Motor Excitation Current (ld) ................................................. 238
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 1 ...........................................69
Motor Induction Voltage Constant 2 ...........................................69
Motor Iron Loss ........................................................... 155, 230
Motor Iron Loss for Torque Compensation ...................................67
Motor Line-to-Line Resistance .................................................67
Motor No-Load Current..........................................................66
Motor Overheat Alarm Operation Selection .......................... 101, 213
Motor Overheat Fault Operation Selection............................ 101, 213
Motor Overload Alarm...........................................................89
Motor Overload Estimate (oL1) .............................................. 236
Motor Overload Protection Selection ....................................89, 213
Motor Overload Protection Time ....................................... 100, 213
Motor Pre-Heat 1 .................................................................79
Motor Pre-Heat 2 .................................................................79
Motor Pre-Heat Current 2 .......................................................30
Motor Protection ..................................................................99
Motor Protection Using a PTC Thermistor.................................. 100
Motor PTC Characteristics .................................................... 101
Motor q-Axis Current at Previous Fault ..................................... 234
Motor q-Axis Inductance ........................................................68
Motor Rated Current ............................................ 66, 68, 154, 230
Motor Rated Power .............................................. 67, 68, 154, 230
Motor Rated Slip..................................................................66
Motor Rated Voltage ..................................................... 154, 230
Motor Secondary Current (Iq) ................................................ 238
Motor Stator Resistance..........................................................68
Motor Temperature Input Filter Time.................................. 102, 213
Motor Underload Protection Level at Minimum Frequency ........ 116, 217
Motor Underload Protection Selection................................. 116, 217
Multi-Function Analog Inputs ..................................................92
Multi-Function Analog Input Terminal Settings .............................92
Multi-Function Analog Outputs ................................................96
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Bias ..........................97
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Gain..........................97
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Monitor Selection..........97
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal AM Signal Level Selection ....98
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Bias...........................97
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Gain ..........................97
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Monitor Selection ..........97
Multi-Function Analog Output Terminal FM Signal Level Selection.....98
Multi-Function Digital Inputs...................................................72
Multi-Function Digital Outputs.................................................82
Multi-Step Speed Reference.....................................................73
N
N2 Serial Communication ..................................................... 288
N2 Setup Parameters ........................................................... 288
N2 Specifications ............................................................... 285
NetRef/ComRef Function Selection............................................70
Network Termination ........................................ 248, 271, 287, 306
Number of Auto Restart Attempts...................................... 112, 216
Number of Motor Poles ......................................... 67, 68, 154, 230
Number of PM Motor Poles ................................................... 156
Number of Run Commands ................................................... 236
Number of Run Commands Counter Initialization................... 134, 223
Number of Speed Search Restarts ..............................................35
O
OFF Key Function Selection .................................................. 222
Offset Frequencies........................................................... 61, 79
Offset Frequency................................................................ 238
oH Pre-Alarm Time Limit .......................................................90
oL1 Current Level .............................................................. 213
oL2 Characteristics Selection at Low Speeds......................... 120, 218
oPE Fault Parameter............................................................ 233
Operation Selection when HOA Keypad is Disconnected .......... 132, 222
Operation Status Monitors..................................................... 158
Operator Related Settings...................................................... 128
Option Frequency Reference .................................................. 236
Option Monitors 1 to 20 ....................................................... 238
Option Settings....................................................................70
Output Current .................................................................. 232
Output Current 1 during Speed Search ........................................35
Output Current at Previous Fault ............................................. 233
Output Frequency............................................................... 232
Output Frequency after Soft Start ............................................ 233
Output Frequency at Previous Fault.......................................... 233
Output Frequency Reduction During Overheat Alarm .................... 118
Output Ground Fault Detection Selection ............................. 119, 218
Output Phase Loss Detection Lvl for Dynamic Noise Control ........... 153
Output Phase Loss Protection ................................................. 218
Output Phase Loss Protection Selection ..................................... 119
Output Power.................................................................... 232
Output Power at Previous Fault............................................... 234
Output Terminal Status ........................................................ 232
Output Terminal Status at Previous Fault ................................... 234
Output Voltage at Previous Fault ............................................. 234
Output Voltage Limit........................................................... 127
Output Voltage Reference ..................................................... 232
Output Voltage Reference (Vd)............................................... 238
Output Voltage Reference (Vq)............................................... 238
ov2 Detect Time ................................................................ 153
Overcurrent Detection Gain ............................................. 120, 218
Overexcitation Deceleration................................................... 107
Overexcitation Deceleration Gain ...................................... 125, 219
Overexcitation Operation Selection .................................... 125, 219
Overheat Alarm Level.................................................... 117, 217
Overheat Pre-Alarm Operation Selection ...............................90, 217
Overtorque Detection Operation.............................................. 114
Overvoltage Suppression Function ........................................... 108
Overvoltage Suppression Function Selection ............................... 108
334 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Index
ov Suppression Function Selection........................................... 215
P
Password and Password Setting ................................................20
Peak Hold Current .............................................................. 236
Peak Hold Output Frequency ................................................. 236
Performance Life ............................................................... 166
Performance Life Monitors Maintenance Monitors........................ 166
Periodic Inspection ............................................................. 164
Periodic Maintenance .......................................................... 166
Phase Order Selection ............................................................28
Phase Order Selection (Emergency Override Reference Selection) .......82
Phase Order Selection (Emergency Override Speed) ........................82
PI2 Disable (N.O.) ................................................................81
PI2 Integral Hold..................................................................82
PI2 Integral Reset .................................................................81
PI2 Inverse Operation ............................................................81
PI Accel/Decel Time .............................................................44
PID Feedback High...............................................................90
PID Feedback Low ...............................................................90
PI Disable ..........................................................................77
PI Feedback...................................................................... 237
PI Feedback Function Selection ................................................46
PI Feedback High Detection Level .............................................43
PI Feedback High Detection Time .............................................43
PI Feedback Loss Detection Selection .........................................42
PI Feedback Low Detection Level .............................................43
PI Feedback Low Detection Time ..............................................43
PI Feedback Offset ...............................................................46
PI Function Setting ...............................................................40
PI Input (feedback) ............................................................. 237
PI Input Level Selection .........................................................78
PI Input Limit .....................................................................46
PI Integral Hold ...................................................................78
PI Integral Reset ............................................................. 78, 81
PI Maximum Boost Time........................................................46
PI Monitors ...................................................................... 158
PI Offset Adjustment .............................................................40
PI Output......................................................................... 237
PI Output Gain Setting ...........................................................41
PI Output Level Selection .......................................................41
PI Output Limit ...................................................................40
PI Output Lower Limit...........................................................46
PI Output Monitor Calculation Method........................................47
PI Output Reverse Selection ....................................................41
PI Primary Delay Time Constant ...............................................40
PI Setpoint ....................................................................... 237
PI Setpoint Boost Setting ........................................................45
PI Setpoint Display Digits .......................................................47
PI Setpoint Monitor Unit Selection.............................................48
PI Setpoint Scaling ...............................................................45
PI Setpoint Selection .............................................................44
PI Setpoint User Display.........................................................47
PI Setpoint Value .................................................................44
PI Sleep Delay Time .............................................................44
PI Sleep Function Start Level ...................................................44
PI Sleep Input Source ............................................................45
PI Snooze Deactivation Level...................................................45
PI Snooze Delay Time ...........................................................45
PI Snooze Feedback Level ......................................................46
PI Snooze Level...................................................................45
PI Soft Starter Cancel ............................................................78
PI Square Root Gain..............................................................46
PI Unit Selection ..................................................................47
PM Motor Auto-Tuning Mode Selection .................................... 155
PM Motor Base Frequency .................................................... 156
PM Motor Control Tuning..................................................... 125
PM Motor d-Axis Inductance ................................................. 156
PM Motor Induced Voltage Constant ........................................ 156
PM Motor q-Axis Inductance ................................................. 156
PM Motor Rated Current ...................................................... 156
PM Motor Rated Power........................................................ 155
PM Motor Rated Voltage ...................................................... 155
PM Motor Stator Resistance .................................................. 156
PM Motor Type ................................................................. 155
Power Detection Filter Time ....................................................50
Present Value Access........................................................... 256
Previous Fault ................................................................... 233
Program Lockout .................................................................77
Programmable Bypass Logic.................................................. 144
Programmable Run Timers for Real Time Clock (RTC).................. 136
Proportional Gain Setting (P) ...................................................40
Pull-In Current ............................................................ 126, 220
Pull-In Current Compensation Time Constant.............................. 220
Pull-In Current Level for PM Motor Tuning................................ 157
R
Rated Current Depending on Carrier Frequency .............................55
READ ............................................................................ 132
Reading BACnet Drive Parameters .......................................... 261
Reading Drive MEMOBUS/Modbus Register Contents .................. 314
Real Time Clock ................................................................ 136
Real Time Clock Setting....................................................... 134
Reference Sample Hold ..........................................................77
Relay Operator Control ..........................................................91
Replacement Parts .............................................................. 166
Replacing the Drive ............................................................ 179
Reset Communication Parameters..............................................71
Response Messages from Drive to Master ...................... 255, 295, 311
Restart Enabled ...................................................................89
Reverse Jog ........................................................................76
Reverse Operation Selection ....................................................28
Reverse Operation Selection 2 by PI Output..................................48
Reverse Run Command for 2-Wire Seq. ......................................78
RS-422 Interface ................................................................ 306
RS-485 Interface .............................................. 249, 271, 287, 305
RTS Control Selection ............................................. 251, 289, 308
Run Command at Power Up.....................................................29
Run Command for 2-Wire Seq. 2...............................................78
Run Command Method Selection ................................ 252, 290, 309
RUN Command Selection for AUTO mode ................................ 187
Run Command Selection for AUTO Mode ...................................25
Run Command Selection in Programming Mode ............................28
Run Command Source ...........................................................86
Run Command Source Selection ............................................. 237
S
S: Special Parameters .................................................... 135, 224
S1: Dynamic Noise Control Function........................................ 224
S2: Sequence Timers ..................................................... 136, 224
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 335
Index
S5: HOA Keypad Parameters ................................................. 150
Safety Circuit.................................................................... 144
S-Curve Characteristics ..........................................................52
Search Operation Voltage Limit ................................................50
Secondary PI (PI2) Control.................................................... 140
Secondary PI Disable Mode............................................. 142, 227
Secondary PI Display Digits ............................................ 141, 226
Secondary PI Enable Selection ......................................... 140, 226
Secondary PI Feedback Detection Selection .......................... 143, 228
Secondary PI Feedback High ...................................................91
Secondary PI Feedback Low ....................................................91
Secondary PI High Feedback Detection Time ........................ 143, 228
Secondary PI High Feedback Level .................................... 143, 227
Secondary PI Integral Limit Setting.................................... 142, 227
Secondary PI Integral Time Setting .................................... 141, 227
Secondary PI Low Feedback Detection Level ........................ 142, 227
Secondary PI Low Feedback Detection Time ........................ 143, 227
Secondary PI Output Level Selection .................................. 142, 227
Secondary PI Output Lower Limit ..................................... 142, 227
Secondary PI Output Upper Limit...................................... 142, 227
Secondary PI Proportional Gain Setting ............................... 141, 227
Secondary PI Setpoint Value............................................ 141, 227
Secondary PI Unit Selection ............................................ 141, 227
Secondary PI User Display .............................................. 140, 226
Second Line Monitor Selection ............................................... 129
Selection of Parameter Write during Uv............................... 132, 222
Select PI2 Parameters ............................................................82
Self-Diagnostics.......................................................80, 300, 330
Sequence Timer 1............................................................... 136
Sequence Timer 1 Active ........................................................90
Sequence Timer 1 Day Selection ............................................. 224
Sequence Timer 1 Reference Source......................................... 224
Sequence Timer 1 Selection................................................... 224
Sequence Timer 1 Start Time ................................................. 224
Sequence Timer 1 Stop Time ................................................. 224
Sequence Timer 2 Active ........................................................91
Sequence Timer 2 Day Selection ............................................. 225
Sequence Timer 2 Reference Source......................................... 225
Sequence Timer 2 Selection................................................... 225
Sequence Timer 2 Start Time ................................................. 225
Sequence Timer 2 Stop Time ................................................. 225
Sequence Timer 3 Active ........................................................91
Sequence Timer 3 Day Selection ............................................. 225
Sequence Timer 3 Reference Source......................................... 226
Sequence Timer 3 Selection................................................... 225
Sequence Timer 3 Start Time ................................................. 225
Sequence Timer 3 Stop Time ................................................. 225
Sequence Timer 4 Active ........................................................91
Sequence Timer 4 Day Selection ............................................. 226
Sequence Timer 4 Reference Source......................................... 226
Sequence Timer 4 Selection................................................... 226
Sequence Timer 4 Start Time ................................................. 226
Sequence Timer 4 Stop Time ................................................. 226
Sequence Timer Cancel ..........................................................79
Sequence Timer Disable .........................................................79
Sequence Timers 1/2/3/4 Reference Source................................. 139
Sequence Timers 1/2/3/4 Selection........................................... 139
Sequence Timers 1 to 4 Day Selection....................................... 139
Sequence Timers 1 to 4 Start Time........................................... 138
Sequence Timers 1 to 4 Stop Time ........................................... 138
Sequence Timers 2 to 4 ........................................................ 137
Serial Comms Cable Connection Terminal ............... 248, 270, 286, 304
Serviceable Parts................................................................ 179
Set Time.................................................................... 134, 223
Short Circuit Brake Time at Start...............................................30
Short Circuit Brake Time at Stop...............................................31
Short Circuit Braking.............................................................81
Short Circuit Braking Current...................................................31
Slave Address ................................................................... 312
Soft Charge Bypass Relay Maintenance..................................... 236
Soft CLA Selection ............................................................. 218
Soft Starter Speed Reference at Previous Fault............................. 234
Software Current Limit Selection ............................................ 120
Software No. (Flash) ........................................................... 233
Software No. (ROM) ........................................................... 233
Speed Agree 1 .....................................................................84
Speed Agree 2 .....................................................................87
Speed Agree Detection Selection............................................. 111
Speed Agreement Detection Level ..................................... 110, 216
Speed Agreement Detection Level (+/-)............................... 110, 216
Speed Agreement Detection Width .................................... 110, 216
Speed Agreement Detection Width (+/-) .............................. 110, 216
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain .............................. 125, 220
Speed Feedback Detection Control Gain during ov Suppression ........ 127
Speed Search Deactivation Current ............................................34
Speed Search Deceleration Time ...............................................34
Speed Search Delay Time .......................................................34
Speed Search Detection Compensation Gain .................................35
Speed Search Method Selection ................................................36
Speed Search Restart Current Level............................................35
Speed Search Restart Detection Time..........................................35
Speed Search Selection at Start .................................................34
Speed Search Selection when Run Command is Given during Uv ........36
Speed Search Wait Time.........................................................36
Stall Prevention ................................................................. 104
Stall Prevention Detection Time.............................................. 110
Stall Prevention Level during Acceleration ........................... 105, 214
Stall Prevention Level during Run ..................................... 107, 215
Stall Prevention Limit during Acceleration ........................... 105, 214
Stall Prevention Selection during Acceleration....................... 104, 214
Stall Prevention Selection during Deceleration....................... 106, 214
Stall Prevention Selection during Run ................................. 107, 215
Start Speed Search Select........................................................36
STOP Key Function Selection ................................................ 131
Stopping Method after Communication Error .................. 251, 289, 307
Stopping Method Selection......................................................26
Supported Properties of Objects .............................................. 256
T
T1 Tuning Start ................................................................. 230
T2 Tuning Start ................................................................. 157
Target DC Bus Voltage for ov Suppression and Stall Prevention........ 108
Terminal A1 Bias Setting........................................................92
Terminal A1 Function Selection................................................92
Terminal A1 Gain Setting .......................................................92
Terminal A1 Signal Level Selection ...........................................92
Terminal A2 Bias Setting........................................................94
Terminal A2 Function Selection................................................93
Terminal A2 Gain Setting .......................................................94
Terminal A2 Signal Level Selection ...........................................93
336 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
Index
Terminal Board ................................................................. 179
Terminal Connections for Communication Self-Diagnostics. 263, 300, 330
Third Line Monitor Selection ................................................. 129
Through Mode ............................................................... 74, 86
Timer Function Input.............................................................76
Timer Function Off-Delay Time................................................36
Timer Function On-Delay Time ................................................36
Timer Output ......................................................................87
Time to Continue Making Fault Restarts .................................... 216
Torque Compensation Gain .....................................................53
Torque Compensation Primary Delay Time ..................................53
Torque Detection .................................................................86
Torque Detection 1 ...............................................................86
Torque Detection Level 1................................................ 115, 217
Torque Detection Selection 1 ........................................... 115, 217
Torque Detection Time 1 ................................................ 116, 217
Torque Reference/Torque Limit Selection from Comm. Option...........70
Transfer on Fault................................................................ 147
Transfer to Drive Operation ................................................... 144
U
U2, U3 Initialization............................................................ 134
U2, U3 Initial Value Selection ................................................ 223
Underload Detection .............................................................91
Undertorque Detection Operation ............................................ 114
Undervoltage Detection Level (Uv1) .................................. 103, 214
Unit Code ........................................................................ 131
Unit Selection for MEMOBUS/Modbus Register 0025H..... 252, 290, 309
Up/Down Frequency Reference Limit Selection .............................60
Up/Down Function ...............................................................75
User-Defined Parameter Upper/Lower ...................................... 130
User Monitor Selection after Power Up ..................................... 128
User Monitor Selection Mode................................................. 129
User Parameter Automatic Selection.....................................23, 186
User Parameter Default Value .......................................... 131, 222
User Parameters 1 to 32....................................................22, 186
User-Set Display Units Decimal Display.................................... 130
User-Set Display Units Maximum Value.................................... 129
User-Set Speed Agree 1..........................................................84
User-Set Speed Agree 2..........................................................87
V
V/f Gain During Speed Search..................................................34
V/f Pattern Defaults ............................................................ 240
V/f Pattern Selection .............................................................62
VERIFY.......................................................................... 132
Voltage Error Compensation Time Constant ............................... 126
Voltage Reduction Rate.................................................. 135, 224
Voltage Restoration Complete Level .................................. 136, 224
Voltage Restoration Level ............................................... 135, 224
Voltage Restoration Sensitivity Time Constant ...................... 136, 224
Voltage Restoration Time Constant at Impact ........................ 136, 224
W
Waiting to Run ....................................................................90
Watt Hour Pulse Output .........................................................90
WRITE ........................................................................... 132
Writing BACnet Drive Parameters ........................................... 261
Writing to Multiple Registers ................................................. 315
Z
Zero Speed.........................................................................83
YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual 337
Revision History
The revision dates and the numbers of the revised manuals appear on the bottom of the back cover.
Example:
MANUAL NO.
SIEP YAIZ1U 03B
Published in USA May 2015 14-2 1
Revision number
Date of original publication
Date of publication
Date of Publication
May 2017
May 2015
February 2014
Revision
Number
<1>-1
<1>
–
Section Revised Content
Preface Revision: Removed restrictions
Chapter 1 Revised: Parameters b1-17, b5-43, b5-44, b5-45, H1 and H2
Appendix A Revised: Parameters A1-03, b1-17, b5-43, b5-44 , b5-45, H1 and H2
All Addition: UL description to enclosure types
– First Edition. This manual supports drive software version PRG: 4800
338 YASKAWA SIEP YAIZ1U 03B YASKAWA AC Drive – Z1000 Programming Manual
YASKAWA AC Drive Z1000
AC Drive for HVAC Fan and Pump
Programming Manual
YASKAWA AMERICA, INC.
2121 Norman Drive South, Waukegan, IL 60085, U.S.A.
Phone: (800) YASKAWA (927-5292) or 1-847-887-7000 Fax: 1-847-887-7310 http://www.yaskawa.com
DRIVE CENTER (INVERTER PLANT)
2-13-1, Nishimiyaichi, Yukuhashi, Fukuoka, 824-8511, Japan
Phone: 81-930-25-3844 Fax: 81-930-25-4369 http://www.yaskawa.co.jp
YASKAWA ELECTRIC CORPORATION
New Pier Takeshiba South Tower, 1-16-1, Kaigan, Minatoku, Tokyo, 105-6891, Japan
Phone: 81-3-5402-4502 Fax: 81-3-5402-4580 http://www.yaskawa.co.jp
YASKAWA ELÉTRICO DO BRASIL LTDA.
Avenda Fagundes Filho, 620 Bairro Saude, São Paulo, SP04304-000, Brasil
Phone: 55-11-3585-1100 Fax: 55-11-5581-8795 http://www.yaskawa.com.br
YASKAWA EUROPE GmbH
Hauptstrasse 185, 65760 Eschborn, Germany
Phone: 49-6196-569-300 Fax: 49-6196-569-398 http://www.yaskawa.eu.com
YASKAWA ELECTRIC UK LTD.
1 Hunt Hill Orchardton Woods, Cumbernauld, G68 9LF, United Kingdom
Phone: 44-1236-735000 Fax: 44-1236-458182 http://www.yaskawa.co.uk
YASKAWA ELECTRIC KOREA CORPORATION
7F, Doore Bldg. 24, Yeoido-dong, Yeoungdungpo-gu, Seoul, 150-877, Korea
Phone: 82-2-784-7844 Fax: 82-2-784-8495 http://www.yaskawa.co.kr
YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SINGAPORE) PTE. LTD.
151 Lorong Chuan, #04-01, New Tech Park, 556741, Singapore
Phone: 65-6282-3003 Fax: 65-6289-3003 http://www.yaskawa.com.sg
YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD.
No. 18 Xizang Zhong Road, 17F, Harbour Ring Plaza, Shanghai, 200001, China
Phone: 86-21-5385-2200 Fax: 86-21-5385-3299 http://www.yaskawa.com.cn
YASKAWA ELECTRIC (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD. BEIJING OFFICE
Room 1011, Tower W3 Oriental Plaza, No. 1 East Chang An Ave.,
Dong Cheng District, Beijing, 100738, China
Phone: 86-10-8518-4086 Fax: 86-10-8518-4082
YASKAWA ELECTRIC TAIWAN CORPORATION
9F, 16, Nanking E. Rd., Sec. 3, Taipei, 104, Taiwan
Phone: 886-2-2502-5003 Fax: 886-2-2505-1280
YASKAWA AMERICA, INC.
In the event that the end user of this product is to be the military and said product is to be employed in any weapons systems or the manufacture thereof, the export will fall under the relevant regulations as stipulated in the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Regulations. Therefore, be sure to follow all procedures and submit all relevant documentation according to any and all rules, regulations and laws that may apply.
Specifications are subject to change without notice for ongoing product modifications and improvements.
© 2014 YASKAWA AMERICA, INC. All rights reserved.
MANUAL NO. SIEP YAIZ1U 03B <1>-1
Published in U.S.A. May 201 7 14-2
Download
Public link updated
The public link to your chat has been updated. You may view and manage your chat links after registration here.
Document public link
Advertisement